pag ae taint av eaten’ sue ovddnne batepare sintet at “4 A ted ne 4 a aiaitigt atelle vey Myiihaidts geqtenat ‘ : suid \ Y Sant vt rastat ‘al atlas yl ry iat ‘alait iiss ets Onan Hi trai : Saat aera : PAWS st : : eels at lela Shans r indy Yt 1 Deru haitgi ft fates ttt 4) stadia ily aijnahal at sta iahat aa on " dit at eps iti uate » FE Pp er bo peps hh ras casa leegha hint tale sas fi titer + aie Ae ant hat \ aha aslete we ate Haigh gta a8 Vata gig ss euoehiieta tated hye lgtaa 4 é ahtit sea eats iene Wh Paittetate! i het Me al iat i] i pu ni jean / i a temscel: pie} tate At ba aie x) why tah rangi 4 a4 Atte? y) tie 4 tatatitane bali eesti bel ettet oe 5 i) Ht q yy! es ae Pht eto ee i at h Ait) wyia l) ty re aiatiahahe WTahe wigke ‘ie \attet Hie ty { ahalt Wha tae) ig at seh diate tialals reise faa it aI vy init ies wiint a a aot ii iste . Cb hhd peaks I Hy Tati in af alivee 8 we RAD NORTH ae : wel ‘iat ! italy stata ‘ide 4) bia acalialiy ral Mt ae ernie et mata sie Rete ‘ i sch Oa il it ee Vy Pisin nna q Hera yhi oy us ney "| He th whe Wirt r ity ante ea Matidarete me aay ht A ' au ' ag yey Mata TCH ele ita detytinnst oat phy \ ee r els \gily aye ” ih Che ite i i te iatvagtie fal neal ities Pinntdadal tad negate Braet a ry) : eetiataty fugu aes ay i ee git : iy ts ae Ha a ar yPrrar rorory ¥ ithe " ae aia ; \ et wien ae af ' f i : th a hee Ty Sanity + eine foe tases f tis Wyland whip i tT ai ot a MAS ayy “ ie te wlaiatia ial Wee 4 ‘Nadel tg H ‘i one dia i, leas sit ” | - "e \ at i iiiacaaueaie tear atl nae ete ha bed iat yaa hte si stati ct eae te ae eat ih tia We) vant shane eipe nines Miatate ti THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTII'S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ ) CONDUCTED BY ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.B.S., WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., AND WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S. ~ ~ ~~ VOL. V.—SEVENTH SERIES. Y « = a , eee “a LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ; WHITTAKER AND CO,: BAILLIERE, PARIS: MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN, 1900. “Omnes res creatze sunt divine sapientix et potentix testes, divitia felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—Linnaus. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.’”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. ebisihe Me Petitsh ie Ae Mei ved Bu The sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818. AUERE 4 FLAMMAM, | Ns, = CONTENTS OF VOL. V. [SEVENTH SERIES. } NUMBER XXV. I. Arctic Crustacea: Bruce Collection. By the Rey. Tuomas PE see na TSUN Gat Dae Ae IE SEN Sys shenaidiarstsigia cid eiaisvety Se/teterw's Sawa e te» II. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Aculeate Hymeno- ptera from the Oriental Zoological Region. By P. CAMERON .... Ill. Note on the Weasel, Putorzus (Ictis) nivalis, Linn., and some of its Subspecies. By G. KE. H. BaRRETT-HAMILTON ...,........ IV. On Squirrels of the Sczwus MacClellandi Group. By J. L. LTE UTE Gea Hic ai ASOD OP ee ees On oll Oa Aiea ekg petra is ic oearrgs V. Descriptions of Two new Atherinoid Fishes from Mexico. By Gr ACAD URGE US. OES I Fa Le aS ctdle ie safe ee alas ards VI. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Nueras from Usoga, British East Africa. By Oscak NEUMANN ...0....-c0.essc000- VII: On the Genus Lycodes. By Prof. F. A. Smirr .......... VIII. On a Second Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Ed- ward M. de Jersey in Nyasaland. By A. G. Burzer, Ph.D. &e. .. IX. Descriptions of new or doubtful Species of the Genus Ammo- phila (Kirby) from Algeria. By F. D. Moricr, F.ES. .......... X. Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Coleoptera from S. and W. Africa, of the Section Serricornia, and of the Families Erotylide, Endomychide, and Languride. By H. 8. Goruam, NSLS OEE set i pite sit a ea eaoteg Roem ted RMON crau phe te Ses! spur wcieaa oso es OC OC Ragmn net ean r PETA eters lake Petraeus osteo ible aie eie o Au waren aes XII. Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide in the British Museum Collection. By Miss GertrupE Ricarpo. (Plate I.) XII. The Hexagonal Structure naturally formed in Cooling Bees- wax, and its Influence on the Formation of the Cells of Bees. By CHARLES Dawson, F.G.S. &c., and S. A. WoopHKaD, B.Sce., F.C. S., XIV. British Amphipoda of the Tribe Hypertidea and the Families Orchesttide and some Lysianasside. By Canon Norman, M.A., SPs se Wea ips ge Eas CEOs arn csp caanatct WA Gh apecare BEI ad Sensetete eter os XY. A new Bat from the Key Islands. By OLpFreLp THomas.. XVI. The Geographical Races of the Tayra (Galictis barbara), with Notes on Abnormally Coloured Individuals. By OLpFirLp THomMas. XVII. New South-American Mammals. By OLDFIELD THoMas. Page 17 41 04 soni jan _— OG 4 ry fe) ji (Dp HN 5 10,.\ 16% a” ) j \ }} Iv CONTENTS. Page New Books :—Rhopalocera Athiopica. Die Tagfalter des Aithiop- ischen Faunengebietes. Hine systematisch-geographische Studie. Von Cur. Aurivitiius.—Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck- Archipels. Von Dr. ARNOLD PAGENSTECHER. Erster Thiel. —Orthopteren des Malayischen Archipels, gesammelt von Prof. Dr. W. KiixkentTHAL in den Jahren 1893 und 1894, bearbeitet von BRUNNER VON WATTENWYL, unter Beriicksichtigung neuer verwandter Species.—New Zealand Moths and Butterflies (Macro-Lepidoptera). By G. V. Hupson, F.E.S.—The Butterfly Book, a Popular Guide to a Knowledge of the Butterflies of North America. By W.J. Hortanp, Ph.D., D.D., &e... 154—157 Note on Ceroplastes africanus (Family Coccide), by E. E. Green, F.E.S. ; On the Lateral Cephalic Organs of Glomeris, by N. de PULA GeNaiore a ersirier ne etic ikea ea eye Eats eae tee IT 158, 159 NUMBER XXVI. XVIII. On the Nephridium of Nephthys ceca, Fabr. By Francis Hue Stewart, M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. (tare UE: GTS) «2s. Seaides test deamie Ae na seen etic eitrale testes » LGE XIX. Descriptions of Three new Species of Siluroid Fishes from Southern Brazil. By G. A. BouLenerr, F.R.S...........000005 165 XX. Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide in the British Museum Collection. By Miss Grrrrupr Ricarpo ...... 167 XXI. On the Mating Instinct in Moths. By ALFrep Gotps- EAE OU SN MA WARE (oS Paty, 1efeie isles c lores Givin are a eet erst faves akse bout he dete 183 XXII. On British Species of Siphonostoma. By M. 1. Newsxtain, isc. (lond,), "(Plate PV. \s.;...eucdassmice meen ns Meare 190 XXIII. On an Unnamed Species of Cervus from Turkestan. By ESE DERM. Ei. 5 Sablon oo. carve hetqad« Intl ee AEE acta 195 XXIV. British Amphipoda: Fam. Lystanasside (concluded). By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. (Plate VI.) 196 XXYV. A new Flying-Squirrel from Borneo. By Cuaries Hose. 214 XXVI. Description of a new Fruit-Bat from New Guinea. By OcoritDD WAOMAS..:.1, insnk wrtoiemsis S:pebstoniis hawmeugieites coon 216 XXVII. Descriptions ofnew Neotropical Mammals. By Otp¥FreLp THOMAS XXVIII. ‘The Generic Name Thylacomys. By Epear R. Warre, GUTS fire sscpnie'e echo cote cal ne gh eee eI ts lay sent gud ete alee Va 222 XXIX. On new Species of Histeride, and Notices of others. By Bory La Waals L259 .151, 5512 ,5% let Ain sai Reese aia Sete trate sure eae ee XXX. On the Absence of Regeneration in the Posterior Limbs of the Orthoptera saltatoria and its probable Causes. By Epmonp SO RIDAGGH Aare, (labels Fels ohn sole « <) eeaggIee Ge wisslahadiee mine ean a ORM aeeee 254 CONTENTS. Vv Page XXXI. Regeneration of the Tarsus and of the Two Anterior Pairs of Limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria. By EpMonp BorpbaGE, 257 New Book :—Die Fledermiiuse des Berliner Museums fiir Naturkunde. —Neunzig,unter Leitung von Prof. W. Peters und Paul Matschie, gezeichnete und lithographirte Tafeln. Bearbeitet und durch Verbreitungskarten und Bestimmungstabellen fiir alle bekannten Arten ergiinzt. Von Paut Marscure, Kustos am Museum fiir Naturkunde zu Berlin. Erste Lieferung. Megachiroptera .... 259 NUMBER XXVII. XXXII. A New-Zealand Species of the Amphipodan Genus Cyproidia. By Cuar.es CuitTon, M.A.,, D.Sc., M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Research Fellow, University of Edinburgh. (Plate V.) .......... 241 XXXIII. On new Species of Histeride and Notices of others. IES paler peEINV TS, BM She eat hy wks rd sores uP eas vo gn 3%) havea’ be slensumene 246 XXXIV. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.— No. XX. By Prof. M‘Intosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. (Plates VATE Seal ele ee tater he crates alule chy. era atone a meg ta ctalbtae sca ren eaeeele 254 XXXYV. Descriptions of new Neotropical Mammals. By OLDFIELD BPR ET WHEN tay tres cach hal ent cc ns ha voVas a re ava Soom =v, Reshma tats Meme ee aay @ 269 XXXVI. Descriptions of Two new Sciwroptert discovered by Mr. Charles Hose in Borneo. By OLDFIELD THOMAS............ 275 XXXVII. Notes on a Collection of African Blattide, chiefly from the Transvaal, formed by Mr. W. L. Distant. By W. F. Kirsy, Ee lee ree Bice eet awterasa tela utaperiaim © sare deca oe, omitheis wi here d so. XXXVI. Some new or little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. By R. I. Pocock XXXIX. Descriptions of new Reptiles from Perak, Malay Benmaula.. By G. A. BouLENGER, ERIS: . 1... ccc ess ca tens , 306 XL. Description of a new Genus and Species of Longicorn Coleo- ptera from Central Formosa. By C. J. Gawan, M.A............. 308 XLI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from Hainan Island, China. By Cuas, O. WATERHOUSE, FES. XLII. Description of a new Species of Plectopylis from Tonkin. pa Cae ee eRe LAS can MUR sh svt ed Sta eole oie whisk 5 Eile 313 XLII. On the Spiral Growth of Appendages in Course of Re- generation in Arthropoda. By EpmMonp BorbaGE ............., 314 New Book:—Zoological Results based on Material from New Britain, New Guinea, Loyalty Islands, and elsewhere, collected during the Years 1895, 1896, and 1897, by Arthur Willey, D.Sc. Lond., Hon. M.A. Cantab., late Balfour Student of the University of Cambridge. Part III. The Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax in relation to the Cells of Bees, by F. Chapman vi CONTENTS. NUMBER XXVIII. Page V" XLIV. Evidence of an Extinct Eel (Vrenchelys anglicus, sp. 1.) from the English Chalk, By A. Smrra Woopwarp, LL.D., F.LS. (Eaten x figs. VL ai) pis. eS ici Fanta ee Ra on ee 32] XLV. Ona new Specimen of the Clupeoid Fish Awlolepis typus from the English Chalk. By A. Smira Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.S. Gente UX. figs; 2. 2ia;). di. » «oi eudah. taihnd aa hee ee 324 XLVI. British Amphipoda: Families Pontoporetde to Ampe- liscide. By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. .. 326 XLVITI. On some Longicorn Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. Byrd MO AHAN, MOA. 5.7, 4.0 bees cee ene eae eto ak 00 Oe XLVIII. Descriptions of Two new Murines from Peru and a new Hare from Venezuela. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ........022.-005 bo4 XLIX. On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul and an apparently new Species of Cyornis. By Col. C. T. Brineuam, F.Z.8. ........ 357 L. Note on the Common Hedgehog (Erinaceus ewropeus, Linneus) and its Subspecies or Local Variations. By G. E. H. Barrert- OMRON cs Wa scclae Fite cis bene eae ee SEE Cee oe eee 360 LI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Watsinecuam, Nears eg BENS.) ety u Sess Soe seme eam a auase eae ebatirsbe ta rAsem ntact ae 368 LI, Rhynchotal Notes. -IV. Heteroptera: Pentatomine (part.). PM Me PUTS TAID oe. cearinn bolas htteis sll 21k » & doa pol AFR a wis ee ete ae 386 LUI. Description of a new Cetoniid Beetle fron East Africa, eee ke Mela AmmmeD IMT), oP Diets. ae a auchncts eta xs a ieide wearable Ko mimnels 397 New Book :—The Students’ Flora of New Zealand and the outlying Islands...“ By aomwas Kink; Polish osc eee .cncns tae oS Scriptotricha or Paracantha?, by T. D. A. Cockerell ............ 400 NUMBER XXIX. LIV. Observations on Bees collected at Las Vegas, New Mexico, and in the adjacent Mountains, By T. D. A. CockrrEtu, Pro- fessor of Entomology, New Mexico Agricultural College.......... 401 LY. On anew Ostracoderm (Luphanerops longevus) from the Upper Devonian of Scaumenac Bay, Province of Quebec, Canada. By A. SmirH Woopwarp, LL.D., F.L.S. (Plate X. figs. 1, la, RAE Ve etcfartefe cia ajevaya (e% vies scl ce)» signals ‘oS saysPae. wits aa cones | ie eee 416 LVI. On a new Species of Deltodus from the Lower Carboniferous - (Yoredale Rocks) of Yorkshire. By A. SmrrH Woopwarp, LL D., te. “(Plate X. figs.°2)-2.4,°2'6.). <<. .uan.ce « » ce eee 419 LVI. Rhynchotal Notes.—IV. Heteroptera: Pentatomine (part.). BS YW Wie TWIST ANT «occ cre eraetece ocala s Soucy ole 8 pela ne 420 CONTENTS. vil Page LVIII. On the Variation of the Weasel (Putorius nivalis, Linn.). yigtors, BAN ATS AGNING WEGy, 4 fou Uidkiad aisle oy huskies stialeen ame Salty § 456 LIX. New Species of Mollusca of the Genera Voluta, Conus, Stphonalia, and Euthria. By G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S. (Plate XL.) 459 LX. A List of the Species of Cyaniris, a well-known Group of the Family Lycenide. By A.G. Burier, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., &... 441 LXI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lonp WatsiInGHaM, I Nero e NUD eeB arcs. tener e nuiattern Waitara titel digest teeta ee tase cnet ke 451 LXII. Some new or little-known Neotropical Scorpions in the British Museum. By R. I. Pocock New Book :—Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. Mit Beriicksichtigung der thiergeographischen und_biologischen Verhiltnisse systematisch dargestellt. Von Dr. ARNOLD PAGENSTECHER. GZweiter Theil: Die Nachtfalter .......... 478 Proceedings: of the Geological Society... 00.0606 cence ree ss seers 479 A Question of Nomenclature, by F. Jeffrey Bell, M.A. &e. ........ 480 NUMBER XXX. LXIII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp Wa sinc- RAW aed ee Ug EIS re esd eoetirc city sesscs; eas tse ECO ces AOE ORG 481 LXIV. On the Squirrels of the Ratufa (Seturus) bicolor Group. Pay ae Mares ASONHOTE y..\. 5 x 02s gn Faheaso ao ns erence era ee 490 LXV. A new Skunk from Peru. By OLpFreELD THomas ...... 499 LXVI. On the Special Protection of Appendages in Process of Regeneration after Artificial Mutilation among Insects. By EpMonp BorDAGE...... ste Soo Sat CR AEE CP NOES ici ace cae Pea a rare ae 5OL LXVII. New Species of the Coleopterous Genus Prionocalus from Ecuador and Peru.. By Cuas. O. WaTERHOUSE, V.P.ES......... 508 LXVIII. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Hete- rocera from ‘Tropical South America. By Hirrperr Drucer, F.LS. &e. BCE Tb OROe oc OER RE a CR A aie fee 507 LXIX. Further Note on the Harvest-Mouse (Mus minutus, Pallas) and its Geographical Variations. By G. E. H. Barrerr- EAPAEON ge rch he adler. ae ridin i sad Ds ibe ceed: 75 60 Distance of snout from dorsal in per cent. of totallength) 25:8 | 22-9 ANUS‘ s,; Fe 81:5 | 28-1 Length of head in per cent. of length GEA? & te se | Q4:4- |) 20:3 | Distance of snout from dorsal in per cent. of lenzth of bail Cas nae he eee breitegenas ariel: Ocenia | 38:2 | 31:9 Distance of snout from anus in per cent. of length of| tail {a Feet aan oe Pier me tet ee ou Soir tO | Peon Length of head in per cent. of distance from snout to dorsal} Gest ac. RR Ree sme Aah Moat is Aon te 64:2 | 63:3 | All these changes from fry to mature stage (with the exception of the last one, which, however, is much too small to permit of any trustworthy conclusion). thus point in the direction from the characteristics of Sarsi? to those of murena, and make it not improbable that, with a fuller knowledge of the latter species, it will be found preferable to regard the two ‘species’’ as local or evolutional forms originating from the same source, Stockholm, October, 1899. * Zc. i. (1898), p. 11. + According to Collett (7. c. p. 18) these figures should be 66:7 for Lycodes murena and 55°5 for L, Sarsi. On Butterflies from Nyasaland. 59 VIII.—On a Second Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Edward M. de Jersey in Nyasaland. By A. G. But er, Ph.D. &c. THE present collection was sent off from Likoma on May 23rd of the present year, and consists of forty-five species of Butterflies obtained in April and May. The following is a list of the species :— Nymphalide. 1. Precis simia, Wallgr. 3 2 2, Matope, 13th April. One normal female and an interesting pair (as large as typical P. octavia, but at once distinguishable by the double instead of single black band across the end of the discoidal cell of primaries) ; the absence of the diffused pink belt on the upper surface and the heavy connected black markings on the basal half of the secondaries below distinguish it at a glance from P. Trimenit. 2. Precis cuama, Hewits. @, Matope, 13th April. 3. Precis cebrene, Trimen. ? 9, Likoma, 24th April and May. 4. Precis clelia, Cramer. _ Likoma and Chisumulu (an island off Likoma), May. 5. Precis boopis, Trimen. 3 3, Mpondas, two miles north of Nyasa, 18th April ; Likoma, May. 6. Precis natalica, Felder. 3 ?, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April. 7. Hamanumida dedalus, Fabr. @ §, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; Likoma, May. 8. Atella phalantha, Drury. é, Chisumulu, May. 60 Dr. A. G. Butler on 9. Byblia vulgaris, Staud. 3, Matope, 13th April; 2, Mpondas, 18th April; ¢, Likoma, and g¢ g, Chisumulu, May. 10. Acrea Buxtoni, Butl. 3 3d, Kota Kota, 20th April; 9, Likoma; ¢ ¢, Chisu- mulu, May. 11. Aecrea lycia, Fabr. ? , Kota Kota, 20th April. 12. Acrwa Doubledayi, Guérin. 3, Mpondas, 18th April; ¢ g 3 3, Likoima, May. 13. Acrwa egina, Cramer. 3, Chisumulu, May. 1 strongly suspect that this is the wet phase and A. areca the dry phase of one species. 14. Acrea acara, Uewits. od, Likoma, May. Lycenidz. 15. Lachnocnema bibulus, Fabr. 3 2, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; g, Mpon- das, 18th April, 1899. 16. Polyommatus beticus, Linn. 3, Kota Kota, 20th April. 17. Catochrysops asopus, Hopff. 3, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; ¢ ?, Li- koma, May. 18. Nacaduba sichela, Wallgr. 3, Kota Kota, 20th April. This species differs from the typical forms of Nacaduba in having no tail to the secondaries, a character which is said to be lacking in the African examples of Talicada nyseus (which, according to Staudinger, occurs both in Hast and West Butterflies from Nyasaland. 61 Africa). Considering the numerous collections which we have received from all parts of Hast Africa, it seems a little strange that not one example of this species should have been received ; it almost makes one inclined to wonder whether the German localities are authentic. If Staudinger’s illustra- tion is correct, the species he figures is not only destitute of tails, but differs utterly in the tint of the orange patch on the secondaries ; whether African or not, it must be a distinct species from the common and well-known Indian type, and I would suggest that it should be called J’. ecaudata, 19. Zizera knysna, Trimen. 3, Mpondas, 18th April; 9, Kota Kota, 20th April. 20. Zizera lucida, Trimen. ?, Likoma, g ?, Chisumulu, May. 21. Tarucus telicanus, Lang. 3, Likoma, May. 22. Azanus natalensis, Trimen. 3d, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April. 23. Plebeivus trochilus, Freyer. 3, Likoma, May. According to De Nicéville this is a Chilades. Papilionide. 24. Mylothris agathina, Cramer. ?, between Mandala and Matope, 12th April; gg, Kota Kota, 20th April. 25. Terias brigitta, Cramer. Var. zoe.— ¢, Chisumulu, May. Var. candace.— § 8, Kota Kota, 20th April; Likoma, May. 26. Terias senegalensis, Boisd. Typical form.— 9, Kota Kota, 20th April; 3g, Likoma, May. Var. bisinuata.— g 2, Mpondas, 18th April. 62 Dr. A. G. Butler on 27. Teracolus imperator, Butler. Dry form.— ? , Mpondas, 18th April. The female of this phase is new to the Museum. 28. Teracolus dissociatus, Butler. 3 3, Likoma, May. We previously only possessed one male of the wet phase of this species. 29. Teracolus pseudetrida, Westw. 3 ¢, Matope, 13th April; 9 ¢, Mpondas, 18th April. 30. Teracolus xanthus, Swinh. & (wet phase), Mpondas, 18th April. 31. Teracolus gavisa, Waller. 2 ? (wet phase), Matope, 13th April; Likoma, May. 32. Teracolus omphale, Godart. 3 3 2 %, Mpondas, 18th April. 33. Teracolus callidia, Grose-Smith. 3, Matope, 13th April; ¢, Likoma, 26th April; 3 3 2 2, Likoma and Chisumulu, May. Three of the females are of the yellow-tipped type. 34. Teracolus mutans, Butler. g, Matope, 13th April; ¢, Mpondas, 18th April. I find that the Nyasa species is undoubtedly distinct from the Natal one, that 7. mutans is the wet phase, of which T. rhodesina is the intermediate, and of which I have recorded the dry phase (as probably intermediate). 7. argillaceus, the representative of 7’. vesta in South Africa, seems to stand alone in the group as regards the colouring of the under surface in its dry phase. T'. mutans is, in fact, the Kast Central representative of the more northerly 7. catachrysops, from which it differs above in the distinctly broader and larger spots of the discal series on the upper surface of the | secondaries and the different character of its intermediate and dry phases on both surfaces. Butterflies from Nyasaland. 63 35. Catopsilia florella, abr. 3 2 ¢, Kota Kota, 20th April; ¢ g, Likoma, May. All the specimens of this species had evidently been long on the wing and were much worn and shattered. 36. Belenots severina, Cramer. Var. tnfida.— 9 , Matope, 13th April. 37. Belenois mesentina, Cramer. & 6 ?, Mpondas, 18th April; @ 9, Kota Kota, 20th April; 6 ¢ 2 ?, Likoma and Chisumulu, May. One pair from Mpondas consisted of mere fragments, but all the others were in tolerably good condition. 38. Herpenia ertphia, Godart. ¢ ¢, Likoma, g g, Chisumulu, May. 39. Pupilio demodicus, Esper. 3 3 2, Kota Kota, 20th April. Hesperiide. 40. Tugiades flesus, Fabr. 9, Kota Kota, 20th April. 41. Pyrgus spio, Linn. 3, Likoma, May. 42. Oxypalpus ruso, Mab. 3 3, Likoma, May. 4°. Baoris inconspicua, Bertol. g 2, Kota Kota, 20th April; ¢ $, Chisumulu, May. 44, Parnara mathias, Fabr. 3 3, Mpondas, 18th April; Kota Kota, 20th April. 45. Farnara delecta, Trimen, 3S, Kota Kota, 20th April. 64 Mr. F. D. Morice on new or doubtful 1X.—Descriptions of new or doubtful Species of the Genus Ammophila (Kirby) from Algeria. By F. D. Morice, AURSE THE notes following should have formed part of an account which Mr. Saunders and myself are now preparing of Hyme- noptera taken in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. Haton in 1893-97 or by me in 1898. They are published now as the larger work cannot be ready for some time, and I have promised Herr Kohl, who is engaged on a monograph of Ammophila, to describe as speedily as possible some of my captures in that genus which he considered to be new. ‘The species to be dealt with comprise three (possibly four) of the group Psammophila, one of Parapsammophila, and five of Ammophila (sensu stricto). All are from Biskra. Mr. Eaton took several others of this genus, and I a few, elsewhere; but all the latter appear referable to well-known species. A few preliminary explanations may here be given as briefly as possible :— (a) In numbering the abdominal segments I have not reckoned the propodeum. (2) ‘Lhe measurements of petioles &c. have been made according to the methods used by Kohl in his monograph of Sphex, with the help of a camera lucida. By “length of petiole” I mean, as he does, the apparent length of that part of the first ventral plate which is completely visible when the object is viewed directly from above, reckoned from (¢. e. not including) the muscle uniting it with the abdomen ¢o the base of the first dorsal plate. (c) The term ‘ tarsal pecten”’ may be here explained. The female anterior metatarsus swells at its apex outwards into a sort of lobe in which are set three spines, one very stout and considerably bent, the others, lying under it, straighter and more slender. Between these three apical spines and the base of the metatarsus runs an even row of (usually) four other spines, which form the ‘ pecten.”” ‘The metatarsus bears many other more or less spine-like hairs or bristles both exter- nally and internally, but these form no part of the definite series constituting the “ pecten,” and one soon learns not to confuse them with it. (d) The following terms may also need some definition, as authors have not always employed them in the same senses. By “pilosity ” I mean longish erect hairs, pale or dark, scattered or dense, but never (in clean specimens) matted into a felt- Species of the Genus Ammophila (Kirby). 65 like mass. By “ tomentum,” very dense shorter and more de- cumbent hairs, matted closely together, with a silvery or more rarely a golden glitter, frequently combined with pilosity and lying under it. By ‘ pubescence,” a down of still shorter fine and even hairs, never matted, giving a smooth silky or velvety look to the surface which it covers. When the pubescence is quite microscopical and noticeable only by its faint shimmer in certain lights, the surface may be called “‘ pruinose ” (frosted). A single row of longish even hairs I call a “ fimbria ” (fringe). Group PSAMMOPHILA, Dhb. 1. Psammophila masinissa, sp. n. Nigra, abdomine atrocyaneo, alis violaceis; tegulis mandibulis pedumque armatura (preter unguiculos rufos) nigris, hirsutie nigra. Vertex punctatus, microscopice rugulosus. Pronotum in medio impressum, mesonotum antice sutura mediana longitu- dinali instructum, ambo punctata et antice saltem subtiliter trans- versim rugulosa. Scutellum punctatum, elevatum, subtilissime longitudinaliter striolatum, in medio plus minusve depressum. Propodeum concinne undulatim (in medio fere transversim) striatum. Petiolus brevis, apicem versus dilatatus, antennarum articulis 2+ 3 vel tarsorum posticorum articulo secundo subsequalis, metatarso postico multo brevior. Long. 16-17 mill. Biskra (Haton). Three females (29 iii.-3 iv. ’97). Mr. Eaton took also at Biskra (7 11. 95) what at present I believe to be only an aberrant form of masinissa 2, but with several conspicuous peculiarities. It is very much larger than the type specimens (long. 24 millim.), the thorax more shining and its sculpture more pronounced (e. g. the scutellum is clearly and even strongly bituberculate), the blue tint of the abdomen a shade brighter, &c. The neuration also is curious, the second transverse cubital nervure in both wings being sharply and angularly bent inwards, and the third strongly (but in a curve, not angularly) outwards. This gives a most peculiar appearance to the cubital cells, but one which I suspect to be a result of “ neuration gone wrong ”’ (as so often happens in Ammophila) rather than a specific character. At any rate, I am not prepared to found a separate species on this isolated and probably abnormal specimen. Possibly it may turn out that mas¢nissa=atro-cyanea, Eversm., but André describes the (2) propodeum of that species as not striated, which it most evidently is in all the specimens before me. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 5 =r} lor} Mr. F. D. Morice on new or doubtful 2. Psammophila micipsa, sp. 0. Nigra, abdomine haud cyaneo, alis violaceis; unguiculis rufis, hir- sutie nigra vel fusca. Sculptura pracedenti fere similis, sed punctis minus crassis, propodei striis magis obliquis, petiolo multo longiore, antennarum articulis 2+3+4, vel metatarso postico, subzequali. Long. 15-17 mill. Biskra (Eaton). Two females (7-24 iii. ’97). In general appearance like the last, but with much longer petiole and perfectly black abdomen. 3. Psammophila gulussa, sp. n. Bicolor, alarum leniter flavescentium venis aurantiacis; mandibulis, tegulis, armatura pedum, et abdominis segmentis basalibus 3 vel 4 post petioluam (in ¢ obscure) plus minusve rufescentibus. Pecten tarsalis (2) pallidus. Mas nigro-hirtus, facie et dorso abdominis antice argenteo-tomentosis ; 2 albo-hirta, facie humeris pleuris coxisque tomento argenteo denso ornatis. Mesonotum dense punctulatum, in 9 leniter transverse rugulosum. Propo- deum oblique subtiliter striatum. Petiolus in utroque sexu metatarso postico vel antennarum articulis 2434445 distincte . longior. Long. 20-22 mill. Biskra (Eaton). One male (30 iii. 97), one female (31 ili. 97). The petiole in this species is fully as long as in tyder. The male and female were taken in the same spot on two following days, and I feel sure they belong to one another. Group PARAPSAMMOPHILA, Taschenberg. 4, Parapsammophila monilicornis, sp. n. Nigra, alarnm leniter flavescentium venis ochraceis, costa subcosta tegulisque in medio brunueis ; mandibulis in medio, antennarum, femorum tibiarumque basibus, pedum armatura, abdominisque segmento primo, obscure plus minusve rufescentibus. Caput thoraxque mediocriter pallide-pilosa, facies sub pilis argenteo- pubescens. Clypeus ante apicem gibbose prominens, carina me- diana longitudinali instructus. Facies quam in A. armata, Illiger, angustior, quam in A. divite, Brullé, multolatior. Oculiad clypeum paullulum convergentes. Petiolus metatarso postico subzequalis, reliquum abdomen pro longitudine latum, piriforme. Pronotum collariforme (i. ¢. pane usque a basi autice perpendiculariter declive). Mesonotum breve, antice fortiter declive. Scutellum et postscutellum alte convexa. Caput et pronotum punctata ; meso- Species of the Genus Ammophila (K7rby). 67 notum oblique, scutellum et postscutellam longitudinaliter, pro- podeum fere transversim, striato-rugosa. Antennarum articuli 7 apicales infra valde turgido-dilatati, duo ultimi breves, tertius quarto sesqui longior. Biskra (Morice). Six males (v.—vi. ’98). The unusual structure of the antenne and broad (almost female-like) abdomen make this, at least in the male, a very distinct species. Unfortunately I did not meet with the other SeX. One of my specimens has the antenne 14-jointed! (see Ent. Month. Mag., Nov. 1899). Group AMMOPHILA (sensu stricto). 5. Ammophila pecilocnemis, sp. n. A, Heydeni, Dhb., simillima, sed in utroque sexu tibiis posticis apicem versus fortius incrassatis perque trientem basalem lexte rufis, petiolo toto rufo, abdominis segmentis apicalibus conspicue viridi-cyanescentibus, ¢ genitalium stipitum apicibus certe latioribus, Q pectine (ut videtur) minus robusto, facile distin- guitur. Biskra (Zaton). Seven specimens (¢, 19, 20 iii, 5 iv. 95 5 22, 25-iv. 97: 9, 29 ui., 3 iv., ’97). The coloration of the tibiz in this species agrees with that in éherica as described by André. The latter, however, is treated by von Dalla Torre as a synonym of Heyden?, from which pecilocnemis is certainly structurally distinct. Also, according to André, tberica has the petiole black, and of the following segments only the fifth above and the sixth entirely are black, whereas in all the specimens before me the petiole is red, and the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments are of a beautiful metallic blue without a vestige of red. 6. Ammophila rugicollis, Lep. (=rubtginosa, Lep.) ? A male taken by Mr. Eaton at Biskra (3 v.97) seems to agree well with Lepelletier’s description of rugicollis, and a female from the same place (2 v. ’93) with that of rudiginosa. The two are, I think, certainly the sexes of one species; and M. Robert du Buysson tells me that rugécollis and rubiginosa are synonyms, though I see that v. Dalla Torre’s catalogue keeps them distinct. I am in some doubt, however, as to the determination of Mr. Haton’s captures, because M. du Buysson has kindly sent mea male from Tamatave of what he considers to be 5* 68 Mr. F. D. Morice on new or doubtful rugicollis, which is very like the Algerian male in most respects, but, besides differing from it in a much darker colora- tion and much more flavescent wings, has also the strigosities of the mesonotum distinctly less coarse and closer, and the first dorsal segment of the abdomen only a little longer than the second, while it is quite twice as long in Mr. Eaton’s insect. Whether the two are really specifically distinct, I do not venture to say without more material. At present I coufine myself to describing Mr. Eaton’s specimens. Caput nonnihil incrassatum, subleve, sparsim punctulatum. Facies (2) juxta oculos margine elevato. Thorax valde rugosus vel strigosus (preecipue in ¢), pro- et mesonotum cum mesosterno transversim, scutellum postscutellumque longitudinaliter, propo- deum ac pleure oblique (fere transversim). 2. Rufa sunt—caput cum antennarum dimidio basali mandibulisque preeter apices nigros ; thorax pedesque, nigro parce (hi parcissime) variati ; abdominis segmenta duo basalia (superne plus minusve infuscata), etiam tertii basis obscure, omniumque margines apicales. Cetera nigra vel furva, abdominis dorso nonnihil cyanescente. do. Pictura minus leta. Caput thoraxque maximam partem nigra ; rufescunt tamen—antennarum scapi infra, mandibule ut in 9°, pronotum evidenter, obscure quoque latera mesonoti metapleura- rumque apices, tegule alarum, ac spiracula propodei. Abdomen pedesque fere ut in 2 sed nigredine magis extensa, tarsis fuscis. Caput thoraxque preecipue in lateribus mediocriter pallido-pilosa. Facies, tempora, humeri, insertiones alarum, metapleurarum apices, coxeeque posticee, plus minusve albo-tomentosa vel saltem pubes- centia. Ceterum corpus solita pruina vel pubescentia ornatum (in 3 ditius). Petiolus metatarso postico multo longior. Clypeus haud emarginatus. Pronotum antice fortiter truncatum. Ale leniter flavescentes fere hyaline. Pedumarmatura minus robusta, pecten tarsalis 2 brevior (nisi fallor) quam in A. Heyden, Long. 23-25 mill. 7. Ammophila levicollis, André ? Mr. Eaton has taken one male and one female, and I one male and two females, all at Biskra and all in May, except Mr. Haton’s male (29 ii. 97, “ visiting Antirrhinum ramosissimum ”), which seem to agree pretty closely with André’s description except in some very trifling details as to the colour of the abdomen. I am not quite certain that Mr. Eaton’s (March) male, in which the tarsi are nearly all quite red, whereas in all the other specimens they are fuscous, belongs to the same species ; but being so early a specimen, it may perhaps be immature. I cannot see that structurally it differs from my own male, though superficially it certainly does so. Species of the Genus Ammophila (Kirby). 69 The species comes very near Heydeni; but, apart from having the posterior femora and tibie largely red, the wings are clearer, the strige of the mesonotum less strong and tending to become obsolete on the centre of its disk, the labrum—which is usually (perhaps always ?) black in Heydent —and fully half the mandibles bright red, the female tarsal pecten pale and thin, and the clypeus not in the least emar- ginate at the apex centrally. ‘he male genitalia seem to me formed much as in Heydent, certainly not as in pactlocnemis described above. The apex of the abdomen has a decidedly blacker tinge than in the latter species, where it is almost as brightly blue as in nasuta. 8. Ammophila albotomentosa, sp. n. Bicolor, capite et thorace nigris, abdomine pedibusque maximam partem pallide rufis. Mandibule preter apices nigros, clypei apex, scapus, alarum tegule cum venis (basalibus saltem) ruta. Abdomen segmentis duobus basalibus pedumque posticorum basi- bus anguste nigro-lineatis, apice in ¢ immaculato, in 2 superne nigro. Caput (preter areolam nudam extra utrumque ovellum posticum bene definitam) thoraxque totus dense argenteo-tomen- tosa ita ut vix aut sculptura aut integumenti color appareat. Abdomen cum pedibus plus minusve cano-pruinosum, apice medio- eriter pallido-piloso. Temporaalbo-fimbriata. Al fere hyaline, Antenne tenues. Petiolus segmento dorsali primo circiter quinta parte longior, Clypei apex nonnihil emarginatus. Long. circ. 20 mill. The male and female described above have every appear- ance of belonging to the same species, a very beautiful one, and quite distinct from anything known to me in nature or from descriptions. My specimen was taken at the foot of the ‘“‘ Montagne de sable,” Mr. Eaton’s “ on the sandhill nearest the baths and tramway at Ilammam-es-Salahin,” 2. e. prac- tically on the same ground. The silvery clothing of the body is very thick and con- spicuous, much more so than in Heydeni &c. It is inter- rupted in both sexes on the vertex by an exactly similar naked space adjacent on each side to the posterior pair of ocelli, so definite and symmetrical that | think it is probably a constant character. As compared with Heydeni the present species seems to be smaller and more slender, with a slightly longer petiole, thinner antenne, and clearer wings. ‘lhe prothorax is of the usual shape; otherwise the species somewhat re- sembles that next following. Biskra. One male (31 v. ’98, Morice), one female (26 iv. 97, Eaton). 70 On new or doubtful Species of the Genus Ammophila. 9. Ammophila producticollis, sp. n. Bicolor, capite et thorace nigris; abdomine rufo, basi haud nigro- lineata, segmentis vero 2 vel 3 apicalibus infuscatis. Antennarum articulus 1 (totus) et 2 (partim), mandibule preeter apices nigros, labrum clypeique margo latus, alarum hyalinarum tegule cum stigmate et magna parte nervorum pallide aurantiaco-rufa. Pedes rufi, posticorum basibus superne nonnihil infuscatis. Caput thoraxque densissime splendideque argenteo-pubescentia vel tomentosa; temporum prosterni femorumque anticorum (9 ) fimbrize longze et sequabiles. Pronotum longissimum, evidenter haud latius quam longius. 6. Pro- et mesonotum antice transversim, scutellum longitu- dinaliter, propodeum oblique (fere longitudinaliter) strigosum. Mesonotum antice lineis 3 impressis longis vel suturis divisum. © strigis (quantum video) nullis, sed mesonoto ut in mare lineis impressis diviso atque etiam circa has ita depresso ut pene trisul- catum vel bicarinatum yvideatur. Clypeus apice in medio exeiso. Long. 17 mill. Biskra (Haton). Male, 5 v.97; female, 16 v. ’94. The two sexes are very similar except in the seulpture of the thorax; this, as stated above, differs widely, and it is not without some hesitation that I put the two together. They were taken, however, in exactly the same locality (near the Fontaine Chaude) and in the same month (May). The male cannot be dolichodera, Kohl, since its pronotum is very strongly strigose ; while of dolichodera the author ex- pressly says “ Kragenwulst ohne Querrunzeln, glatt.” Nor can the female be his longicollis, which has the same part “ wie das Dorsulum mit derben Querriefen besetzt”’ ; while in producticollis ¢ both pronotum and dorsulum are apparently quite smooth. It remains as just a possibility that producti- collis g is the unknown male of (longicollis, and producti- collis 2 the unknown female of dolichodera; but on the whole I think this so unlikely that it will be safer to treat the Algerian species as new. Both this and the last species occur among the glittering sands of the hottest Sahara, and have that peculiar and beautiful silvery clothing which characterizes many of the specially desert insects, and is no doubt “ protective.” On new Coleoptera from South and West Africa. 71 X.— Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Coleoptera from South and West Africa, of the Section Serricornia, and of the Families Erotylide, Endomychide, and Lan- guriide. By H.S. Gornam, F.Z.S, &e. THE beetles of which this paper gives an account were prin- cipally collected in 1896 by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall in Natal and near Salisbury, in Mashonaland. One species (Hedybius amenus) had already been described by me in Distant’s ‘ Naturalist in the Transvaal’ from that district. The Lycidz have also been previously described by Mr. Bour- geois. Mr. Marshall sends several very closely allied species ; and in general the species of small Coleoptera are very similar from widely separated parts of the African continent, so that I have found it convenient to include in this paper certain species which have been known to me for some time from the western parts, as they really’ form part of one vast fauna, differing, indeed, in genera from their nearest allies in their respective families, but widely distributed in the African continent, both as regards these genera and even in many instances as to the species. I have also received from Mr. Marshall a number of Cassidee and Coccinellide from the same countries, which will form the subject of another paper. Section SERRICORNIA., Fam. Cleride. Philocalus compressicornis. Tillus compressicornis, Klug, Abhand. Berl. Akad. 1842, p. 273, t. i. fio. 3. Hab. Natal; Mashonaland, Umfuli River, Gadzima (Marshall). Three specimens. Klug’s examples were from Herr Krebs’s collecting and probably from Natal, though referred to as “vom Kap.” Westwood’s Tillus uniformis from Gambia may possibly be the male, but it is not (as placed in the Munich Jatalogue) a Macrotelus, Klug= Monophylla, Spin.,—a generic name which only includes the American J. terminatus. Philocali are very rare in collections; I had not seen this insect before. 72 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera Phleocopus undulatus, sp. n. Nigro-piceus, robustus, valde pubescens, fortiter punctatus ; elytrorum maculis duabus basalibus, una humerali, una lineari scutellari san- guineis ; fascia tenui mediana valde dentata, maculaque subapicali suturam haud attingente testaceis. Long. 14-15 millim. Mas, antennarum articulo ultimo elongato, falciformi; abdominis segmento quinto emarginato. Femina, antennarum articulo ultimo dimidio breviori. Hub. Natal; Mashonaland, Umfuli River, Gadzima (Marshall) ; Zambesi (coll. Gorham). Head clothed with golden-brown pubescence, thickly, coarsely, and rugosely punctured; antenne of the pitchy- black colour of the whole body, the terminal joint long and falcate, much longer in the male, equalling the preceding eight joints. The thorax is longer than wide, shining, distinctly but sparsely punctate, with a deep but vague central channel ; anterior constriction ill-defined. Elytra at the base scarcely wider than the thorax, wider at the apex ; the punctuation is cellular and confluent, coarse for half their length, not so coarse and worse defined beyond the fascia; the fascia is rendered irregular by coarse punctuation, it has a double undulation, sometimes it reaches the margin and at others it does not; there are two deep blood-red not conspicuous marks at the base and a yellowish spot at the apex. The scutellum is clothed with golden-yellow pubescence. The femora are coarsely punctured ; the tibiz are also punctured and have caring on their sides. The body beneath is shining, sparsely and rather obsoletely punctured; the fifth segment in the male is broadly and angularly emarginate, exposing the membrancus base of the sixth, and it has deep strong punctures round the margin, the sixth ventral plate being very smooth and shining. This insect has been known to me for many years from specimens from Natal. It is apparently allied to P. flavo- notatus, Bohem., but seems to differ in the colour of the antenne, which are entirely dark, in the apical spot not being double, by the larger size, &c. Mr. Marshall has sent three specimens, two being from Gadzima, one of which is a male. Trichodes tugelanus, sp. n. Niger, subceruleus, elongatus, subparallelus, pubescens; capite prothoraceque creberrime confluenter punctatis; elytris auran- tiacis, fasciis duabus latis apiceque nigris; creberrime rugose from South and West Africa. 73 confluenter punctatis, punctis in seriebus vix congestis ; antennis brevibus, articulis quatuor basalibus rufis (supra nigro-notatis), clava valida, articulo apicali lato, apice intus acuminato; pedibus nigris, femoribus tibiisque cerulescentibus, unguibus rufis, simpli- cibus. Long. 10-11 millim. Hab. Natal, Tugela River, Weenen (Marshall). Elongate, parallel; head and thorax dark steel-blue, thickly rugosely punctate, the latter half as long again as wide, the front margin straight, the base rounded ; there is no constriction, but the disk is depressed a little behind the front and there is a somewhat carinate bright line down the middle. Elytra scarcely wider than the thorax; they have three orange bands narrowly interrupted at the suture, the first and second united along the margin: the first occupies the base and shoulder, but is rounded off on each side of the scutellum ; the second is undulate, concave towards the base ; the third orange band is subapical, cut out in front at the suture. The abdomen and body beneath are blue. The pattern of the elytra of this insect is almost identical with that of the North-American 7’, apivorus. It is really allied to Clerus lepidus, Walker, a species described from examples taken by J. K. Lord in “ Egypt,” and figured by C. Waterhouse in ‘Aid to the Identification of Insects,’ t. Ixxvi., also noticed by him in the index to vol. i. of the same publication, p. 12, and of the variety examples of which, without a central orange band, are in my collec- tion from ‘‘Tajura, Straits of Bab-el-Mendeb.” Both this insect and 7’. tugelanus are aberrant, if, indeed, they can be referred to Zrichodes. The cultriform apical joint of the antenne, though short, almost square, yet acuminate on its inner side, agrees with that genus better than with Philocalus. Two Trichodes only have yet been recorded from South Africa, viz. T. aulicus, Klug, Spin., and 7. Dregei, Chevr. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1874, p. 50, unless, as M. Chev- rolat seems to think (cf. note, p. 16, 4. ¢.) J. aulicus, Klug, is a different species from 7’. aulicus, Spin. t. xxxi. fig. 4, in which case there are three. These Cape Colony “ T'richodes”’ are very scarce; I possess two examples only, which appear to be distinct species, and neither of them agrees with the figure in Spinola, the base of the elytra having only a narrow line of red in one and being wholly dark green in the other, besides other differences. Insects labelled “ Cap,” g, h, &c., trom old collections, must be received with reserve as to the locality, as any South-African locality was often so designated, v4 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera T. zahare, Chevy. (1. c. pp.16, 51; Rev. Zool. 1861, p. 152), I have not seen. The Egyptian and North-African species of Trichodes are at present ill defined *. Three examples of TT. tugelanus were obtained by Mr. Marshall. Do.icHopsis, Gorh. Dolichopsis, Gorh. Trans. Ent. Soe. 1877, p. 154. Dolichopsis was proposed by me for two species of very Dasytid appearance, but pertaining to the Necrobiides, from tlle Cape Colony. Of each species I have since then ob- tained fresh examples, but without more precise locality. Dolichopsis auronitens, sp. n. Subcylindricus, lete viridi-auronitens, longius griseo-pubescens ; capite prothoraceque subtiliter creberrime punctatis; elytris creberrime et confluenter fortiter punctatis ; antennis pedibusque testaceis. Long. 5—-7°5 millim. Hab, Natal, 6576, 6677, 6718 (Marshall). The larger of three examples before me is rather smaller than the larger examples of D. haplocnemodes; the head and thorax are more finely and the elytra more coarsely punctate. It is also more cylindrical. The legs and antenne are testa- ceous, the claws and the extreme tip of the latter infuscate. The colour varies a little from grass-green with a pale golden reflection to brassy. Being more convex, it is even more like the species of the Melyrid genus Haplocnemus than the type. ‘The pile is very long and thick in fresh specimens. Three examples. Corynetes analis, Klug. Corynetes analis, Klug, Mon, Cler., Abhand. Berl. Akad. 1842, p. 348 fT. Corynetes pallicornis, Spin. Mon. ii. p. 95, tab. xliii. fig. 3 [analis]. Hab. Natal (Plant), Estcourt, Frere (Marshall) ; Caffraria ({Krebs). The identification of this with Corynetes abdominalis, Fabr. Syst. Jit. 1) p-266, is an error, that insect being from ‘‘ India,” and also having the whole abdomen pale; and no doubt Fabricius’s description refers to some wholly different insect at present unidentified. The records from Senegal need, I think, confirmation. * See description of PAzlocalus pretiosus, Gorh. Ann. Mus, Ciy. diGenovya, xvii. 1883, p. 602 (Abyssinia). Jrom South and West Africa. 75 Corynetes concolor, sp. n. Niger, supra ceeruleus ; capite prothoraceque crebre distincte punc- tatis; elytris fortiter punctato-striatis; pubescens; antennis pedibusque nigris; tibiis subcerulescentibus. Long. 5-7 millim. Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). In form and sculpture and as regards size very like C. analis, but immediately distinguished from it by the colour of the legs and antenne. ‘The punctuation of the head and thorax is less confluent, and hence under a strong glass the surface looks more even. The elytra have the series of punctures somewhat irregular ; those near the suture are geminate for half their length from the base, but not distinctly so, and they are similar in C. analis. ‘The pubescence is similar to that of C. analis. Four specimens were obtained by “ beating”” by Mr. Mar- shall near Estcourt. Opetiopalpus rubricollis, Klug. Opetiopalpus rubricollis, Klug, Mon, Cler., Abhand. Berl. Akad. 1837- 40, p. 352. Hab. Natal, 3602-3 (Marshall). ‘l'wo examples of an Opetiopalpus which appears to be the insect indicated by Klug under this name were sent by Mr. Marshall. They are much smaller than the species which I possess as O. collarts, being only two millim. in length or a little over. he elytra are blue-black ; the legs pale, with darker femora, and the claw-joint dark. They are the smallest examples of an Opetiopalpus | have seen. Fam. Melyride. Charopus cyanopterus, sp. n. Nigro-subenescens, antennarum basi, femorum apice tiblisque testa- ceis ; elytris cyaneis, crebre leviter punctatis, parum nitidis. Long. vix 3 millim, Hab. Natal, Frere (.Varshall). Head black, with an eneous reflection, as wide as the thorax, a little shining, smooth ; antenne almost simple, the three basal joints yellow, the basal joint just touched with dark above, the fourth and fifth dark, but pale at their bases and tips. Palpi black. Thorax subquadrate, rounded at the sides and base, scarcely any hind angles; the surface finely 76 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera aciculate, with an eneous tint. Elytra steel-blue, greenish at their bases in one example, very finely coriaceous, and with very short, scarcely visible pubescence. ‘The legs are black ; the tips of the femora and the tibie are yellow, in one example the hind tibize are fuscous. The hind body projects beyond the elytra in both examples. Two specimens of this insect, which is rather like the European C. pallipes, but larger and more brightly coloured, were obtained. Sexual difference not apparent. DINOMETOPUS, gen. nov. Corpus oblongum, subparallelum. Elytra abdomen haud tegentia. Caput (maris?) fronte eroso-excavata; erosionis marginibus elevatioribus, antice laminato-reflexo, lamina sulcata. Antenne vix serrate, fere simplices. Palpi maxillares apice subuliformi. Pedes longi; tarsi tibiarum fere longitudine, distincte quinque- articulati, antici (maris?) articulis longis subequalibus haud multo obliquis. I propose this name for a singular Melyrid having at first sight very much the appearance and size of Anthocomus fasciatus, but of which the head is excavated somewhat in the manner of some Hedybii. The genus Cephaloncus, West- wood, from the Canary Islands, is another example of this curious structure of heads in this subfamily, but has, according to Westwood, the excavation situate on the back of the head and different in form. 'roglops has the crown of the head hollowed out, but has 4-jointed front tarsi in the male. Kiesenwetter has described as a Malachius a very similarly constructed insect from Japan, M. foveifrons, K.; but it is necessary in classifying this subfamily to describe the sexual differences in the tarsi, in the antenne, and form of the elytra where they exist. Of the remarkable insect I describe here from Natal there are three specimens only, presumably males (as the heads are usually simple or only impressed in the females of Melyrids) ; the thorax is produced in a lobe-like form towards the base and is much depressed before the base. The elytra are not much expanded, nor are they convex nor in any way contorted at their apices as in many Malachit or Anthocomi. Dinometopus natalensis, sp. n. Niger, capite favo, elytrorum margine laterali antice, fascia lata ad suturam interrupta, apiceque tenui flavis; tibiarum apicibus et from South and West Africa. Gl tarsis plus minusve flavescentibus ; antennis basi flavis, articulis nigro-maculatis. Long. 4+ millim, 4. Mas? capitis occipite profunde excavato-eroso, erosionis margine antico laminato-reflexo, lamina sulcata, intus sub lamina nigro- maculata. Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). Head yellow, scarcely wider than the thorax across the eyes; the antenne are about as long as would reach to the extremity of the elytra, black, but pale at the base, yet only the basal and second joints are clearly so, and they are both spotted with black above; they are scarcely serrate. The thorax is longer than wide, the front angles much depressed, the front margin broadly receiving the base of the head, narrowed towards the base very suddenly; its disk much depressed before the base, the margin only a little reflexed ; punctuation not visible. The elytra are somewhat parallel, being very little wider at the apex than the base, finely coriaceous, black, faintly brassy ; the lateral margin as far as a very broad fascia, only extending half across the elytra, and the extreme apical margin are yellow. The legs are nearly black, only the tips of the femora and the tarsi are sometimes obscurely yellow. The abdomen shows two or three segments beyond the elytra. The pubescence is very sparse and not easily seen without a strong lens. Three examples, apparently all males. Attalus ? ornatipennis, sp. n. Lete flavus, sat latus; capite nigro, fronte anguste flava, levi; prothorace suborbiculare, glabro, aurantiaco ; elytris flavis, basi et annulo postice aperto nigris, breviter pubescentibus, crebre haud profunde punctatis ; metasterno nigro. Long. 35 millim. 9. Mas, tarsorum anticorum articulo secundo superne producto, tertium et quartum obtegente. Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshal?). Head black, smooth, shining, with the mouth and front bright orange-red. ‘The antenna are yellow, feebly, scarcely serrate; the thorax is as wide as the head and rather broad, glabrous, and deep orange, almost blood-red, its basal margin broadly reflexed, without any hind angles, slightly impressed near the middle of the base. Hlytra a little broader than the thorax and a good deal widened behind, thickly clothed with grey short pubescence; in the male the black ring is open behind like a horse’s shoe, distinctly, closely, finely punctured. 78 Rey. H. 5S. Gorham on new Coleoptera The legs and antennze are deep yellow, and the apex, the suture, and the margins of the elytra have a tendency to this red colour, which is no doubt more conspicuous in the living insect. ‘The tip of the prolonged second tarsal joint in the male is blackish, as in several other species; the claws are curved, with short pads, that give them the effect of being thickened at their bases when closed. Two males and one female only oceurred in December 1894, and a male and a female in January 1895, in sweeping to Mr. Guy Marshall. Anthocomus apricus, sp. n. Niger, tenuiter pubescens, antennarum articulis secundo ad quin- tum, elytrorum lateribus in medio et apice tibiisque flavis; tarsis fuscis, ad basin dilutioribus ; antennis serratis. Long. 4 millim. 9. Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). Head black, shining, the membranous base of the labrum alone yellow, narrower than the thorax; the antenne are a little longer than the head and thorax, yellow as far as the filth or sixth joint, but the basal joint marked with black above, the fourth to the tenth joints acutely serrate. The thorax is half as wide again as long, of the usual form, trun- cate in front, the sides and base rounded, without angles, entirely black and shining. Elytra very closely and very obsoletely punctured, rather shining, clothed with upright black hairs, especially on the apical half, black, with the margin in the middle and the apex broadly orange-yellow, the yellow returning a little up the suture. ‘he body beneath and the femora black; the tibia and bases of the tarsi yellow. The examples, three in number, appear to be all females ; at least there is no sexual character in either the antenna or tarsi. The claws appear to have membranous short pads. PAGURODACTYLUS, gen. nov. Corpus subparallelum, pubescens. Antenne leviter serrate. Tarsi uinque-articulati, unguiculi anteriores ineequales, anteriore multo q q ? fo) longior1. This new genus of Malachiide is sufficiently characterized by the unequal anterior claws, a structure not known in any other genus of the subfamily. ‘The tarsi are rather long, especially the hind pair; the front pair have the joints all oblique and produced at the apex beneath, the third and from South and West Africa. 79 fourth joints very short, the two basal joints longer, but short, and the claw-joint longer than the two basal ones taken together ; the claws are thin, the anterior one of the front pair (2. e. the inner one, as set on a card) twice as long as the other. From the four specimens before me I cannot state if this is a sexual difference, probably it is not. he antennee are simply formed, with joints two or three times as long as wide (excepting of course the second) and feebly serrate from the second to the tenth. In other respects the insect is allied to Attalus and Anthocomus. Pagurodactylus vitticeps, sp. n. Niger, pube erecta tenuiter vestitus, punctatus; antennarum basi pedibusque pallidis, bis femoribus anticis et intermediis externe posticis totis, illis articulo basali nigrescentibus; capitis fronte et occipite interdum conjuncte ferrugineo-maculatis. Long. 23-3 millim. Hab, Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). The head with the rather prominent eyes is a little wider than the thorax ; it is thickly and strongly punctured, with the mouth and front, and a spot on the crown, rusty red ; these marks are often joined, forming a vitta. The thorax is small, narrower than the elytra at the base, flattish and impressed near the hind angles; shining, but with erect hairs and thickly punctured, the base and sides margined, but only the former conspicuously so. The elytra deeply subrugosely punctured, with long fine erect hairs, widening a little, but not much, towards their apex. The antenne are as long as the elytra, their first and second joints touched with black above, the third quite pale, the fourth partly so; the fourth to the tenth joints are gently serrate, becoming gradually longer; the apical joint is a little longer than those preceding it, narrow and acuminate. ‘The palpi are blackish at the tip. ‘The legs are pale, with the exceptioa that the upper edges of the middle and front femora, or sometimes the whole, and the whole of the hind femora and the hind tibie are dark, nearly black. Four examples in which [ can detect no sexual difference. Apalochrus nitens, sp. n. Leete viridis, elytris vel viridibus vel cxruleis; antennarum basi pedibusque flavis, his tarsis nigris. Long. 6 millim. ¢ @. Mas, tarsis anticis articulo secundo apice superne elongato ; tibiis intermediis incrassatis, intus erosis, 80 Rev. H. 8. Gorham on new Coleoptera Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (Marshall). This species is evidently very much like A. azureus, Erichs., but appears to have darker antenna, and the tarsi are dark, excepting the first joint and the basal part of the second joint of the anterior tarsi in the male. In the female the same joint 1s wholly dark. Tledybius amanus. Hedybius amenus, Gorham, in Distant’s Naturalist in the Transvaal, p. 197, tab. 1. fig. 2, 2. Mas, capite antice excavato-eroso, erosione ima et basi nigra ; pone oculos elevato, quasi cornuto ; antennis longioribus, articulis tertio et quarto compressis, intus modice expansis, subtus nigro- maculatis, superne linea tenuissima aurea, quinto ad apicalem superne nigro-maculatis ; prothorace transverso, plaga magna et punctis duobus basalibus nigris. Hab. Natal, Estcourt (Marshall). The specimens from which this insect was described were two females. I have now the advantage of having several examples of both sexes before me, and I think there are three closely allied species all from Estcourt. The very extra- ordinary structure of the head is not precisely alike in these, and I associate the male described above with //. amenus from the spotted antenne, and from the form and amount of the black markings upon the head and the thorax, and from the hind tarsi being blackish in both sexes. The front of the head is yellow, slightly more prominent in the male than in the female, the excavated erosion is pubescent at the back, and a spur of golden hairs, with a ridge of hairs connecting it with the sides, is to be seen at the bottom; on each side but in front of the eye a few yellow sete are found ; the elevated portion which forms the back of the eye and supports it is yellow and is not separated from the black temples by a deep sulcus as it isin H. Marshalli ; moreover, the black mark, and indeed the whole disk, is shining and not opaque. These considerations lead me to believe we have here three closely allied but distinct species, and that we cannot assign either of them to A. erosus, Erichs., to which, however, they are obviously also allied. Another male differs somewhat, in the coloration of the antenne: the third to the sixth joints have each a black line above, the seventh has only an interrupted line, the apical joints being yellow, and the thorax lacks the two basal dots ; too much reliance therefore must not be placed on the black markings. from South and West Africa. 81 FHedybius anceps, sp. n. Lete flavus, capitis dimidio basali nigro; prothorace subquadrato vel toto flavo, vel punctis duobus parvis nigris; antennis pedi- busque flavis, tarsis posticis infuscatis ; elytris viridi-czruleis, creberrime leviter punctatis. Long. 6-65 millim. [Plate I.] THE present paper embodies the results of an attempt to re- arrange the specimens of Pangonine in the British Museum collection, dealing only, so far, with Pangonia, Latreille, and its allied genera. Little seems to have been added to our know- ledge of the Pangonine since the publication of ‘ Dipteren- Fauna Siidafrika’s’ by Loew, nearly forty years ago, in which he gave a valuable summary of the genera of the above, besides the description of species. Rondani, in Archiv. Canestr., three years later, suggested a subdivision of Pangonia, Latreille, which has been carried out in this paper. Schiner in ‘ Reise der Novara’ (1866), and other authors of a later date, have established four or more new genera and described new species. The only catalogues of any species of Pangonine were those included in Schiner’s ‘Cat. European Diptera’ (1863), Osten Sacken’s ‘ Cat. N. Amer. Diptera’ (1878), and Wulp’s ‘ Cat. Diptera 8. Asia’ (1856). 1 hope those I have compiled will prove fairly complete, and be of some use in the future study of the family, together with a few notes on the species possessed by the British Museum, including the descrip- tion of eleven new species. Any fresh specimens of Pango- nine, to be added to the National collection, would be most acceptable and greatly facilitate further study, especially as regards the Walker types, many of which are in such poor preservation that it is difficult to form any opinion on them; when further modern specimens are available for comparison, more of these types will very probably prove to be synony- mous. The family 'Tabanide is divided into two divisions, viz. :— Hind tibia with spurs. Ocelli usually present ........ PANGONINA, Hind tibia without spurs. Ocelli absent.............. TABANIN A, PanGonina, The following table of genera of the Pangonine of the world compiled from different authors I have found useful to work by, carrying it so far as to include Pangonia, Latr., and the genera divided off from it ; S¢/vcus and its allied genera to follow later. Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 7 8 98 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninee PANGONINZE. Hind tibia with spurs. Ocelli usually present. 1. Third joint of antennee with eight or at least seven divisions. Proboscis usually pro- iets Ree rosig ad? Gon Mt ara 3. 2. Third joint of antenne with five divisions. Proboscis short iNest eee herons 14 (Stlvius &e.). 3. Third joint of antennze with a tooth...... Dicrania, Macq. Third joint of antenne with no tooth .... 4. 4, Wings short ; body flat, elliptical ..... .. Apocampta, Schiner. Wings not short i Gen sericle sche edo eos ee 5. 5, Third joint of antennze with each segment branched Maat eyee Nee hve ear cays cic Pityocera, Gig].-Tos. Third joint of antenne not branched 6. _6. Upper corner of eyes terminating in an acute Gngle: jackets Prise thant pti ecu Matron abe Goniops, Aldrich, Upper corner of eyes not terminating in an HOUUC BUGIG arse bile sales alc amie 4b seas . 7. Antenne deep-seated, inclined downwards. Palpi very large and thick ............ Cadicera, Macq. Antenne not deep-seated nor inclined down- wards. Palpi not very large and thick... 8. 8. Antenne subulated ; proboscis with ter- minal lips in form of a hatchet; anal cell open and anal vein curved ............ Pelecorhynchus, Macq. = Cenopnyga, 'Thoms. Antenne not subulated ; proboscis simple; anal cell closed, anal vein not curved.... 9. 9, Proboscis scarcely extending beyond palpi . Apatolestes, Will. Proboscis extending beyond palpi ........ 10. 10. Wings with fourth posterior ceil closed .. Sctone, W1k. = Diclisa, Schiner. Wings with fourth posterior cell open .... 11. PanGonta, Latr. 11. Wings with first posterior cell closed .... Pangonia, Rond. lia, yes aleds ta. Fis: Seta ee Rond. 11.6, Byes hairy: :)..)2 5%). subgenus ) Erephrosis, Rond. 12. Wings with first posterior cell open ...... Diatomineura, Rond. Dig SBIMCSMAITY: 3). can poke e anes ete Diatomineura, Rond. 126. Hyes bare: ......... subgenus } Corizoneura, Rond. 13, ? Antenne long and narrow. Wings with first posterior cell closed .......ee..4-- ? Mycteromyia, Phil. The three genera Apocampta, Schiner, formed for A. nigra, Pityocera, Gigl.-Tos, formed for P. feste, Goniops, Aldrich, formed for G. hippoboscotdes, containing only the one species each; Aypatolesies, Williston, formed for A. comastes, and Mycteromyia, Philippi, formed for Pangonia conica, Bigot, and others, are not represented in the Museum Collection, so that I have no knowledge of them; the last genus is prob- ably a doubtful one. Sackenymia, Bigot (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. 1879), of the Family Tabanide. 99 formed for Pangonia fulvithorax, Wiedem., and analis, Fabr., and others, must be merged again in Pangonia, having no distinctive characteristic to justify a new genus. The following is a list of the described species of the five first-mentioned genera :— APOCAMPTA, Schiner, Reise der Novara (1866); Verh. zool.- bot. Gesell. Wien, xvii. p. 310 (1867). A, nigra, Schiner, 7. e—Hab. Sydney. Prryocera, Gigl.-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, xi. no. 224 (1896), xi, no, 226 (1897). P. festa, Gigl.-Tos, 1. e—Hab. Darien. Gontops, Aldrich, Psyche, vi. (1892). G. hippoboscoides, Aldrich, 1. e-—Hab, Dakota. APATOLESTES, Williston, Ent. Amer. i. no. 1 (1885). A. comastes, 2, Will. J. c— Hab. California, - ? A, Eisent, Townsend, P. Calif. Ac. (2) iv. p. 596 (1895).— Hab, Lower California. Mycreromyta, Philippi, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xv. (1865). M. conica, Bigot, l.c. [Pangonia conica, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, sér. 3, v. p. 278 (1857). |—Had, Chili. M. brevirostris, Philippi, Verh. zool,-bot. Gesell. Wien, xy. p. 713 (1865), —Hab. Chili. M. fusca, Philippi, /. ec. p. 712.—Hab. Chili. M. murina, Philippi, /. e. p. 718.—Hab, Chili. M. nigrifacies, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. y. p. 607 (1892); Wulp, List Dipt. 8. Asia (1896).— Had. India. M. ensata, Bigot, 1. e. p. 608—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. M. elegans, Bigot, 7. ¢. p. 608.—Hab, Cape of Good Hope. M. nitens, Bigot, J. ec. p. 609.—Hab, Brazil. M., penicillata, Bigot, l. ¢. p. 610.— Had. Brazil. M. cinerascens, Bigot, ¢. c. p. 610.—Hab. Chili. M. albipectus, Bigot, 1. e. p. 611.—Hab. Brazil. M. erythronotata, Bigot, l. c. p. 612.— Hab. Brazil. Those species marked with an asterisk (*) are in the Museum Collection. Dicranta, Macq. Dicrania, Macq. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 110 (1838) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 15 (1860). The described species of Dicrania are :— * Dicrania cervus, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94 (1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 110 (1888); id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 438, pl. xv. (1837); Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, xii. (1897). [ Pangonia cervus, Wiedem., 1. c. Pangonia comprehensa, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850). Pangonia cervus, var., Walker, List Dipt. pt. v, ; 7#® 100 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine Suppl. 1, p. 181 (1854). Pangonia ramicornis, Walker.]—Hab. Amazons, Brazil. Dicrania furcata, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 99 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 131 (1854) ; Macq., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 438, pl. xv. (1887). [ Pangonia furcata, Wiedem., 1. ce. |—Hab. Brazil. Dicrania cervus, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94 (1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 110 (1838); id. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. pl. xv. p. 488 (1837); Giglio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino, xu. (1897). Pangonia cervus, Wiedem., /. ¢. Pangonia cervus, var., Wiedem., Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 131 (1854). Pangonia comprehensa, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850). One female specimen is labelled in Walker’s handwriting ramicornis ; there is no record of such a species in any of his writings. He describes a cervus, var. 2? , in List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 131, from Santarem, Brazil, Bates coll. : this rami- cornis is thus labelled and answers to the description of the var., and is probably the fly he described as cervus, var. ; it is identical with cervus, Wiedem., the only difference being in the teeth of the third joint of antenna, which are not so deep or sharply defined, and there is an appendix on one of the wings not on the other. The comprehensa, ? , Walker, and two other identical male specimens, all from the Amazons, are evidently the same as cervus. ‘The male has just been described by Gigl.-Tos in the above paper, from one specimen received from Ecuador ; the very long proboscis he lays so much stress upon, is (apparently) only present in one of these male specimens, Hab. Para, Santarem (Bates). CaDICcERA, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 23 (1855). This genus, formed for one species from Oceania, should include Pangonia melanopyga and crassipalpis, Macq., and chrysostigma, Wiedem. It is distinguished by the low insertion of the antenne, the large, thick, curved, second joint of palpi, and the broad and convex abdomen and short proboscis. Ocelli are present. Wings have the first posterior cell closed and an appendix on branch of third vein. *Cadicera rubra marginata, ¢ , Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p- 23 (1855). ‘The type of the genus. The palpi are very large ; ocelli present and distinct, though Macquart says “no distinct ocelli”; his plate of this species of the Family Tabanide. 101 is not exact. The specimen in the Museum came from South Africa, not Oceania, whence Macquart says his type was received. Hab. South Africa (Smith). *Cadicera melanopyga, 6, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p- 98 (1828). Pangonia melanopyga, Wiedem., 1.c.; 2, Macq. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 97 (1838) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 19 (1860) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 136 (1848). Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Smith, Whitehill). * Cadicera crassipalpis, Macq. Dipt. Exot. i. p. 98 (1838). Pangoniacrassipalpis, Macq., l.c.; Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 188 (1848), Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Children). * Cadicera chrysostigma, Wiedem., Auss. zweitl. Ins. 1. p. 100 (1828). Pangonia chrysostigma, Wiedem., /. c.; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 137. Hab. Cape of Good Hope, Stellenbosch (Vigors). There is an undescribed specimen in the collection un- labelled, which probably belongs to this genus, from the Cape; and another probably new species from Pirie Bush, PELECORHYNCHUS, Macq. Pelecorhynchus, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 28 (1850); Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. (1860). Canopnyga, Thoms., Eugen. Resa, p. 449 (1868). This genus was formed by Macquart for P. maculipennis from Australia ; he distinguished the genus from Pangonia by the peculiar shape of the proboscis, which ends in the form of a hatchet: Loew is doubtful as to this being a good character- istic for a genus, though Schiner, in describing P. ornatus (‘ Reise der Novara,’ p. 98), mentions this as justifying the genus being established ; it seems peculiar to the genus so far as I can judge from the species in the Museum. ‘Thomson formed a new genus, Cenopnyga, for the same species, dis- tinguishing it from Pangonia by its subulated antenne and the posterior spiracles being ovate not horizontal. Macquart’s name has priority, though he gives an insufficient and in- correct description for his genus. Thomson’s should be referred to: his statement “ wings many-spotted” will only hold good for some species, not for the genus, some having quite clear wings; his distinction as to spiracles I have not been able to 102 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine verify. The open anal cell and anal vein curved seems a distinguishing characteristic and should be added to the shape of proboscis and antenne as distinctive for the genus. Three species placed by Walker under Szlvius belong here, and two new species from §. America, bringing the number of described species of the genus up to six. * Pelecorhynchus maculipennis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 28 (1850). [Canopnyga maculipennis, Thoms. /. e.] A male and female, both in bad preservation, which were unnamed. Hab. Sydney, Australia, and ‘Tasmania. * Pelecorhynchus personatus, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 192 (1848). Stlvius personatus, Walker, 7. c. Pelecorhynchus ornatus, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 98 (1866) ; Will. Kans. Univ. Quart. vol. i. (1895). ‘This and the two following species were placed by Walker under Silvius, with the remark that they would form a genus which approaches Anthrax. Schiner redescribed this species, placing it under Pelecorhynchus. Hab. Queensland (Hunter, Cumming). * Pelecorhynchus eristaloides, § , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 193 (1848). Silvius eristaloides, Walker, J. e. Hab. Australia, S.E. Tasmania (Atkinson). * Pelecorhynchus fusconiger, ? , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 192 (1848). Silvius fusconiger, Walker, 7. c. Hab. New South Wales ; Australia (Hunter). % Pelecorhynchus Darwini, §,sp.n. (Pl. 1. fig. 1.) This handsome species was collected by Darwin from Chiloe, S.W. coast of South America. ‘There is only one specimen. Black. Antenne subulated ; palpi short, reddish brown, with black hairs. Face grey, with brown markings in the centre and frontal stripe brown. Ocelli present ; beard bright orange-yellow. Thorax with two distinct silky yellow stripes extending to scutellum; dorsum clothed with short black pubescence ; sides with orange-yellow hairs, which are also of the Family Tabanide. 103 present at base of wings and on breast. Scutellum with a fringe of short silky yellow hairs. Halteres yellow. Abdo- men clothed with black pubescence; a small hoary grey spot on each side of the third segment and a large oblong one on the fourth segment, extending from each side towards the middle; these spots are still more distinct on the underside of abdomen, forming a wave-like band on the fourth segment. Legs black ; anterior tibia with greyish pubescence. Wings hyaline, yellow at base and on the fore border; veins yellow. Posterior cells open, also the anal cell ; the anal vein is curved. Length 15 millim. Hab. Chiloe, 8. America. * Pelecorhynchus aurantiacus, 9, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.) Reddish brown. Antenne and palpi red; the latter short, clothed with orange-yellow hairs; the beard and hairs on the breast are the same colour; the face and frontal stripe are light ferruginous, clothed with short yellow pubescence. Thorax covered with orange-rufous hairs, very deep in colour on the sides and on the scutellum; there is a large tuft of white hairs below the root of the wings. Abdomen clothed with dense orange-rufous pubescence; the last segment is rather bare, with wrinkled transverse lines. Legs yellow, the posterior tibia red. Wings hyaline, yellow at base and on the fore border; transverse veins slightly clouded. All pos- terior cells and the anal one open ; anal vein curved. Length 15 millim. Hab. Chili (Hdmonds). This may perhaps be the same as Pangonia vulpes, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 23, but he takes no notice of the generic characteristics, though a few pages later he describes Pelecorhynchus as a new genus. Scrong, Walker. Scione, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850). Diclisa, Schiner, Reise der Novara (1866); Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xvii. p. 310 (1867). This genus was formed by Walker for Pangonia incompleta, Macq., who based it on the venation of the wings, the fourth posterior cell being closed, besides the first posterior, and the dividing nerve between the second and third posterior cell interrupted. Schiner did not consider he was obliged to make use of the name Sczone, but established Diclisa tor the same P. ¢ncompleta and included two new species, D. maculi- pennis and distincta. Pangonia singularis and albifasciata, 104 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine Macq., he considered should be included in it. Giglio-Tos, in Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 3857 (1895), reverts to the name Scione established by Walker and accepted by Rondani (Archiv. Canestr. iii. 1863) for Pangonia incompleta and singularis, Macq.; though he does not consider the closing of the two posterior cells sufficient to distinguish this genus, the species which should belong to it presenting other wide differ- ences, he accepts it for the present, and places a new species, S. Alluaudi, here. He thinks Pangonia biclausa, Schiner, should be placed in this genus. Schiner’s description of Diclisa should be referred to for the genus, which at present would include species widely different in appearance, form of palpi, &e. Two species in the Museum Coll. should be included, viz. Pangonia brevis, Loew, and Pangonta submacula, Walker, having the fourth posterior cell closed ; but they do not agree in other particulars with the description of the genus, and P. submacula is so clearly allied to Pangonia guttata that it does not seem advis- able to remove them from Pangonia. The described species placed in this genus are :— *Scione incompleta, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 28 (1846); id. 2, e. Suppl. 4, p. 25 (1850); Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 20 (1850); id. List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125 (1854); Gigl.-Tos, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. p. 357 (1895). | Pangonia incompleta, Macq,., l. c. Diclisa tncompleta, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 101 (1866). |—Hab. South America, Scione singularis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 23 (1846). [Pangonia stngularis, Macq., /. c.|—Hab. Australia. Scione albifasciata, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 28 (1846) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 127 (1854). [Pangonia albifasciata, Macq,, /. c. |—Hab. New Granada, S. America. Scione maculipennis, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 102 (1866) ; Osten Sacken, Biol, Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. p. 47 (1886). [ Dielisa maculipennis, Schiner, /. c.|—Hab. South America. 4 Scione distincta, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 102 (1866). | Diclisa distincta, Schiner, /. c.|—Hab. South America. Scione misera, Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. p: 47 (1886). [ Diclisa misera, Osten Sacken, /. e.|—Hab. South America. Scione Aliuaud, Giglio-Tos, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. (1895).— Hab. Seychelles Islands. * Scione incompleta, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 28 (1846), Suppl. 4, p. 25 (1850) ; Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. 1. p. 20 (1850); id. List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125 (1854) ; Giglio-Tos, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 857 (1895). Pangonia incompleta, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. ¢. Diclisa incompleta, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 101 (1866). ‘I'wo females, from Colombia. of the Family Tabanide. 105 Four female specimens from British Guiana in a private collection which I examined are allied to Scione albifusc/ata Macq. (Pangonia albifasciata, Macq.), but not the same: they probably represent a new species ; they have the striped thorax _ &e, typical of the genus, according to the type, 9. ¢ncompleta. PANGONIA, Latr. Pangonia, Laty. Hist. Nat. ui. p. 437 (1802). Rondani, in Archiv. Canestr. 11. (1863), divides Pangonia, Latr., into Pangonia and Diatomineura, making the first posterior cell open or shut the distinctive character, and sub- divides each again into a subgenus, with the eyes hairy or bare. Loew in his ‘ Dipt.-Faun. Siidafr.’ used the divisions of the posterior cells, and Bigot has used Rondani’s divisions since for new species (see Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. 1892). Lhave fol- lowed this arrangement as it seems fairly satisfactory, though the closing of the first posterior cell is a variable character- istic in some species I have come across, viz. adrel, White, MS., concolor, Walker, depressa, Macq., noticed by the latter in his description of depressa. ‘The prolongations on the fore tarsi of some male species are confined to those from Africa so far as the species in the Museum are concerned—longirostris, HVardw., from Asia, being an exception, in the description of this last is the only notice of the peculiarity which I have seen. The following is a list of the described species of African Pangonia, Latr., divided into their subgenera as far as possible ; but many of the descriptions are insufficient, where this is the case they are left under Pangonia, Latr. Those marked with an asterisk (*) are in the Atrica Museum Collection. PanGontA, Rond. Archiv. Canestyr. iii, (1863). *P, rostrata, 2, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 421. 1; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl Ins. 1. p. 96 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 134 (1854) ; Loew, Dipt. Sudafrik. p. 20 (1860).— Hab, Cape of Good Hope. *P, angulata, Faby. Syst. Antl. p. 91.5 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 97 (1828) ; Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 20 (1860). [P. obesa, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 135 (1854); Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866).|—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *P, gulosa, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 99 (1828).—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *P. bifasciata, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 102,— Hab, Cape of Good Hope, Burgh- ersdorp. F Meese Wiedem., /. c. p. 103; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p- 135 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Sudafrik. p. 19 (1860). [P. cingulata, Wiedem., J. c.|—-Hab. Cape of Good Hope. P. basalis, Macq., Dipt Exot. Suppl. 2, p, 10 (1846); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, pp. 189, 323 (1854).— Had. Algeria. 106 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine P. caffra, Macq., l.c. p.11; Walker, J. c. p. 185; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik., p- 20 (1860),—Hab, Cape of Good Hope. *P. multifascia, 2, Walker, J. c. pt.i. p. 134 (1848).— Hab. Cape of Good Hope. ot es Pia 2, Walker, /. c. p. 135.—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *P. conjuncta, Walker, 1. c. p. 135,—Hab, Cape of Good Hope. *P, sexfasciata, 2, Walker, /. c. p. 186.—Hab, Cape of Good Hope. *P. alboatra, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 15 (1850).—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. P. biclausa, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 19 (1860)—Hab. Caffraria ( Wahlberg). *P. brevis, Loew, Wiener ent. M. vii. p. 9 (1863).—Hab. Orange Free State. P. Ruppellii, Jennicke, Abh, Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 329 (1868),.— Had. Simen, Abyssinia. P. bullata, Will., Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. p. 191 (1895).—Hab. South Africa. iP. Arig Bizzi, Ann, Mus. Genova, xii. (2) p. 181.—Hab. Somali- and. Subgenus Errpurosis, Rond. Archiv. Canestr, i. (1863). FE. maculipennis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 20 (1850) ; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 98 (1866).— Hab. Africa. DriaTOMINEURA, Rond. Archiv. Canesty. iii. (1863), *D. barbata, 9, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 422. 2; id. Syst. Nat. i. p. 999. 2 (1766); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 135 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 185 (1854).—_Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *D. fulvifascia, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 157 (1848).—Hadb. Cape of Good Hope. Subgenus CorizoneurRA, Rond. Archiy. Canestr. iii, (1863). lateralis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 4 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 101 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 154 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 1385 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 17 (1860),— Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *C. varicolor, Wiedem., 7. c. p. 98; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 134 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 187 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17 (1860).—Hab. ens of Good Hope. *C, parva, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 145 (1848).—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *C. subfascia, §, Walker, l. ¢. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 136 (1854)— Hab. Port Natal. *C, directa, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 21 (1850)— Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *C, brunnipennis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17 (1860).— Had. Port Natal. *C. suavis, Loew, Ll. c. p. 17.—Hab. Caffraria (Wahlberg). C. zig-zag, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 20 (1850); Karsch, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxviii. p. 171 (1884).—Hab. Central Madagascar. C. albifrons, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. v. p. 612 (1892).—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. C. brachyrhyncha, Bigot, 1. c. p. 614.—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. *C. pallidipennis, 2, sp. n.— Hab. Delagoa Bay. *C. umbratipennis, sp. n.— Hab. Annshaw (Barrett). *C. of the Family Vabanide. 107 Paneontra, Latr. Hist. Nat. iii. p. 437 (1802). P. leucomelas, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 90 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 156 (1848).— Had. Cape of Good Hope. P. thoracica, Wiedem., l. c. p. 89; Walker, J. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 139 (1854) (name twice chosen).—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. P. nobilis, Wiedem., /. c. ii. p. 622; Walker, /. c.—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. P, spiloptera, Wiedem., J. c. p. 102; Walker, /. ¢. pt. 1. p. 186 (1848).— Hab. Cape of Good Hope. P. senegalensis, Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 193 (1834); Walker, . ¢. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 187 (1854).—Hab. Senegal. P. chrysopila, Macq., 1. c. p. 194; Walker, l. c.—Hab. Africa. P. flavipes, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 98 (1838).—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. P. appendiculata, Macq., 1. c. p. 97; Walker, /. e.—Hab. Cape of Good Hope. P. funebris, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 1, p. 23 (1846)— Hab. Algeria. P. ramulifera, 2, Loew, Wiener ent. M. vii. p. 9 (1863).—Hab. Orange State. P. semilivida, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Ix. p. 866 (1891). [Sackenymia semilivida, Bigot, 1. e.|—Hab. West Africa. PANGONIA, Latr. PanooniA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes naked or subnaked. Pangonia conjuncta, § 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 135 (1848) Palpi with first joint stout ; second joint long and slender, pointed. Wings with an appendix on fork of the third vein, and also one on the apex of the first posterior cell. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia alboatra, ¢ , Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 13 (1850). Palpi with second joint club-shaped at base, ending in a point. Wings with appendix on fork of third vein, flab, Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia angulata, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 5 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 97 (1828) ; Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 20 (1860). P. obesa, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p 155 (1854); Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866). Walker’s type obesa, 2 , from Saunders Coll., seems identical with angulata, Fabr., agreeing with the amended descrip- tion of angulata by Loew, who notes a female var., placed by 108 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine Wiedemann under angulata, and having the extra appendix on the first posterior cell; obesa must therefore sink. There is a male specimen here, evidently this species, though it has no appendix on the first posterior cell, which apparently varies in the same species, as in sexfasciata, Walker. The palpi are similar to those of alboatra. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia seafasciata, 2, Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. i. p. 136 (1848). Palpi as in alboatra. Wings have an appendix on the apex of first posterior cell on one wing only. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia gulosa, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 99 (1828). Palpi with second joint shorter than the first. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia rostrata, ?, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 421. 1; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 96 (1828) ; Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 134 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 20 (1860). Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia multifascia, ?,, Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. 1. p. 134 (1848). Palpi slender; second joint not quite so long as the first. Wings with appe idix on fork of third vein. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia adjuncta, ?, Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. i. p. 135 (1848). Palpi rather stout ; joints almost equal in length ; the second joint club-shaped at base, ending in a point. Wings with an appendix on fork of third vein. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Pangonia bifasciata, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 102 (1828). The white band on second segment of abdomen, mentioned by Wiedemann, resolves itself, in one male specimen and two female specimens in the collection, into two lateral and one of the Family Tabanide. 109 dorsal white spot. Wiedemann only described the female. The male in the Museum has a prolongation on the second joint of the fore tarsi, reaching to the end of the third joint, with long hairs on its apex. One of the females was wrongly labelled as flavipes, Macq. Hab. Cape of Good Hope, Burghersdorp. Pangonia brevis, Loew, Wiener ent, M. Bd. vii. p. 9 (1863). One male. This species has the fourth posterior cell closed, and should therefore be placed in the genus Scione, Walker (Diclisa, Schiner) ; but as it differs in the form of the palpi and other particulars from the description of that genus, it does not seem advisable to remove it from Pangonia for the present. Hab, Transvaal (Young). DIATOMINEURA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell open. yes hairy. Diatomineura fulvifascia, ? , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 137 (1848). Palpi with second joint rather long, club-shaped at base, ending ina point. The tawny hind borders of segments of abdomen have golden pubescence. Wings have no appendix. Hab, Cape of Good Hope. Diatomineura barbata, ¢ , Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 422. 2; Syst. Nat.i. p. 999.2; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 94 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 185 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 185 (1854). Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Subgenus Cortzongeura, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell open. yes naked or subnaked. Corizoneura lateralis, § 3 , Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 4 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 101 (1828); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 17 (1860) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p- 134, pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 135 (1854). Hab, South Africa, 110 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine Corizoneura subfascia, § , Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p- 136 (1854). Wings have an appendix on fork of third vein. Hab. Port Natal, Durban (Distant). Corizoneura brunnipennis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. i. p. 17 (1860). Two females which were unnamed; the veins and fore borders of wings are yellow, not dull grey smoky-brown as Loew says. Hab. Port Natal. Corizoneura suavis, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. i. p. 17 (1860). Two females. ab. Potchefstroom, Transvaal. Hab. Potchefst jake l Corizoneura varicolor, § 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 98 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 134 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 187 (1854); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. i. p. 17 (1860). The male has not been descrived. ‘There is one male in the Museum from the Transvaal which answers to Wiedemann’s description in every particular, but has the prolongations on the fore tarsi, viz. from the extremity of the first joint of tarsus there is the first prolongation, overlapping a second one, which starts from the base of the extremely short second joint and continues beyond the third; both are yellow in colour as the legs. There is another male rather larger, which was wrongly labelled P. appendiculata, Macq., from South Africa, and five females so labelled; the hairs on the second and fourth segments of abdomen are hardly apparent in some of the specimens, which are old and rubbed. Hab. South Africa, Natal, Transvaal Corizoneura pallidipennis, 2,sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 3.) Light fulvous. The upper part of the face is covered with greyish tomentum; longitudinal furrows on the vertex. Antenne red, the first two joints are greyish. Beard white. Palpi red; a short furrow on the upper end of the last joint, which is only half as long as the tirst and is club-shaped, Proboscis a little longer than body. Thorax brown, covered with short yellow pubescence, fringed at sides with yellow hairs, with tufts of white hairs above wings reaching to of the Family Tabanide. ipl! scutellum. Abdomen fulvous, with interrupted black dorsal stripe ; on middle of posterior margin of second segment a tuft of white hairs; remaining segments brownish, with a few black spots and markings; at sides of second, fourth, sixth, and seventh segments are white hairs, on the others black hairs ; underside of abdomen covered with whitish pubescence. Wings hyaline, with appendix on fork of third vein; the veins are light yellow. Legs yellow, coxe black. Length 13-14 millim. Hab. Delagoa Bay. Corizoneura umbratipennis, 6 9,sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 9.) Fulvous. Face reddish with grey tomentum ; in female three deep longitudinal furrows in centre of forehead and trans- verse wrinkles below, a faint longitudinal stripe extending from these to below the antenne. Beard white. Antenne and palpi red, the latter with a short deep furrow on face of the third joint, which is club-shaped and shorter than the first joint. Ocelli absent. Proboscis nearly twice as long as the body. Thorax thickly clothed with dark hairs, sides with white, extending to the base of the scutellum. Abdomen fulvous, with black dorsal stripe on the first segment and base of the second, the third has black markings; the posterior borders of segments two and three are lighter in colour, the remaining segments dark; a tuft of white hairs on lateral margins of segments two, four, six, seven, the others with black hairs. Underside of abdomen light fulvous with whitish tomentum. Legs red, posterior ones dark brown; on the fore tarsi of the male there is a slender prolongation, starting from the base of the second and extending nearly to the end of the third joint ; there are two long bristles on the end of the first joint. Wings grey; veins brown, the transverse ones shadowed. Length 15-16 millim. This species somewhat resembles varicolor, Wiedem., but the longer proboscis and absence of hairs on the second and fourth segments distinguish it. Hab, Aunshaw, South Africa (Barrett). Corizoneura directa, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 21 (1850). In very poor preservation. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. Corizoneura parva, ? , Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 145 (1848), In very poor preservation. Hab. Cape of Good Hope. 112 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninee Australia (including Oceania, New Guinea, and New Zealand). PANGONIA, Latr. Paneonta, Rond. P. fulviventris, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 109 (1838) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 144 (1854). — Hab. Australia. P. fuscanipennis, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 5, p. 18 (1855),—Hab. Cape of Needles, Oceania. Subgenus Erepurosis, Rond. *E. guttata, Donovan. [Tabanus guttatus, Donovan, Ilust. Ent. i. Hym. et Dipt. (1806); Guérin, Voyage de la Coquille, ii. pt. 2, p- 289 (1830); Zc. Atlas Ins. pl. 20; Wiedem., Auss, zweifl. Ins, i. p. 194 (1830); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 141 (1848). Pangonia margaritifera, Wiedem., l. c. p. 88; Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 3, 4 8 (1847); Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. ili. (1895).|—Hab, sydney. Af *F, macroporum, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 101 (1838) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 145 (1854).— Hab. Kangaroo Island. *E. Jacksonti, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 102 (1888).— Hab. Port Jackson. E. bicolor, Macq., J. c. Suppl. 1, p. 24 (1846); Walker, 2. c. p. 142 (1854).— Hab. Australia. E. limbinevris, Macq., 2. e. Supp]. 5, p. 21 (1855).— Had, Sydney. E. albonotata, Macq., l. e.—Hab. Sydney. *E. media, 2, Walker, J. c. pt. i. p. 142 (1848).— Hab. Australia. *E, submacula, 2, Walker, /. c.; id. Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 18 (1850),— Hab. Swan River. *E. quadrimacula, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 138 (1848).—Had, Australia. *E. contigua, Walker, 1. e—Hab. Australia. *E. gemina, 2, Walker, 7. c—Hab, Australia. *E. gibbula, Walker, 1. c. p. 140.—Hab. West Australia. *E. tricolor, 2, Walker, l. c. p. 189.—Hab. West Australia. *E. divisa, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund, pt. i. p. 17 (1850)— Had. West Australia. *E. adrel, White, MS., Walker, 7. ce. p. 16; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 141. [Zabanus adrel, White, MS., Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 355 (1876).}—Hab. New Zealand. E. dilatata, Jennicke, Abh. Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 328 (1868).—-Had. Australia. E. vertebrata, Bigot, Mém. Soc, Zool. Fr. v. p. 618 (1892).—Hab, Australia. i *E. aureohirta, 2, sp. u.—Hab. Mackay, Queensland. DIATOMINEURA, Rond. D. auriflua, 2, Donovan, Gen. Hlust. Ent. pt. 1. (1805). [Tabanus aurifluus, Donovan, /. ce. Pangonia solida, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 141 (1848).]--Hab. New South Wales (Don.), Port Stephen ( Walker), of the Family ‘Tabanide. 113 *D. jacksoniensis, 9, Guérin, Voyage de la Coguille, ii. pt. 2, p. 289 (1830) ; 2. e«. Atlas, Ins. pl. 20. 3.—Hab. Port Jackson, New South Wales. D. testacea, Macy., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 99 (1888); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. I, p. 145 (1854).— Hab. Australia. D. aurata, Macq., @. ce. p. 100; id. Ann. Soe, Ent, Fr. vi. p. 429, pl. 15 (1837); Walker, 7. c. pt. i. p. 141 (1848)—Hab. Tasmania and Australia. D. clavata, Macq., l. ce. p. 101.—Had. Australia. D. ruficornis, Macq., 2. c. Suppl. 1, p. 26 (1846); Walker, . c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 142 (1854).— Hab. Tasmania. D. albicostata, Macq., l. c. p. 24; Walker, 1. c. p. 144 (1854).— Hab. Australia. D. subappendiculata, Macq., 7, ec. Suppl. 4, p. 20 (1850).— Hab. Tasmania. D. testaceo-maculata, Macq., 1. c. p. 21.—Hab. Australia. D. brevirostris, Macq., 1. c. p. 23.—Hab. Australia. D. dorsomaculata, Macq., l. ce. p. 22.—Hab. Tasmania. D. violacea, Macq., l. c— Hab. Tasmania. *D. patula, 3, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 144 (1848).—Had. ? Australia. *D. crassa, 2, Walker, 1. c.—Hab. Australia, *D, plana, 2, Walker, 7. c—Hab. Australia. *D. gemella, 9, Walker, . c. p. 139.—Hab. Australia. *D. constans, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 15 (1850).—Hab, Tas- mania. *D, concolor, Walker, /. c. p. 14.—Hab. Australia. *D. lerda, White, MS., Walker, J. c. p. 16; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p- 141 (1848). [Tabanus lerda, White, MS., Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p- 895 (1876).|— Hab. New Zealand. *D. caliginosa, 9, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soe. vill. p. 108 (1865).— Had. New Guinea. ? D. carnea, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. vy. p, 618 (1892).— Hab. Australia. ? D. gagantina, Bigot, U. ec, p. 620.—Hab, Australia. *D. minima, 3 9, sp. n.— Hab. Queensland. Subgenus CorizonEuRA, Rond. C. dives, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 25 (1846); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 142 (1854).—Hab. Tasmania. C. anyusta, Macq., 1. ¢c. Suppl. 2, p. 11; Walker, 2. c. p. 144.—Hab. Australia. C. brevipalpis, Macq., l.c. Suppl. 5, p. 8; Walker, 2. c.— Hab. Australia, C. rufovittata, Macq, l. c. Suppl. 4, p. 19.— Had. Tasmania, *C, fulva, Macq., l. e—Had, Australia. C. anthracina, Macq., l. c. p. 22.—Hab. Tasmania. C. alternans, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 5, p. 19 (1855),— Hab. Cape of Needles, Oceania. C. sulcifrons, Macq., l. ce. p. 20.—Hab. Cape of Needles, Oceania. *C, erratica, 6, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 189 (1848). [ Tabanus erraticus, Walker, J. c.|—Hab. Australia. *C, chrysophila, 2, Walker, 4. ¢. p. 155. [| Tabanus ehrysophilus, Walker, lec. Pangonia aurofasciata, Jennicke, Abh, Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 827 (1868). |—Had. Australia. C. nigrosignata, Thomson, Eugen. Resa, p. 451 (1868).— Hab. Sydney. C, neocaledonica, Mégnin, Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. (5) viii. p. 145 (1878) ; l. c. ix. p. 61 (1879); 2. c. (6) ili. p. 189 (1883).— Hab. New Cale- donia, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 8 114 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine C. nigricornis, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. y. p. 614 (1892).—Hab. Australia. ? C. rubiginosa, Bigot, l. c. p. 615.—Hab. Australia. C. leucopicta, Bigot, /. c— Hab. New Caledonia. C. trichocera, Bigot, l. e. p. 616.—Hab. Australia. C. angusta, Bigot, . c. p. 617.—Had. Australia. PaneGonta, Latr. P. Roei, King, Narr. Surv. Coasts Austral. ii. p. 467 (1827); Wiedem Auss. zweifl, Ins. ii. p. 647 (1830); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 14 (1848); id. 2. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 145 (1854).—Hab. Australia. P. lasiophthalma, Bois., Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii. p. 666 (1832); Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 193 (1854); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p- 159 (1854) ; Walp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia (1895), [P. fuligineuse, Bois., Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. ii. p. 665 (1832).]|—Hab. New Guinea. P. maculiventris, Westwood, London & Edinburgh Phil. Mag. (3) vi. p- 449 (1835).—Hab. Australia. P. dorsalis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 100 (1838).—H ab. Australia. P. conjungens, 2, Walker, /. ec. pt. i. p. 140 (1848). This type is not to be identified in the Museum Coll.— Had. Australia. Ol PANGONIA, Latr. PancontA, Rond. Subgenus ErepHrosis, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes hairy. Erephosis guttata, Donovan, Illust. Ent. i. Hym. et Dipt. (1806). Tabanus guttatus, Donovan, Guérin, Voyage de la Coquille, vol. ii. pt. 2, p- 289 (1880); Atlas Ins. pl. 20; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p- 194 (1880); Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 141 (1848). Pangonia margaritifera, Wiedem.,/. c, p. 88 (1830) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 3, p. 8 (1847); Williston, Kans. Uniy. Quart. ili. (1895). The name guttata has priority and was kept by Walker in his Catalogue, though Macquart and Williston retained Wiedemann’s name margaritifera. The Tabanus guttatus figured by Donovan is evidently the same as P. margaritifera, though the spurs on hind legs are not shown in the plate, and the antenne are figured with a tooth, but in general form and markings it agrees with margaritifera ; it is again figured by Guérin in ‘ Voyage de la Coquille,’ Atlas, and mentioned in vol. ii. as a variety with no tooth to the antenne and no white spots on middle of abdomen, Hab. Australia, Sydney. Erephrosis media, 3, Walk. List Dipt. pt. i. p. 142 (1848). The palpi have the second joint long, club-shaped at base, of the Family Tabanide. 115 tapering to a long point. Wings with a short appendix on fork of third vein. Hab, Australia. Erephrosis submacula, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 142 (1848) ; id. Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 18 (1850). Walker has described two species under this name, but the one described in Dipt. Saund. is not to be identified. The type is old and denuded of hairs. Walker’s description may be amended thus, from modern specimens :— Antenne bright red, the first and second joints ferruginous, with black hairs, Face has a black square mark above the palpi; these latter are long and slender. Proboscis is short. Thorax with tawny hairs on sides, extending also to the scutellum. There are tufts of white hairs on the middle of the posterior borders of the first four segments of abdomen, thickest on the third and fourth; the hind segments incline to a reddish colour. Wings with first and fourth posterior cells closed; a rudimentary. appendix is present on the fork of the third longitudinal vein in only one out of the four female specimens in the Museum. This species should belong to Scione, Walker (Diclisa, Schiner), having the fourth posterior cell closed, but the head, face, and proboscis do not agree with the description of the genus (Diclisa, Schiner) in ‘ Reise der Novara,’ and it is too nearly allied to the two preceding species to make it advisable to remove it from Hrephrosis at present. Hab. Swan River, King George Sound, N. & W. Australia. Erephrosis adrel, 8 ?, White, MS., Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 16 (1850); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. L4L (1848). Tabanus adrel, White, MS., Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 855 (1876), This was one of the species collected in voyage of ‘ Erebus’ and ‘Terror’ and described by White in MS. only. Walker described it in Dipt, Saund. as -Pangonia adrel, White. Butler published White’s original description of it, believing it had not been published before. White placed it under Tabanus. ‘Two out of the six male specimens in the Museum have the first posterior cell of wings closed, in all the others it is open ; in the female specimens it “also varies. In the original description there is no mention of the wing-cells ; W hiker: says the first posterior cell is closed. In the Soll the sides of the first two segments of the abdomen are fulvous; the tufts of white or yellow hair on middle of abdominal segments are not 8* 116 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine so conspicuous in the female and sometimes resolve themselves into faint bands of white or yellow hairs. Hab. New Zealand. Erephrosis quadrimacula, ¢ , Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 138 (1848). The palpi have the second joint more than double as long as the first, large and wide, tapering to a point. Wings have no appendix. Hab. Australia. Erephrosis contiqgua, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 188 (1848). The palpi have the second joint large and wide, concave, tapering toa point. The first and second segments of abdomen ferruginous, the transverse spots on them more black than grey. In the male the spot on first segment is not so con- spicuous as in female, and that on the third segment is broken up into two round black spots: the sides of segments are fringed with hairs—on first and second yellow and black mixed, on third and fowth wholly black, on fifth and sixth yellow, the third segment almost wholly ferruginous; there are traces of white hairs on the middle of the posterior borders of segments. Hab. Australia. 2? contigua, var., Walker.—There are two males almost similar to above, but the yellow hairs on sides of abdomen are here white and conspicuous only on the last segment, the dorsal stripe on the first two segments is distinct. The legs are much darker, all the femora black, and the hind legs entirely black. Hab. Queensland. Erephrosis aureohirta, 2, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 10.) Black. Face brown with greyish pubescence, black stripe on forehead. Beard yellow. Antenne ferruginous ; first and second joints grey, the latter with some black hairs, Palpi ferruginous, with the second joint large and broad, concave, ending in a point, with some black hairs on margins and tip. Proboscis as long as head and thorax together. ‘Thorax with golden pubescence on the sides. Abdomen with the first three segments reddish brown, clothed with thin golden pubescence, thicker on the posterior margins; the remaining of the Family Tabanide. iby bry segments dark with black pubescence, their posterior margins lighter ; sixth and seventh with tufts of white hairs at the sides. Legs black ; anterior tibia and tarsi brown. Wings with fore border brown, and two cross-bands, the lower one darkest, extending from the border to the basal half of the discoidal cell, the upper one from the border to the apex of the discoidal cell. No appendix. Length 14 millim. flab. Mackay, Queensland (Turner). Erephrosis gemina, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 138 (1848). The palpi have the second joint short and broad, concave, as long as the first joint. Wings have no appendix. Two females were wrongly labelled ‘ conjungens, Walker.” Hab. West Australia ; Perth, South Australia, Erephrosis macroporum, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 101 (1838) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 143 (1854). One female. Hah. Kangaroo Island. Erephrosis divisa, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 17 (1850). The palpi have the second joint large and broad, concave, the same length as the first joint. Wings with no appendix. Hab. West Australia. Erephrosts Jacksonti, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. p. 102 (1838). The wings were not described by Macquart, as they were mutilated in his type: ; Wings with cross-veins shadowed ; in one female the first posterior cell is open on one wing, but closed as a rule. The Jacksonii var. mentioned by Walker in Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 15 and List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 140 is not to be identified. Hab. Swan River, Australia. Erephrosis gibbula, 3, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 140 (1848). The palpi have the two joints equal in length, the second one being broad and somewhat concave. Wings have an appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein. Hab. West Australia. Erephrosis tricolor, ? , Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 139 (1848). The palpi have the second joint slender, curved, and 118 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninz tapering to a point. Walker omits to mention that the fourth segment of abdomen is fringed with white hairs on its posterior border, and the sides of segments five and six have tufts of white hair. Hab. West Australia. DIATOMINEURA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell open. yes hairy. Diatomineura concolor, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. 1. p. 14 (1850). The palpi have the second joint large and broad, tapering to a point. The male is similar to the female (the type). One of the female specimens has the first posterior cell closed at the margin on one of the wings. Hab. Australia: Moreton Bay, Toowomba. Diatomineura caliginosa, 3, Walker, Proc. Linn. Soe. viii. p. 108 (1865). Walker says “palpi piceous.” They are only so at the tip and edges, otherwise the same colour as the antenne; the second joint is large and broad, tapering to a point, curved on the upperside. Hab. New Guinea. Diatomineura constans, § , Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 15 (1850). The palpi have the second joint broad and concave at the base, tapering to a point. Hab, Tasmania. Diatomineura jacksoniensis, 9, Guér. Voyage de la ‘Co- quille,’ vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 989" eae Atlas Ins. pl. 20. 3. Hab. Melbourne. Diatomineura plana, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 144 (1848). The palpi have the second joint broad at the base, tapering to a point. flab. Australia. Diatomineura gemella, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 139 (1848). The palpi have*the second joint stout at base, tapering to a of the Family Tabanide. 119 point. The legs are black, the tibia ferruginous. Wings with an appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein. Hab. Australia. Matomineura lerda, White, MS., Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 16 (1850) ; Walk. List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 141 (1848). Tabanus lerda, White, MS., Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 355 (1876). See remarks on LHrephrosts adrel, White, which apply to this species also. Hab. New Zealand. Diatomineura minima, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 4g, 5 2.) One male and two females. This may possibly be the same as D. gagantina, Bigot (Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 620, 1892), but the description is so incomplete that it is impossible to determine any fly from it (Bigot himself doubts whether his species belongs to Dia- tomineura). For the present, therefore, I prefer to regard the British Museum specimens as belonging to a distinct species. Black (male and female). Face and forehead grey ; frontal stripe on upper half of forehead black in female ; black hairs on the face. Antenne with the first two joints grey ; the third is reddish at the base, black at the tip; the palpi are reddish ; in the female with black hairs, curved, broad at base, tapering to a point. Beard scanty and whitish. Thorax with black hairs at sides, and grey hairs on breast. Abdomen with fine white hairs on lateral margins of segments, in the female greyish ; underside of abdomen with grey tomentum. Legs brown, whitish tomentum on the posterior femora of female. Wings dark brown, paler on the posterior borders. Length 8 millim. Hab. Sydney or Moreton Bay, Queensland. Diatomineura aurittua, 2, Donovan, Gen. Illust. Ent. pt. i. (1805). Tabanus aurifluus, Don. 1. e. Pangonia solida, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 141 (1848). Walker’s type seems the same as auriflua, of which Dono- van gives a plate. Walker’s description should be referred to for the species, and may be amended thus as regards the abdomen. Palpi broad at base, ending in a point. Ab- domen with golden or white tufts of hair on the middle of 120 On the Pangonineg of the Family Tabanide. the posterior borders of the segments, also white tufts on the lateral margins of segments 1-4, most marked on the second, becoming an oblong spot or even reaching as a narrow fringe to the tuft in centre, on 3 and 4 often very insignificant. Two specimens, labelled “ aurata, Macq.,” and four of solida, Walker, belong here. Hab. Sydney or Moreton Bay, Mackay, Queensland, Port Stephen, ‘Tasmania. Diatomineura crassa, ?, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 144 (1848) The palpi have the second joint large and broad, tapering toa point. In both sexes the posterior parts of the thorax and the scutellum are adorned with a fringe of yellowish hairs. In the male the abdomen is more fulvous in colour ; in the female the yellow hairs are chiefly on the middle of the posterior borders of the segments as triangular spots, and on the lateral posterior margin of second segment there is a well-marked tuft of white hairs, overlooked by Walker. Hab. Australia, Sydney or Moreton Bay. ? Diatomineura patula, $, Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 144 (1848). One male specimen in very bad condition, locality not known. It hasa general resemblance to the last two species ; I therefore place it under Australia for the present. Hab, ? Australia. Subgenus CorIzONEURA. Wings with first posterior cell open. yes bare, Corizoneura fulva, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 19 (1850). Two male specimens, which were wrongly labelled “ Roe, King.” Hab. Australia (Lord Derby coll. and Lambert). Corizoneura chrysophila, § , Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 155 (1848). Tabanus chrysophilus, Walk. 1. ¢. Pangonia aurofasciata, Jennicke, Abh. Senck. Gesellsch. vi. p. 327 (1868). This fine species was placed by Walker among the Tubani. Jennicke redescribed it fully and should be consulted: the The Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax, 121 third joint of antenne was gone in his type; in these three female specimens it is the same colour as the preceding ones, long and slender, its first annulation wide, the others tapering off to a point. Walker’s type cannot be identified from amongst the three females. N.B.—The name chrysophilus was used by Macquart (Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 194) for an African species; since, however, chrysophilus, Walker, is differently derived, both designations may be retained. Hab. Nustralia. ? Corizoneura erratica, g, Walker, List Drpt.. pt. 1, p. 189 (1848). Tabanus erraticus, Walker, 1, ¢. This was placed by Walker among the Tabanz, but it is distinctly a Pangonia, Latr.; the eyes apparently bare; it is in very bad condition, the antenne broken off, one lying on the face. Hab. North or north-west coast of Australia. The Pangonia conjungens, 2, Walker (List Dipt. pt. i. p. 140), from Australia, type, 1s missing. The Pangonia lurida, ? , Walker, isnot a Pangonia at all ; it belongs to the Tabanine. | | To be continued. ] XIVI.— The Hexagonal Structure naturally formed in Cooling Beeswax, and its Influence on the Formation of the Cells of Bees. By Cuartes Dawson, F.G.8. &e., and §. A. WoopHeaD, B.8c., F.C.8., &e., County Analyst, East Sussex *, THE hexagonal arrangement of the cells of bees has been generally ascribed to a structural instinct. The object of this paper is now to show that the form of the bee-cell is chiefly influenced by a crystalline or pseudo-crystalline hexagonal formation due to the cooling of the wax. While experimenting with waxes and resins, one of us (Mr. Dawson) noticed that on cooling the mixture had a tendency to arrange itself in hexagonal forms, from which * Communicated by the Authors, having been read at the Doyer Meeting of the British Association, 1899, 122 Messrs. C. Dawson and S. A. Woodhead on the he surmised that the outline of bee-cells might be primarily due to the natural structure produced in cooling wax * (fig. 1). At the instance of Mr. Woodhead, who also recognized the analytical importance of such a discovery, we agreed to work out the details together in Mr. Woodhead’s laboratory at the Agricultural College, Uckfield. It was first of all determined that, although the addition to beeswax of resinous substances gave a more pronounced and bolder outline to the hexagons, no such addition was necessary to beeswax for their production. If a thin slab of beeswax be melted in a shallow tray (measuring, say, 10 by 8 inches), which is evenly heated throughout and is then placed to cool gradually in a warm atmosphere without draught, hexagonal forms of the ordinary size of a worker-cell of the hive-bee will be seen gradually forming at the bottom of the dish; and a similar line of hexagons will be seen to form on the surface of the wax round the sides of the dish where the wax first cools, The sides of the hexagon are to be seen forming and branching out in advance of the cooling wax, and when a portion of the wax in the centre of the dish alone remains melted the remaining crystals form very rapidly and almost appear to flash out upon the surtace. The tray should be exactly level and the wax about * The specimens in illustration of this paper may be seen at the Laboratory at the Agricultural College, Ucktield, Sussex. Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax. 123 1°5 millim. thick and of uniform depth, and the atmosphere of even temperature, otherwise the hexagons will be irregular in size and shape. It is immaterial how thin the plate of wax is, as the hexagons are formed in any case; but their size is undoubtedly regulated by the thickness of the plate of wax, the rule being the thinner the plate the more minute the individual hexagon. The same result may be obtained on a much smaller scale, so as to produce only one or two hexagonal forms; but the operator will then find that the difficulty les in the rapid cooling at the sides of so small a mass of wax. The explanation of the formation of these crystalline bodies is as follows :— On cooling, the wax at first forms into nuclei of nearly equal size. On the shrinking of the wax by further cooling, these nuclei or spheroids are pressed together, forming planes at their points of contact (see longitudinal section, fig. 2). Should the wax be rapidly chilled before these spheroidal bodies are fully formed, they are then prevented from coming into contact one with another by the intervening nebulous masses of “ uncentralized ” particles of wax *. In this state the nuclei appear when cold as solid circular bodies. The crystals appear very distinctly above and below the surface while the wax is cooling. When it is actually solid their forms are often very indistinctly seen or may be alto- gether invisible, but they are none the less present. The bases of these hexagons, which lie midway between those visible at the top and those at the bottom, are pointed and are arranged so that the point of the base of the upper hexagon coincides with the points of contact of the lower hexagons, as in the honeycomb (see perpendicular sections, figs. 3). These bases can be observed by making a very thin micro- scopic section; but several hundred sections had to be examined before they were made out with certainty. When a small amount of resin and turpentine is added to beeswax and melted, and the mixture is allowed to cool, the outlines of the planes of contact on the hexagons are more distinct and are to be seen raised upon the surface. Under these circumstances they may be easily rubbed with black- lead, which still further increases their visibility. Our chief experiment was next to put our theory to a practical test, and observe in what manner the bees would * It would appear from microscopic examination that these particles are also smaller nuclei which become absorbed in the larger. They also, like the larger, assume hexagonal form. 124 Messrs. C. Dawson and 8S. A. Woodhead on the deal with a cast sheet of pure beeswax, which, when viewed by a side light, distinctly showed traces of these hexagons over its surface. Before introducing it to the bees we had traced upon it with vermilion a group of the hexagons which appeared near the centre of the plate*. ‘This was then photographed, after which the wax plate was placed in an observatory-hive on a bar-frame. The bees soon started upon it, proceeding to excavate round hollows in the centres of the hexagons near the edges of the plate, pushing out on all sides the wax débris around the edge of each excavation, When they reached the planes of contact of the hexagons, either on feeling the minutely raised edges on the surface, or more probably on feeling the increased density of the wax J, the bees determined the limits of their excavation ; and it was then discovered by us that the bases of these bexagons were three-sided in the usual form of a bee-cell. Meanwhile a similar process was going on in the cells which lay as nearly as possible in the same irregular wavy line; but the work on one side of the sheet was sometimes considerably more advanced than on the other, the excavation being brought three or four more rows of cells nearer the centre on one side than on the other. Portions of the débris taken from the centre of the crystal were now kneaded up by the bees into a kind of froth and placed above the lines of pressure or margins of the hexagons, the residue of the débris being put aside for future use. The portions placed on the margin of the hexagon speedily adhered and solidified; another layer was then added by the bees, and this process was repeated, thus forming a series of strata (which may be noticed under a magnifying-glass on the sides of the complete cells), the bees planing and polishing the inner surfaces of the cell upwards from the base, taking as guides the planes and angles of the hexagons f. In the places where we had traced the outlines of the hexagons in vermilion the bases of the cells were to be distinctly seen formed upon the vermilion outlines. Similar experiments have been repeatedly tried, with the same results. * We black-leaded another group, with similar results. + There are two reasons for the density of the wax, namely, the outer edges of the nebule are composed of smaller particles, and are therefore more compact, also the pressure brought to bear on the planes of contact renders the sides of the bodies still more compact. { A plate of wax produced by compression and in which no crystals had formed was inserted in the hive; this the bees gnawed to pieces and (?) utilized else where. Hexagonal Structure formed in Cooling Beeswax. 125 In places where the wax plate had been of uneven depth or had cooled too rapidly, the comb presented an irregular appearance, following in form the irregular hexagonal bases beneath, the result being very distinctive and striking to the practised eye of an apiarist. When in a natural state the newly secreted wax is formed into a small pendent plate, it is probable that the bees crowding around produce the required amount of heat to soften or to keep soft the newly deposited wax, and allow it to cool very gradually when a few hexagonal bodies form within the plate, and these must be soon afterwards hollowed out and built upon. The same process takes place repeatedly against the sides of newly formed hexagons, until the comb is large enough to suit the requirements of the bee, the sizes of the cells being partly influenced and regulated, as above stated, by the rapidity or otherwise of the process of cooling of the wax, and so indirectly, as previously mentioned, by the thickness of the cooling mass*, ‘The size of the crystals may be varied experimentally from those of nearly an inch across to others of microscopic dimensions. At the time of writing this paper we have not yet succeeded in casting a large sheet of wax containing groups or rows of fo et hexagons so perfectly regular as those which are to be seen in a natural comb or in a comb built upon the ordinary manufactured comb-foundation. We do not pretend, even after many experiments, to be able to cast a foundation of hexagons with the same comparative exactitude as those made by a bee. Although we have little doubt that we may soon be able to do so, we cannot expect in a few limited experiments to compete with the bee, whose seeming aptitude is probably the outcome of ages of natural selection and adaptation. Yet the bees still prefer to adopt our less regular groups or rows of crystals as bases to work upon rather than pull our wax-plate to pieces so as to recast the wax with greater regularity. A further outcome of our discoveries is that paraffin wax and adulterated beeswax do not assume the same hexagonal form as pure beeswax. Weare not aware that other “ animal fats” on cooling assume so regular an hexagonal form. We have succeeded in producing a variety of characteristic forms of these pseudo-crystalline bodies by the treatment of certain waxes with other fats, oils, or waxes. The analytical * The temperature within a hive, as repeatedly measured by two self- recording thermometers in June 1809 at Ucktield, reached 105° Fahr. without contact with the bodies of the bees. 126 Janon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. value of these experiments we hope will prove to be very great both directly and indirectly, and open up an immense field of crystallography in its relation to oils, fats, and waxes. It has also naturally oceurred to us that the formation of certain intricate structures by other insects may be also more or less directly due to crystalline or pseudo-crystalline formation *. XIV.—British Amphipoda of the Tribe Hyperiidea and the Families Orchestiidee and some Lysianasside. By Canon Normay, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.B.S., &e. I PURPOSE in these notes to revise the species of British Amphipoda, and at the same time give an account of the Ampbipoda procured during the North Atlantic Expeditions of the ‘ Porcupine,’ ‘ Valorous,’ ‘ Knight Errant,’ and ‘ Triton.’ The records of the larger number of the captures of these expeditions will fall under the British species, but in those instances where the species are not members of our fauna, that which relates to them will be enclosed in brackets. The study of this group of Crustacea has been beset with difficulty, and in consequence of inadequate descriptions and illustrations old records of species must, in some instances, be received with caution. ‘The publication of the splendid work of Professor G. O. Sars has supplied the student with most perfect descriptions and illustrations of the Amphipoda of Norway, which include by far the greater part of those known in our own fauna. If the critic is sometimes inclined to think that occasionally there are to be found in that work divergences described as specific which he would rather regard as varietal, after all it is a mere matter of opinion, and the author has at any rate directed our attention to modifica- tions of character which are worthy of study. In Sars’s work we recognize a standard authority, and the arrangement there set forth will here be followed. I have only given references to such authors and papers as especially throw light upon the species and their more im- portant synonymy. By way of shortening the references to the most frequently quoted authors, the following numbers will be employed. In those cases where the work was included in the list of works and papers on Isopoda lately given by me in the ‘ Annals’ in my paper on ‘ British Isopoda Chelifera ” * The cells of wasps, though hexagonal, have not the prismatic base of the bee-cell. Analysis shows that they contain typical wax crystals. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 127 (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii. 1899, p. 317) I have here repeated the same prefix number as was there used :— (lL) Bare and Westwoop.—‘ History of British Sessile- eyed Crustacea.’ 1861-9. (137) Boeck (A.).—‘ Crustacea Amphipoda borealia et arctica,” Vid.-Selsk Forhand. 1870. (138) Borck (A.).—‘ De Skandinaviske og Arktiske Am- phipoder.” 1872-6. (189) DeLtta VALLE (A.).—‘ Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel.’ 20. Monographie: Gammarini. 1893. (140) Hansen (H.J.).—“ Oversigt over de paa‘ Dijmphna ’- Togtet indsamlede Krebsdyr,” ‘ Dijmphna ’-Tostets zoologiske-botaniske Udbytte. 1886. (141) Hansen (H. J.).—“ Oversigt over det vestlige Groén- Jands Fauna af Malakostrake Havskrebsdyr,” Vidensk. fra den Naturf. Foren. i Kjébenhavn. 1887. (71) MerNert (FR.).— Crustacea Malacostraca in Petersen’s “ Det Videnskabelige Udbytte kanonbaden ‘ Hauchs ’ Togter ia de Danske Have indenfor Skagen 1883-86.” 1888-9. (102) Sars (G. O.).— Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer med forelébege Bemerkninger over de nye eller mindre bekjendte Arter. I.,”. Vid.-Selsk. Forhand. 1882. (104) Sars (G. O.).—‘ Norwegian North Atlantic Expedi- tion, 1876-78,’ Crustacea, i. 1885, ii. 1886. (142) Sars (G. O.).—‘ An Account of the Crustacea of Norway,’ vol. 1. Ampliipoda, 1890-95. With respect to localities given, specimens are in my own collection from all habitats by whomsoever collected which precede the indication Mus. Nor. As at my death my col- lections will be deposited in the Brit. Mus. it will be known where types and specimens thus indicated can be examined in case of doubt attaching to species. As regards all other habitats given, the authority for them is that of the carcino- Jogists whose name is added. In the case of those whose names will thus most frequently occur, I shall employ, for brevity’s sake, their initials as follows :— A. M. N.—A. M. Nornan. Db. R.—Davip Rosertson. The localities are taken from his two papers on the Amphipoda and Isopoda of the Firth of Clyde. (Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. ii. 1888 and vol. iii. 1892.) 128 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. T. 8.—Tuomas Scott. Localities taken from his numerous papers on the Crustacea of Scotland, for the most part published in the Reports of the Fishery Board of Scotland. A.O. W.—ALFRED O. WALKER. With respect to the Crus- tacea of the district of Liverpool and the Isle of Man, I have depended on his ‘ Revision of the Amphipoda of the L.M.B.C. District,’ as being the corrected list. Most of Mr. Walker’s papers are published in the Trans. Liverpool Biol. Assoe.; others will be referred to; but one should be here mentioned as it does not embrace any descriptions of species, but contains a good list of Channel Island Amphipods : “ Report on the Schizopoda, Cumacea, Isopoda, and Amphipoda of the Channel Islands,” by A. O. Walker and J. Hornell (Journal of Marine Zoology and Microscopy, vol. ii. 1896.) AMPHIPODA. Tribe l. HY PERIIDEA. Fam. I. Hyperiide. Genus 1. Hyperrta, Latreille. (Syn. Lestrigonus, M.-Edw., 3.) 1. Hyperia galba, Montagu. 1863. Hyperia galba, B. & W. (1) vol. ti. p. 12, 2. C 1863. Lestrigonus evulans (Kroyer), B. & W. (1) vol. i. p. 5,3. 1863. Lestrigonus Kinahani (Bate), B. & W. (1) vol. i. p. 8, o. ; 1869. Hyperia galba, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland Isles,” Brit. Assoc, Rep. for 1868, p. 286, d 2. 44) 1872. Hyperia medusarum, Boeck (nee Miller), p. 79, pl it.fig. 1. 1887. Hyperia Latreilict (M.-Edw.), Bovallius, Contrib. Mon. Amphip. Hyperiidea, pt. 1 (Kong. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxi. no. 5), p. 164, pl. ix. figs. 31-43, pl. x. figs. 1-17. ; 1887. Hyperia galba, id. ibid. p. 180, pl. x. figs. 25-32. 1887. Hyperia spiniyera, id. ibid. p. 191, pl. x. figs. 85-39. 1890. Hyperia galba, Sars, (142) p. 7, pl. 1. & pl. iu. fig. 1. Hab. Shetland; East of Scotland; Plymouth ; Birturbuy Bay (A. WM. N.) ; 55 miles off Valentia, lreland, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869; Banff (7. Hdward): Mus. Nor. Firth of Clyde (A.J. N.); Anglesea (A. VU. W.) ; Mull (@. Brook); Firth of Forth (Cun- ningham) ; St. Andrews (McIntosh) ; Loch Fyne and Moray Firth (i. 7S.)- Distrib. Arctic regions from Greenland to Murman coast, Norway, the Baltic, west coast of France. As | pointed out in my Shetland Report of 1863, Lestri- gonus exulans and Lestrigonus Kinahani of Bate and West« Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 129 wood are different stages of development of the male of this species. Bovallius regards Hyperita Latreille’, M.-Edw., as a distinct species ; but I agree with Sars in considering that the differences indicated are insufficient for specific distine- tion, and are in a great measure dependent on the ages of the individuals examined. Yet, further, [ am unable to hold the Hlyperia spinigera, Bovallius, as entitled to specific rank. The chief characters assigned are the spination of the two pairs of gnathopods and the form of the uropods. With respect to the gnathopods, [ find that in young specimens of Hf, galba the spines are sparingly developed, in middle-sized individuals they become more numerous; in large examples I find them, as in HZ. spinigera (Bovallius, /.c. pl. x. figs. 34-36), encircling the extremities of the carpus of the gnathopods and well developed at the dorsal corners. The other points Bovallius especially emphasizes are the short branches of the last uropods. Now in the male sex the branches of the last uropods are always shorter than are those of the female (com- pare Sars, pl. ii. fig. us and pl. ii. fig. 1 us) ; and it is a male which is the subject of Bovallius’s figures. Should other authors disagree with my views in this matter, the female specimens of /7. ga/ba taken by me at Birturbuy Bay and the one taken off Valentia by the ‘ Porcupine’ are, from the character of their gnathopods, to be referred to H. spinigera. The Cancer medusarum of Miiller’s ‘ Prodromus’ was applied by O. Fabricius, in his ‘ Fauna Greenlandica,’ under the name Ontscus medusarum, to H. galba, and he has been followed by many authors. The A/etoecus medusarum (Fabr.), Kréyer and other authors, is Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate & Westwood*). Lastly, Bovallius, Hansen, and Sars now consider the specific name medusarum (Cancer medusarum, Miller) to belong to Hyperia spinipes of Boeck. Miiller applied the specific name to the animal described by Strém, and they doubtless think that weight must be attached to Strém’s description of the first two pairs of legs as “ hirsute and fluffy, truncated at the apex.” Hyperia medusarum (Miller) thus considered, of which the H. spintpes, Boeck, becomes a synonym, has not yet been found in our seas. Talitrus cyanee, Sabine, is indeed regarded as a synonym of H. medusarum (=spinipes), but what the Hyperta cyanee of Bate and Westwood (vol. ii. p. 521) may be it seems * T first found this species in Shetland, and soon afterwards T, Edward procured it at Banff, and sent a specimen to me and another to Bate. I recorded the specimens I had seen in my Shetland report as Metoceus medusarum, Kroyer; Bate and Westwood did not recognize Edward’s specimen as a known form, and described it as yperia taurtformis, a name which now stands. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. i) 130 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. impossible to say. They compare it to Hyperta galba; but the following sentence in the description of this small form, ‘“‘ rather more than three-twentieths of an inch long,” found by Edward at Banff, is very puzzling :—“ Dactyli of three posterior pairs of pereiopoda long, sharp, and furnished with a bunch of cilia in the middle.” Genus 2. Hyperocue, Bovallius. [Syn.= Metoecus, Kroyer (in use) = Tauria, Boeck (not Dana). | 2. Hyperoche tauriformis (Bate & Westwood). 1838. Metoecus medusarum, Kroyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 288, pl. iii. fig. 15. 1869. Metoecus medusarum, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 287. 1869. Hyperia tauriformis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 519. 1872. Tauria medusarum and Tauria abyssorum }, Boeck, (138) pp. 82 & 88, pl. i. fig. 2. 1889. Hyperoche Kréyert, Bovallius, l. c. p. 87; Hyperoche abyssorum, p- 94; Hyperoche Liitkeni, p. 97, pl. vil. figs. 1-26; and Hyperoche tauriformis, p. 115. 1890. Hyperoche Kréyeri, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 9, pl. iv. Hab. Banff (7. Edward); Shetland (A. MZ. N.): Mus. Nor. Firth of Forth; Firth of Clyde; Loch Fyne (7. Scott) ; near Puffin Island, N. Wales (A. O. W.). Distrib. Faroe Channel, ‘ Triton’ Exped. (Sir J. Murray) ; Greenland, and lat. 52° 53!’ N., long. 23° 44' W., surface, in great abundance, ‘ Valorous’ 1870: Mus. Nor. ‘The species has an arctic range from Siberia to Greenland. 2*, Hyperoche prehensilis (Bate & Westwood). 1869, Hyperia prehensilis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 540. 1885. Hyperoche prehensilis, Bovallius, System. List of Amphip. Hyperiid. (K, Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. ii.), p. 19 (sep. copy). 1889. Hyperoche prehensilis, Bovallius, Contrib. &c. p. 93. The only known example “ was taken at Banff by Mr. T. Edward.”” The characteristic feature is the subchelate character of the posterior pairs of perzopods; but this character Bovallius thinks may be a feature depending only on the young stage of the animal. Indeed Fr. Miller has described just such a difference in the posterior perseopods in his Hyperoche Martinezit, in which species these legs are prehensile in the young (as in &. prehensilis) and simple in the adult (as in Hl taurzformis). It would appear therefore that the former will probably be proved to be the young stage + First described by Boeck in 1870. * I repeat the previous number here with an asterisk, because I regard H. prehensilis as not a satisfactorily established British species ; and similarly repeated numbers must be interpreted in the same way through- out these papers. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 131 * of the latter species. (Vide H. Martinezii, Bovallius, 1889, p- 107.) Genus 3. PARATHEMISTO, Boeck. 3. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). 1838. Hyperia oblivia, Kroyer, Grénlands Amfip. p. 70, pl. iv. fig. 19. 1869. Hyperia oblivia, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 287. 1890. Parathemisto oblivia, Sars, (142) p. 10, pl. v. fig. 1. It is also Parathemisto abyssorum of Boeck and Para- themisto oblivia of Bovallius. Hab. Shetland (A. M. N.); Banff (7. Edward); St. Andrews (McIntosh); 25 miles off May Island, Firth of Forth (Sir J. Murray): Mus. Nor. Off the mouth of the Tees (G. S. Brady) ; Moray Firth, Firth of Forth, and 70- 80 miles off mouth of the Humber (7. S.); surface-net at Sanda Pay, near Mull of Cantyre (D. 2.) ; off Gally Head, Co. Cork (A. O. W.); Valentia and Dingle Bay (Rev. W. 8. Green). Distrib. Faroe Channel, ‘ Triton’ (Sir J. Murray) ; Knevanger Fiord, Finmark (J. S. Schneider): Mus, Nor. Norway and off Jan Mayen (G. O. Sars); Kara Sea (Hansen) ; Greenland (Kréyer); Bay of Biscay, 950 metres, *Caudan’ (J. Bonnier). 3*, Parathemisto gracilipes (Norman). 1863. Hyperia oblivia, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 16. 1869. Hyperia gracilipes, Norman, “ Last Report Dredging Shetland Isles,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1868, p. 287. 1887. Parathemisto longipes, Bovallius, “Syst. List of Amphip. Hyperiidea,” Bih, t. K. Sy, Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xi. no. 16, p. 21. 1889. Parathemisto gracilipes, Bovallius, ‘‘ Contrib. to Monog. Amphip. Hyperiidea,” K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxii. no. 7, p. 268. In 1868 I pointed out that Bate and Westwood’s H. oblivia was not that of Kroyer; and as no other specimen has since been found, I cannot help suspecting that Bate has described and figured the second limb of the first gnathopods as the second gnathopod: if so P. gracilipes may hereafter become a synonym of Kréyer’s species. Hab. Banff (7. Edward) *. * In confirmation that Bate and Westwood’s figure is incorrect, it may be noticed that the figure is taken from a specimen sent to the authors by the late Thomas Edward of Banff. Now I have specinens of the true P. oblivia received from him, and in T, Edward’s “ Stray Notes on some of the smaller Crustaceans,” Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. vol. ix. 1867, pts. 143 and 166, we are told that “ HZ. oblivia” occurs in enormous shoals at times in the Moray Firth, filling the rock-pools “ with literally one living mass” and cast up on the shore as “a ridge or wall extending more than one hundred feet in length, and varying from one to two inches in height and breadth.” 132 ps Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Genus 4. EuTHEMISTO, Bovallius. 4. Huthemisto compressa (Goés). 1865. Themisto compressa, Goés, “Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsbergiam alluentis, ete.,” Cifvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. p. 533, pl. xli. fig. 34. 1878. Lestrigonus spinidorsalis, Spence Bate, “ Two new Crustacea from the Coast of Aberdeen,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. 1. p- 411, fig. 2, and as Hyperia spinidorsalis, id. ibid. vol. ii. p. 489. 1892. Luthemisto compressa, Norman, ‘ Rare Crustacea on the York- shire Coast,” ‘The Naturalist,’ p. 175. : 1895. Euthemisto compressa, Sars, (142) p. 12, pl. v. fig. 2. Bovallius has joined Huthemisto bispinosa, Boeck, with this species ; but the remarkable spination of the propodos of the third pereeopods (see Sars, pl. vi. fig. 2, p. 5), which is the chief distinguishing character of that species, as indi- cated by Sars, and as I find in Greenland specimens of E. bispinosa, seems to distinguish them. Flab, Redcar, Yorkshire, in extraordinary profusion, thrown up upon the beach, April 4, 1892 (7. H. Nelson) : Mus. Nor. Aberdeen (Spence Bate) ; 70-80 miles E. by N. of mouth of the Humber (7. S.). Distrib. Davis Strait and Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875 ; lat. 52° Bal ‘N., long. 26° 44° “W., “and> lat, .59° 16" NG, long. 37° 16’ W., ‘ Valorous,’ 1875; Faroe Channel ‘ Triton,’ 1882 (Sir J. Murray): Mus. Nor. Norway and Jan Mayen (G. O. Sars). 9. Huthemisto libellula (Mandt). 1822. Gammarus libellula, Mandt, Observationes in Historiam Naturalem et Anatomiam Comparatam in itinere Groelandia facta, p. 32. 1838. Themisto crassicornis, Kroyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 295, pl. iv. fig. 17. 1838. Themisto arctica, id. ibid. p. 291, pl. iv. fig. 16. 1869. Themisto crassicornis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 522. 1887. Euthemisto Nordenskiéldi, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,” ‘Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Iakttagelser, vol. iv. p. 570, pl. xlvii. figs. 104-110. 1895. Euthemisto libellula, Sars, (142) p. 13, pl. vi. fig. 1. It is the Themisto libellula of Goés and the Huthemisto libellula of Bovallius. Hab. Banff (T. Edward, fide Bate). Distrib. Davis Strait and Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875 ; Jan Mayen, Austro-Hungarian Exped.: Mus. Nor. In shoals on north and east coasts of Finmark (G. O. Sars); and Arctic region generally from Siberia to Greenland. A good specific character by which the species may be at once recognized is that the nail of the third and longest perssopods bears a comb-like set of long spines. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 133 [Luthemisto bispinosa, Boeck. 1870. Themisto bispinosa, A. Boeck, (187) p. 8. 1872. Themisto bispinosa, Boeck, (188) p. 87, pl. i. fig. 4. 1887. Euthemisto bispinosa, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,” ‘Vega’ Exped. Vetenskap. Iakttag. vol. iv. p. 569, pl. xlvi. figs. 97- 103. 1890. Euthemisto bispinosa, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 2. ‘Taken by the ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, in Davis Strait and in the two following places in the North Atlantic: lat. 42° 8! N., long. 63°39" W.,. and lat. 60° 24" N., long. 49°- 57’. W. Also taken in the Faroe Channel by the ‘ Triton,’ 1882. Distrib. Off Martha’s Vineyard, N.E. America (U.S. Nat. Mus.) ; Gulf of Maine and 87 miles 8S. of Block Island, N.E. America (Prof. S. I. Smith): Mus. Nor. Sars has taken it on the coast of W. Finmark. I eutirely agree with Sars in regarding this as quite distinct from Huthemisto compressa; the length and very peculiar spinal armature of the third pereeopoda are evident in young as well as old specimens. | Fam. II. Phronimide. Genus PHroniMA, Latreille. 6. Phronima sedentaria (Forskal). 1863. Phronima sedentaria, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 23. 1872. Phronima sedentaria, Claus, ‘‘ Naturgeschichte der Phronima sedentaria,” Zeits. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xxii. p. 3831, pls. xxvi., xxvil. 1879. Phronima sedentaria, Claus, “ Der Organismus der Phronimiden,” Zool. Instit. zu Wien, vol. ii. pl. ii. figs. 11-14, pls. iti—viii. 1889. Phronima sedentaria, Bovallius, “ Contrib, Mon. Amphip. Hype- riidea,” Kong. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxii. p. 354, pl. xvi. figs. 1-8. Phronima custos, Risso, P. borneensis, Bate, and P. nove- zealandie are regarded by Bovallius as synonyms of this species. Hab. Taken off the S.W. of Ireland, August 1890, by the Rev. W::S. Green! (4. OF W.). Distrib. Naples (Zool. Stat.): Mus. Nor. Atlantic and Mediterranean, and it would seem also the Pacific. Fam. III. Tryphenide. Genus 1. TRypHaNA, A. Boeck. 7. Tryphena Malmit, Boeck. 1870. Tryphana Malmit, Boeck, (137) p. 9. 1872. Tryphana Malmii, Boeck, (138) p. 91, pl. i. fig. 3. 1887. Tryphena Nordenskioldi, Boyallius, “System. List Amphip. 134 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Hyperiid.,” Bihang till K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Mandl. vol. xi. p. 80; and “ Aretic and Antarctic Hyperids,” ‘ Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Jakttag. vol. iv. p. 573 (the male). 1888. Tryphana Boeck, Spe niney Report ‘Challenger’ Amphipoda, p- 1539, pl. cxciv. (the male). 1890. Tryphena Malmi, Sars, (142) p. 17, pl. vii. Tlab. Banff (T. Edward): Mus. Nor. Distrib. It is known from Norway, the Faroe Isles, and North Atlantic, lat. 18° 8’ N., long. 30° 5! W. (Stebbing). [Genus 2. BRACHYSCELUS, Spence Bate, 1861. = Thamyris, Spence Bate, 1862. = Schnehagenia, Claus, 1871. [ Brachyscelus crustulum, Spence Bate. 1861. Brachyscelus crustulum, Spence Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vill. p. 7, pl. il. figs. 1, 2. 1862. Brachyscelus crustulum, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 333, pl. li. figs. 2, 3. 1887. Tham yris crustulum, Bovallius, “Syst. List eae: Hyperiid.,” Bihang till K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xi. p. 3 LES 7.0 hamyris mediterranea, Claus, Die Platysceliden, p. 60, pl. xvi. figs. 11-18, ¢ jun. 1888. Brachyscelus crustulum, Stebbing, Report ‘ Challenger’ Amphip. p. 1544, pls. exev., exevi., d. 1893. Brachyscelus crustulum, Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xviii. p. 70, & woodcuts. A young male specimen taken by the ‘Triton’ in the Faroe Channel in 1882, the exact locality not preserved. Distrib. Naples (Zool. Stat.) : Mus. Nor. In stomachs of the Tunny between the coasts of France and the Azores (Chevreux) ; North Pacific, ‘Challenger’ (Stebbing). The Faroe Channel specimen is a very young male. Full- grown females from Naples, whence Claus procured the small male which he called Thamyri is mediterranea, agree with Stebbing’s description and figures and those of Chevreux of B. crustulum. It also seems questionable whether 7’. globiceps, Claus, is a valid species. The occurrence of this genus so far north as the Faroe Channel is very interesting. It was taken in the towing-net at a depth of several hundred fathoms. | [Genus 3. Lycma, Dana. [ Lyceea robusta, Claus. 1887. Lycea robusta, Claus, Die Platysceliden, p. 63, pl. xix. figs, 2-10. A single specimen, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, Mediterranean. | ul = = Claus’s specimens were from Messina and Naples. ] Canon A. M. Norman on: British Amphipoda. — 185 [Fam. IV. Scinide. [Genus Scrna, Prestandrea. [ Seina borealis, G. O. Sars. 1886. Clydonia borealis, G. O. Sars, (102) i. p. 75, pl. iii. fig. 1. 1887. Tyro borealis, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,’ ‘Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Iakttag. vol. iv. p. 551. 1887. Tyro borealis, Bovallius, ‘“ Contrib. Monog. Amphip. Hyperiidea, pt. 1.,” Kong. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxi. p. 16, 1890. Scina borealis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 20, pl. vill. Fab. ‘ Triton,’ 1882, Faroe Channel, tow-net down to 300 fathoms (Si J. Murray). Distrib. Lofoten Islands, 800 fathoms; Bejan at outer part of ‘T'rondhjem Fiord, and at Hanko, Christiania Fiord, 100-150 fathoms (G. O. Sars) ; Bay of Biscay, 960 metres, ‘Caudan’ (J. Bonnier).] Fam. V. Lanceolide. Genus LaNnceoLa, T. Say. 8. Lanceola Sayana, Bovallius. 1885. Lanceola Sayana, Bovallius, ‘Some forgotten Genera among the Amphipodous Crustacea,” Bih. t. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. x. no. 14) ps7, ages: 1, Ta, 16. 1887. Lanceola Sayana, Bovallius, “Contrib. to Monog. of Amphip. Hyperiidea,” K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxi. no. 5, p. 30, pl. iv. figs. 1-19, pl. v. fig. 1. Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 22, lat. 56° 8! N., long. 13° 34’ W.; south of Rockall, a single specimen: Mus. Nor. Distrib. North and South Atlantic (Bovallius). This species is stated by Bovallius to be “ one of the largest of all the Amphipoda, measuring 380-42 millim.” The ‘ Por- cupine’ specimen is only 5 millim. long. Nevertheless, in most essential points, such as general character, the gnatho- pods, the structure and proportional lengths of the peropods, &e., it agrees with LZ. Sayana. ‘The lower antennz have the penultimate joint shorter in proportion to the last, and the telson is not quite so long as the basal joint of the last uropods. Bovallius lays stress upon this last character as specific throughout the genus; but age may easily make a difference in it. In form the telson corresponds to that of Z. Sayana. [Lanceola Murray?, n. sp. First gnathopods with a group of about six slender spines on the posterior lobes of the meral joint; carpus, as usual, somewhat cup-shaped, distal breadth only slightly exceeding greatest length, the extremity set round with slender spines ; 136 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. propodos as long as carpus and narrower at the base than the extremity of carpus, one and half times as long as greatest breadth, widest near the base, thence with slightly convex margins evenly tapering to the extremity ; anterior ‘margin bearing about four slender spines; posterior margin serrated throughout, and bearing five or six long slender spines ; nail equalling rather more than one-third the length of the hand, slightly serrulated quite at the base. Second gnathopods with carpus and manus subequal in length, the length of neither exceeding two and a half times the breadth, each widest at their junction with the other, the former widening slightly distally to receive the latter; carpus with two or three small sete on anterior border and two distal setee; hand tapering from the base to the extremity, where it is just wide enough to receive the nail; anterior margin with three spines and two distal ones ; posterior margin minutely serrulated throughout, with three slender spines about the middle and two distal spines; nail nearly straight, one-third as long as the hand, with finely serrated edge. First pereopods with the hand longer than the wrist, inner margin of each with five or six small spines at about equal distance from each other ; outer margin naked; nail long and slender, about one-fourth the length of the hand. Hinder pereopods with the hand somewhat longer than the wrist ; the curved dactylus and its sheath as usual in the genus. Telson equals two-thirds the length of the basal joint of the last uropods ; these latter with the branches narrowly lanceo- late, the branches of the second pair still narrower. ‘This appears to differ from all described species. The first gnathopods in their less expanded wrist and _ propor- tionately longer hand differ from most species, but approach Bovallius’s figure of L. felina (if the hand were a little longer in that species) ; the second gnathopods are most like those of L. Sayana. Bovallius does not mention or figure in any species the serration of the margin of hand and finger in this gnathopod, and Lanceola Loveni is the only species in which serration of margin of first gnathopods is recorded. The telson and uropods are nearly as in L. serrata. L. pacifica, Stebbing (‘Challenger’), comes nearest to L. Murrayi as regards the gnathopods, but the telson and uropods are quite different. A single specimen taken by tow-net sunk to 640 fathoms in the Faroe Channel : ‘ Triton,’ 1882, Stat. 8 (AZurray).] Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 137 Fam. VI. Vibiliide. Genus Visita, H. Milne-Edwards. 9. Vibilia borealis, Bate & Westwood. 1869. Vibilia borealis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 524. 1887. Vibilia Kroyert, Bovallius, “System. List of Amphipoda Hy- periidea,” Bih. t. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xi. no. 16, p. 8. 1887. Vibilia Kroyerti, Bovallius, “ Arctic and Antarctic Hyperids,” ‘Vega’ Exped. Vetensk. Iakttag. vol. iv. p. 555. 1887. Vibilia borealis, Bevallius, “ Contrib. Monog. Amphip. Hy- periidea,” K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hand. vol. xxi. no. 5, p. 57. 1887. Vibiha Kroyert, id. ibid. p. 58, pl. viii. figs. 18-25. Hab. Two specimens from Thomas Hdward, taken at Banff, Scotland: Mus. Nor. Distrib. West Coast of Greenland (Bovallius). On referring to Edwards’s own notes it is clear that Bate and Westwood have erroneously applied the profusion which Edwards saw in Parathemisto oblivia to Vibilia. In drawing up the specific characters of C. borealis to distin - guish it from other species, Bovallius writes :—“ As the specific character given by Bate and Westwood is applicable to several of the known Vibilie, the diagnosis here is taken from the generic characters of the authors compared with the drawing.” The brief diagnosis of the two species is as follows :— The head is not rostrate. a. The pereional segments are dorsally smooth. aa. The fifth and sixth pairs of pereipoda are scarcely longer than the third and fourth pairs. aaa. The femora of the first and second pairs of pereiopoda (?.e. the gnatho- pods) are narrow. 1. The peduncles of the uropoda are shorter than the rami............ V. borealis, B. & W. 2. The peduncles of the uropoda are longer than the rami ............ V. Kroéyerit, Boy. Respecting the uropoda, Bovallius has taken the character of V. borealis from B. & W.’s woodcut, and while he has adopted the generic characters, in certain respects he has taken no notice of the statement ‘‘ Three posterior pairs of pleopoda with the peduncle long and the rami short and compressed.” This description of the uropods agrees with my specimens received from Hdward, and thus does away with the assumed difference of V. Kréyert and V. borealis. Tribe II. GAMMARIDEA, Fam. I. Orchestiide. Genus 1. Tauitrus, Latreille. 10. Talitrus locusta (Pallas). 1861. Talitrus locusta, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 16. 1899. Tatitrus locusta, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 28, pl. ix. 138 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Hab. All round our coasts in suitable places, among de- caying weeds at high-water mark on sandy shores. Distrib. The whole coasts of Europe from Norway south- wards, extending to the Black Sea; Azores (Barrois) ; Madeira (Morelet). Genus 2. HYALE, Rathke. (= Allorchestes, Dana, g, = Nicea, Nicolet, 9.) 11. Hyale Nilssoni (Rathke). 1861. Allorchestes Nilssonii, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 40. 1890. Hyale Nilssoni, Sars, (142) p. 26, pl. xi. fig. 1. It is Orchestia nidrostensis of Kroyer. Hab. Torquay (Stebbing) ; St. Andrews (McIntosh) ; Firth of Clyde (D. R.) ; Berehaven, Ireland (Prof. Haddon) : Mus. Nor. Jersey (Kehler); Firth of Forth and Loch Fyne (7. 8.) ; Liverpool district and Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.). Distrib. Valencia, Spain (P. Antiga); Trondhjem Fiord, Norway (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. South and West Norway (G. O. Sars); Sweden, Denmark, West France (Chevreuzx) ; Azores (Barros). 12. Hyale Lubbockiana (Bate). 1861. Allorchestes imbricatus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 43, ¢. 1861. Nicea Lubbockiana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 47, 2. 1876. Hyale Lubbockiana, Stebbing, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 337, pl. xviii. fig. 2 a-d. 1879. Hyale Lubbockiana, id. ibid. ser. 5, vol. iv. p. 896. 1890. Hyale Lubbockiana, Sars, (142) p. 27, pl. x1. fig. 2. There has been great confusion between the species of this genus. Bocck confused the two British species of Hyale, and his figures of the entire animal of his Hyale Nilssont, and of the second gnathopod of the male, “ undoubtedly,” as Sars says, represent H. Lubbockiana. Della Valle, with Stebbing’s and Sars’s clear definitions of the two species before him, actually makes the H. Lub- bockiana of Sars a synonym of his ZH. pontica, Rathke, which he makes =H. Nilssonz, Rathke, and keeps H. Lubbockiana of Bate and Stebbing as a species distinct from that of Sars ! A glance with even a hand-lens at the propodos of the pereeopods of the true H. Lubbockiana is sufficient at once to recognize the species on account of the two remarkable large serrated spines with which it is armed. ‘These spines are shown in Bate and Westwood’s figure &, in Stebbing’s fig. 2c, in Sars’s fig. 2, p. 7, and are even sufficiently indi- cated in Boeck’s small figure of the entire animal of his “ FT, Prevosti’,” to show tbat the figure really represents H, Lubbockiana. On the other hand, it is clear that the species described by Della Valle as H. Lubbockiana cannot Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 139 be that species, inasmuch as these peculiar spines are not to be seen on the large figures he gives of the pereopods. Hab. Bantry, Ireland (A. M. N.); Torbay and Banff (Stebbing) : Mus. Nor. Jersey and Sark (Sinel and Hornel) ; Isle of Cumbrae ()). R.). Distrib. South and West Norway (Sars); Western France and Algiers (Chevreuz). Genus 8. OrcHESTIA, Leach. 13. Orchestia littorea (Montagu). 1861. Orchestia littorea, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 27. 1869. Orchestia brevidigitata, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 497 (see Barrois, ‘Note sur quelques points de la Morphologie des Orchesties,’ Lille, 1887, p. 15). 1890. Orchestia littorea, Sars, (142) p. 24, pl. x. It is also Zulitrus tripudians of Kréyer and Orchestia euchore of F. Miiller. B. & W. refer it to Cancer gama- rellus of Herbst, but that author’s figure certainly does not agree, and is in fact more like O. mediterranea. ‘The de- scription of Oniscus gammarellus in Pallas’s ‘ Spicilegia,’ moreover, cannot, I think, be reconciled with this species. Hab. Diffused in suitable localities round our coasts. Like Talitrus it is found beneath decaying seaweed, but in this case only when the seaweed is lying on pebbles, or pebbles and sand, and it is not found in pure sand, which is the habitat of Talitrus. Distrib. On the West Norwegian coast as far north as the Trondhjem Fiord (Sars), thence southward throughout the Atlantic coasts of Europe to the Mediterranean and Black Sea (Czerniavsky) ; Madeira (Morelet) ; Azores (Barrois). 14. Orchestia mediterranea, A. Costa. 1861. Orchestia mediterranea, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 31. 1893. Orchestia chilensis, Dalla Valle, (189) p. 498, pl. ii. fig. 8 and pl. xv. figs. 31-38. 1899. Orchestia mediterranea, T. Scott, Rep. Fishery Board of Scot- land, p. 264, pl. xiii. figs, 9-11. Hab. As yet there is no record of this species occurring on the eastern shores of our islands, nor further north than the Firth of Clyde on the west. Weymouth and Inverary (A. M/. N.): Mus. Nor. Topsham and Exmouth Warren (Parfitt) ; be- tween Fairlie and Hunterston, Firth of Clyde (7. Scott). Distrib. Adriatic (Prof. Heller); Naples (Della Valle) : Mus. Nor. West France (Chevreuz). Genus 4. ORCHESTOIDEA, Nicolet. 15. Orchestoidea Deshayesit (Audouin). 186]. Orchestia Deshayesi, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 36. 1887. Orchestia Deshayesit, Th. Barrois, Note sur quelques points de la Morphologie des Orchesties, Lille, p. 6, figs. 1-18. 140 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 1893. Orchestia Deshayesit, Della Valle, (159) p. 507, pl. i. fig. 5, pl. xv. figs. 15-80, pl. lvii. figs. 70-73. 1898. Talorchestia Deshayesti, Chevreux, Bull. de la Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xviii. p. 127, fig. in text. 1899. Talorchestia Deshayesii, Stebbing, “ Amphip. from Copenhagen Mus. and other sources, Pt. 2,” Trans. Linn. Soc, 2nd ser. Zool. vol, vii. p. 400, pl. xxx. A. Barrois, in his paper referred to, gives very useful illus- trations of the change of form in the second gnathopods of the male during successive stages of growth; and Stebbing, also in the last-quoted memoir, figures the gnathopod of a young male. Hab. Ryhope, Co. Durham (A. M,N.) : Mus. Nor. Mount Batten, Devon (Parfitt), sandy shores of North Devon (Stebbing). Distrib. Adriatic (Prof. Heller) ; Naples (Della Valle) : Mus. Nor. Denmark (Meznert) ; Holland (Hoek) ; Western France (various authors) ; Mediterranean (various authors), Black Sea (Czerniavsky). Hast coast of Africa (Hulgendorf). 16. Orchestoidea brito (Stebbing). 1891. Talorchestia brito, T. R. R. “Stebbing, Sessile-eyed Crustacea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. p. 327, pl. xv. Hab. Woolacombe Sands, near Ilfracombe, North Devon (Stebbing): Mus. Nor. Saunter Sands, North Devon (Steb- bing). Distrib. Mouth of the Gironde, France ( Chevreuz). Undoubtedly the two preceding species belong to the same genus. That described by Stebbing was placed by him in the genus Yalorchestia. Chevreux finding the gnathopods of Orchestia Deshayesti in their general character corresponded with those of O. brito, removed the former species to Talor- chestia, and in this he has been confirmed by Stebbing. This allocation of the forms I cannot but regard as mistaken. To take Stebbing’s characters of two closely-allied genera :— Talorchestia. First gnathopods subchelate in the male, simple in the female; second gnathopods strongly subchelate in the male. Orchestotdea. First gnathopods simple in the male and female ; second gnathopods strongly subchelate in male, I am at a loss to understand how the first gnathopod male of Talorchestia brito and Orchestia Deshayesit can be called subchelate. ‘This expression implies a palm against which the finger can close. Where is sucha palm in these gnathopods ? There is a tubercle near the extremity of the hand, but if the gnathopod possesses any grasping power I take it that it would be by the approximation of this tubercle with another which is situated on the wrist ; but if this is so it would make the limb not subchelate but complexly subchelate. Hxa- Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 141 mining my North Atlantic allied forms I find Talorchestia longicornis (Say) and Talorchestia meyalophtha!mus (Bate) from N.H. America (received under these names from 8. I. Smith) to be true Zalorchestie, in which the males have the first gnathopods subchelate and similar in. structure to those of Orchestia, and thus quite different from the two species we are now considering. From Cadiz I have examples of Orchestoidea Fischerit (M.-Edwards) given me by Signor Bolivar under that name. In this species, as in those which I here call Orchestoidea Deshayesit and Orchestovdea brito, there is a close correspondence in the character of the first gnatho- pod male, which is not subchelate, for the end of the hand is not expanded to receive the impact of the finger, but both the hand and the wrist bear a tubercle on the margin. These tubercles may prove general throughout the genus; but whether they exist in the type Orchestoidea tuberculuta, Nicolet, I have no means of ascertaining. It is a question whether the two genera ought to be maintained. It is not necessary to go beyond Stebbing’s species in the paper re- ferred to, where in Talorchestia nove-hollandie, Stebbing, we have a characteristic species of Talorchestia, in T. Deshayesit what I take to be an Orchestoidea, and in T. tridentata, Stebbing, an intermediate form, but one which, if the genera are to be kept distinct, must be retained in Tulorchestia. Fam. II. Lysianasside. Genus 1. NorMANION, J. Bonnier. = Normania, Boeck (nee Bowerbank). 17. Normanton quadrimanus (Bate & Westwood). q 1868. Opis quadrimana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 503. 1876. Normania quadrimana, Boeck, (188) p. 188, pl. vi. fig. 3. 1890. Normania quadrimana, Sars, (142) p. 82, pl. xiii. fig. 1. 1898, Normanion quadrimanus, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais, II.,’ Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 167. Hab. Isle of Cumbrae, 20-25 fath. (A.M N.): Mus. Nor. Near Devaar Island, Firth of Clyde (7. S.). Distrib. South and West Norway (G. O. Sars). Genus 2. Aciposroma, Lilljeborg. 18. Acidostoma obesum (Bate). 1861. Anonyx obesus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 98. 1865. Acidostoma obesun, Lilljeborg, “On Lysianassa magellanica and Amphipoda lystanassina,” Nov. Act. Soc. Sci. Upsal. ser. 3, p. 34, Veuve 1800. Acidostoma obesun, Sars, (142) p. 38, pl. xiv. fig. 2. Hab. Shetland (A. AZ. WV.) ; Banff (7. Hdward) : Mus. Nor. Isle of Cumbrae (). 2.) ; St. Andrews (McIntosh) ; between 142 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Fidra and Bass Rock, Firth of Forth (7. S.); Salcombe (Stebbing). Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, 20-40 fath. (A. WZ. N.): Mus. Nor. South and West Norway (G. O. Sars); Bohusliin, Sweden (Lindstrém) ; West France (Chevreuz). Genus 3. IcHNOPUS, Costa. 19. Ichnopus spinicornis, Boeck. 1860. Ichnopus spinicornis, A. Boeck, Forh, ved de Skand. Naturf. 8de Méde i Kjobenhavn, p. 645. 1867. Ichnopus calceolatus, Heller, Beit. z. Kennt. der Amphip. des Adriat. Meeres, p. 20, pl. 11. figs. 26-28, ¢. 1872. Ichnopus spinicornis, Boeck, (138) p. 124, pl. ii. fig. 3, and I. minutus, p. 126, pl. iii, fig. 7. 1890. Ichnopus spinicornis, Sars, (142) p. 40, pl. xv. Hab. A single specimen taken off Valentia, Ireland, by the ‘ Poreupine,’ 1869 (Mus. Nor.). Distrib. Haakelsund in Kors Fiord and Trondhjem Fiord, Norway (A. M. N.); West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. This Trondhjem Fiord locality is the most northern range as yet known to Sars. South-east of Belle-Ile, 130- 160 metr. (Chevreux); Gulf of Marseilles (Marion) ; Adriatic (/Teller). Genus 4. LysIANAX, Stebbing, 1888 (Rep. Chall. Amphip.) . = Lysianassa, M.-Edwards (preoccupied). 20. Lystanax septentrionalis, Della Valle. 1861. Lysianassa Coste, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 74, 2. 1861. Lysianassa longicornis, Bate & Westwood (nec Lucas), (1) vol. i. p- 85, d (partim) *. 1872. Lysianassa Coste, Boeck, (138) p. 118, pl. iv. fig. 1, ?. 1872. Lysianassa plumosa, id. ibid. p. 116, pl. iii. fig. 5, g. 1890. Lystanassa Coste, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 42, pl. xvi. fig. 1. 1893. Lystanax septentrionalis, Della Valle, (139) p. 778. Della Valle makes it clear, in my opinion, that the above species cannot be the Lysianassa Coste, H. Milne-Edwards. That species is too imperfectly described and figured to be recognizable; but it can scarcely be our northern species, as here understood—jirst, because the third segment of the meta- some is not produced in hook-like form ; secondly, because it was found among seaweeds at Naples; and Della Valle has not met with anything like our northern Lystanassa at Naples. He thinks it possible that M.-Edwards’s species may be the same as that which he has himself described under the name Lystanassa bispinosa. * Judging by the telson, the figures of the entire animal and of the urosome cannot have been taken from this species. Vide Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Feb. 1892, p. 186, Canon A.M.Norman on British Amphipoda. 143 Hab. Isle of Skye; Moray Firth; Isle of Cumbrae; off Berwick ; Guernsey ; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 3, west of Bantry, Treland, 722 fath.: Mus. Nor. Valentia, Ireland (A. O. W.); Isle of Mill (G. Brook) ; Loch Fyne (Sir J. Murray). Distrib. West coast of Norway, in 50-100 fathoms (Sars) ; Atlantic coast of France (Bonnier and Chevreuz). 21. Lystanax ceratinus, Walker. Lysianax ceratinus, A. O. Walker, “ Third Report on Higher Crus- tacea,” Fauna of Liverpool Bay, vol. iii. p. 200, pl. x. figs. 1-8. Since the date of this publication the species has been frequently named in Mr. Walker’s papers as Lystanax longt- cornis (Lucas), which, however, was an erroneous assignment of the form, as he has subsequently stated. I have consider- able doubts as to the specific distinction of this form from L. septentrionalis, since specimens occur apparently inter- mediate with only a small spine point on the hinder margin of the third segment of the metasome, instead of the large upturned process of typical ZL. septentrionalis, Hab, This seems to be a much more abundant form on our coasts than L. septentrionalis. Isleof Skye; Firth of Clyde; Berwick-on-Tweed ; Plymouth; Guernsey ; Strangford Lough, Ireland; Clew Bay, Co. Mayo (A. WZ. N.); Va- lentia, Ireland (A. O. W.) ; Salcombe, Devon (Stebbing) ; Mus. Nor. Liverpool district and Jersey (A. O. W.) *. Distrib. Several localities, west coast of France (Chevreux). Genus 5. Socarnes, Boeck, 1870. 22. Socarnes Vahlii (Kroyer). 1838. Lystanassa Vahlii, Kroyer, Gronlands Amfipoder, p. 4. 1844. Anonyxr Vahlit, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., 2 Reekkes, vol. i. p- 599; Voyage en Skand. &e. pl. xiv. fig. 1. 1872. Socarnes Vahit, Boeck, (138) p. 129, pl. vi. fig. 8. 1890. Socarnes Vahh, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 44, pl. xvi. fig. 2. Hab. Off Clack Rock, Isle of Cumbrae (D. 2.) ; Firth of Forth, very rare (7. S.). Distrib. Greenland; ‘Valorous,’ 1875; Tromsé (Schnedder) : Mus. Nor. Spitsbergen; Novaia Zemlia; Kara Sea; Ice- land; Finmark ; northern coasts of Norway. 23. Socarnes erythrophthalmus, Robertson. 1892. Socarnes erythrophthalmus, D. Robertson, Second Contribution towards Cat. of Amphip. and Isop. of Firth of Clyde and West Scotland, p. 6. 1898. Socarnes erythrophthalmus, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais,” Bull. Sci. de France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 183, pl. vi. figs. 1-10. * Where in recent years Lystanassa longicornis has been given as a British species there should be read instead ZL. ceratinus. 144. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Hab. Oban; Falmouth, in great abundance on dead fish in a crab-pot (A. M. N.); Banff (7. Edward) ; Clyde (D. R.) ; Menai Strait (A. O. W.); Ardbear Bay Ireland (G. S. Brady): Mus. Nor. Isle of Man and Valentia Harbour, Ireland (A. O. W.). Distrib. West coast of France (Chevreua and Bonnier). Genus 6. AMBASIA, Boeck. 24. Ambasia Danielssent, Boeck. ? 1861, Lysianassa atlantica, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 82. 1870. Ambasia Danielssenit, A. Boeck, (137) p. 17. 1872. Ambasia Danielssent, A. Boeck, (138) p. 121, pl. iii. fiz. 6. 1890. Ambasta Danielssent, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 46, pl. xvii. tig. 1. 1898. Ambasia Danielsseni, Walker, ‘ Malacostraca from the West of Ireland,” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. xii. p. 166. Hab. Mr. Walker, in the last-mentioned paper, records Ambasia as taken off the south-west of Ireland in 750 fathoms. The specimen is preserved in the Dublin Museum of the Royal Irish Academy. Distrib. Vrondhjem Fiord, Norway, in 100-300 fathoms (A. M. N.); West Norway (G. O. Sars): Mus. Nor. Though rare, found by Sars in several places on the south and west coasts of Norway and as far north as Hammerfest in Finmark. It is not improbable that the Lys¢anassa atlantica, Bate and Westwood, may be the male of Ambasia Danielssent, the ereater length of the filaments of the antenne being a cha- racter distinctive of the male sex. ‘The remarkable character of the first joint of the antennules, the form of the head, the structure of the gnathopods, all closely agree with Ambasia. It is true that the telson is described as ‘squamous and simple ;”’ but Mr. Walker *, who has carefully examined the type in the British Museum, says that it is not so, but “ cleft to the base, without lateral spines, but with a terminal spine in a deep notch in each division.” If we read “deeply cleft” instead of ‘ cleft to the base’’ we have in Mr. Walker’s words an accurate description of the telson of Ambasta; and to complete the identity we learn further from Mr. Walker that “the third pleon-segment has the hinder angle acute and shortly recurved, but without a sinus.” * Mr. Walker has done excellent service in the examination of Spence Bate’s specimens. His two papers on the subject are :— 1. “The Lysianassides of the ‘British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ Bate and Westwood,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ix. p. 134. 2. “The Amphipoda of Bate and Westwood’s ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 464. The Geographical Races of the Tayra. 145 XV.—A new Bat from the Key Islands. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Rhinolophus achilles, sp. n. Allied to RA. mitratus and Rh. philippinensis, but the aural and nasal membranes even more developed, the ears suggesting those of a Nycterts, and the nose-leaf that of a Megaderma. Nose-leaf in essential structure as in philippi- nensis, but much larger; expansion of horizontal base of sella very wide, its greatest breadth equalling or exceeding the height of the vertical part of the sella, and double the corresponding breadth in philippinensis ; it is broader poste- riorly, tapering evenly forward, while in the allied species the anterior and posterior breadths are more nearly equal. Horse- shoe membrane much broader than the muzzle; terminal nose-leaf large, not acutely pointed. Ears enormous, reaching when laid forward nearly half an inch beyond the long muzzle, their shape about as in philippinensis, the notch behind the antitragus much deeper than in mitratus. Lower lip with three grooves. Fur dark brown above, rather greyer below. Wings to the end of the tibie. Hxtreme tip of tail projecting. Dimensions of the type (an adult male, in spirit) :— Forearm 55:5 millim. Head and body 55; tail 31; hind foot, including claws, 11; head 25; ear from inner base 30; nose-leaf 21 x12; sella, height 8°5, breadth of basal expansion 8°5. Lower leg 24. Hab. Key Islands. Type. B.M. no. 99. 12. 4. 5. This species may be readily distinguished from any known Rhinolophus by the unusual development of its ears and nasal membranes. XVI.— The Geographical Races of the Tayra (Galictis barbara), with Notes on Abnormally Coloured Individuals. By OLpFIELD THOMAS. On laying out the British Museum series of the Tayra it is seen at once that it falls readily, apart from the colour abnormalities to be mentioned further on, into three geo- graphical colour races— Mexican, Central American, and South American; and in trying to put the proper subspecific names on each of them I find that the whole of the many technical names that occur in the synonymy of the Tayra have been applied to examples from Guiana, Brazil, Paraguay, or Peru, none of them therefore being available for the two northern Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 10 146 Mr. O. Thomas on the subspecies. The latter will therefore both need new names, as will also the small race from the Island of Trinidad. The three chief subspecies, passing from north to south, may be briefly recognized as follows :— 1. Galictis barbara senex, subsp. n. Head and neck white or greyish white, conspicuously different in colour to the rest of the animal, and rather sharply separated from the black of the shoulders. As in the South-American form, the face is darkerthan the crown and neck, and the latter is more or less suffused with yellow. Size rather greater than in the next subspecies. Skull of male 109 millim. in basal length by 76 in greatest breadth. Hab. Hacienda Tortugas, Jalapa, Vera Cruz. Alt. 190 metres. Type (male) B.M. no. 89. 12. 7. 4. Collected in No- vember 1888, and received from the Mexican Museum. (Specimen a of P. Z. S. 1890, p. 72.) Native name ‘ Cabeza de Viejo,” which has suggested the technical name now given. 2. Galictis barbara biologie, subsp. n. Head and neck brown, scarcely lighter than the back, decidedly darker than in ¢ypica, and far darker than in senez, the darkest-headed form therefore occurring between the two lightest-headed subspecies. Unlike either of the other two forms, the neck is even darker than the head, its colour passing quite gradually into that of the back. Skull of female 98 millim. by 63. Hab. of type: Calovevora, Veragua, Panama. Another specimen from Costa Rica. Type B.M. no. 69. 7. 19. 1. -Received from Mr. O. Salvin ; collected by E. Arcé. The name now given both commemorates the magnificent work published by Messrs. Salvin and Godman, and also exactly applies to the animal, as it is the Galictis barbara of the ‘ Biologia,’ though the white-headed Mexican form is also referred to in that work. While considering for the present both these new forms of the Tayra merely as subspecies, as they are certainly the local representatives of the typical G. barbara, I think it probable that at least the northern white-headed senex will prove to be so sharply separated from biologie as to need specific rank. The latter, on the other hand, will more probably be found to grade into the South-American race as turther material becomes available. Geographical Races of the Tayra. 147 So far as can be made out by the descriptions given by different writers on the 'T'ayras, it would appear that senex (no doubt the Tepeytzcuitli of Hernandez) is found over a large part of Southern Mexico, while déologie ranges over the other provinces of Central America. 3. Galictis barbara typiea, Linn. (Synonyms: G'ulo canescens, Ill. ; Viverra poliocephala, Traill ; Mustela gulina, Wied; Gulo laira, F. Cuv.; Lira ilya, H.-Sm.; Galictis 6. peruana, Tschudi.) Head greyish brown, paler than in biologie, darker than in senex, neck more suffused with yellowish; line of demar- cation on shoulders fairly evident, though not so sharp as in senex. Breast-spot normally present. Tayras of this type are represented in the Museum collection by examples from many parts of South America, and all seem very similar in colour, when normal specimens only are examined. But two forms of abnormal coloration also occur side by side with the normal ones, and might, in the absence of sufficient material, have been taken for separable species or subspecies. One of these is a pale form, apparently a semi-albinism, which occurs somewhat frequently and has been referred to by Burmeister * and other authors. In two examples of this variety in the Museum the whole body is dull whitish, but the muzzle, some hairs at the bases of the toes, an indistinct line down the back, and the tips of the tail-hairs are blackish. Another spasmodic variation is most striking, and, so far as I am aware, quite unique. Three examples of it are in the Museum, differing considerably among themselves, but agreeing in the essential fact that the brightly contrasted triangular breast-spot is reproduced again on the back in the region of the withers. In the best marked example, from Bogota (Child collection) the spot is similar in size, shape, and colour to the breast-spot, but the apex of the triangle es towards the tail. In another example from unknown ocality it is connected across the shoulders with the breast- spot, so that a light ring passes right round the animal. In a third specimen, from the Valley of the Cauca, the dorsal spot is only about half its size in the other two. That this most striking variation is not a mark of specific or subspecific distinction is shown by the fact that the Museum possesses normal examples of G. b. typica both from Bogota and the Cauca Valley, these specimens agreeing absolutely in every other respect with the abnormal ones, * Thiere Brasiliens, p. 108 (1854). 1U* ee > ? ; wv { 148 Mr. O. Thomas on The occurrence of such a variation as this gives much food for thought, especially to those who are interested in the question as to whether species are ever developed by spas- modic or discontinuous variation. It is evident that under conditions of light or colour-surroundings favourable to an animal like the normal Tayra, black with a yellow breast- spot, the same patch on the upper surface might also prove effective, and that individuals possessing it might gradually crowd out the normal coloured examples. In this way, however spasmodically produced in the first place, the abnormal colouring might become the mark of a peculiar race or species. That this has not as yet taken place, however, is shown by the normal examples taken with the others already referred to. It would also have to be remembered that the Tayra, like so many similarly coloured animals, is arboreal in its habits, and that if it often crawls along, back downwards, underneath boughs, a similar reason for breaking up the mass of the body-colour might obtain as with the breast-spot in the normal position. The curious yellow spot in the middle of the back in male specimens of Bradypus offers a suggestive parallel to the coloration of these abnormal Tayras. In addition the Tayra of the Island of Trinidad has become so very much smaller than that of the mainland that it also seems to deserve a peculiar subspecific name, and may be called 4. Galictis barbara trinitatis, subsp. n. Size much smaller than in G. 6. typica; skull of male 101 millim. in basal length by 67 in greatest breadth, of female 92 by 60. Colours as in the typical form. Hab. Trinidad. Type from the Caroni district. Type (female) B.M. no. 99. 2. 2. 1. Presented by Henry Caracciolo, Esq. XVII.—New South-American Mammals. \A By OLpFIELD THOMAS. Canis sechure, sp. n. Allied in essential characters of skull and dentition to C. griseus, Gray, and C. gracilis, Burm., but very different externally. Fur short, coarse and harsh, quite unlike the soft fur of the allied species, the hairs of the back barely 30 millim. in length. General colour of upper surface coarsely grizzled iron-grey, with a slight fulvous tinge; each of the longer hairs of the back is light-coloured for its proximal third, black for the middle third, the terminal third being white or new South-American Mamma!s. 149 fulvous white proximally and black terminally; the basal part of the hair being hidden in the underfur, the visible portion of the hairs may be said to be black with a whitish subterminal ring. Underfur scanty, dull greyish proximally, dull fulvous terminally. Face clearer grey, very different to the rufous face of the allied species ; muzzle blackish ; narrow ring round eyes rufous brown; whole of outer surface of ears and a triangular patch behind their posterior bases bright rufous. Upper lip white, clouded with brown opposite the roots of the whiskers; a narrow line of rufous edging its junction with the grey of the face. Tip of chin white; inter- ramia more or less darkened, but not, as in the allied species, broadly black to the level of the angles of the mouth. Centre line of throat dull white, terminated by a grizzled grey band across the chest. Belly fulvous white; the hairs pale fulvous to their bases, gradually becoming white mesially and in the inguinal region. Fore limbs grizzled grey proxi- mally in front, fulvous terminally and on their inner surfaces. Hind limbs nearly all fulvous, darker behind and on the soles, lighter above and in front; no blackish marking above the heels. ‘ail slender, coarse-haired, coloured like the back, but more heavily blackened ; gland-patch and terminal tuft fairly well marked, but net so conspicuous as in griseus and gracilis. Skull practically identical with that of the Chilla, but perhaps slightly smaller on the average, and with rather lower bulle. In the dentition the carnassial, both above and below, is slightly smaller and the grinding-teeth larger than in the allied forms. Dimensions of the type (a male, measured in the flesh by collector) :— Head and body 580 millim. ; tail300; hind foot (s. u.) 120; ear 60. Skulls, No. 464, 455. 456. 448, 460. 500. qe Oa. 543 GUNES), ©. 2. aged, adult. adult. yg. adult. Extreme length ............ 123 120 118 114 113 107 Meuillon gio.) «ce sie sie anda 114 11] 109 Gd ae 99 Greatest breadth ............ 68 615 = 61 59 57 57 Mength of nasals ........5... 38 38 38 36 35 34 Interorbital breadth ........ 24 215 20 205 20 22 Intertemporal breadth........ 24 22 21 245 28 25 Breadth of brain-case........ 44 415 415 41 39 41 Palate length from henselion., 60 58 57 57 55 53 Teeth :— Uppercarnassial, outerlength. 106 10:1 98 104 10 10 Combined lengthofm.tandm.? 1384 13 13 133 131 125 Greatest diameter of m.3.... .. i TOGe ott 105 + =10°8 Lower carnassial,length.... 116 12 FET. 12-6 Ee LG M., and m., combined,..... = 10°8 94 10 Tepes Oe 150 Mr. O. Thomas on Hab. Desert of Sechura, N.W. Peru. Type from Sullana ; other examples from Amotape and Catacaos. Type (male). Original number 448. Collected 12th July, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Five skins and six skulls examined. This fox is clearly a northern representative of C. griseus and gracilis (which are doubtfully different from each other), but is interestingly modified for a desert life. In this moditi- cation it has taken on a considerable resemblance to the Old- World jackals, just as the desert-mouse described below re- sembles the desert-gerbilles of Africaand Asia. As a species it may be readily distinguished from its allies by its short coarse fur, scanty underfur, grey instead of rufous head, bright rufous ears, less blackened chin, more fulvous belly, and other details. As usual in describing specimens relating to Chilian animals, 1 have been much indebted to the excellent material contributed to the British Museum by Mr. J. A. Wolffsohn, of Valparaiso, and it is by the help of his specimens of the “ Chilla” that I have been able to make out the relationship of this interesting Peruvian fox. Sciurus stramineus guayanus, subsp. n. Mr. Simons has sent from Sapotillo and other places to the north of the Sechura Desert a series of a squirrel answering precisely to the description of S. Nebouxii *, Is. Geoff., and showing that instead of being an individual variation of S. stramineus, as had been supposed by Alston, that form, which is characterized by a prominent white nuchal patch, is at least locally constant. The type specimen was obtained at Paita, perhaps sent down from the interior. On the other hand, the typical specimens of Macroxus Fraseri, Gray, from “ Ecuador,” agree fairly well with the original figure of S. stramineus, Eyd. & Soul., and may be considered to represent the typical form of that species. Compared with these two subspecies, the squirrel found west of Guayaquil seems to form a third definable race, for whieh I would suggest the above name, and would describe as follows :— No white nuchal pateh. General colour of back grey, the hairs tipped with white as in Nebouxt, quite unlike the dark colour of typicus; rump and base of tail orange-rufous; nose white; face brown, finely sprinkled with yellowish; ears grizzled brown and * References to all the names here quoted are given by Alston, P. Z. S. 1878, p. 664. new South-American Mammals. BDE white. Arms and legs like back ; wrists and ankles rufous; hands and feet blackish. Under surface dark brown, the chest and middle line of belly prominently grizzled with whitish. ‘Tail, as usual, broadly washed with white. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 270 millim. ; tail 310; hind foot (wet) 57; ear (wet) 26. Hab. of type, Balzar Mountains, on the Upper Palenque River, W. EKeuador. Another specimen from Chongon (Simons). Type (male). B.M. no. 80. 5. 6. 81. Collected by Mr. Illingworth. The three races now recognized may be briefly distin- guished as follows :-— S. stramineus typicus.—General colour dark ; no nuchal patch. Under surface dark brown. S. s. Nebouxit.—General colour light; a nuchal patch. Under surface pale grey. S. s. guayanus.—General colour pale; no nuchal patch. Under surface brown, grey mesially. Phyllotis gerbillus, sp. n. A small species, not unlike a Peromyscus in general pro- portions, with typical desert-coloration, such as is found in many Gerbilles ; quite unlike any Neotropical species hitherto described. Size rather larger than in Mus musculus. Fur soft, sleek and shiny, the hairs about 5-6 millim. long on the back. General colour of head and back clear sandy fawn, rather variable in tone, but on the whole very similar to that of the Egyptian Gerbillus gerbillus. Individually the hairs are slaty at their bases, then whitish, with their visible ends fawn, finely tipped with blackish. Ears proportionally large, pale grey. Under surface wholly pure white, the line of demarcation fairly well marked, and so high that the white includes the whole of the limbs, fore and hind, from the shoulders and hips downwards, the fawn not extending on to the limbs at all. Tail fairly well haired, faintly pencilled, wholly white, or the median line above slightly darker. Skull practically a miniature of that of Ph. Haggardi, but the zygomata rather more widely expanded. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col- lector) :— Head and body 82 millim.; tail 90; hind foot (s. u.) 20; ear 17. Skull: greatest length 24; basilar length 18 ;> zygomatic 152 Mr. O. Thomas on breadth 12°3; nasal length 9:5; interorbital breadth 4; palate Jength from henselion 10; diastema 6; palatal fora- mina 5°6; length of upper molar series 3°5. Hab. Piura, N.W. Peru, alt. 50 m. Other specimens from Catacaos. Type (female). Original number 496. Collected 12th April, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Several specimens ex- amined. The nearest ally of this striking little mouse is Phyllotis Haggardt, which is half as large again and of a general grey colour. The present is the first record of true desert-coloration in South America, and even in the desert-regions of western North America the only specimens at all approaching Phyllotis gerlillus that I have seen are some of the paler examples of Peromyscus Gambeli. Rhipidomys venustus, sp. n. Of about the same size as Rh. venezuele, with which it occurs, but distinguished by its slate-mixed belly, more bushy tail, darker coloration, and slightly different skull. Fur thick and close, not very long, the hairs of the back about 8 millim. in length. General colour above rufous fulvous, of a much deeper tone than in Rh. venezuele, the head and fore-quarters more fulvous, the posterior back darker and more rufous. Sides with a brighter rufous edging to the belly. Under surface from chin to anus slaty white, the basal halves of the hairs slaty, their tips dull white, line of demarcation on sides not sharply defined. Eyes without darker rings round them. LEars fairly well-haired, dark brown, darker than in the allied species. Hands dull. white above, with a slight metacarpal darkening; feet with these colour-contrasts more strongly marked, back of heel dark brown, and a decided patch of dark brown on the terminal part of the metatarsus ; proximal part and sides of metatarsus and upper surface of toes yellowish white. Tail long, well- haired, pencilled at tip, the terminal hairs 12-15 millim. in length, uniformly dark brown throughout. Skull with a narrower interorbital space than in RA. vene- zuele. Nasals also narrowing more rapidly behind, their breadth at about half their length being about 2°5 millim., as compared to 3°0 or 3°2. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 121 millim. ; tail 151 ; hind foot (s. u.) 24°8. Skull: greatest length 33°5; basilar length 26; greatest breadth 18°2; nasals 12x3°7; interorbital breadth 4:3; new South-American Mammals. 153 brain-case 17°5x 13°5; palate length from henselion 13:1 ; diastema 87; palatal foramina 6°6x2°5; length of upper molar series 5. Hab. Merida. Type from “ Las Vegas del Chama,” alt. 1460 m. Type (female). B.M. no. 99. 12.1.1. Collected 14th July, 1896, by S. Bricefio. Three skins of this species have been lying for some time among Sr. Bricefio’s specimens of 2A. venezuele,-to which [| had supposed them to be referable. Now, however, a closer examination shows that they belong to quite a different species, distinguished by the characters above mentioned. NEACOMYS, gen. nov. Type. Oryzomys spinosus, Thos. P. Z. 5S. 1882, p. 105. Further knowledge of South-American Muride having failed to reveal any species of ‘ Oryzomys” intermediate between the Acomys-like “ Hesperomys” spinosus described by me eighteen years ago and the ordinary soft-furred species of Oryzomys, I now think it advisable to give that anomalous form a special generic name. To the cranial characters described previously it may be added that the skull is low and broad, the supraorbital edges distinctly but not excessively beaded, the interparietal of medium size, the bullz small, and the palatal foramina are unusually short. ‘he molars are of typical Oryzomys structure, but are small in proportion to the general size of the skull. Neacomys sptnosus tenutpes, subsp. n. Very similar to N. s. typicus in general appearance, spini- ness, and colour, but the general tone rather less vivid, the back darker, and the sides shading off into fulvous rather than rufous. Belly-hairs pure white or dull white, not slate-based, though this latter characteristic proves to vary in N. s. typicus. Feet very much smaller than in typicus, averaging about 2 millim. shorter, and very markedly more slender than in that form. Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in skin) :— Head and body 76 millim. ; tail 93; hind foot 20; ear 12. Hab. Guaquimay, near Bogota. Also from ‘ Quebrada negra” and “ Magdalena Valley.” Type. B.M. no. 99. 10. 3. 74. Collected by G. D. Child, 16th January, 1896. Five specimens examined. Five specimens of the typical form from Peru have the hind feet 22°2, 22:2, 22°4, 22:6, and 23 millim.; the longest foot among the Bogota series is 20°5 millim. in length. 154 Bibliographical Notices. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Rhopalocera Athiopica, Die Tagfalter des Avthiopischen Faunen- gebietes. Eine systematisch-geographische Studie. Von Cur. Avrivituivs. Mit 6 Tafeln. Der Konigl. Akademie der Wissen- schaften vorgelegt den 8 Juni 1598. (Kongl. Svenska Veten- skaps-Akademiens Handlingar, Bandet 31, No. 5.) Stockholm, 1898 (correctly, 1899). Pp. 561. Die Lepidopterenfauna des Bismarck-Archipels. Von Dr. Arnot Pacenstecner. Erster Theil: Die Tagfulter. Mit 2 color, Tafeln. (Zoologica, Heft 27.) Stuttgart, 1899. Pp, 160. Orthopteren des Malayischen Archipels, gesammelt von Prof. Dr. W. KUKeENTHAL in den Jahren 1893 und 1894, bearbeitet von BRUNNER von WarrenwyL, unter Beriicksichtiqung neuer verwandter Species. Mit fiinf Tafeln. (Abhandl. d. Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft, Band xxiv. Heft 2.) Frankfort-on-Main, 1898. Pp. 193-288. A prominent feature of learned Transactions and other Conti- nental scientific publications in quarto is the encouragement which they offer to the issue of large and important works on Ento- mology, which would otherwise perhaps never see the light, and which are often accompanied with more fitting illustrations than would be possible on octavo plates, which are frequently too small to represent large insects properly. We have grouped three such publications together in the present notice. Sweden has always been prominent in the study of African Lepi- doptera. Many species from North, West, and South Africa are described in Linneé’s ‘ Systema Nature’; and the papers by Wallen- gren and Zeller on the species collected by Wahlberg in Caffraria, and published just about the time when Mr. Trimen first went out to the Cape, may be said to have inaugurated a new era in our studies. And now Prof. Aurivillius has given us a synopsis of the butterflies of the whole of -Aithiopic Africa and Madagascar, numbering at present 1612 species—a total sure to be largely increased every year, especially now that his book has rendered the determination of species so easy. The Hesperiide are not included, being regarded as a separate group from the more typical butterflies. The book is published in German, as being better known to ento- mologists in general than Swedish. It could hardly be expected that the species, except novelties, should be described in full; we are, however, not only given synopses of families and genera, but often even of the species in the different genera, such synopses being, in most cases, sufficient for identification. Before completing his work, Prof. Aurivillius made a tour to inspect the various collections containing African butterflies, visiting Denmark, Germany, Austria, Holland, Belgium, and England ; but we regret that he does not appear to have met Mr. Trimen. A classified list of 142 works on African Lepidoptera, arranged geographically, will be found very useful. Bibliographical Notices. 155 There is much general matter at the beginning and end of the work, including several tables of geographical distribution. Dr. Arnold Pagenstecher, of Wiesbaden, is as well known to ento- mologists as his cousin is known to the outside world as an oculist ; and the publication before us is an elaborate monograph of the butterflies of an interesting part of the Papuan fauna, some of the islands of which were visited by the French exploring expeditions about 60 or 70 years ago, when various butterflies were collected there. At that time, some of the islands were known as New Britain and New Ireland, but they have received other names since they came into German hands. It is not to be expected that so distant and outlying a fauna should contain many species which are also found in Europe: the only species that strikes us, on glancing through the paper, is Plebeius beticus ; but this is rather an outlying European representative of a tropical group than a specially European species. The present paper on the Butterflies is to be followed, later, by another on the Moths, which entomologists will doubtless look forward to with much interest. The third work on our list relates to the Order Orthoptera, and consists of lists of species captured in Batchian, Borneo, Celebes, Halmahera (otherwise called Gilolo), Ternate, and Java, with de- scriptions of numerous new species; and tables are given of the species included in some of the genera. The descriptions strike us as being, in many cases, rather too short to be quite sufficient for identification ; but the measurements are carefully given in all cases, and a considerable number of species are figured, sometimes the whole insect, and sometimes only a leg or pronotum. This work will be very useful to students of Orthoptera, who, however, we fear are not too numerous at present. New Zealand Moths and Butterflies (Macro-Lepidoptera). By G. V. Hunpson, F.E.S. (Author of ‘An Elementary Manual of New Zealand Entomology’). With 13 Plates. 4to. 1898. West, Newman, & Co. Pp. xix, 144. Tue Fauna of New Zealand, as might be expected from its outlying position, is comparatively poor, but extremely interesting from the nuinber of indigenous species absolutely peculiar to the islands. As regards Lepidoptera, the first attempt to bring together the scattered information existing on the subject was made by Dr. A. G. Butler in 1874, who included an account of the order in the “ Voyage of the ‘ Erebus’ and ‘ Terror,’”’ enumerating 318 species. Of these, 132 were Macro-Lepidoptera, and are represented by 234 species in Mr. Hudson’s work, the number of species detected in New Zealand having been nearly doubled by the present time. Consequently we shall probably be not very far wrong if we assume the total number of New Zealand species now known to be about 600, which at a moderate estimate we may expect may ultimately be raised to 800, or perhaps even 1000. The majority of these are moths. Of butterflies Dr. Butler enumerates 9, of which one at least is very doubtfal ; Mr. Hudson admits 15, and mentions 5 other reputed species, 3 155 Bibliographical Notices. being possibly indigenous and the other 2 accidentally introduced European species. Of the 15, 1 (Anosia erippus, Cram.) is intro- duced, 5 are Australian, and the remaining 9 (or 10 if Chrysophonus Feredayi, Bates, is distinct from C. salustius, Fabr.) are species absolutely peculiar to New Zealand. There is a brief but useful introduction dealing with Metamor- phosis, Anatomy, Origin of Species, Classification, and Geographical Distribution. In Classification Mr. Hudson follows Mr. Meyrick’s system, of which we need only say here that it is too soon yet to -predict how far its innovations are likely to be ultimately accepted by entomologists, especially as regards the propriety of placing the butterflies in the middle of the moths, instead of as a perfectly sepa- rate group. Even as regards the Hesperlide (which, by the way, are not represented in New Zealand) the connecting links between butterflies and moths are so few and uncertain that it appears to many entomologists that to place the butterflies in the middle of the moths is an innovation only likely to further increase the diffi- culties of a satisfactory classification of Lepidoptera, which has been recognized for the last century as one of the hardest problems of entomology. All the species known to the author are figured, the original descriptions of others being copied, and full information is given about habits, localities, food-plants, distribution, &c. An Appendix by Florence W. Hudson contains a brief descriptive list of plants mentioned. The first two plates are plain, dealing with structure and neuration, the third includes coloured figures of larve and pups, and the remainder are devoted to perfect insects. The large size of the plates is a great economy in allowing a considerable number of figures to be inserted on one plate. We find as many as fifty-two figures on plate viii., which is devoted to ‘‘ Notodontine,” which all lepidopterists will recognize as Geometride, an innovation for which Mr. Hudson is not responsible, but which is likely, we are afraid, to remind many entomologists of an uncomplimentary expression which sometimes occurs in Euclid. In some respects we think that Mr. Hudson should have given fuller information, especially as his book is intended for use in a country where entomological libraries cannot always be easy of access. We think the dates of all the references should have been given throughout, and not only occasionally, and the references themselves should have been fuller. It is not sufficient under Sphinx convolvuli, L., to quote merely Protoparce distans, Butl., without any clue to where the insect is described and figured, nor any remark whatever on the characters which led Koch and Butler to consider the Australian and New Zealand form of the insect distinct from the European. The references are :— Sphinx roseofasciata, Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 54 (1865). Sphinx distans, Butl. Lep. N. Zealand (Voy. ‘ Erebus’ and ‘Terror ’), p. 4, pl. ii. fig. 11 (1874). There is an extraordinary error on p. 104, where Hypolimnas bolina, L., is placed in the genus Anosia, as if it was congeneric Bibliographical Notices. Ly with A. ertppus, Cram., the two butterflies belonging to different subfamilies of the Nymphalide. It is interesting to note that Mr. Hudson thinks the well-known ‘‘vegetating caterpillar” of New Zealand will prove to be that of Porina Mairi, Buller, and not of Hepialus virescens, Doubl. (We cannot understand why Mr. Meyrick and Mr. Hudson should con- tinue to place an insect so dissimilar from the European types of Hepialus in the same genus.) Mr. Hudson has already pointed out (‘ Entomologist,’ xviii. p. 36) that the larva of “H.” virescens lives in the stems of trees, and never goes beneath the ground even to pupate; and in the present work he remarks :—“ The real point to be discovered is the precise species of Lepidoptera this caterpillar would develop into if not attacked by the fungus; but at present no definite information has been obtained on the subject.” We do not remember that very much has been published on the “ Vege- tating Caterpillar” of late years, and we are sorry that Mr. Hudson has no more definite information to give us respecting it; and it is rather a pity that he has not given a detailed account of the cater- pillar, accompanied with one or more figures, in the present work. The Butterfly Book, a Popular Guide to a Knowledge of the Butter- flies of North America, By W. J. Horzanp, Ph.D., D.D., LL.D., Chancellor of the Western District of Pennsylvania ; Director of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. ; Fellow of the Zoological and Entomological Societies of London; Member of the Entomo- logical Society of France, &c. With 48 Plates in Color-photography, reproductions of Butterflies in the Author’s collection, and many text-illustrations presenting most of the species found in the United States. New York: Doubleday & McClure Co., 1848; new edit. 1899. Roy. 8vo. Pp. xx, 382; col. pls. 48. Turis is the first approximately complete and practical manual of the Butterflies of North America; for the older publications on the subject are necessarily both obsolete and very incomplete, and most modern books deal only with the fauna of a limited district, and are usually insufficiently illustrated, or else are so costly as to be far beyond the reach of the ordinary student. So great was the need of such a book as Dr. Holland’s that many of the entomologists of the United States and Canada eagerly bought it on its first appearance, in many cases almost before it had got | into the market at all; and the first edition was nearly exhausted in less than a month after publication, as if it had been a new novel by a popular author; but, we imagine, a quite unprecedented event in the history of any entomological book. Hitherto Dr. Holland has chiefly been known to entomologists by his papers on African Lepidoptera, but he has not neglected those of his own country, and has had the good fortune to be able to form one of the most complete collections and libraries in North America relating to the subject. The present volume contains over a thousand coloured figures, a large proportion taken from the actual typical specimens, and no less than 150 species are here illustrated 158 Miscellaneous. in colour for the first time. With exceptions noticed below, every species of butterfly found on the continent of North America from the Gulf of Mexico to the Arctic Circle is thus illustrated. Five of the earlier plates are devoted to larvae and pup. There are also nearly 200 plain illustrations in the text, illustrating details of the earlier stages of butterflies, apparatus, neuration, &c., and Megathymus yucce. The author adds that there are about 125 other species, chiefly Hesperiidse, which have not been mentioned ; but we may take it that these are obscure and little-known species occurring in out-of-the-way parts of the country, and that, as regards all the more accessible parts of North America, his book may be relied upon as practically complete. We regret, however, that the omitted species should not have been included in an appendix, however brief—were it only a mere list of names. The letterpress is divided into three sections. The Introduc- tion contains four chapters on the Life-history and Anatomy of Butterflies; the Capture, Preparation, and Preservation of Specimens ; the Classification of Butterflies; and Books about North-American Butterflies. The bulk of the book consists of descriptions (necessarily, but not unduly, brief) of the Butterflies of North America north of Mexico, thus covering the whole ground up to the boundaries of Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana.’ The arrange- ment followed is Nymphalide (including Libytheine), Lemoniude, Lycenide, Papilionide (including Pierine), and Hespertide (including Megathymine). Scattered through the book are various digressions and quotations, poetical and other. We hope that the author will carry out his intention of continu- ing his work by a book on the Moths of North America likewise, for such a work would be of still greater scientific and general value than even that before us. Dr. Holland appears to have done his work very well, and we hope that it will also be appreciated on this side of the Atlantic, for there are surely many British and European entomologists who will be glad of an opportunity of making themselves acquainted with a fauna which presents such a remarkable resemblance to our own; though, apart from the presence of some purely American or representative forms, the proportion which the number of species of the various groups bears to each other in Europe and North America is often strangely different ; for example, the Satyrine, which form the bulk of the middle-sized butterflies in Europe, are very poorly represented in North America. MISCELLANEOUS. Note on Ceroplastes africanus (Family Coccide). By E. E. Green, F.E.S. Tue following is an extract from a letter I have received from Mr. E. E. Green, I think I shall best fulfil his wishes by publishing it as it is. Cuas. O, WareRHOUSE. Miscellaneous. 159 “‘ Prof. Cockerell has drawn my attention to the fact that he published a description of a Ceroplastes egharum (from W. Africa) in the ‘ Entomologist * of May 1399. He has also sent me typical examples of the insect, which show me that it is identical with my C. africanus (var. cristatus) [ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, iv. p. 190). Prof. Cockerell in his description gives the number of antennal joints as six only, but he particularly mentions that his specimens were not in very good preservation. ..... I should be greatly obliged if you would send a short note to the ‘ Annals and Magazine’ to correct the name.” E. Ernest GREEN. On the Lateral Cephalic Organs of Glomeris. By N. pe Zoarar. The celebrated German anatomist Francis Leydig has depicted, on one of the plates accompanying his unfinished work ‘ Ueber den Bau des thierischen Korpers,’ published in 1864, a head of Glomeris, having on its lateral walls two horseshoe-shaped organs presenting in their interior a somewhat considerable cavity which communicates with the outside by means of a very narrow longitudinal slit. Leydig has shown that the internal wall of these organs is very thick, that it is innervated by a branch coming from the neck in the region of the optic trunk, and hence that these structures ought to be looked upon as organs of sense. Following Leydig, the Hungarian zoologist Cémésvary described the same organs in several myriapods without giving a more detailed account of them; it is by the name of Comdsvary that they are to-day designated. The French zoologist Saint-Rémy and the German entomologist Curt Hennings so call them, the latter having given a description of their histology in the third number of the ‘Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft naturforschenden Freunde zu Berlin’ for the year 1899. In my article on the relationships of the Arthropoda, published in 1892 in the ‘Comptes Rendus du Congrés international de Zoologie,’ I pointed out what great morphological interest these organs possess, especially if they are compared with the embryonic cephalic grooves of other myriapods, of some insects and crustaceans, and with the cephalic organs of some annelids, for example the Capitellide. Unfortunately Glomeris is very rare in Russia and only met with in the south-western portion of the empire ; it was not therefore until the summer of 1898 that, through the kindness of M. E. Bouvier, Professor at the Jardin des Plantes, I was able to obtain enough material for my researches. I then received specimens of Glomeris marginata which M. Bouvier had collected in the forests in the neighbourhood of Dieppe. Every animal composing two successive consignments had perished during the long journey from Dieppe to Moscow ; but a third batch sent after the great heat of the summer arrived safe and sound at Moscow, and provided me with material for my researches. The lateral cephalic organs of Glomeris have a very curious and 160 Miscellaneous. original structure. Herr Hennings has shown that the thickness of the inside wall of these structures consists of sensitive epithelial cells, the nuclei of which are found in the proximal parts, while the more superficial layers contain some small granules in the proto- plasm of the cells. Herr Hennings rightly considers the cells of this wall of the organs to have a nervous function ; those which he represents in his figure 2, and which he calls cells of the sensitive epithelium, are glandular cells. The structure of the internal wall in question of the lateral organ is considerably complicated. The wall consists of very abundant glandular cells, which com- municate by means of very narrow canals with the bottom of the cavity of the organ; on the chitinous surface of the bottom minute pores even may be made out through which the secretion of the ceils enters the cavity of the organ. Besides the glandular cells there are to be seen in the still more proximal layers not far from the cells of the adipose tissue large ganglionic cells, which are prolonged at their proximal ends into the nerves which spring from the main nerve of the organ, while at their distal extremities they are drawn out into long terminal nervous filaments ; these filaments, which can be well seen when examined by Ramon y Cajal’s method, reach the chitinous layer and sometimes raise it, forming little cushions. If a section is made parallel to the surface of the cavity, it can be distinctly seen that each terminal filament, which has here a structure recalling the rhabdomeres in the sense-organs of Arthropoda, is surrounded by the canals of glandular cells. The latter form polygonal figures recalling the meshes in tulle net, and in the centre of the meshes a nervous filament ends. Between the canals of glandular cells very abundant concretions are found ; these stain with all the colouring reagents and remain after boiling in caustic potash. The combination of glandular and sense-cells and their structure strongly recall olfactory organs, and I think that one ought to attri- bute such a function to the organs in question. The structure as well as the evident function of the lateral cephalic organs of Glomeris approach those of the cephalic organs of segmented worms. If we remember that Peripatus retains traces in its adult stage of the cephalic organs well developed in the embryos and young examples, and that several other arthropods present in their development traces of remarkable cephalic organs, if we recol- lect, again, that the relationship between the segmented worms and the arthropods through the link furnished by Peripatus becomes more and more evident, we can evolve the hypothesis that the lateral cephalic organs of Glomeris are homologous with, and even perhaps analogous to, the cephalic organs of annelids—Comptes Rendus, t. cxxix. (1899) pp. 504-506. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES.] No. 26. FEBRUARY 1900. XVIII.—On the Nephridium of Nephthys ceca, Fabr. By Francis Hucu Stewart, M.A., Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. [Plates II. & III.} DurinG the summer of 1899, while working at the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, it was suggested to me by Professor M‘Intosh that, in view of the wonderful supply of living material obtainable in St. Andrews Bay, it might be profitable to continue the work of Mr. Edwin Goodrich on the nephridium of Nephthys (Q. J. M.S. no. 157). In so doing I have been able to confirm Mr. Goodrich’s results in all points except one—the position of the organ relative to the blood-vessels. This, as described and figured by him, is briefly as follows :—The ciliated organ lies in the angle between the dorso-ventral vessel and the branch 2 (PI. IL. fig. 1) ; the nephridial tube passes down the dorso-ventral and along the branch y, the solenocyte-bearing tuft resting in the VIR Ga Sas the dorso-lateral and the branch «. ope corel examination of the subject, I have come toa different conclusion. The ciliated organ rests, not between the dorso-ventral-and « (PI. II. fig. 1), but at the junction of the spt the dorso-ventral, and y; the solenocy te-bearing taftelies in the angle between the ventro- lateral and the dorso-ventral, not between the dorso-lateral Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. dal 162 Mr. F. H. Stewart on the and a2; while the nephridial tube runs along the branch (y) which passes to the vascular tuft (cp) (not figured by Goodrich), and does not in any part of its course touch the dorso-ventral. The Excretion of Solid Matter and the Function of the Ciliated Organ. In examining under the microscope a nephridium which has been carefully dissected out from a hardened specimen, the nephridial canal will be seen as a conspicuous green tube lying along the blood-vessel y (PI. II. fig. 2) on its outer and posterior side. Up this blood-vessel it runs until it reaches a point opposite the base of the ciliated organ; here it bends sharply round in front of y, passes across to the ventro-lateral branch, and forming a semicircle round this, it appears on the posterior and inner side of the ciliated organ, where it termi- nates in the solenocyte-bearing tuft (Pl. IT. fig. 2, s.t.). It is the portion of the tube between the ventro-lateral and y that demands special attention, for here alone is it in close contact with the ciliated and grooved side of the ciliated organ. Indeed it here forms a miniature barrier at the exact point where the grooves and the streams induced by the ciliary action converge (figs. 3 & 4). The importance of this disposition is extremely well illus- trated by placing a living nephridium in a drop of sea-water laden with carmine particles. The red grains may be seen carried by the currents down the grooves of the ciliated organ, and deposited against the barrier of the nephridial tube until a solid mass is formed. Again, I observed that the yellow-green coloration caused by the presence of excretory matter in the walls of the tube extends only as far as the ventro-lateral vessel (0, Pl. II. fig. 3), and is not continued up to the solenocyte-bearing tuft. . These considerations suggested that it would be in the short stretch of the tube between the ventro-lateral vessel and y that solid excretory matter would be taken up. The following facts appear to confirm this view :— (1) When a nephridium is extracted it may be noticed that there is always present against this barrier a mass of phagocytes from the ccelomic fluid filled with ‘yellow-green. excretory matter (figs. 3 & 5). ‘These are evidently carrying waste products to this part of the tube, and I have actually observed one of these cells entering ggg at this point CP). TEL. figs, 73). rv Nephridium of Nephthys ceca, Fubr. 163 (2) In specimens injected with powdered carmine (in sea- water) the phagocytes laden with the grains collect here, forming a prominent scarlet mass; but only in one case have I found a carmine granule in the wall of the tube. Before describing the process of excretion some notice of the ccelomic fluid is necessary. Floating free in the fluid are found two varieties of cells :— (1) Cellsof highly granular appearance (PI.IUL. fig.6), which usually present a rounded form, but on careful inspection’ prove to be amceboid. In some there is the appearance of a firm ectosare or cuticle, in others small bud-like outgrowths occur, and in several cases I have found them in a state of degeneration when loaded with excretory matter (PI. IIL. fig. 8). These cells are the phagocytes already referred to. In almost every case they contain the characteristic yellow- green matter, and in injected specimens are filled with carmine grains. (2) Oval cells of clear protoplasm (PI. III. fig. 7). At the narrower end occurs a clear highly refractive nucleus. ‘These cells do not appear to be concerned in excretion, and I have never observed any foreign bodies in them. ‘hey are iden- tical in appearance with the corpuscles of the blooJ. To sum up, the process of excretion appears to be as follows :— Whenever a particle of solid excretory matter appears in the- ccelom it is immediately engulfed by one of the phagocytes. This, when it has become sufficiently loaded, passes into the neighbourhood of the ciliated organs, either by its own amoeboid motion or by the agency of the currents raised by the cilia. Here it is swept down one of the grooves, and joins the little mass of its fellows raised against the barrier of the nephridial tube. Partial degeneration now sets in, and the phagocyte appears to bodily enter the protoplasmic wall of the canal (PI. III. fig.4, »), carrying the foreign matter with it. The latter then passes out either by the lumen of the canal, assisted by the cilia, or by passing along through the wall itself. The whole nephridium is in a state of constant motion, the- ciliated organ swaying up and down, the tube also moving upward and downward on the blood-vessels to a limited extent. These movements no doubt facilitate the ingestion” of refuse into the tube, bringing different parts of it into action. consecutively. G5 eh 164 On the Nephridium of Nephthys ceca, Fabr. I have not been able definitely to determine whether the solid excretory matter before being transferred to the nephri- dial tube is dissolved by the phagocyte or not; but most of the evidence suggests that it is. The green matter in the walls of the canal has the appearance of minute droplets rather than of solid granules, while only in one case have I been able to detect a solid carmine particle in the wall, not- withstanding the fact that great masses of carmine were raised against it by the action of the ciliated organ. In addition, the process at this point is extremely slow—specimens which I have allowed to live for several days after injection still showed great masses of carmine-laden phagocytes at the barrier, although there were none free in the celom. This delay seems to point to something more complicated than simple transference of solid particles. The importance of the above process can only be fully appreciated by noting the resemblance to that in the Gly- ceride, as described by Mr. Goodrich (Q. J. M. 8. no. 163). Indeed, if we substitute for the nephridial sac of Glycera the short stretch of the nephridial tube between the ventro-lateral vessel and y, the processes are largely identical. This portion of the tube is evidently the physiological equivalent of the sac. Morphologically it is also easy to connect the two organs, the tube-barrier of Nephthys having broadened and become cup-shaped, while the ciliated organ has grown in as a lining, forming a much more efficient lodgment for the laden phagocytes while discharging their burdens than the more primitive apparatus in Nephthys (Q. J. M.S. no. 163, p. 446). EXPLANATION OF PLATES II. & III. Reference letters. d. Dorsal blood-vessel. c.p. Vascular tuft. v. Ventral blood-vessel. neph.tube. Nephridial tube. dl. Dorso-lateral. c.o. Cillated organ. vl. Ventro-lateral. s.t. Solenocyte-bearing tuft. dv. Dorso-ventral. p. Laden phagocyte. Fig. 1. Diagrammatic transverse section of Nephthys ceca, showing position of nephridium relative to the blood-vessels. To the right, as given by Goodrich. . Diagrammatic reconstruction of the nephridium. . Ciliated organ and terminal portion of the nephridium. Corro- sive sublimate, sat. sol. Zeiss D. Fig. 2 3 Fig. 4. Nephridial barrier from same. Zeiss F. ig. 5 6 Fug. Fig. 5, Ciliated organ and terminal portion of nephridium. From speci- men injected with carmine. Fig. 6. Phagocytes from coelomic fluid. Zeiss F. Fig. 7. Hyaline corpuscles from coelomic fluid, Zeiss F. Fig. 8. Laden phagocytes. Zeiss F. On Three new Species of Siluroid Fishes. 165 X1X.— Descriptions of Three new Species of Silurotd Fishes from Southern Brazil. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S. THE fishes here described were collected in the Province Sao Paulo by Mr. H. K. Heyland, and presented by him to the British Museum. Plecostomus Heylandi. Head longer than broad, 32 times in total length, simply convex, without keels; snout rounded, naked at the end; diameter of eye 9 times in length of head, 33 times in inter- orbital width ; barbel extremely short, about 4 diameter of eye; series of teeth in both jaws forming a doubly curved series interrupted in the middle, about 70 teeth in each series ; lower lip much developed, covered with strong flat papille, with slightly fringed border; interopercular spines none. Lower surfaces, from the mouth to the anal fin, perfectly naked. Dorsal I 7; first ray scarcely longer than snout, or than the distance from its extremity to the adipose fin. Pectoral spine half length of head, merely rugose. Ventrals I 5, the first ray much thickened. Anal 14. Caudal squarely truncate. Depth of caudal peduncle 3 times in distance between anal and caudal fins. No posthumeral keel. Scutes on body rough and spinulose, but not keeled; lat. 1. 28; 13 scutes between anal and caudal fins. Olive-brown above, without spots ; dorsal, pectoral, ventral, and anal fins spotted with black. Total length 150 millim. A single specimen from a mountain stream 400 feet above sea-level near Santos. Loricaria latirostris. Teeth small, well developed, 14 or 16 in each jaw. Head much depressed, 14 as long as broad, nearly 4 times in total length; snout rounded, feebly projecting beyond the lip, measuring half the length of the head; head-shields very rough with spinose tubercles; three very obtuse ridges on the snout; long, close-set, hair-like bristles on the sides of the head, from the end of the snout to the gill-cleft ; diameter of eye 10 times in length of head, 24 in interorbital width ; a strong postorbital notch; lower labial lobe large, strongly apillose, strongly fringed. Dorsal 17; first ray ? length of Fea, just above middle ventral rays. Pectoral I 6, % length of head, rough with small spines. Ventral i 5, as long as 166 On Three new Species of Siluroid Fishes. pectoral, reaching origin of anal. Anal 15. Upper caudal ray but little produced. Lateral scutes 27 or 28, with two obtuse ridges, united on the seventeenth or eighteenth ; nuchal shields without keels; 17 scutes between dorsal and caudal, 15 between anal and caudal. Breast naked ; ventral shields 4 or 6 transversely enlarged ones on each side and 3 series of small irregular ones in the middle. All the shields spinulose, the spinules larger on the sides. Olive above, with 4 darker transverse bands; the bristles on the side of the head reddish brown. Total jength 360 millim. Twospecimens from the Mogy-guassu River, about 250 miles inland of Santos. Loricaria paulina. Teeth small, well developed, 12 or 14 in each jaw.’ Head much depressed, 14 or 1} as long as broad, 4 or 4} times in total length; snout pointed, projecting beyond the lip, measuring half the length of the head; head-shields rough with small spines; three very obtuse ridges on the snout ; two feeble ridges on the occipital shield, diverging behind ; diameter of eye 8 times in length of head, nearly twice in interorbital width ; a strong postorbital notch ; lower labial lobe large, strongly papillose, strongly fringed. Dorsal I 7; first ray nearly 2 length of head, just above middle ventral rays. Pectoral 1 6, not quite § length of head. Ventral I 5, as long as pectoral, reaching origin of anal. Anal I 5. Caudal truncate, upper ray not produced. Lateral scutes 28, with two obtuse ridges, united on the eighteenth or nineteenth ; nuchal shields with two very feeble keels ; 17 scutes between dorsal and caudal, 15 between anal and caudal. Breast naked ; ventral shields, 5 to 8 transversely enlarged ones on each side and 3 series of small irregular ones in the middle. All the shields spinulose. Olive above, with 5 darker trans- verse bands ; fins white, spotted with black, the spots having a more or less marked tendency to form transverse bands; the edge of the dorsal and caudal white. Total length 210 millim. Two specimens from the Mogy-guassu River. I have hesitated before describing this fish as a new species, as it might prove to be the female of the preceding. Since, however, the differences are greater than such as are known to be merely secondary sexual in other members of the genus, the course I have provisionally followed appears to me the safest from the point of view of scientific accuracy. On the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide. 167 XX.—Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Vabanide in the British Museum Collection. By Miss Gertrupe Ricarpo. [Concluded from p. 121., Asia. Panconta, Latr. PanGonta, Rond. P. rufa, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 18 (1850) ; Wulp, List Diptera 8. Asia, p. 64 (1896).— Hab. Bombay, India. P. obscurata, Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitriige, vi. p.27 (1853).— Had. Island Rhodes and Asia Minor. P. fulvipes, Loew, 1. c.; Loew, Berlin ent. Zeitschr. xii. p. 369 (1868).— Hab. Cilicia, Turkey in Asia. *P. zonata, 2, Walker, Ent. y. p. 256 (1870).— Hab. Tajura Straits, Bab- el-Mandeb. Subgenus CorizonruRA, Rond. *C. longirostris, Hardw., Trans. Linn. Soc. xiv.; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 621 (1830); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 1381 (1848); Rondani, Canestr. Archiv. per Zool., Anat. e Fis. iii. (1863) ; Roder, Stett. ent. Zeitschr. xliii. p. 384 (1881).-—Hab. Nepaul, Thibet. *C. taprobanes, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 824 (1854).— Hab. Ceylon. C. tagris, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 143 (1880).— Hab. North Persia or Caucasus. PaneGonia, Latr. P. amboinensis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p.91. 7 (1805); Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 92 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 181 (1848) ; id. J. e. pt. v. Suppl. 1, pp. 189, 324 (1854).— Hab. Amboina. P. subfasciata, Walker, Ent. v. p. 257 (1870). This type is not to be identified in the Museum coll.— Hab. Tajura. Panagonta, Latr. PANGONIA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes bare. Pangonia zonata, 2, Walker, Ent. v. p. 256 (1870). This is a female, not a male as Walker states. The palpi have the first joint twice as long as the second, which is club-shaped and grooved. Wings have a short appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein. Hab. Vajura Straits, Bab-el-Mandeb (Lord). 168 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninas DIATOMINEURA, Rond. Subgenus CorizonEuRA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell open. yes bare. Corizoneura taprobanes, 2 , Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 324 (1854). The type in the Museum is var. d; the other is not to be identified. The palpi are small; the second joint thick at base, tapering to a point, shorter than the first joint. Wings have an appendix on fork of third longitudinal vein. Hab. Ceylon, Nilghiri Hills (Hampden). Corizoneura longirostris, § ¢ , Hardw. Trans. Linn. Soe. xiv. ; Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 621 (1830) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 131 (1848) ; Rondani, Canestr. Archiv. per Zool., Anat. e Fis. i. (1863) ; Réder, Stett. ent. Zeitschr. xliii. p. 384 (1881). The males have the prolongation on fore tarsi as in some African species. Réder mentions it. One or two of the females have long bristles on these joints. The first posterior cell is closed in some of the females with a short petiole. T'wo males, one of which was wrongly labelled “ amboinensis, Fabr.,” seem a variety of this species, having no prolongation on the fore tarsi; the third joint of antenne is bright red, not black. The yellow colour on the abdomen is more promi- nent ; the face is shining and dark, with hardly any greyish pubescence. Hab. North-west India; Muktesar, North-west Provinces (Lingard) ; 'Thibet (Landor). America. PANGONIA, Latr. North America. The species north of Mexico are placed first, and lastly those south of the North Mexican boundary, following Osten Sacken’s arrangement in his Cat. of North-American Diptera, 1878 ; but the species from the West Indies are placed under South America, of the Family 'Tabanide. 169 Paneonta, Rond. *P, fusiformis, 29, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 19 (1854). [P trans- lucens, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 27; var., Walker, /.c.; Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878). |—Hab. N. America. P. semiflava, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins, ii. p. 622 (1880) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 121 (1854) ; Bellardi, Saggio, i. p. 51 (1859). [P. bicolor, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 27 (Bellardi) (1849): Osten Sacken, /. c.|—Hab. Mexico. P. planiventris, Macq., l. c. p. 26; Osten Sacken, 1. c.—Hab. Mexico. P. nigronotata, Macq,., l. c. p. 27; Bellardi, /. c.; Osten Sacken, J. e.— Hab. Mexico. *P. atrifera, 5, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soe. v. p. 272 (1860); Osten Sacken, 1. c.—Hab. Mexico. P. Saussuret, Bellardi, /. c. p. 47 ; Osten Sacken, 2. c.— Hab. Mexico. P. Wiedemanni, Bellardi, U. c. p.48. [P. basi/aris, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 621 (1830) (name was changed by Bellardi) ; Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 475 (1876); Osten Sacken, Cat. (1878) ; see Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 261 (1886).]|—Hab. Mexico. P. flavohirta, Bellardi, 1. c. p. 49; Osten Sacken, Cat. (1878).—Hab. Mexico. P. Sailet, Bellardi, 7. c. p. 50; Osten Sacken, ?. c.—Hab. Mexico. P. incerta, Bellardi, 7. c.; Osten Sacken, /. c—Hab. Mexico, *P. tenuirostris, ¢, Walker, /. c.; Osten Sacken, J. c—Hab. Mexico. P. caustica, Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. i. (1886).—Hab. Mexico, Subgenus Errpurosis, Rond. E. rostrifera, Bellardi, J. c. p. 47 ; Osten Sacken, J. c—Hab. Mexico. DIATOMINEURA, Rond. D. dives, Williston, Trans. Kans. Ac. x. p. 180 (1886).—Hab. N. America. D, californica, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 618 (1892),—Hab, California. D. rhinophora, Bellardi, J. c. p. 46; Osten Sacken, /. c.—Hab, Mexico. Subgenus CorizonEvra, Rond. C. fera, Williston, l. c—Hab. N. America. C. velutina, Bigot, 1. c. p. 615.— Hab. California. C. ruficornis, Bigot, l. e.-—Hab. California. Paneonta, Latr.. P. isabellinus, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 112 (1830) ; Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 274 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, /. c. (note). [Stlvius isabellinus, Wiedem., J. c.|—Hab. N. America. P. incisa, Wiedem., J. c. p. 90; Walker, 7. c. p. 120; Osten Sacken, Western Diptera, p. 214 (1877). (P. inctsuralis, Say, see Osten Sacken, Cat. (1878).|—Hab. Arkansas. P. macroglossa, Westwood, Lond. Edin. Phil. Mag. (1835) ; see Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soe, Nat. Hist. p. 3868 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878), — Hb. Georgia, 170 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine P. tranquilla, Osten Sacken, J. c. p. 867; id. Cat.— Hab. Pennsyl- vania. -P. pigra, Osten Sacken, J. c.; id. Cat.—Hab. New York. P. chrysocoma, Osten Sacken, J. ec. p. 368; id. Cat.—Hab. New York. P. hera, Osten Sacken, Western Diptera, p. 214 (1877).—Had. San Francisco. P. rasa, Loew, Dipt. Am. Sept. viii. p. 7; Loew, Berlin. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. (1869); Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 366 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878).— Hab. Illinois. P. awulans, Wiedem., l. c. il. p. 620; Walker, 1. e. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 120 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, Cat— Hab. Mexico. PANGONIA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes bare. Pangonia fusiformis, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 19 (1850); O. S. Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878). Walker’s description should be amended thus :—Abdomen with first and second segments transparent yellow, in middle of second segment a long brown spot; third segment brown, its extreme anterior and posterior margins yellow; the remaining segments brown, darker in colour on the posterior margins; on the underside there is no brown spot on the second segment, and only the anterior margin of third segment is yellow. Palpi curved, the same width throughout. This species belongs to the same group as the South- American species arcuata, filipalpis, Will., &c. Hab, Mexico. Pangonia tenuirostris, § , Walker, Trans. Ent. Soe. v. p. 272 (1860) ; O. S. Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878). The wings have a long appendix on fork of the third longitudinal vein. Hab. Mexico. Pangonia atrifera, 8, Walker, l. c.; O. S. Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878). . The last joint of the palpi is red. There are a few orange hairs on the lateral margins of the last segments. Wings have an appendix. Hab. Mexico. of the Family Tabanide. ree South America (including Central America and the West Indies). Paneonta, Rond. *P. fuscipennis, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 95 (1830); Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 103 (1888).— Hab, Brazil. P. ferruginea, Macq,, l. c. vol. i. pt. ii. p. 179; Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 129 (1854).—Hab. Brazil. P. translucens, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 1, p. 27 (1846); Walker, 7. ¢. p. 181. —-Hab. Brazil. *P. prasiniventris, Macq., 7. c. p. 29; Walker, 2. c. p. 130; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866); Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. i. p. 45 (1886).—Hab, Colombia. P, incisuralis, Macq., |. c. Suppl. 2, p. 12; Walker, 7. ¢. p. 127.— Hab. ? Brazil. P. testaceiventris, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 3, p. 9; Walker, 7 ¢. p. 125; Schiner, /. c. p. 99.—Hab. Quito, Peru. *P. subvaria, 2, Walker, 1. c. pt. 1. p. 150, pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 128. [ Ta- banus subvarius, Walker, /. ce. pt. i. p. 150.]|—Hab. Venezuela. *P. notabilis, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 18 (1850).— Hab, 8. Ame- rica. *P. umbra, 2, Walker, l. c. p. 19.— Hab. Chili. *P. arcuata, Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. p. 190 (1895).— Hab. Brazil. *P. filipalpis, Williston, J. e.—Hab. Paraguay. *P, flavescens, 2, sp. n.— Hab. Brazil. Subgenus Errpurosis, Rond. #2, fulvithorax, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 89; Osten Sacken, Cat. N. Amer. Dipt. (1878) ; Williston, Kansas Univ. Quart. iii. p. 189 (1895). [Sackenymia fulvithorar, Wiedem., Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. (1879).|—Hab. Cuba and Brazil. *E. Winthemi, Wiedem., J. c. p. 91; Walker, /. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 127. — Hab. Brazil. *E. sorbens, Wiedem., /. c. p. 92. [Q var., Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 823 (type not to be identified).|—Hab. Monte Video, Santarem. *E. leucopogon, Wiedem., J. c.; Macq., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 429 pl. xv. (1887); Walker, Z. c. p 128.—Hab. Brazil. *E. Besckii, Wiedem., l. c. p. 97; Walker, /. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125.— Hab. Brazil. E, ardens, Macq,, J. c. 1. p. 103; Walker, /.c. p.130.—Had. St. Leopold, Brazil. E. aurimaculata, Macq., 1. c. p. 105; Walker, 1. c. p. 125.— Hab. Brazil. E. ertomera, Macq., l. c. p. 106; Walker, /. c.; Blanchard, Hist. fis. y : polit. Chili, vil. p. 889 (1854).— Had. Brazil. aoe *E. depressa, Macq., J. c. p. 107; Macq., 2. e. Suppl. 4, p. 25 (1850) ; _ Walker, J. c. p. 126; Blanchard, /.c. p. 8388; Schiner, Verh. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 712 (1865) ; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 120 (1866). {| Pangoma crocata, Jennicke, Abh, Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 330 (1868); v. der Wulp, Tijd. Ent. xxiv. (2) p. 156 (1881).]|— Hab, Chili. E, albifrons, Macq., l. ec. p. 108; Walker, 7. c. p. 125; Blanchard, /, c. p- 389.—Hab, Chili. 172 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine E, xanthopogon, Macq, I. ¢. vol. i. pt. ii. p. 179; Walker, 1 ¢. p. 129. —Hab. Brazil. : E. fenestrata, Macq., 1. c. Suppl. 1, p. 26; Walker, /. ¢. p. 125.— Hab. Brazil. E. longirostris, Macq., U. c. Suppl. 2, p. 12.— Hab. ? Brazil. E. minor, Macgq., !. ¢. p. 29; Walker, 1. e—Hab. P America. E. nigrivittata, Macq., . c. Suppl. 4, p. 23.—Hab. Brazil. 4 *E, nigro-hirta, 2, Walker, /. c. pt. i. p. 131 (1848).—Hab, Brazil. *E. rufo-hirta, 2, Walker, J. e—Hab. Brazil. *F. badia, 3, Walker, J. c. p. 1382.—Hab. Brazil. *E. niceo-hirta, 9, Walker, l. e— Had. Brazil. *E, basalis, 2, Walker, 7. c. p. 183. [var. 2, Walker, pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 822. |—Hab. R. Tapajos, Brazil. *E. tenuistria, 2, Walker, /. c. p. 148.—Had. Brazil. *E. fumifera, 9, Walker, 1. c. pt. v. Suppl, 1, p. 824.—Hab, Santarem, Brazil. *BE. nana, 3, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 11 (1850)—Hab. Brazil. E. laterina, Rond., Nuovi Ann. Sci. Nat. (8) ii. p. 870 (1850) — Had. Hquatorial America. *E. rufo-aurea, Philippi, Verh. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 708 (1865 ).— Hab, Chili. E. atripes, Roder, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii. p. 261 (1886).— Hab. Bolivia. E. bahiana, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. v. p. 612 (1892).—Hab. Brazil. *E. auripes, 9, sp. n-—Hab. Para, Amazons. *Z. fulrtibialis, 9, sp. n.—Hab, Brazil. DIATOMINEURA, Rond. D. tabanipennis, Macq., 1. c. i. p. 105; Walker, 1. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p- 181 (1854).—Hab. Brazil. D. rufa, 2, Macq., I. ce. p. 106; Walker, l. c. p. 130.—Hab. Lima. D. albithorax, Macq,, 1. c. p. 107; Walker, U. c. p. 125; Blanchard, 0. e. p. 888; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99.—Had. Chili. *D. viridiventris, Macq., l.c. p. 108; Blanchard, /. c. p. 889; Schiner, 2. ¢. —Hab, Chili. D. unicolor, Macq., J. c. Suppl. 1, p. 27; Walker, /. c. p. 129; Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. iil. (1895). This would belong to Erephrosis, Rond., according to Macq., but Williston gives the first posterior cell open.—Hab, Brazil. D. dorsoguttata, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 4, p. 25; Blanchard, /. c. p. 390.— Hab. Chili. D. latipalpis, Macq., l. c.; Blanchard, 7 e—Hab. Chili. *D. exeuns, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 12 (1850).—Hab. Brazil. D. pena, Jeennicke, Abh. Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 827 (1866).—Habd. ili. D. grisea, Jennicke, l. c. p. 331.—Hab. Chili. D. morio, Wulp, Tijd. Ent. xxiv. (2) p. 156 (1881).—Hab. Argentine Republic. D. pyrausta, O. Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Am., Dipt. 1. (1887); Williston, 1. c. (1895).— Hab. Panama. D. lasiophthalma, Wulp, /. ¢. xxxi. p. 865 (1887).—Hadb. Argentina. D. hirtipalpts, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 618 (1892).—Hab. Chili. *D. leucothorar, $, sp. n.— Hab. Chili. of the Family Tabanide. 173 Subgenus CorizonEura, Rond. C. longipalpis, Macq., l. c. Suppl. 3, p. 9; Walker, /. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 123.—Hab. Brazil. C. vulpes, Macq., 2. c. Suppl. 4, p. 24; Blanchard, /. c. p. 391.—Hab. Chili. Paneonta, Latr. P. analis, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 91. 6 (1805); Wiedem., /. c. i. p. 93 ; Walker, J. c. p.123. [Sackenymia analis, Fabr., Bigot, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. (1879).]—Hab. S. America. P. Macquartii, Guérin, Voyage ‘ Coquille,’ ii. pt. ii. p. 289 (1830).—Hab. Chili. P. nigripennis, 2, Guérin, 1c. [P P. nigro-hirta, Walker, l. c. pt. i. p. 131.]—Habd. Brazil. P. thoracica, Guérin, l.c. [? P. fulvithorax, Wiedem., 1. c. p. 89.]|—Hab. Brazil. P. venosa, Wiedem., J. c. p. 87; Walker, 7. c. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 126 (1854); Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. (1895).— Hab. Brazil. P. lingens, 2, Wiedem., 7. c.; g, Macq. 4. c. i. p. 102; Walker, J. ¢. p. 129; Blanchard, /. c. p. 887.— Had. Brazil. P. molesta, Wiedem., /. c. p. 91; Walker, J. c. p. 127.—Hab. Brazil. P. marginalis, Wiedem., J. c. ii. p. 620; Walker, 1c. p. 128.—Hab. Cassapawa, Brazil. P. basilaris, Wiedem., /. c. p. 621.—Hab. S. America. P. fasciata, Macq,, J. c. p. 103; Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt.i. p. 194; Walker, 1. c. p. 127.—Hab. Brazil. ; P. lugubris, Macq., U. c. p. 104; Walker, 2. c. p. 123.—Hab. Brazil. P. fascipennis, Macq., 2. c. p. 107 ; Walker, /. c. p. 131; Blanchard, J. ¢. p. 387; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 98 (1866).— Hab. Chili. P. suturalis, Rond., Studi Ent. Baudie Turqui,i. p. 107 (1848); Walker, l. ce. p. 823.—Habd. Brazil. P. chlorogaster, Philippi, Verh. z.-b. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 708 (1865).— Hab. Chili. P. collaris, Philippi, 7. c. p. 709.—Hab. Chili. P. atra, Philippi, 2. e—Hab. Cbili. P. subandina, Philippi, 2. e.—Had, Cnili. P. australis, Philippi, Z. c. p. 710.—Hab. Chili. P. obscuripannis, Philippi, 2. c—Hab. Chili. P. vittata, Philippi, J. c. p. 711—Hab. Chili. P. diaphana, Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866) ; Williston, Kans. Univ. Quart. iii. (1895)— Had. Colombia. PanGonia, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes bare. Fangonia prasiniventris, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 29 (1846); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 130 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866) ; Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. i. p. 45 (1886). Two females belong here which were incorrectly labelled virtdiventris, Macq. Hab. Colombia, Venezuela, Trinidad. 174 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine Pangonia notabilis, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 18 (1850). . The type isa female, not a male as Walker says. The palpi have the second joint long, curved, one width throughout. The underside of the abdomen has three rows of black spots. The wings have an appendix. ‘This and subvarta, umbra, Walker, filipalpis, arcuata, Will., fuscipennis, Wiedem., and flavescens, sp. n., from South America, and fustformis, Wlk., from North America, form a well-marked group, distinguished by the shape of the palpi and antenna, the latter with the first annulation of the third joint wide, and the last one nearly as long as the four preceding together. They are large flies, with long-shaped abdomen. Hab. South America (Saunders). Pangonia arcuata, Will., Kansas Univ. Quart. ii. p. 190 (1895). Two females. Hab. ? Amazons (Bates). Pangonia filipalpis, Will., Kansas Univ. Quart. J. ¢. One female. Hab. ? Amazons (Bates). Pangonia flavescens, 9, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 6, 6 a.) This was incorrectly placed by Walker under Tabanus, as T. testaceus, Macq.; it is a Pangonia, apparently undescribed tillnow. Yellow. Antenne bright yellow, the first two joints greyish, the first annulation of the third joint is wider than the second joint. Proboscis short and stout. Face darker. in colour at base, with some black hairs. Beard white. Palpi red, bordered with short black hairs, long and curved, the same width throughout. Ocelli present. Thorax bordered on margin with yellow-orange hairs, as is the scutellum. Abdomen long, slightly darker in colour at the apex. Legs yeliow, posterior femora with black pubescence. Wings hyaline, darker on fore border and at base, with a long appendix. Length 18-19 millim. Hab. Brazil. Pangonia fuscipennis, 3 , Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 95 (1828) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 103 (1838). ‘wo females. rh Antenne with first annulation of the third joint wider than of the Family Tabanide. 175- the second joint, and the last joint nearly as long as the four preceding. Ocelli present. Wings have an appendix. ‘The Tabanus subvarius, Walker, described by Walker as a variety of this species, is distinct (see below). Hab. Brazil, Petropolis (Clark). Pangonia subvaria, ?, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 159 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 128 (1854). [ Tubanus sub- varius, Walker, J. c. pt. 1. p. 150.] This was incorrectly placed by Walker under Taubanus and described by him as 7’. subvardus in List Dipt. i. p. 150 (1848). Later in Cat. Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 128, he says it is a variety of Pangonia fuscipennis, Wiedem.; but it is a distinct species and should now stand asabove. Walker’s description may be enlarged as follows :—Antenne with the first annu- lation of third joint wider than the second joint, and the last joint as long as the four preceding. Palpi curved and long, the same width throughout. Wings with an appendix. Hab. Venezuela. Pangonia uméra, ? , Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 19 (1850). This type is not a male as Walker says, buta female. The palpi are long and curved. Wings with an appendix. This rather resembles the preceding group of species, but as the antenne are wanting it cannot be placed with them with certainty. Hab. Chili. Subgenus ErEPuRosts, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell closed. yes hairy. Erephrosis rufo-hirta, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 131 (1848). The palpi are long and slender, extending but little beyond the projecting face, the two joints about equal in length. Wings with an appendix. This and the five following species are very similar in appearance and in the shape of the abdomen, which is large and convex. Hab. Brazil (Noel). Erephrosis piceo-hirta, $, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 132 (1848). This type is a female, not a male as Walker says. Palpi as above. Wings with an appendix. Hab. Brazil (Mornay). 176 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine Erephrosis nigro-hirta, ?, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 13L (1848). Palpi as above. Wings with appendix, one female has none. Hab. Brazil (Mornay). Erephrosis fulvithorax, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i, p. 89 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 182 (1848) ; see Will., Kansas Univ. Quart. iii. p. 189, for characters of male; O. Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878). Suckenymia fulvithorax, Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) ix. (1879). One male and two females. Palpiasabove. Wingshave noappendix. Bigot founded his genus Sackenymia tor this species, but the bending back- ward at base of the external branch of the third longitudinal vein (his fourth), taken by him as distinctive for the genus, is not peculiar to it, but is common in Pangonia, Latr. Hab. Brazil (Mornay, Vigors, Noel), Cuba. Erephrosis badia, §, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 132 (1848). The type is much denuded. Palpi short, club-shaped, ferruginous, clothed with black hairs. Abdomen reddish brown, clothed with black hairs. Pulvilli of tarsi yellow. Wings with an appendix. Hab. Brazil (Tucker, Noel). Erephrosis Besckii, ? , Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 97 (1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 125 (1854). The second joint of the palpi is very long and slender, tapering. Wings with an appendix. Hab. Brazil. Erephrosis auripes, 2, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 12.) Dark brown. Antenne dark red; first joint grey, clothed with long black hairs. Palpi red, the edges and tip black, the second joint very long and tapering. Frontal stripe covered with hoary pubescence on the posterior half near the antenna; face with hoary pubescence. Beard white. ‘Thorax covered with black pubescence and with black hairs on the anterior half of the lateral margins, then white, and a thick tuftof white hairs at base of wings extending to the scutellum ; breast with white hairs on the sides, and black hairs in the centre. Abdomen black ; tufts of white hairs on the posterior of the Family Tabanide. 177 lateral margins of second, fifth, and sixth segments, which also appear on the underside, becoming a faint band on the second segment. Legs black ; underside of tarsi covered with orange pubescence, extending to the tibia on the anterior legs. Wings hyaline, faintly yellow on the fore border, brown at base, no appendix. Length 16, proboscis 13 millim. Hab. Para (Wallace and Bates). Erephrosis fulvitibialis, 9,sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 11.) Brown. Antenne reddish brown. Palpi black, long and slender ; second joint equal in length to the first, broader at base, tapering to a point. Face with upper part covered with hoary pubescence. Beard white. ‘Thorax chestnut-brown with some hoary pubescence, white hairs at base of wings. Abdomen shining ; a tuft of white hairs on the lateral margins of second, fifth, and sixth segments, on the underside the white hairs become a faint band on the second segment. Legs brown; the tibie and the first joints of tarsi yellow, the posterior tibize and the tarsi are darker in colour. Wings hyaline, brown at base and on fore border, cross-veins slightly shadowed. Length 15, proboscis 8 millim. Hab. Brazil (Mornay). Erephrosis depressa, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 107 (1838) ; l. c, Suppl. iv. p. 25 (1850) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 126 (1854); Blanchard, Hist. fis. y polit. Chili, vil. p. 888 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 120 (1866) ; Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 712 (1865). Pangonia crocata, Jeennicke, Ab. Senck. Gesell. vi. p. 330 (1868); van der Wulp, Tijd. Ent. xxiv. (2) p. 156 (1881). Wulp says crocata is identical with this species. Wings with first posterior cell closed or nearly so; in one specimen it is open on the one wing and closed on the other. Wulp and Macquart both mention this discrepancy. Hab, Valdivia, Chili (Gay) ; East Chili (Darwin). Erephrosis rufo-aurea, Philippi, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 708 (1865). One male and one female. Hab. Chili. Erephrosis sorbens, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 92 (1828). The var. mentioned by Walker in List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 323 (1854), is not to be identified. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 12 178 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine Erephrosis leucopogon, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 92 (1828); Macq., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 429, pl. xv.; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 123 (1854). Three females. Hab. Brazil (Noe’). Erephrosis basalis, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 183 (1848). The type is in very bad preservation. The palpi are long and slender. Hab. Brazil (Mornay). Evephrosis basalis, var., 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p- 822 (1854). This is most probably a distinct species, the palpi being quite different in shape from those of dasalis, which are long and narrow; these have the second joint broad and concave, ending in a point, light red, with sides and tip black ; the proboscis is much shorter and the wings clearer. Another female specimen, labelled in Walker’s handwriting as basalis, resembles this variety, having the same palpi. ‘The variety and the type are in too poor preservation to distinguish other differences between them. Hab. R. Tapajos, Brazil, Amazons (Bates). Erephrosis nana, §, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. 1. p. 11 (1850). In this species the first posterior cell is closed far from margin and more rounded than usual. Hab. Brazil. Erephrosis fumifera, ¢ , Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 824 (1854). The palpi are long, the second joint broad at base, tapering to a point ; wings with no appendix. Hab. Santarem, Brazil (Bates). Erephrosis Winthemi, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 91 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p.127 (1854). One female. Hab. Brazil. Erethrosis tenuistria, °, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 148 (1848). The palpi have the second joint shorter than the first and club-shaped. Wings have no appendix. fab. Brazil (Mornay). ee 4 of the Family 'Tabanide. C79 DiATOMINEURA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell open. yes hairy. Diatomineura exeuns, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 12 (1850). The palpi in this species have a very short, broad, second Jon triangular and leaf-like in shape, concave in the middle. Tings have no appendix. Hab. Brazil. Diatomineura leucothorax, 9, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 8.) This was wrongly labelled albithorax, Macq., but it has no golden-yellow pubescence on the hind segments of abdomen. Black. Antenne and palpi black ; the first joint of the former clothed with long black hairs, longer than the second joint. Palpi are short; the second joint concave, broader at base, tapering to a point. ‘The upper part of the face grey, clothed with black hairs ; the frontal stripe the same colour, with black pubescence. Beard black. Proboscis short. ‘The thorax and scutellum covered with dense greyish-white pubescence ; the hairs on the posterior half are very long, the sides and breast clothed with black hairs. Abdomen wholly black, shining, with some black pubescence. Legs black ; the femora clothed with long black hairs, the tibia: of the posterior legs with whitish pubescence on the outside edge; pulvilli yellow. Wings hyaline. Halteres black. Length 12 millim. Hab, Chili (Edmonds). Diatomineura viridiventris, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 108 (1838) ; Blanchard, Hist. fis. y polit. Chile, vil. p. 389 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise der Novara, p. 99 (1866). Three females. Hab. Chili (Hdmonds). The Pangonia ocellus of Walker is not a Pangonia at all, but belongs to the Tabanine. Europe. Panconia, Latr. PancontA, Rond. *P. marginata, Fabr._{ Tabanus haustellatus, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 4. 55 (1781); Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 562 (1794). Tanyglossa haustel- lata, Meig., Klass. i. p. 173 (1804); Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 24 (1888). Pangonia cellulata, Brullé, Exp. Mor., Zool. pl. 47. 1 12% 180 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninz (1832); Walker, 7. c. pt. i. p. 183 (1848); id. Z. ¢. pt. v. Suppl. 1, . 118 (1854); Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrage, vi. p. 23 (1853); Schiner, Cat. European Dipt. (1863).|—Hab. Algiers, S. Europe. P. maculata, Faby. [ Tabanus proboscideus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 363 (1794). Pangonia maculata, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 90. 3 (1805) ; Latr., Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. p. 282, pl. xv. 4 (1806) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 22.2; Walker, 2. c. pt. i. p. 134 (1848) ; Loew, 7. ¢.; Schiner, Dipt. Austr. i. p. 44 (1863); id. Cat. (1863).]—Had. Hun- ary. pee es ise) Latr., Z. c. p. 282. [ Tanyglossa ferruginea, Meig., Klass, 1. p. 175 (1804); id. Syst. Beschr, ii. p. 24 (1838); Loew, 4. ¢.; Schiner, Cat.]}—Had. Portugal, Spain. P. varieyata, Macq., Hist. Nat. Ins. i. p. 195 (1835) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. vii. p.57; Loew, /.c.; Walker, Zc. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 119; Schiner, Cat.— Hab. S. Europe. *P, micans, Meiz., l.c.ii. p. 25. [P. ornata, Meig., l. c. p. 26; Loew, 1. ¢. p. 23; Walker, J. c. pt. i. p. 183; Schiner, Cat.]—Had. 8. Europe. P. pyritosa, Loew, l. c. p. 27 (1853); Loew, Wien. ent. M. vi. p. 163 (1863).— Hab. Varna, Bulgaria; Brussa, Asia Minor. P. fumida, Loew, 1. c. p. 28; Schiner, Cat.—Hab. Andalusia. P. affinis, Loew, 1. c. p. 29; Schiner, Cat.— Hab. Spain. P. griseipennis, Loew, l. c. p. 81; Schiner, Cat.—Hab. Spain. P. dimidiata, Loew, Ll. c. p. 50; Schiner, Cat.— Hab, Andalusia. *P, semiviridis, 3, sp. n.— Hab. Barengo, Spain. DIATOMINEURA, Rond. D. aperta, Loew, l. c. p. 23; Schiner, Cat.—Hab. Portugal. Subgenus CorizonruRA, Rond. C. annulata, Bigot, Mém, Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 612 (1892).—Hab. ?S. Europe. Paneontra, Latr. P. variegata, 3, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 92.8 (1805). [Pangonia maculata, Meig., U. ¢. ii. p. 22. 2; Loew, J. c. p. 25.|;—Hadb. 8. Europe. P. picta, Macq., 1. c. p. 195; Meig., 2. ¢. vii. p.58; Walker, dc. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 119 (1854); Loew, J. ¢. p. 82; Schiner, Cat.—Hab. S. Europe. P. flava, Meig., 1. c. ii. p. 22; Walker, lc. p. 118; Loew, lc. p. 22; Schiner, Cat.— Had. S. France. PANGONIA, Latr. Schiner, in his ‘Catalogue of European Diptera’ (1863), gives synonyms of Pangonia maculata and marginata and others, different from those that Loew gives in his ‘ Neue Dipt. Beitrége’ (1853). I have followed the latter, who goes care- fully into all the European species and should be consulted. Some of the species are also common to Asia. of the Family Tabanide. 181 PaNnGoNIA, Rond. Wings with first posterior cell closed. Eyes naked. Pangonia marginata, Fabr. Tabanus haustellatus, Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 4. 55 (1781) ; id. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 562 (1794). Tanyglossa haustellata, Meig., Klass. i. p: 173 (1804) ; id. Beschr, ii. p. 24 (1888). Pangonia cellulata, Brullé, Exp. Mor., Zool. pl. xlvii. (1832) ; Walker, Cat. Dipt. pt. i. p. 183 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 118 (1854); Loew, Neue Beitrige, vi. p. 23 (1853); Schiner, Cat. European Diptera (1863). Two females, one each of the two varieties mentioned by Loew. The wings have an appendix. Hab. Albania, ?S. Europe. Pangonia micans, Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 25 (1838). Pangonia ornata, Meig., l. c.; Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrige, vi. p. 23 (1853) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 133 (1848) ; Schiner, Cat. Euro- pean Diptera (1863). Four males and one female. The wings have an appendix. Hab. S. France. Pangonia ferruginea, Latr., Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. p. 282 (1806). Tanyglossa ferruginea, Meig., Klass. i. p. 175 (1804) ; id. Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 24 (1838); Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrage, vi. (1853); Schiner, Cat. (1863). One male. The black stripe on the abdomen is not at all distinct. The wings have a short appendix. Hab. Frejus, France. Pangonia maculata, Fabr. Tabanus proboscideus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 863 (1794). Pangonia maculata, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 90. 3 (1805); Latr., Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. p. 282, pl. xv. (1806) ; Meig., Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 22. 2; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 184 (1848) ; Loew, Neue Dipt. Beitrage, vi. (1853) ; Schiner, Dipt. Austr. i. p. 44 (1862) ; Schiner, Cat. (1863). One male. The wings have a short appendix. Hab. France. Pangonia semiviridis, §,sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 7.) Two males. Green. Face reddish, covered with yellow- grey tomentum, some yellow hairs at the sides. Beard light yellow. Antenne and palpi bright red; the latter with the 182 On the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide. two joints about equal in length, the second broader, tapering to a point. Proboscis short. Thorax and seutellum reddish, covered with dense orange-red pubescence, thicker at the sides. Abdomen: the first four segments on their posterior borders have a narrow dark band; the first segment has yellow-orange hairs on the sides ; segments 2,3, 4 with a tuft of black hairs on their anterior sides and yellow hair between these ; segments 5 and 6 are wholly black, with black hairs at sides. Legs black: the anterior pair red, with the excep- tion of the coxe, which are black; the posterior pair are reddish brown with lighter knees. Wings reddish brown at base and on the fore border, with an appendix. Length 13- 14 millim. Hab. Barengo, Old Castile, from Saunders coll. This well-marked species, resembling in general appearance P. prasiniventris, Macq., from S. America, does not seem to have been described before; it is labelled Saunders coll., 1868. From unknown Localities. DraromineurA, Rond. D. limbithorax, Macq,., 1. c. Suppl. 5, p. 22.—_Hab. —— P Panoonta, Latr. P. inconspicua, Walker, 1. c. pt. i. p. 186 (1848).—Hab, —— ? P. hebes, Walker, 1. c. p. 187.—Hab, —— ? The last two Walker types are not to be identified in the Museum coll. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. Pelecorhynchus Darwini, 2. Fig. 2. aurantiacus, 9. Fig. 3. Corizoneura pallidipennis, 2 . Fig. 4. Diatomineura minima, 9. Fig. 5. 5 Ge Fig. 6. Pangonia flavescens, 9. fig.6a, — Palpus. tgs lis semivridis, 3. Fig. 8. Diatomineura leucothoraxr, 2. Fig. 9. Corizoneura umbratipennis, 2. Fig. 10. Erephrosis aureohirta, 2. Fg. 11. —— fulvitibialis, 2. i tg. 12. —— auripes, 2 (In the ‘ Annals’ for January, page 119, line 10, for figs. 4 ¢.5 read figs. 4 9, 5 3.] uae ses See a ae On the Mating Instinct in Moths. 183 XXI.—On the Mating Instinct in Moths *. By ALFRED GOLDSBOROUGH MAYER. DurinG the past summer the author carried out a series of experiments to determine the nature of the mating instincts of Collosamia promethia. A large number of cocoons of this moth were kindly collected for the author by W. L. Tower, Esq ,, in the neigh- bourhvod of Cambridge, Massachusetts, and others were found by the writer at Maplewood, New Jersey. Altogether 449 cocoons were obtained during the winter of 1898-99. These were allowed to remain out of doors in Cambridge (Mass.), where they were exposed to the winter’s cold, and then on May 5 they were taken to Loggerhead Key, one of the Dry Tortugas Islands, Florida. This situation was most favourable for the prosecution of the experiments, for this insect does not extend south of the Carolinas, and thus the moths were separated many hundreds of miles from others of their species. Moreover, Joggerhead Key is a small sandy island surrounded by many miles of ocean, and thus no interference with the experiments could come from the outside. . The cocoons were hung under the shade of some trees, where they were protected from the direct rays of the sun. It was remarkable that all but five of the moths (three females and two males) issued from the cocoons during the early morning hours between sunrise and 11 o’clock. The following table will show the rate at which the moths issued from their cocoons :— Number Number Date. of males. of females. Total. Distance Boe, one = a| sissee oo | Sreorocoooonwrry SCNONKFORHE www Carried forward .... * This paper was delivered as the Presidential Address before the Cambridge (Mass.) Entomological Society in January 1900, and pub- lished in ‘ Psyche,’ the Journal of the Ciub, in February. 184 Mr. A. G. Mayer on the Number Number Date. of males. of females. Total. Brought forward... . 8 8 16 MayEZOS 3° Gh: 2 1 3 a Oe Shah 0 1 1 34 Rs AP AS 0 0 0 June. ia ae. 5 2 7 Dae. 6 2 8 Dene 8 8 6 AS tayetexete 2 8 5 Be 822. 4 1 6 eee 3 2 6 Dbeigte cate 8 8 6 Sa a 1 if 2 2 er tea 6 1 7 TOM. Fe: 13 3 16 1) ih ee oe 10 1 a 1D a 7 8 10 1G)es baa 5 3 8 1 eee 10 2 Voy 1b, A 8 5 i163 EGS Er 2 9 il Bienes 3 8 6 TS Ae 4 1 5 ak See By 1 8 AAD. 2 j 3 79) HSA Boe © 1 1 2 22. 1 2 3 75S Ce 0 0 0 DA epics 0 ii 1 PAS i Sl 6 0 0 DO ak # 0 0 0 27 aise 0 1 1 Motal, 3 cacti 11k 65 176 It will be seen that 63 per cent. of the moths were males and 37 per cent. were females. As is well known, in this moth the wings of the female are reddish brown in colour, while in the male they are black ; also the antennz of the males are large and bushy and of the females small and slender. The male possesses the ability to seek out the female even though she be at a considerable distance. The males usually fly towards the females in the afternoon hours between 2 o’clock and sunset, and it is a common thing to observe several dozen males fluttering about the place where the female is resting. In seeking the female the male flies up against the wind until he comes into her near presence; then he often flutters to and fro in a bungling manner that for want of better words we might designate as “stupid” and “ aimless.” Often he may fly into the immediate neighbourhood of the female, and el Ae Bie Mating Instinct in Moths. 185 even then he will often flutter away without attempting to mate with her. At other times, however, he will fly at once to her and mate immediately. After issuing from the cocoon the female generally remains quiescent for some hours, until she is fertilized, after which she flies actively about and deposits her eggs. During her period of rest the female remains with wings closed over her back; but when a male moth, or indeed any large object, comes near her within range of her vision she slowly and majestically opens and closes her wings several times. ‘The males when resting act in a similar manner, but are by no means so sensitive as the females. In captivity the moths lived from three to five days. Observations and Experiments. The first experiments were directed to determine whether the male was attracted by the sight of the female or whether he merely perceived an odour emanating from her. Five females were placed in a clear glass battery-jar, having a wide open mouth; the mouth was covered with a coarse-meshed mosquito-netting, to allow a free circulation of air between the interior of the jar and the outside. Five males were liberated about 100 feet away from the jar; they immediately flew to it and fluttered about the mouth. The jar was then inverted (placed mouth downward) and sand packed around the open end, so as to prevent the air escaping from the interior. Thus the females remained visible through the glass, but no scent could come from them. Under these circumstances all the males flew away at once and some disappeared from sight. When, however, the jar was turned open end up again all the males reappeared, flying excitedly round the mouth. This experiment was often repeated, and always with the same result. The males never pay the least attention to females which are enclosed in a hermetically sealed preserving- jar of clear glass. Assuming that the males are able to see through glass which appears transparent to us, we may conclude that sight alone is not sufficient to attract the male toward the female, or even to retain him in her presence when he is within a few inches of her. Another experiment, which seems to show that the male 186 Mr. A. G. Mayer on the depends solely upon scent in seeking the female, may be performed as follows:—A female is wrapped in loose raw cotton, so as to be invisible and yet allow a scent to emanate from her. The males then fly to the cotton and, crawling all over it, flutter their wings excitedly and grasp the cotton repeatedly with their abdominal claspers. In another series of experiments, the females were enclosed in a wooden box having a paper chimney rising from one end, the other end being open and covered with mosquito-netting. This box was so arranged that a current of air blew in through the open end and out of the chimney. The females were invisible from the outside, and yet any scent from them would be carried up the chimney into the outer air. When the males were liberated they flew to the mouth of the chimney and fluttered about in its neighbourhood. None came to the large open end of the box, into which the air was blowing. I then poured some C8, in a large, flat, evaporating-dish, and placed it near the open end of the box, in such a manner that the fumes passed up the chimney and mingled with the scent from the female moths. The males, however, paid no attention to the new odour, and still fluttered around the chimney; nor did they seem to be disturbed by the fumes of ethyl mercaptan, which possesses a most nauseating and putrid odour. Evidently the scent arising from the females is suffi- cient to overpower the fumes of C8, or ethyl mercaptan, if, indeed, the males have any perception of the latter odours, The entire abdomens of five females were cut off and placed upon a table, while the males were placed in a large mosquito-net cage about 5 feet away. ‘Two males were liberated within five minutes of the time when the abdomens were cut off. They both flew to the recently severed abdo- mens and paid no attention to the abdomenless females in an adjacent cage. I repeated this experiment many times, but in all subse- quent trials the males paid no attention either to the severed abdomens or to the mutilated females. So far as positive results go, however, it appears that the scent which attracts the males emanates from the abdomen of the females. When the egys are cut out of the female she no longer attracts the males, nor do the detached eggs attract them. Dead or dying females have no attraction, nor do the males come to the empty cocoon from which a female has issued. — When a female remains for some time in any place she seems to impart an odour to the locality, for males will continue to come to it for about two hours after she has left. Bini Mating Instinct in Moths. 187 It is interesting to notice that the females increase in attractiveness as they grow older. This was repeatedly demonstrated as follows :— Several females, all of which were about six hours old, were confined in a large cage made of mosquito-netting, thus allowing a free circulation of air. The same number of females about thirty hours old were placed in another similar cage about six feet away from the younger females. Out of thirty-seven males thirty-five came exclusively to the cage containing the older females. Of the two remaining males one came to the younger females and one divided his atten- tion between both cages. When the females are made to exchange cages the males will still go to the cage containing the older females. Upon testing females thirty hours old against females fifty- five hours old, it appeared that they were equally attractive. Of seven males three came to the females thirty hours old, one divided his attention between both cages, and three came to the fifty-five hour females. It thus appears that females about six hours old are not so attractive as are females one or two days old. Virgin females are somewhat more attractive than fertilized ones of the same age. When the virgins are placed in a cage five feet away from a cage containing an equal number of fertilized females the majority of the males fly to the virgins. ‘Thus out of eleven males eight came to the virgin females, two to the fertilized ones, and one to both cages. Fertilized females are still quite attractive to males, how- ever, and the males will readily mate with them. This last was first observed by Miss Caroline G. Soule in 1894, She had two female promethia moths, each one of which was mated with four males and still remained attractive to other males. In fact, as long as the female remained alive and in good health she held attractions for the male. One of my males mated four times with three females, and three others mated three times each. The males will make frantic efforts to mate with a female which is at the time coupling with another male. ‘The male will fly toward the female with normal eager- ness even though his entire abdomen be cut off, and he will still seek the female when, in addition to this, the sides of his thorax are covered with impervious glue. It is therefore evident that the spiracles are not the seat of the organs by which the male perceives the female scent. If, on the other hand, the antenne of the male be covered with shellac, glue, paraffin, Canada balsam, celloidin, or 188 Mr. A. G. Mayer on the photographic paste *, he no longer seeks the female, and displays no excitement even though within an inch of her. In five instances I removed the paste by dissolving it in water, and in four of these cases the males readily mated with the females. Upon again covering the antenne with the paste the males again failed to notice the females when in close proximity to them. There can be but little doubt that the organs by which the male perceives the female are situated in the antennee; indeed it has long been recognized that the olfactory organs of insects are found chiefly upon the antenne. Hauser (1880) and Kraepelin (1883) have given excellent descriptions of the minute anatomy of these organs, Hauser having carried out an elaborate series of physiological experiments to determine their functions. He cut off the antenne of several species of insects and found that their sense of smell was then either greatly impaired or totally lost ; covering their antenne with melted paraffin gave the same results. Hauser also found that when the antenne of the male (Saturnia pavonia) were removed the moth never makes any attempt to mate. Packard (1898) gives an excellent review of all researches relating to the anatomy and physiology of the olfactory organs In Insects. If the eye of a male (Callosamia promethia) be covered thickly with pitch or Brunswick black +, so as to preclude the possibility of sight remaining, the male will still mate in a normal manner when placed near the female. It will be remembered that in this moth the male is black while the female is reddish brown ; in accordance with the well-known theory of Darwin, the peculiar coloration of the male might be due to sexual selection on the part of the female. We might suppose, indeed, that the female preferred dark-coloured males, and thus under the influence of sexual selection the males became darker and darker, until the present melanic colour has been attained. In 1897 the author showed that the melanic colour of the male of this moth is phylogenetically newer than the colour-pattern of the female, and this fact, so far as it goes, lends support to this theory of Darwin’s. In order to test this hypothesis I cut off the wings of a number of females, leaving only short stumps, from which all * The photographic paste mentioned was ‘“ Stafford’s white paste ”; probably any impervious paste would serve as well. _t_This substance is commonly used as microscopic cement, and is of a pitchy consistency and a dense brown-black colour. Mating Instinct in Moths. 189 the scales were carefully brushed. Male wings were then neatly glued to the stumps, and thus the female presented the appearance of a male. Under these circumstances the males mated with the female quite as readily as they would have done under normal conditions. I then tried the experiment of gluing female wings upon the male. Here again the mating seemed to occur with normal frequency, and I was unable to detect that the females displayed any unusual aversion toward their effeminate- looking consorts. It is also interesting to note that normal males pay no attention to males with female wings. In another series of experiments the wings were cut entirely off of males and females and the scales brushed off of their bodies; and yet these shabby males were readily accepted by normal females, nor could I see that normal males displayed any aversion to mating with wingless females, Weare therefore forced to conclude that the melanic colora- tion of the male has not been brought about through the agency of sexual selection on the part of the female. In this connexion it is interesting to notice that Plateau (1897) con- cludes that insects are attracted only by the odours of flowers, and not at all by their colour. In conclusion, it gives me great pleasure to express my gratitude to Miss Caroline G. Soule for advice and aid; to W. L. Tower, Esq., for his kindness in collecting many cocoons of the moth; and to Dr. Robert W. Fuller, who provided me with the reagents used in the manufacture of ethy] mercaptan. Summary of Conclusions. The male is positively chemotactic toward some substance which emanates from the abdomen of the female, and which he perceives: through olfactory organs situated upon his antenne. Females thirty to sixty hours old are much more attractive to males than are young females five to ten hours old. Virgin females are somewhat more attractive than are fertilized ones of the same age. The male will mate at least four times either with the same or with different females. Neither males nor females pay any attention to the appear- ance of their partners. The melanie colour of the male has not been brought about by sexual selection on the part of the female. 190 Dr. M. I. Newbigin on Literature quoted. Hauser, G. (1880).—Zeitschrift fiir wissen. Zool. Bd. xxxiv. pp. 367- 403, Taf. iii. Krarpe.in, K. (1883).—Ueber des Geruchsorgane der Gliedertiere. 48 pp.,3 Taf. Hamburg. Mayer, A. G. (1897).—Bulletin Museum Comp. Zool. at Harvard College, vol. xxx. pp. 178-180, pl. iii. figs. 24-41. ri Pacxkarp, A. 8. (1898).—A Text-book of Entomology. Pp. vi, 729; 654 figs. Macmillan & Co. PuaTEAv, F. (1897).—Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Belgique, tom, xxxiv. pp. 601-644, 847-880. Souig, Carorine G. (1894).—‘ Psyche’: the Journal of the Cam- bridge Entomological Club, vol. vii. p. 156. Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts. XXII.—On British Species of Siphonostoma. By M. I. Newsiern, D.Sc. (Lond.). [Plate IV.] THE two most familiar species of Siphonostoma (Flabelligera) are S. affinis, the typical northern form, and S. diplochaitos, the typical Mediterranean form. It is, however, worthy of notice that while Cunningham and Ramage * suggest that the two are identical, St. Joseph ¢ says there can be no possi- bility of confusion between the two. In the vicinity of Millport Marine Station a species of Stphonostoma occurs in great abundance in the nests of Lima hians, and a collection made there during this summer has enabled me to make some observations on the specific characters. For purposes of comparison, Mr. E. J. Allen, of the Plymouth Marine Station, kindly furnished me with twenty-one specimens of the species found in the neighbourhood of Plymouth. ‘The two forms are distinct, the Millport specimens agreeing most closely with S. diplochaitos, Otto, the Plymouth specimens with S. uffinis, Sars, as defined by St. Joseph. Before pro- ceeding to describe the specimens, it may be well to give in tabular form St. Joseph’s list of the specitic differences between the two :— * “Polycheta Sedentaria of the Firth of Forth,” Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. xxxiii. (1888), p. 677. tT “ Annélides Polychétes des Cotes de Dinard,” Ann, Sci. Nat. (Zool.) xvii. (1894) p. 96. British Species of Siphonostoma. 191 S. affinis (specimens from S. diplochaitos (Naples Dinard). specimens). Length 20-40 millim. Length 70-80 millim. Breadth 2-5 millim. Breadth 7 millim. Segments 50-47, Segments 39-40. Gills 40-50. Gills 80-100. Cephalic bristles GO-80. Cephalic bristles 200 or more. Notopodial bristles 4-5. Notopodial bristles 12-14. Neuropodium with 1-2 hooks and Neuropodium with 4-5 hooks and 6 simple bristles. 6 simple bristles. Thus, apart from size, the differences chiefly consist in the disparity in numbers of the various appendages. These distinctions are somewhat vitiated by the fact that St. Joseph is inclined to regard Chlorema Dujardinii, Qfg., as the young of S. affinis, and it differs in the diminished number of segments, gills, and cephalic bristles. It is obvious that if in S. affinis these structures increase in number throughout life, they may also do the same in S. diplochaitos, and the young stages of the latter may thus resemble the adults of S. affints. In fact this is precisely what the Millport specimens show. St. Joseph, however, further seeks to differentiate the two species by the minute characters of the bristles, and states that these are of much importance in distinguishing the species in the genus. The special points upon which he relies are the following :— In S. affinis the distance between the successive annuli of the cephalic bristles is 0°025 millim. The hooks have the following structure: immediately below the hooked region there are 86 annuli, the intervening spaces gradually increasing, but never exceeding 0°02 millim.; there is then a long gap of 0-1 millim. in length, followed by 10-20 annuli separated by spaces of about 0°02 millim. In &. diplochaitos the distance between the successive rings of the cephalic bristles is only 0°0168 millim. In the hooks the hooked region is less curved; it is followed by 50-60 annuli placed very close together, then by 4 annuli separated by distances of 0°048 millim., finally by 50 closely aggre- gated annull. As to my own observations, the Plymouth specimens agreed very closely with St. Joseph’s description of S. afinis. The length varied from 15-25 millim., with a usual breadth of 2 millim. The number of segments varied from 39-45, and there were about 40 gills. In regard to the cephalic bristles, there were some slight differences ; usually numbering about 80, in one case at least a very careful count gave over 100 though some of these were short and small. As to the 192 Dr. M. I. Newbigin on distance between the annuli, the specimens did not display the constancy indicated by St. Joseph’s descriptions of Dinard specimens. Not only was there variation in the different bristles of the same worm, but the same bristle often gave varying figures for its different annuli. The following are some typical measurements :—0°021 millim., 0°034 millim., 0:036 millim., 0:039 millim., 0°057 millim. The dorsal bristles usually numbered 5-6 instead of 4—5, and not infre- quently in addition there were one or two small bristles _ embedded in the substance of the papilla and not projecting from its surface. There was a wide range of variation in regard to the distance of the annuli apart (see Pl. IV. fig. 5). The total length of the bristles varied slightly in the different specimens; the longest was usually 1°6 millim. to 1-2 millim. in length; this agrees very closely with St. Joseph’s descrip- tion for the Dinard specimens. In regard to the ventral hooks and their associated simple bristles, the specimens agreed closely with St. Joseph’s description, but the minute characters of the hooks did not entirely agree with his account (see fig. 6). In general the Plymouth specimens, though agreeing very closely with St. Joseph’s Dinard specimens, showed variation in three points :—(1) the number of cephalic bristles, (2) the number of notopodial bristles in the other regions of the body, (3) the minute structure of the bristles. All three are characters which, according to St. Joseph, enter into the defini- tion of the species. The Millport specimens of Siphonostoma showed a great variation in size, some reaching a length of 70 millim., with a breadth of 7 millim., and others being only 25 millim., with a breadth of 3 millim. All were taken in the same locality (neighbourhood of Tan Buoy), and all from the interior of Lima nests. As large and small specimens occur together in the same nest, it seems legitimate to conclude that the latter are merely young stages of the former. The large specimens—those of 60-70 millim. in length— are readily distinguished from the Plymouth species. As obvious distinguishing features we have not only the length of the body and the breadth of the anterior region, but the more distinct tapering of the posterior region and the large size of the notopodial bristles, which project in a very con- spicuous way. Specimens of 25 millim. in length, on the other hand, show a much greater resemblance to the Plymouth form. We shall consider separately the characters of the large and small specimens, but it should be noted that specimens British Species of Siphonostoma. 193 of intermediate length are intermediate in character between the two. Specimens of 60-70 millim. in length had 40-45 segments. This does not agree with St. Joseph’s statement for S. diplo- chattos, but Bles*, in speaking of this species (Naples specimens) says 40-50 segments, so that there must obviously be variation in this respect. The gills in these full-grown specimens numbered about 100, the cephalic bristles 200 or more; but in the structure of notopodium and neuropodium they showed less close agreement with St. Joseph’s specimens. The notopodium bore usually 10-12 long annulated bristles, but in addition there were about 10-13 other short bristles buried in the substance of the papilla, and hardly, if at all, visible externally (see Pl. LV. fig. 1). The distance of the annuli apart varied from 0:026 millim. to 0071 millim. in the cephalic bristles, and from 0:0079 millim. to 0 023 millim. in the other notopodial bristles (see fig. 3). The range of variation in this respect is thus very wide. As to the hooks of the neuropodium, these did not exceed 3 in number (in place of 4-5), and in many instances 1 or 2 only were present ; but it may be noticed that the hooks fall out very readily. ‘The annulation was often indistinct throughout a portion at least of the hook (see fig. 4), and in no case did I succeed in finding any one hook which displayed all the characters described by St. Joseph. He describes his speci- mens of S. diplochaitos as having less distinctly recurved hooks than those of S. affinzs ; but my specimens showed no such distinction. Embedded in the neuropodial papille and surrounding the base of the hooks there are, as in 8. affnis, short annulated bristles whose slender tips only project from the surface of the papilla (see fig. 2). In the Millport speci- mens instead of 6 of these there were usually about 13: of these about 7 actually projected from the papilla; the other 6, though identical in structure, lay entirely within the substance of the papilla (see fig. 2). It seems impossible to doubt the identity of these Millport specimens with Stphonostoma diplo- chaitos of the Mediterranean; but they differ especially in the diminished number of ventral hooks and in the presence of small bristles in the notopodial papilla, in addition to the typical number. The small Millport specimens differed in several respects from the large. Specimens of 25 millim. in length had 34-35 segments, but one of 38 millim. had 43 segments. In specimens of 25-40 millim. the number of cephalic bristles * Brit. Assoc. Report, 1891. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 13 194 On British Species of Siphonostoma. varied from 140-150, as contrasted with over 200 in the adult ; the number of gills varied from 60-80, as compared with about 100 in the adult. The distance of the annuli apart varied from 0°0158-0:0342 millim. in the cephalic bristles. The notopodial papillae bore usually 6 long pro- jecting bristles (cf. S. affinds), but there were 8-9 small additional bristles buried in the substance of the papilla. These small bristles are not visible except after careful search, and under a low power the general aspect of the papilla closely resembles that of S. afinis. The only constant difference which I could find lies in the fact that, in specimens of the two species of the same body-length, the dorsal bristles of S. diplochaitos are longer than those of S. afinis. ‘Thus in specimens about 25 millim. long those of the latter species are 1°6-1'2 millim. long, those of the former 2°16-2°37 millim. The small specimens of S. diplochaitos displayed on their neuropodial papillae 1-2 hooks whose bases were surrounded by 6 simple bristles. The hooks did not agree closely in their minute characters with those of St. Joseph’s specimens. This description shows that S. diplochaitos changes in character during growth, the changes occurring in those special characters which serve to differentiate the adult from S. afinis. ‘Thus the young as compared with the adult show a diminished number of segments, gills, cephalic bristles, ordinary notopodial bristles, and neuropodial hooks; and it is precisely the numbers of these structures which constitute the distinguishing marks of the species. In other words, the young S. diplochaitos approximates in character to the adult S.offinis. The present observations do not support St. Joseph’s suggestion that the minute characters of the bristles are of specific importance. In view of the approximation of the young S. diplochaitos to the characters of the adult S. afinis, it must be doubtful how far the two are entitled to rank as separate species. It may seem remarkable that the Plymouth specimens of S. affinis should agree so closely with St. Joseph’s descrip- tions, while the Millport specimens should differ so markedly from lis descriptions of S. diplochaitos ; but it is to be noticed that in the case of S. afints the two sets of specimens are both Channel forms, while the specimens of S. diplochaitos come from such widely separated localities as the Bay of Naples and the Firth of Clyde. It is interesting to note that St. Joseph describes from Saint-Jean-de-Luz * a new Siphonostoma under the name of * “ Annélides Polychétes des Cotes de France,’ Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) v. (1897) p. 363. On an Unnamed Species of Cervus. 195 Flabelligera Claparedit, which differs from S. diplochaitos chiefly in having 23-25 notopodial bristles, 1-2 ventral hooks, and different forms of papille. Now if in the Millport specimens the short notopodial bristles be counted in addition to the long ones, this would make the number the same as in St. Joseph’s species, and the number of ventral hooks is the same. It seems probable that S. diplochaitos is a very variable species, exhibiting a strong tendency to run into local races, and that the three “species,” S. diplochaitos, S. affinis, and S, Claparedii, are only varieties of the same species. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. Fig. 1. Cluster of bristles from one of the posterior notopodia of S. diplo- chaitos, showing eleven long bristles, represented as if cut short, and ten short bristles scarcely projecting from the surface of the papilla. The line aa represents the outline of the papilla. x 50. Fig. 2. Neuropodial papilla of S. diplochaitos with hooks removed, to show the short simple bristles, here twelve in number. x 50. Fig. 3. Fragment of dorsal bristle of 8. diplochaitos, to show the varying distances at which the annuli are placed. x 300. Fig. 4. Hook of 8. diplochattos, to show annuli. In the median region no annuli could be seen even with a high magnification. x 40. Fig. 5. Fragment of dorsal bristle of S. affinis, to show annuli. x 300. Fig. 6. Hook of S. affinis, to show annuli. x 90. College of Medicine for Women, Edinburgh. XXIII.—On an Unnamed Species of Cervus from Turkestan. By R. LYDEKKER. On pages 108 and 109 of my work entitled ‘The Deer of All Lands’ brief mention is made of a stag recently (and perhaps still) living in the zoological gardens at Moscow, which at the time in question I was unable to refer to any known species, though I refrained from giving it a scientific name till further information was obtained. ‘The specimen, of which a figure, copied from a photograph, was given, was reputed to have come from Turkestan, and in the characters of its antlers, of which a cast pair are in the possession of the Duke of Bedford, is evidently allied to the shou (Cervus affinis) of the district north of Bhutan. Recently the Duke of Bedford has received a stag from the neighbourhood of ‘Tashkend, which is now living in the park at Woburn Abbey, and which, although it has at present no antlers, 1 have no hesitation in referring to the same species 15 196 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. as the Moscow specimen. Its resemblance to the latter is especially shown by the remarkably short and thick neck, as well as by the pelage being ashy grey at all seasons. Assu- ming this reference to be correct, we have the reputed place of origin of the Moscow specimen confirmed, and thus evidence that a shou-like deer inhabits the Turkestan district, part of which was included in the old kingdom of Bactria. Although our information with regard to the shou is very imperfect, yet it appears to have tawny-coloured hair during at least a portion of the year, and its antlers have five tines, whereas those of the Moscow specimen have normally but four, owing to the absence of the bez-tine*. Apart from this, it is altogether unlikely that the range of the shou should extend from the neighbourhood of Bhutan to Turkestan, especially since it is unknown in the intermediate area. Accordingly all the evidence seems to point to the specific (or subspecific) distinctness of the Turkestan deer, which I propose to call Cervus bactrianus, the pair of shed antlers at Woburn Abbey forming the type. The species may be defined as allied in the general form of its antlers to C. affinis, but the size apparently smaller, the colour of the coat ashy grey at all seasons, and the antlers normally with but four tines on each side, the bez-tine being missing. Another feature is the shortness and breadth of the ead and neck, When the Tashkend specimen at Woburn develops its new antlers, 1 hope to give a further notice of the species. XXIV.—British Amphipoda: Fam. Lysianasside (concluded). By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.R.S., &c. [Plate VI. ] Fam. II. Lysianasside (continued from p. 144). Genus 7, SOPHROSYNE, Stebbing. (Report ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 652.) 25. Sophrosyne Robertsont, Stebbing & Robertson. 1890. Sophrosyne Robertsoni, Stebbing & Robertson, “ Four new British Amphipoda,” Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xii. p. 31, pl. v. a. Hab. The Clyde (D. &.) ; Upper Loch Fyne (J. Murray) ; Loch Fyne (7. S.). * In the pair at Woburn there are five tines on the left side, appa- rently due to abnormal development, the terminal fork being smaller on this side than on the other. Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 197 TMistrib, ‘Porcupine,’ 1869, St. 36, lat. 48° 50! N., long. 11° 9! W., ¢. e. outside the entrance to the English Channel, in 725 fathoms: Mus. Nor. [Genus 8. CycLocaris, Stebbing. (Report ‘Challenger’ Crustacea, p. 664.) [Cyclocaris faroensis, sp.n. (Pl. VI. figs. 5-15.) The form of the head, the general character of the antenne, of the gnathopods and pereopods, of all the coxe, of the dorsal impression of the first segment of the urosome, and of uropods and telson show remarkable resemblance to Cyclo- carts tahitensis, Stebbing, the type and only previously known species of a very marked genus. So remarkable is the resem- blance, that the differences seem scarcely varietal; but L hesitate to unite a form found in the Faroe Channel with one from so distant a locality as Tahiti. The cephalon has a similar concavity between the bases of the two pairs of antenne as in C. tahitensis, and similarly leaves the base of the lower pair fully exposed to view. The upper antenne or antennules have the peduncle shorter than the cephalon ; the flagellum twelve-jointed, the first of these joints is fully as long as the cephalon, the distal lower corner of this and of the four following joints is furnished with long slender spines: the secondary appendage is composed of six articulations, of which the first is the longest ; it reaches to the seventh joint of the flagellum. The lower antenne have the peduncle short, the last two joints of the peduncle subequal, and the flagellum consists of twenty-two articulations. No eyes are visible. The remarkable mandible (tig. 5) closely corresponds with that of the type species. The first mazille (fig. 6) have the basal lobe narrowed almost to a point below, whence it swells out into a nearly semicircular form, furnished on the inner margin with short stiff setee, which are verticillately plumed; the masticatory lobe is elongated and narrowed to the extremity, furnished with long flexuous spines, bearing a tooth on the side, and also with slender sete: the palp is narrow, the last joint arcuate, and terminating in three teeth tipped with spine- points; of these the central is the longest ; outside these at the outer corner is a small short spine and a small seta, and on the hinder margin another and larger seta. The second mawille (fig. 7) have the outer lobe much longer than the inner, the latter is margined with two distinct 198 Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. rows of sete; the sete in one of these rows are verticillately plumose, in the other simply plumose. The basal lobe of the mazilliped (fig. 8) widens distally and the extremity is rather oblique and flexuous; a row of sete is situated on the middle of the lobe; the masticatory Jobe is remarkable for its great breadth and widely rounded extremity, the inner margin is faintly crenulated, the outer and distal margins are set round with simple sete at nearly equal intervals ; the palp is stout, its terminal nail strong, the antepenultimate joint just overtops the masticatory lobe. The gnathopods have the coxe small and almost entirely concealed by the overlying coxa of the first pereopod. Both pairs of gnathopods (figs. 9 & 10) closely resemble those of C. tahitensis, but the first pair are much more stoutly built than in that species. The percwopods with their coxe (figs. 11 & 12, coxe of second and third pair) are in close agreement with those of the type. A comparison of fig. 13 of the last pereeopod with Stebbing’s figure of the same limb in C. tahztensis shows the remarkable resemblance, seen even in the hinder margin of the basos, which in the lower portion is slightly concave and devoid of the serrations which are present in the upper portion of the margin. The third segment of the metasome has the hinder corner of the epimera slightly produced and pointed (fig. 14). The first segment of the urosome has a dorsal sinus. The second uropods are longer than the first, but do not reach to more than half the length of the rami of the largely developed last pair, which have their rami fully twice as long as their peduncle: the outer branch is two-jointed; its inner margin bears four or five small spinules, and under a high power the margin itself is seen to be delicately serrulated. The telson (fig. 15) is narrow, very long and produced, and cleft almost to the base; it extends beyond the extremities of the first and second uropods, Length 19 millim. Two specimens taken by Sir John Murray in the ‘ Triton’ Expedition of 1882, Stat. 8, Faroe Channel, lat. 60° 18! N., long. 6° 12’ W., in 640 fathoms, temperature 30° Fahr. The features which distinguish this species from the type are chiefly the more robust character of the first gnathopods and the form of the hinder margin of the third segment of the metasome. ] Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipods. 199 Genus 9. ARISTIAS, Boeck. 26. Aristias neglectus, Hansen. 1872. Aristias tumidus, Boeck, (138) p. 148, pl. iii. fig. 4 (but not Anonyx tumidus, Kroyer, or any other synonyms). 1887. Aristias neglectus, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 67, pl. ii. fig. 4. 1890. Aristias neglectus, Meinert, (71) p. 153. 1890. Aristias Audouinianus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 48, pl. xvii. fig. 2. 1895, Aristias neglectus, id. ibid., Appendix, p. 675. 1893. Aristias neglectus, Della Valle, (139) p. 844, pl. vi. fig. 9, pl. xxvi. figs. 16-3] A. Hab. Shetland, 170 fathoms, the largest specimens that [ have seen, and in Ascidians at lesser depths; Sleat Sound, Skye (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Distrib. Trondhjem and Hardanger Fiords, Norway, 40- 150 fathoms (A. M. NV.) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Kattegat (Meznert). In cases where in the past Aristias tumidus has been re- corded from stations in the British Isles it may be assumed that A. neglectus was the species taken. Genus 10. PERRIERELLA, Chevreux & Bouvier, 1892. = Pararistias, D. Robertson, 1892. 27. Perrierella Audouiniana (Spence Bate). 1861. Lysianassa Audouiniana, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 79. 1890. Aristias Audowinianus, Meinert, (71) p. 152, pl. i. figs. 1-6. 1892. Perrierella crassipes, Chevreux & Bouvier, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. xvii. p. 60, & woodcut. 1892. Pararistias Audouinianus, D. Robertson, “Second Contrib. Cat. Amphip. and Isop. of Firth of Clyde,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iii. p. 7. 1893. Perrierella crassipes, Chevreux & Bouvier, ‘ Amphip. de Saint- Vaast-la-Houge,” Ann. des Sci. Nat. sér. 7, vol. xv. p. 113, pl. ii. figs. 1-12. 1893. Perrierella Audouiniana, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais, II1.,’”’ Bull. Sci. de France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 175, pl. v. figs. 1-10. 1895. Perrierella Audouiniana, Walker, “ Revision of Amphipods of the L. M. B. C. District,” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 291. This is unquestionably Spence Bate’s Lysianassa Audouin- tana. Mr. Walker has examined Spence Bate’s single specimen in the British Museum, and in my own collection are examples from Polperro and others from Shetland which were examined and named by Bate as above. Hab. Shetland; in Ascidians, Oban; near Duke Buoy, Plymouth, 7 fathoms (A. M. N.); Polperro (Laughrin) : Mus. Nor. Mull(G. Brook) ; Clyde and Loch Fyne (D. BR.) ; 200 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. North Wales and Isle of Man (4. O. W.); Jersey (Chev- reux). Wate Trondhjem Fiord, Norway (A. MZ. N.); Denmark (Copenhagen Museum): Mus. Nor. West coast of France and Mediterranean (Chevreux). Another synonym is Aristias tumidus of Bonnier and of Chevreux (not Kréyer). Genus 11. Catiisoma, A. Costa. 28. Callisoma Hopet, A. Costa. 1851. Callisoma Hopei, A. Costa, in Hope, Cat. Crost. Ital. p. 44, & plate, fig. 2; id. Fauna del Reg. di Napoli, Crost. p. 5, pl. viii. bis, ii}ies 1 1857. Scolopecheirus crenatus, Bate, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 138. 1861. Callisoma crenata, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 120. 1890. Callisoma crenata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 53, pl. xix. fig. 1. 1898. Callisoma Hopet, Della Valle, (189) p. 889, pl. vi. fig. 11, & pl. xvi. figs. 1-15. Neapolitan specimens examined by me have the carpus of the first gnathopods longer in proportion to the hand and the telson to the Jast uropods than Della Valle’s figures repre- sent, and J have no doubt as to the identity of the Mediter- ranean and more northern forms. Hab. Shetland; Sleat Sound, Skye; Firth of Clyde (A.M. N.); Seaham, Co. Durham (G. Hodge) ; 25 miles off May Island, Firth of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J. Murray) ; Polperro, Cornwall (Laughrin) ; off S.W. Ireland, 165 fathoms (Bourne); Banff (7. Edward): Mus. Nor. North- umberland coast; Inverary, N.B. (A. M/. N.); St. Andrews (M‘Intosh) ; 70-SO miles off Spurn Head (7. S.) ; N. Wales and Galley Head, Co. Cork (A. O. W.). Distrib. Bergenand Trondhjem Fiords, Norway (A. M.N.); Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. West coast of France (Chevreuz). It has not been found within the Arctic Circle. 29. Callisoma Kréyert (Bruzelius). ee re Kréyeri, Bruzelius, Skand. Amphip. Gammar. p. 45, pl. il. fig. 7. 1872. Callisoma Kréyert, Boeck, (138) p. 184. 1890. Callisuma Kroyeri, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 54, pl. xix. fig. 2. Hab. Recorded by Mr. Walker from off the Skilligs and Ballycotton, S.W. Ireland, in 30-62 fathoms. INstrib. Bohusliin, Sweden (Prof. Lovén); Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay, in 35-60 fathoms (A. M. N.); ‘ Por- Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 201 cupine,’ 1869, Stat. 17, lat. 54° 25’ N., long. 11° 44’ W., 1230 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 30- 40 fathoms (G. O. Sars) ; Finmark (Bruzelius). Genus 12. Hrppomepon, Boeck. 30. Hippomedon denticulatus (Bate). 1861. Anonyx denticulatus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 101. 1872. HMippomedon Holbélli, Boeck, (138) p. 186, pl. v. fig. 6, & pl. vi. fig. 7 (nec Anonyr Holbdlli, Kroyer). 1890. Hippomedon denticulatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 56, pl. xx. Hah. Shetland ; Firth of Clyde ; Durham coast (A. MZ. N.) ; 25 miles off May Island, Firth of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J. Murray): Mus. Nor. Hebrides; Loch Fyne; near Farne Islands, Northumberland (4. WZ. N.); St. Andrews (M‘In- tosh) ; 70-80 miles E. by N. from Spurn Head (7. S.) ; Isle of Man; Valentia, Ireland, and off Galley Head, Co. Cork An OW). Distrib. Bergen and Trondhjem Fiords, Norway; Vadso, KE. Finmark (A. M. N.) ; ‘Troms (Schnerder) ; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 51, lat. 60° 6’ N., long. 8° 14’ W., in 440 fathoms ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Sweden, Denmark, and Western France. 31. Hippomedon propinquus, G. O. Sars. 1890. Hippomedon propinquus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 57, pl. xxi. fig. 1. Hab. Shetland (A. A. N.) ; § Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 74, to the west of Shetland, 203 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Distrib. Vadsi and Sydvaranger, East Finmark (A. M.N.); Tromsé (Schneider): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of this as a northern form which he has not found south of the ‘Trondhjem Fiord, but found thence northward to Vadsé in 20-100 fathoms. [Genus 13. PARATRYPHOSITES, Stebbing. [ Paratryphosites abysst (Goés). 1866. Lysianassa abysst, Goes, ‘Crust. Amphip. Maris Spetsbergiam alluentis &c.,” Cifvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 3 (separate copy), pl. xxxvii. fig. 5. 1870. Hippomedon abysst, Boeck, (187) p. 23. 1872. Hippomedon abysst, Boeck, (188) p. 138. 1887. Hippomedon abyssi, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 66. 1899. Paratryphosites abysst, Stebbing, “ Revision of Amphipoda,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 206. Taken by the ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, Stat. 2, off Hare Island, 202 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Greenland, in 175 fathoms, and Stat. 3, off Disco, Greenland, in 100 fathoms. This species is as yet only known in the Greenland seas. | Genus 14. ORCHOMENE, Boeck. 32. Orchomene humilis (A. Costa). 1853. Lysianassa humilis, A. Costa, Rend. Accad. fis. mat. Napoli, p. 172 ( fide Della Valle). 1857. Lystanassa humilis, A. Costa, “ Ricerche su Crest. Amfip. del Reg. di Napoli,” Mem. del. R. Accad. del. Se. di Napoli, vol. i. p. 187, pl. 1. fig. 6. 1861. Anonya Edwardsti, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 94. 1867. Anonys melanophthalmus, Norman, “Report Committee Dredging Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1866, p. 201. 1876. Anonyx serratus, Stebbing, “The Genera Hyale and Anony2x and on a new Probolium,”’ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii. p. 340, 1. xix. figs. 3 & 3 a-e (nee Orchomene serratus, Boeck). 1882. Orchomene Bate, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 81. 1890. Orchomene Batet, Sars, (142) p. 60, pl. xxii. 1893. Anonyx humilis, Dalla Valle, (189) p. 817, pl. xxvi. figs. 32-37. Hab. Shetland; Sleat Sound, Skye; Oban; Durham coast; Starcross, Devon; Jersey; Guernsey (A. MZ. N.); Isle of Cumbrae (D. R., received as O. pinguis): Mus. Nor. Loch Fyne (D. #.); near Bass Rock, Firth of Forth (7. S.). Distrib. West Norway (Sars) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of it as occurring in a few localities in the south and west of Norway. West France (Chevreuz). I have examined specimens of A. humilis received from Della Valle, which are the same as our northern species. 33. Orchomene pectinatus. 1882. Orchemene pectinatus, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 80, pl. iii. fig. 5. 1890. Orchomene pectinatus, Sars, (142) p. 64, pl. xxiii. fig. 3. Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 23 a, lat. 56° 13! N., long. 14° 18’ W., that is south of Rockall, 420 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Distrib. Bugo in the Varanger Fiord, East Finmark, in 120 fathoms; at three stations outside the great fishing-banks of the N.W. coast of Norway, and Arctic Ocean W. of Bear Island by the ‘ Véringen’ Exped. (G. QO. Sars). [Orchomene serratus, Boeck, has been three times recorded as British (by Robertson, Stebbing, and Scott), but the records have been subsequently found to be erroneous.] Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 203 Genus 15. TrypuHosa, Boeck. = Orchemenella, G. O. Sars. 34, Tryphosa nana (Kréyer). 1846. Anonyx nanus, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 2 Rekkes, vol. ii. p. 30; Voyage en Scand. &e. pl. xvii. fig. 2. 1876. Tryphosa nana, Boeck, (188) p. 181. 1882. Tryphosa ciliata, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 8], pl. ili. fig. 4. 1888. Tryphosa ciliata, A. O. Walker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, vol. ii. p. 172, pl. xiii. figs, 1-4. 1891. Orchemenella ciliata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 69, pl. xxv. fig. 2. 1893. Tryphosa nana, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonnais, ILl.,” Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. p. 191, pl. vi. figs. 1-9. 1895. Orchemenella nana, G. O. Sars, (142) Appendix, p. 683. Hab. Shetland; Durham coast (A. M. WN.); Isle of Cumbrae (D. &.) ; Polperro, Cornwall (Lauyhrin) ; Firth of Forth (7. 8.) ; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, off W. Ireland, 40 fathoms: Mus. Nor. 70-80 miles off Spurn Head, near Hull (7. S.) ; Isle of Man; North Wales; Valentia Harbour and Bray Head, Ireland (A. O. W.). Distrib. South Norway (G. O. Sars) ; Denmark ( Copen- hagen Museum): Mus. Nor. Jedaren, south coast of Norway (G. O. Sars); west coast of France (Chevreuz). My friend the late Dr. D. Robertson wrote of this species in his ‘‘ Second Contribution ’’ :—‘ This seems to be one of the sea-scavengers. A fisherman brought to me portions of the crab Lithodes maa from his bait-creel, and every part of it was crowded with this species clustered on the top of each other. All the flesh was as perfectly cleaned off the body, legs, and claws of the crab as if the parts had been bleached on the shore for a twelvemonth. The number of these Amphipods was quite surprising, and I had a six-ounce bottle filled with them. So far as I have seen, they are all of the same species. ‘The wonder is why they remained on the empty shell of the crab after having cleaned out all the soft parts, unless, like the boa-constrictor after a great feast, they require a long time to digest it..... It is a curious fact that the Amphipoda met with at these great banquets, so far as I have seen, are mostly of one species. Sometimes they are exclusively Zryphosa nanoides, or at other times wholly Lafystius sturtonis, Orchemenella nana (=ciliata), or Callisoma crenatum. Whether each species has its own particular prey, or whether the weaker species give way to the stronger, cannot easily be proved.” It is not always so, for I may mention that at Falmouth on a dead fish in a crab- pot I found Orchomene humilis and Socarnes erythrophthalmus 204 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. associated in thousands of each species enjoying their dinner in mutual respect. At Shetland I obtained Tryphosa nanvcides in great abundance on a dead fish. As Orchemenella ciliata, G. O. Sars, has been shown by J. Bonnier to be a synonym of Tryphosa nana (Kroyer), Boeck, and Sars has acquiesced in this view, and as 7ryphosa nana was made by Boeck the type of his genus Tryphosa, it is necessary that both generic and specific names employed by Sars should give way to those which are earlier. 34*. ? Tryphosa minuta (Kroyer). P1861. Anonyx minutus, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 108. 1876, Orchomene minuta, Boeck, (158) p. 174, pl. v. fig. 3. 1890, Orchemenella minuta, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 67, pl. xxiv. fig. 1. This is a species found throughout the Arctic Ocean, Siberian Sea, and Greenland, and though found throughout Norway, it becomes scarcer southwards. Hab. Is Anonyx minutus, Bate & Westwood, this species ? I do not think it can be, and am inclined to believe that the Amphipod figured and described by them was a young male of Orchomene humilis, Costa, which species is found abun- dantly at Polperro and Plymouth, whence Bate had specimens of Anonya minutus.” Both figures and description accord with O. humilis, except the description of the posterior pereo- poda, which description, however, does not accurately apply to any allied form known to me. ‘The only other record of the occurrence of the species in our fauna is given thus b Mr. T. Scott :—“ This species is reported from Minard (Loch Fyne), where it was collected in 1870 by Murray.” It must be observed that Sir J. Murray does not study the Amphi- pods, and we do not know the authority who identified the species. 35. Tryphosa pinguis (Boeck). 1860. Anonyx pinguis, Boeck, Forh. ved de Skand. Naturf. 8de Mode, p. 642. 1876. Orchomene pinguis, Boeck, (138) p. 176, pl. v. fig. 1. 1890. Orchemenella pinguis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 67, pl. xxiv. fig. 2. 1893. Tryphosa pinguis, J. Bonnier, “ Les Amphipodes du Boulonuais, JIL,” Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. xxiv. pp. 172, 196. The above names will show the confusion which has existed among the small Lysianassids, as it seems to me from multi- plying genera on insufficient characters; but not wishing to increase confusion, I have adopted for them M. Bonnier’s revision. Hab. “ Dredged west of the Tan Buoy, Cumbrae, in ey! Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 205 18 fathoms” (D. R&.). These are the specimens which were recorded in Dr. Robertson’s first paper as ‘‘ Anonyz serratus.” This is the only record of the species as British. Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway (A. M. N.); Malangen Fiord, West Finmark (J. 8. Schneider): Mus. Nor. Siberian Polar Sea (Stuxberg). Genus 16. TrRyPHOSELLA, J. Bonnier. = Tryphosa, G. O. Sars (non Tryphosa, Boeck, typica). 36. Tryphosella Sarsi, J. Bonnier. 1891. Tryphosa nana, G, O. Sars (not Anonyx nanus, Kr.), (142) p. 76, pl. xxvii. fig. 1. 1893. Tryphosella Sarst, J. Bonnier, 7. c. p. 170, note. Hab. Bressay Sound, Shetland ; mouth of the Yealm, near Plymouth; Clew Bay, Co. Mayo (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Puffin Island, North Wales, Menai Strait, and Jersey (A. O. W.); Upper Loch Fyne (7. S.). MNstrib. South and west coasts of Norway (Sars). 37. Tryphosella Horingit (Boeck). 1870. Tryphosa Horingtt, Boeck, (137) p. 38. 1876. Tryphosa Horingti, Boeck, (188) p. 182, pl. iv. fig. 4. 1891. Tryphosa Horringit, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 77, pl. xxvii. fig, 2. 1893. Tryphosella Horringuv, J. Bonnier, /. c. p. 171. Hab. It has been recorded from the ambulacral grooves of starfish, Bull Bay, Anglesey (A. O. W.) ; Loch Linnhe (G. Brook); Firth of Forth (7. S.). Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 150 fathoms(A. M. N.); Denmark (Copenhagen Mus.): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of it as found in Norway and up to Lofoten generally in the region of deep-sea corals in 50-150 fathoms. Bohusliin, Sweden (Gunhilds Expedition, fide Sars). [ Tryphosella abysst, sp.n. (PI. VI. figs. 16-20.) Male.—In describing this form I shall take advantage of the figures on Sars’s pls. xxvii. and xxviil. for illustrations of characters. Cephalon with lateral corners produced and acute (as in Tryphosites) (fig. 16). Coxe of fourth segment of mesosome (fig. 17) with the posterior projection completely rounded above and below, those of fifth pair (fig. 18) as broad as deep; these characters as in 7’. Sarsi; epimera of third segment of metasome with the hinder corner well rounded (fig. 19), without any indication of an angle. First segment 206 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. of urosome deeply grooved in front, humped and distally truncate (exactly as 7’. angulata) (fig. 20). Antenne of both pairs very much as figured for male of J. Héringii, but basal joint of upper less stout; flagellum of eighteen articula- tions, the first nearly equal in length to the basal joint of the peduncle, accessory appendages of seven articulations, first only slightly longer than the second; flagellum of lower antennz with twenty-five articulations; both pairs furnished with calceole. Gnathopods of both pairs of the usual form in the genus and very like those of 7. Sarsi; first slender, the hand slightly shorter than the wrist; the second with hand obovate, somewhat wider than the wrist, finger well developed. Last uropods with long rami and fully twice the - length of the telson, which bears three pairs of lateral spines. In all that has been said this species closely resembles the characters of the genus T'ryphosella; but on examining the mouth-organs it is seen that instead of the epistoma over- hanging the upper lip, the upper lip projects beyond the epistome as in Orchemenopsis or as in T'ryphosa nana, which in this respect differs from other species which Sars assigns to that genus. Indeed, these allied genera seem constituted on very unsatisfactory characters, and I cannot but think that an amalgamation is desirable. Length 6 millim. The angular projection of the sides of the cephalon, the character of the epistoma, the rounded hind corner of the third segment of the metasome, and the form of the first segment of the urosome distinguish this species from allies. A single specimen taken by Sir J. Murray in H.M.S. ‘ Tri- ton’ in 1882, Stat. 7, lat. 60° 19! N., long. 7° 10’ W., in the cold area of the Faroe Channel, 585 fathoms. ] 38. Tryphosella nanoides (Lilljeborg). 1865. Anonyx nanoides, Lilljeborg, On the Lystanassa magellanica &e. p. 25, figs. 32-34. 1876. Tiryphosa nanoides, Boeck, (188) p. 186. 1891. Tryphosa nanoides, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 79, pl. xxviii. fig. 2. 1893. Tryphosella nanoides, J. Bonnier, l. c. p. 171. Hab. Shetland*, in great numbers on a dead fish; Pol- perro, Cornwall, on a skate (A. Mf. NV.) ; Ardbear Bay, Ireland (Brady & Robertson). Distrib. Greenland (Copenhagen Mus.): Mus. Nor. West Norway and Finmark, in 50-100 fath., and, like myself, Sars * In my Shetland Report young specimens of this species were rightly referred to it, but full-grown examples were wrongly named “ Anonya ampulla.” Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 207 has taken it abundantly on the back of a living skate. Bo- huslin, Sweden (Bruzelius) ; Denmark (Mecnert) ; off Jan Mayen (‘Véringen’ Exped.). [Tryphosa pusilla, G. O. Sars (‘Crustacea Norwegian North-Atlantic Exped.,’ 1885, p. 151, pl. xiii. figs. 2, 2a), has been recorded by the late Dr. Robertson as taken near the ‘Tan Buoy, Cumbrae, in 12 fathoms. ‘There is probably amistake. Tryphosa pusilla is a blind species, dredged in the Arctic Ocean in 1004 fathoms, and is hardly likely to have been found under such circumstances. ‘The species obtained may have been T'ryphosella Sarsi, J. Bonnier. ] Genus 17. Nannonyx, G. O. Sars. 39. Nannonyx Goéstt (Boeck). 1870. Orchemene Goésti, Boeck, (137) p. 36. 1876. Orchomene Goésit, Boeck, (188) p. 177, pl. iv. fig. 5. 1891. Nannonyx Goési, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 72, pl. xxiv. fig. 3. Hab. Plymouth (A. WM. N.): Mus. Nor. Puffin Island, N. Wales, at spring-tides, and Jersey (A. O. W.). Distrib. Two specimens at Folgeré, west coast of Norway, in 40 fathoms (Sars) ; La Croisic, France (Chevreuz). 40. Nannonyx spinimana, A. O. Walker. 1895. Nannonyx spinimana, A. O. Walker, “ Revision Amphipoda of L. M. B. C. District,” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. ix. p. 292, pl. xviii. figs. 1-11, & pl. xix. fig. 6a. Hab. This new species was found by Mr. Walker on two occasions on a rocky bottom in 5-8 fathoms by the Menai Bridge, North Wales. Genus 18. TrypuHosiTes, G. O. Sars. 41. Tryphosites longipes (Bate). 1861. Anonyzx longipes, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 118, 9. 1861. Anonyx ampulla, id. ibid. p. 116, 3. 1876. Tryphosa longipes, Boeck, (188) p. 184, pl. v. fig. 8, pl. vi. fig. 5. 1891. Tryphosites longipes, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 81, pl. xxviii. fig. 3 pl. xxix. fig. 1. Hab. Shetland; the Minch; Oban; Isle of Cumbrae ; Berwick-on-T'weed; Durhain coast (A. M. N.); 25 miles off May Island, Firth of Forth (Sir J. Murray) ; Aberdeen- shire (Mr. R. Dawson); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 23a, south of Rockall, 420 fathoms, and off S.W. Ireland, 110 208 Canon A.M. Norman on British Amphipoda. fathoms: Mus. Nor. Galley Head, Co. Cork; off Skilligs and off Bull Rock, S.W. Ireland (A. O. W.) ; 70-80 miles off Spurn Head (7. S.); Loch Fyne (Sir J. Murray). Distrib. Floré and Hardanger Fiord, Norway, down to 150 fathoms; Vadsé, East Finmark ; Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay, 30-60 fathoms (A. MZ. N.): Mus. Nor. Sars speaks of it as one of the commonest Lysianassidz of the Norwegian coast. Denmark (Mecnert) ; west coast of France (Chevreux) ; Mediterranean (Sars & Della Valle). Genus 19. SCHISTURELLA *, gen. nov. Allied to Tryphosa and Uristes, and in the structure of the maxillipeds agreeing with the latter in having the masticatory lobe scarcely reaching to the end of the ante- penultimate joint of the palp, which is elongated, its terminal joint claw-like. Epimera of first segment of mesosome rudi- mentary and almost entirely concealed by the epimera of the second segment. Antennules and antenne without calceole. Eyes well developed. First gnathopod with oblong hand, the palm very oblique. Telson divided to the very base, so that tt consists of two preces. 42. Schisturella pulchra (H. J. Hansen). 1887. Tryphosa pulchra, H. J. Hansen, (141) p. 78, pl. ii. figs. 6-6 e. Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, a single specimen taken, Stat. 65, lat. 61° 10’ N., long. 2° 21' W., 345 fathoms. This is to the N.W. of Shetland and exactly on the line which I have pro- posed should form the limit of the British area. Distrib. Four examples are in the Copenhagen Museum which were taken on as many different occasions in the Green- land seas in 15-100 fathoms. The ‘ Porcupine’ specimen agrees closely with Hansen’s description and figures. The figure shows a dorsal sinus on the fourth segment of the metasome; there is no such sinus in my specimen, and Hansen in his description says “ Seg- mentum quartum caudz dorso integro, non carinato.” Of the third segment Hansen writes, ‘‘ Angulus infero-posterior segmenti tertii caude rotundatus incisura perparva supra angulum in margine posteriore adest.”” I should have rather described it as a spine-point placed rather above the angle (Sars’s figure of the same segment in Calliopius Rathket gives an idea of it, the spine-point, however, being a little * oxtords, divided, ovpd, tail. I have adopted the form Schisturedla, because Schistura is in use, as is also Sczssuredla. — Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 209 higher up). The marked characteristics of this species are the general structure of the antennal organs, the remarkable epimera of the first segment of the mesosome, and the abso- lutely divided telson. The first gnathopods have the hand shorter than the wrist, oblong, very slightly tapering, the palm very oblique, defined by a cluster of sete, and bearing on its edge a remarkably delicate plate cut into serrations, the serrations very fine and not densely placed *; nail strong, bearing a secondary tooth near the apex as in the genus Haplonyz. But the character which first caught my eye as distinguishing the species from any other Lysianid known to me, though figured by Hansen, is not mentioned in his description. Irom the end of the first long joint of the fila- ment of the antennules there is projected a very long and slender spine (see Hansen, fig. 6a), which reaches to the middle of the fifth following articulation. Genus 20. Urisres, Dana. = Pseudotryphosa (G, O. Sars). 43. Uristes umbonatus, G. O. Sars. 1886. Ichnopus umbonata, G. O. Sars, (102) p. 79, pl. iii. fig. 2. 1891. Pseudvotryphosa umbonata, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 88, pl. xxix. fig. 2. 1899, Uristes umbonatus, Stebbing, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 211, Hab. A single specimen, ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 82, lat. 60° 0’ N., long. 5° 13’ W., in 312 fathoms. ‘This station is directly north of Cape Wrath, and is on the “ Wyville Thomson Ridge.” This, like the last, is a species taken by the ‘ Porcupine’ exactly on the line which I regard as limiting the British area. Distrib. Two other specimens are known, one taken by Sars at Hvitingsé, west coast of Norway, in 150 fathoms, the other at Skagarak (Gunhild’s Haped., fide Sars), in 400-420 fathoms. Genus 21. ANnonyx, Kréyer. 44, Anonyx nugax (Phipps). 1774. Cancer nugax, Phipps, Voyage towards the North Pole, p. 192, pl. xii. fig. 2. * This serrated edge exactly corresponds in character with that figured by Stebbing as developed on the palms of Platamon longimanus, Report ‘Challenger’ Amphip. pl. xiii. fig. gz’. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 14 210 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 1838. Anonyx lagena, Kréyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, pp. 237 & 244, Li. fied; 2s ; 1858. Anonyx appendiculata, id. ibid. pp. 240 & 244, pl. i. fig. 2, d. 1840. Anonyx appendiculata, H. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. iii. p. 21. 1845. Anonyx ampulla, Kroyer (not Phipps), Naturhist. Tidsskr., 2 Reekkes, vol. i. p. 578; Voyage en Scandinavie &c. pl. xii. fig. 2. 1891. Anonyx nugax, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 88, pl. xxxi. 18938. Anonyw nugax, T. Scott, Eleventh Annual Rep. Fish. Board Scotland, p. 212. Hab. “ Several specimens of this fine species were obtained in February 1889 near May Island, Firth of Forth, the largest measuring 20 mm. (fully three quarters of an inch) in length. The eyes are lageniform, and, being large and black, give a marked character to the species.” Mr. Scott has kindly allowed me to see the specimens and given me one of them. The occurrence of this truly Arctic species so far south is of great interest. In 1869 I recorded this species as having been found by me in Shetland; but this was subsequently found to be a mistake, the specimens proving to be large examples of Tryphosa nanoides, Lilljeborg. Not only are these specimens interesting as an addition to our fauna, but also on account of their size and the time of the year (February) in which they occurred. Sars gives as dimensions “ usual length of adult female 18 mm. ; maximum length of Arctic specimen 40 mm.” The largest specimen I have in my collection is 43 mm. (Kara Sea). Now I have large numbers of examples of what I take to be this species precured by myself on the Norwegian and Finmarkian coasts zn the summer months ; but none of these exceed 11 mm., which is the measurement which Sars gives for Anonyx Lillhjeborgtt. Is the life of the Anonyzx limited to a year, and do all the females after they have produced their young in the spring months then die? Herr I. Sparre Schneider has suggested that this is the case with certain Amphipods. As Tegards these small summer-captured specimens of Anonyz, are they the young of A. nugax, and is also Anonyx Lilljeborgii the equivalent of those young? Iam disposed to think so. My specimens vary to some extent, but in the main agree very fairly with Sars’s description and figures of A. Lilljeborgii. The characters of this form are mostly comparative, and, as has already been pointed out by Stebbing (Amphipoda ‘ Willem Barents’), are such as might naturally be expected as results of a younger stage. One point Sars mentions as though it were important :—‘‘ The two anterior pairs of pereiopoda with a very conspicuous obtuse denticle at the end of the propodos immediately below the dactylus.”’ This denticle is very Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 211 conspicuous in small specimens, but apparently does not increase in size with the growth of the rest of the limb; it thus becomes less and less conspicuous as the animal is more developed, but if looked for it can be found in the largest examples of A. nugaz. Distrib. Circumpolar throughout the Arctic regions, in- cluding the Siberian Polar Sea and Behring Strait. Examples in my own collection are from Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 3-10 fathoms ; Bog Fiord, 3-5 fathoms, and Vads6, both in Kast Finmark (A. MZ. N.); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 65, Faroe Channel, 345 fathoms ; ‘ Knight Errant,’ Stat. 8, Faroe Channel, 540 fathoms ; ‘ Valorous’ and ‘ Alert,’ Greenland, 1875; Spitsbergen (Lovén) ; Kara Sea (Stebbing) ; Vineyard Sound, N.E. America (S. J. Smith) : Mus. Nor. Genus 22. Haptonyx, G. O. Sars. 45. Haplonyx cicada (Fabricius). 1780. Oniscus cicada, O. Fabricius, Faun. Groenl. p. 258. 1844, Anonyx gulosus, Kroyer, Naturh. Tidsskr., 2 Reekkes, vol. i. p- 611; Voyage en Scand. &e. pl. xiv. fig. 2. 1851. Anonya norvegicus, Lilljeborg, CEfvers. af Kong. Vet.-Akad. Forhand. p. 22. 1861. Anonyx Holbélli, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 104 (not Anonyx Holbolli, Kroyer). 1872. Anonya gulosus, Boeck, (138) p. 157, pl. v. fig. 4. 1891. Haplonyx cicada, G. OQ. Sars, (142) p. 93, pl. xxxii. fig. 2. Hab. Shetland; Northumberland and Durham coasts; Isle of Cumbrae; Isle of Skye; Guernsey (A. M. N.) ; * Por- cupine,’ 1869, Stats. 6 and 23, off west of Ireland, 90 and 630 fathoms; Stat. 74, to the west of Shetland, 203 fathoms ; ‘Research,’ 1890, off west of Ireland, in 165 fathoms; off S.W. Ireland (Prof. Haddon) : Mus. Nor. Lower Loch Fyne, 20-29 fath. (7. S.); Jersey (Sinel & Hornell). Iistrib. Bergen Fiord, Norway; Varanger Fiord, Hast Finmark (A. Md. N.); ‘Troms6 (Schneider); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 77, Faroe Channel, 560 fathoms ; ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, Greenland ; Spitsbergen (Lovén): Mus. Nor. Iceland ; Kara Sea; Matotshkin Scar; Bohuslin, Sweden. 46. Haplonyx similis, G. O. Sars. 1891. Haplonyx similis, G. Q. Sars, (142) p. 93, pl. xxxiii. fig. 1. 1895. Haplonyx simils, A. O. Walker, ‘Revision of Amphip. of L. M. B. C. District,” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soe. vol. ix. p. 294. Hab. A single specimen has been recorded by Mr. Walker from Laxey Bay, Isle of Man, 8 fathoms, and the late Mr. D. Robertson gives ‘ Off Fairland Point, Cumbrae, in 20 fathoms,” 14* 212 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. Distrib. Off Midtd Lighthouse, in the Hardanger Fiord, 150-180 fathoms, and Rédberg, ‘Trondhjem Fiord, 150-180 fathoms (A. M. N.); ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 77, in the Faroe Channel, 560 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Sars says that “it wonld seem to occur along the whole west coast of Norway at least as far up as the Trondhjem Fiord, in 50-150 fathoms.” [ Laplonyx leucophthalmus, G. O. Says. 1891. Haplonyx leucophthalmus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 97, pl. xxxiv. tig. 1. With the exception of the character of the eyes, this Haplonyx (1 cannot call it a species) is indistinguishable from H. similis, G. O. Sars. I assign to it a specimen pro- cured by Sir J. Murray in the ‘ Triton,’ 1882, in the Faroe Channel, in a tow-net sunk to 570 fathoms, because I can see no trace of eyes in the spirit-preserved specimen, and the depth makes it probable that the specimen belonged here rather than to //. semdlis. It has been found by Prof. Sars in the Hardanger and Trondhjem Fiords, Norway, in about 180 fathoms. ] [Genus 23. ALiBroTus, Milne-Edwards. [Alibrotus littoralis (Kroyer). 1844. Anonyx littoralis, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr., 2 Rekkes, vol. i. p. 621; Voyage en Scandinavie &e. pl. xxiii. fig. 1. 1876. Onesimus littoralis, Boeck, (188) p. 161, pl. v. fig. 7. 1891. Albrotus littoralis, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 102, pl. xxxv. fig. 2. Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875. Distrib. In several places in Sydvaranger, East Finmark, by washing mud between tide-marks (A. M. N.); Spits- bergen (Lovén): Mus. Nor. Widely distributed in the Arctic regions. | [Genus 24. Onesimus, Boeck. [Onesimus Edwardsti (Kroyer). 1846. Anonyx Edwardsii, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr, 2 Rekkes, vol. ii. p. 1; Voyage en Scandinavie &c. pl. xvi. fig. 1. 1876. Onesimus Edwardsii, Boeck, (138) p. 167, pl. vi. fig. 4. 1826. Onesimus Edwardsi, H. J. Hansen, (140) pl. xxi. fig. 8. 1891. Onesimus Edwards, G. O. Sars, (142) p. Tos, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1. Greenland, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875, Stat. 4, lat. 67° 56’ N., long. 55° 27! W., 20 fathoms. Distrib. Finmark and West Norway (G@. O. Sars). In Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. 213 the Arctic Ocean widely diffused, but I hesitate to quote localities, as several allied forms have been confused which Hansen has separated under the names Q. caricus, O. brevi- caudatus, and O, affinis.| Genus 25, MENIGRATES, Boeck. 47. Menigrates obtusifrons, Boeck. 1860. Anonyzx obtusifrons, A. Boeck, Forhandl. ved de Skand. Naturf. 8de Made, p. 6438. 1861. Anonyx plautus, Bate & Westwood (not of Kroyer), (1) vol. i. lll 1865. Anonyx brachycercus, Lilljeborg, On Lysianassa magellanica and Crustacea subfam. Lysianassina, p. 27, pl. iv. figs. 42-49, 1876, Menigrates obtusifrons, Boeck, (188) p. 169, pl. vi. fig. 2. ee Menigrates obtusifrons, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 111, pl. xxxviii. gale 1896. Menigrates obtusifrons, Walker & Hornell, Journ, Marine Zool. & Microsc. vol. ii. p. 54. flab. Guernsey (Hornell). The specimen recorded by Bate and Westwood was received from Thomas Edward of Banff. Distrib. Soolver, Lofoten Islands (A. 1. NV.). Rare on the Norwegian coast and chiefly within the Arctic Circle (G. O. Sars). Genus 26. LEPIDEPECREUM, Bate. 48. Lepidepecreum longicorne (Bate). 1861. Anonyx longicornis, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. i. p. 91, d. 1862. Anonysx longicornis, Spence Bate, Cat. Amphip. Brit. Mus. p. 72, pl. xi. fig. 4, ¢. 1869. Lepidepecreum carinatum, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. 11. p. 509, 9. 1890, Lepidepecreum mirabile, Meinert, (71) p. 153, pl. i. figs. 7-12. 1891. Lepidepecreum carinatum, G, O. Sars, (142) p. 118, pl. xxxviii, fig. 2, pl. xxxix. fig. 1, : Hab. Shetland (A. WM. N.); 25 mites off May Island, Firth of Forth, 35 fathoms (Sir J. Murray): Mus. Nor. Off St. Monan and other parts of the Firth of Forth, and in the Moray Firth (7. S.); off Galley Head, Co. Cork, and off Teelin, Co. Galway, in 33-37 fathoms; also at Guernsey (A, O. W.), Jersey (Sinel & Hornell). Distrib. Most southern part of Norway (G. O. Sars) ; Denmark (Mecnert) ; Spezia, Mediterranean (G. O. Sars) ; west coast of France (A. Dollfus). 214 Mr. C. Hose on a new Genus 27. Evonyx, Norman. 49. Euonyx chelatus, Norman. 1867. Euonyx chelatus, Norman, “ Report Comm. Explor. Coasts of Hebrides,” Brit. Assoc. Rep. for 1866, p. 202. 1869. Opis leptochela, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol, i. p. 501. 1891. Euonyx chelatus, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 117, pl. xl. fig. 1. Hab. Sleat Sound, Isle of Skye, on Echinus esculentus (A. M. N.); Puffin Island, North Wales, off the lighthouse ; between Holyhead and Isle of Man, 50 fathoms, on Echinus esculentus; 10-17 miles N.W. of Mersey Bar, on Lchinus (4. O. W.). The localities given in Bate and Westwood are Shetland (Jeffreys), Isle of Man, on Hehinus esculentus (G.S. Brady). Distrib. Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, in 100-150 fathoms, among deep-sea corals; and at Vardé, East Finmark, in 50-60 fathoms (G. O. Sars). EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Fig. 1. Lanceola Murray, sp.n. First gnathopod. Fig. 2. Ditto. Second gnathopod. 2 Fig. 3. Ditto. Last pereeopod. Fig. 4. Ditto. Sheath and nail of last pereeopod. (For description of Lanceola Murrayi see p. 135.) ‘ig. 5. Cyclocaris faroensis, sp.n. Mandible. Fig. 6. Ditto. First maxilla. Fiy. 7. Ditto. Second maxilla. Fig. 8. Ditto. Mavxilliped. ig. 9 10 . Ditto. First gnathopod. . Ditto. Second gnathopod. Fig. 11. Ditto, Coxa of second pereeopod. Fig. 12. Ditto. Coxa and basos of third perzeopod. Fig. 13. Ditto. Last pereeopod. Fig. 14. Ditto. Hinder margin of third segment of metasome. Fy. 15. Ditto. Telson. Fig. 16. Tryphosella abyssi, sp.n. Front margin of cephalon. Fig. 17. Ditto. Second perzeopod, Fvg. 18. Ditto. Third perzopod. Fig. 19. Ditto. Hind margin of third segment of metasome. Fig. 20. Ditto. Urosome. (The figures of the Plate are of various degrees of magnification.) XXV.—A new Flying-Squirrel from Borneo. By CHARLES Hose. AMONG some mammals that I have brought home from Sarawak there occurs a beautiful flying-squirrel of the same Flying- Squirrel from Borneo. 215 vivid colour as Petaurésta melanotis*, but smaller, and differing from it in details of coloration and in its cranial and dental characters. I would propose to name it Petaurista Thomas, sp. n. Size rather smaller than in P. melanotis. Colour nearly of the vivid rufous characteristic of that animal, but rather deeper and richer. This rich colour in P. Thomas? is abso- lutely uniform over the whole animal, the face, ears, feet, and tail-tip, all more or less black in P. melanotis, being here also rufous. Under surface paler, the middle line of the belly and the parachute rather darker than the flanks. Fur of back softer and more woolly than in P. nitéda, paler basally than terminally, not black-tipped. Hars comparatively very small, not tufted, thinly clothed with pale rufous hairs. Posterior half of sole hairy; sole-pads narrower and more sharply defined than in the larger species. Skull, as compared with that of P. melanotis, much smaller, with the zygomata more evenly and widely expanded ante- riorly. Nasals more uniform in breadth, the posterior more than half the anterior breadth; behind, they reach beyond the premaxillary processes. Interorbital region narrow, flat, not concave as in P. melanotis. Bulle comparatively small. Teeth much smaller and lighter than in the larger species, the breadth of p.* only 3°37 millim. Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in skin) :— Head and body 350 millim. ; tail 340; hind foot (dry) 60; ear (dry) (c.) 19. Skull: greatest length 61; basilar length 51; zygomatic breadth 41; nasals 16°5x 10°53; interorbital breadth 15:5; tip to tip of postorbital processes 33; palate length 28:8; diastema (to p.*) 13:7; length of upper molar series (ex- cluding p.’) 14°2. Hab. Silat River, about 70 miles south of Claudetown, Eastern Sarawak. Type. Female. B.M. no. ‘99. 12. 9. 32. Presented by myself. Obtained by native collector in February 1897. As it is of the same general appearance and colour, [ have thought it better to compare this species with P. me/anotis in the description; but it is, I believe, more closely allied to * It remains to. be proved whether P. melanotis is or is not synony- mous with the Javan P. nitida. For the moment I use the name P. melanotis as representing the Bornean form of the group. 216 On a new Frutt-Bat from New Guinea. some of the smaller forms, such as P. pheomelas, Giinth., and others, but is readily distinguished from any of them by its splendid rufous colour. This species is one of the handsomest of the mammals that I have been fortunate enough to discover in Sarawak, and I have ventured to apply to it the name of my friend Mr. Old- field Thomas, of the British Museum, to whose help and encouragement I owe much of the success that has attended my work on the mammals of Borneo. XXVI.— Description of anew Fruit-Bat from New Guinea. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Cephalotes aello, sp. n. Most nearly allied to C. major, Dobs., but larger and much more prominently striped dorsally. Form, judging from skin and shape of skull, stout and heavy. Fur straighter, crisper, and less woolly than in C. major. General colour above brownish buff, more buffy on the head, browner on the shoulders, becoming yellow on the loins ; dorsal stripe very broad and prominent, blackish brown, commencing on the occiput and running right through on to the interfemoral membrane, more than half an inch broad in the centre of the back, where it prominently contrasts with the yellow on each side of it. Fur along flanks above also brown, edging the yellow externally. Cheeks and chin grey. Under surface deep reddish, the middle line of the chest yellower. Ears apparently rather larger and more pointed than in C. major. Distribution of fur much as in that species. Interfemoral membraue comparatively broad, about 15 millim. deep in the centre; only surpassed by the tail by about 2 millim., but the latter is perhaps imperfect, although its end looks much as in the other species, where it surpasses the membrane by 10 millim. or more. Skull broader, heavier, and with more widely expanded zygomata than in C. major. Orbits very large, their greatest transverse diameter nearly 12 millim., as against 9 millim. in C. major. ‘'Veeth broad and heavy, worn down in the type, but their cusps apparently as in C. major. Dimensions of the type (in skin) :— Forearm 86 millim. Head and body (stretched) 120; tail 22; ear (dry) 17; thumb, without claw, 30; fifth finger 110. On new Neotropical Mammals. va Skull: greatest breadth 26°5; tip of nasals to angle behind postorbital processes 18°8; least interorbital breadth 7:2; palate length from gnathion 19°5 ; width outside last molars 12:2; front of canine to back of last molar 14°3. Hab. Milne Bay, S.E. New Guinea. Type B.M. no. 99.12. 3.1. Collected 5th April, 1899, by Mr. A. S. Meek. This fine species may be readily distinguished from its ally CO. major by its larger size, striking coloration, and (if that organ is perfect) shorter tail. Like that species, it no doubt belongs to the subgenus “ Bdelygma,” separated by Dr. Matschie from the typical Cephalotes ; but 1 confess I can see no sufficient reason for subdividing the genus. The second lower premolar in some specimens of C. cephalotes has the second cusp said by Dr. Matschie to be characteristic of Bdelygma. It may also be noted that of specimens referred to C. cepha- lotes those from Celebes, Amboina, and Timor Laut have markedly larger skulls and longer forearms than those of the rest of the Papuan subregion. The smaller form should apparently be distinguished under the name of C. albiventer, Gray. Of this latter the Museum possesses examples from Morty Island (type), Admiralty Islands, Key Islands, British New Guinea, and Cape York. Whether its range overlaps that of the larger C. cephalotes remains to be proved. With the Cephalotes Mr. Meek has sent home a number of specimens of Ppistrellus papuanus, Pet., and these prove that the species is subject to the peculiar form of erythrism already described in several other bats, some of the specimens being bright rufous, while others are dark brown. Another species discovered by the same collector, Hmballo- nura Meek, 'Vhos., found by him in the Trobriand Islands, has recently turned up in a somewhat distant locality, namely in the Key Islands, where it occurs in the same collection as the remarkable Rhinolophus achilles described in the last number of the ‘ Annals.’ XXVII.— Descriptions of new Neotropical Mammals, By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Conepatus zorilla, sp. n. Size medium, about as in C. cAdlensis, smaller than in C. quitensis. Fur comparatively very short, fine, glossy, almost without underfur, quite different to the long, coarse, 218 Mr. O. Thomas on shaggy hair of most species of the genus; longest hairs of back seldom attaining an inch in length. Hairs of face and head directed backwards as farasa line across the occiput, where there is a distinct “ meeting ridge”; from this point to the withers and on the sides of the neck they are directed forwards ; on the withers there are no very distinct whorls *, the change of direction to the backwardly-pointing body-hairs being rather gradual. General colour deep brownish black. Marking of the usual furcate type; lateral white lines (which are more truly white and less cream-coloured than usual) about half an inch in breadth in front of the withers, then broadening to about an inch to the loins, where they die away into narrow lines of isolated white hairs leading towards but not on to the top of the base of the tail. Median black line commencing on the occiput about half an inch in front of the transverse crest, evenly broadening backwards, about three fourths of an inch broad on the neck, and just over 2 inches broad at its widest point in the middle of the back. Terminal half of tail grizzled, the under hairs black, the longer ones, which may attain 3 inches in length, white. Skull rather narrow, with widely expanded zygomata. Teeth of medium size. Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :— Head and body 400 millim.; tail 210, including terminal tuft 274; hind foot (s. u.) 67; ear 31. Skull: basal length 69°5 ; occipito-gnathic length in middle line 80°5; greatest zygomatic breadth 51°4; least breadth above meatus 38:3; greatest breadth behind meatus 42:2 ; least intertemporal breadth 19; palate length from gnathion 33. Outer length of upper carnassial 7:1; greatest diameter of upper molar 8°7 ; length of lower carnassial 8°9. Hab. Eten, Peru. Alt. 15m. ‘ Among sand-dunes.” Type. Male. Original number 601. Collected 22nd Sep- tember, 1899, by Perry O. Simons. This handsome animal is evidently the skunk of the low hot desert regions along the coast of Northern Peru, and is consequently distinguished by its unusually short thin pelage, the fur being barely half the length of that of the allied species and the underfur practically absent. In this respect and in general appearance it has unusual resemblance to the African zorilles. As was the case with the fox discovered by Mr. Simons, it is probably a northern representative of the Chilian form, but is clearly too different to bear the same name. * There is a sort of whorl on one side, but this appears to be due to an unfortunate crease in the skin just at this point. new Neotropical Mammals. 219 Jenks Proechimys * rosa, sp. n. Size about as in P. chryseolus, Thos. Back coarsely spinous, sides rather less so, rump and outer sides of limbs without spines ; spines of back about 20 millim. long (without terminal bristles) by 1:2 millim. wide. General colour rather similar to that of P. chryseolus and equally heavily black- lined, but more fulvous and less rufous, the hairs of the back with deep fulvous subterminal and black terminal bands. Forehead, cheeks, and sides of neck greyer. Rump and hips brownish fulvous. Under surface pure white. Outer sides of arms and legs brownish, inner sides white ; upper surface of hands and feet pale brownish, becoming white at the bases of the toes. Tail fairly well haired, black above, dull whitish below. Skull large and heavily built ; nasals very long, reaching back past the front edge of the orbit, narrow, evenly tapering backwards; supraorbital edges broadly ridged, the ridges evenly continuous posteriorly with those that run forwards from the outer corners of the interparietal; molars narrow vertically ; harmular processes of pterygoids broad and spatu- late ; bulla rather small. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col- lector) :— Head and body 235 millim.; tail 168; hind foot (s. u.) 52; ear 27. Skull: greatest length 60; basilar length 43°5; greatest breadth 28°2; nasals 22°6 x 7:1; interorbital breadth 12°6 ; greatest breadth across temporal ridges 22°3; height of molar in centre 3°3; palate length 21; diastema 13°3; palatal foramina 5 x 3°3; breadth of hamular processes 2°4; breadth between bullee on basilar suture 3°6; length of upper molar series 9°5. Hab. Santa Rosa, S.W. Ecuador. Alt. 10 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 0.1.1. 40. Original number 434. Collected 29th June, 1899, by Mr. Perry O.Simons. Three specimens. Mr. Simons obtained six specimens of Proechimys at Santa Rosa, and these prove to belong to two species—one paler, with white feet, broader nasals, and broader malars, which appears to belong to the group containing P. semispinosus, Tomes, and P. decumanus, Thos., to the former of which I provisionally refer it; and the second, now described, darker coloured and with brownish feet, evidently most nearly allied to P. chryseolus. From that animal, whose habitat is * Echimys, auctorum, See Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. xii. p. 257 (1899). 220 Mr. O. Thomas on Bogota, it is distinguishable by its more fulvous colour, more uniformly brownish feet, longer and narrower nasals, con- nected parietal ridges, and broader hamular processes. It is also allied to the Central-American species P. centralis, to the dark form of which (subsp. chir¢quinus) it bears consider- able external resemblance, though its long narrow nasals form a readily distinguishing mark. Proechimys centralis panamensis, subsp. n. Closely similar to P. c. typicus in size and general colora- tion, but with the head and fore-quarters greyish brown, darker in the middle line, paler on the cheeks and sides of neck, but on both very different to the rich rufous of the back. In typicus the forehead and cheeks are of the same rufous hue as the body. Limbs also greyer than the back. Upper surface of hind feet uniformly brown or with a faint lighter patch on the metatarsus. Skull about as in typtcus, but the nasals are rather more produced posteriorly, and in all the examples there is a slight irregularity in the posterior part of the parietal ridges. Hamular processes broad and spatulate. Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by collector) :— Head and body 297 millim.; tail 178; hind foot (s.u.) 49, (c. u.) 54; ear 26. Skull: basilar length 43; greatest breadth 29; nasals 24x 6°5; interorbital breadth 13°2; greatest breadth on ridges 23°6; length of upper molar series 8°9. Hab. Panama. Type trom the “ Savanna near Panama ”’; others from Pocoumé, Panama. Type. Male. Original number 10. ollected 1st March, 1899, by E. André. Five specimens examined. Proechimys centralis chiriquinus, subsp. n. General colour much darker than in P. c. typicus and pana- mensis, the centre of the back being more spinous than usual, and the dark tips to the spines consequently predominating over the rufous of the hairs. Rump coarsely haired, similar in colour to the rest of the back. Face dark, as in pana- mensis, sides more greyish or greyish brown. Spines of back numerous, coarse, about 1°5 millim. broad and 22 millim. in length. Feet brown, with a slight metatarsal lightening. Skull with a broader and heavier muzzle than in the other subspecies; nasals short and broad; supraorbital edges very broadly ridged, the ridges running backwards across the new Neotropical Mammals. 221 parietals, but apparently not coalescing with those that run forwards from the outer corners of the interparietal. Hamular processes spatulate, much broader than those of KH. chry- seolus. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col- lector) :— Head and body 300 millim.; tail 150; hind foot (s. u.) 51, (c. u.) 55; ear 14. Skull: bregma to nasal tip 42; greatest breadth 31 ; nasals 23°5 x 7:5; interorbital breadth 15°8; greatest breadth on ridges 25; palate length from henselion 23; diastema 14:2 ; palatal foramina 6°5 x 3°7; length of upper molar series 9°2. Hab. Bogava, Chiriqui, N.W. Panama. Alt. 250 m. Type. Male. Original number 6. Collected 3rd Septem- ber, 1898, by Mr. H. J. Watson. Six specimens examined. The very dark colour of this Hehimys will readily distin- guish it from the other Central-American forms. Marmosa cauce, sp. n. Allied to MM. incana, Lund, and M. fuscata, Thos., but smaller than the first and paler-coloured than the second. Size about as in M. fuscata. Fur soft, short, and close, about 7-8 millim. long on the back. General colour above uniform soft fawn-grey, not unlike that of MZ. incana, but rather more fawny, and also more uniform, less wavy ; centre of face rather paler than back; black eye-patch present above and below (though not behind) the eye, extending forwards to the roots of the whiskers; its edges not sharply detined. ars naked, rather small as compared with the large ears of the allied species, their anterior bases without marked projection. Under surface pale yellowish white, the hairs of chin, throat, chest, and a narrow line down belly of this colour to their bases, those of the sides of the belly slaty for two thirds of their length. Outer sides of limbs like back, inner sides like sides of belly ; hands and feet thinly haired, dull whitish above, wrists and ankles brown. ‘Tail as in the allied species, rather shorter, but doubtfully perfect in the single specimen. Skull on the whole very similar in general shape to that of M. incana, and therefore quite different to that of all the species of the M. murina group. Nasals broadened poste- riorly, their extension behind the broad part not so elongated as in J. incana. Supraorbital region iong, narrow, nearly parallel-sided, flattened above, its edges rounded, without ridges or processes. Anterior palatal foramina extending to F992 Mr. E. R. Waite on the level of the base of the canine ; posterior palatal vacuities opposite the molars and last two premolars*. Molars small and delicate. Dimensions of the type (measured by collector in the flesh) :-— Head and body 168 millim.; tail 120; hind foot 25; ear 18. Skull: extreme length 35; greatest breadth 17°8; nasals 16x 4:2; interorbital breadth 6:3; palate length from hen- selion 17°5; breadth at corners of m.’ 103; palatal foramina, length 3:2; combined lengths of pm.* and ms.!? (ms.'3 of Catalogue) 5:6. Hab. Rio Cauqueta, a tributary of the Cauca, near Cali, Colombia. Alt. 1000 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 99.9.6.51. Original number 470. Collected August 1897 by J. H. Batty. This species is evidently a Colombian representative of the Brazilian M. ¢ncana and the Venezuelan M. fuscata, but may be readily distinguished from either of them by the characters above given. The three form a special group characterized by their small brain-cases and long narrow unridged interorbital regions. XXVIII.—The Generic Name Thylacomys. By Epear R. Ware, F.L.S. Mr. T. 8. Patmer’s paper “On Thylacomys, Owen”? f, re- calls my note, published the previous year f, on the spelling of this name, and on its pessibly jeopardizing a term applied by myself toa new genus of Australian rodents§. In this note | mentioned that, not having access to the work in which the name originally occurred—namely, Blyth, in Cuvier’s ‘Animal Kingdom,’ 1840, p. 104,—I had referred to the editions of 1849 (p. 104) and 1863 (p. 92), but there found the spelling to be Thalacomys, not Thylacomys. As a result of my note | almost expected that some zoologist in London to whom the 1840 edition is available would have cleared up the matter; but I have not seen any further reference to it. * Accepting the cheek-tooth formula as four premolars and three molars, the third of the premolars being the “p.*” of the Catalogue, and being the only tooth of the “permanent” series (see Lydekker, P. Z. S. 898) + Palmer, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iv., Oct. 1899, p. 300. Tt Waite, loc. cit. (7) ii, Aug. 1898, p. 196. § Waite, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict. (n. s.) x. 1898, p. 121. eo the Generic Name Thylacomys. 22 Mr. Palmer, of Washington, writes to establish the name Thylacomys in lieu of Peragale for the Bielby or Rabbit- Bandicoot, but, like myself, he has not access to the 1840 edition, and quotes as his authority the two editions con- sulted by me (vide his footnote). Mr. Palmer has evidently not seen my note and has failed to perceive that in the editions examined the spelling of the word is Thalacomys. Under these circumstances | would request the editors of the ‘Annals’ to kindly examine the original (1840) edition, and publish the information desired for the benefit of the be- nighted workers in Washington and Sydney *. [This case is more difficult of decision than Mr. Waite supposes, for although in the 1840, as well as in the later editions, of his ‘Animal Kingdom’ Blyth spells the name Thalacomys, yet Palmer is, as I have verified, perfectly correct in quoting the first mention of it, in the ‘ Atheneum’ cf 1838, as Thylacomys, and in the ‘ Catalogue of Marsupials,’ equally anterior to Mr. Waite’s rodent Thylacomys, it is also spelt in the same way. This being the case, I hardly think that the name Thyla- comys could be regarded as a name still valid in 1898 for another genus, even if that form of it be not adopted for the Rabbit-Bandicoot. No doubt the ‘ Atheneum’ reference might be treated as a nomen nudum did it stand alone T; but the other references, incorrect as Blyth’s was and indirect as was my own, yet together seem to make it impossible that Thylacomys should be used elsewhere in zoology. The following additional note by Mr. Waite is therefore published at his request in case Thylacomys were considered invalid for the rodent.—O. THOMAS. | Inquiry therefore brings out the fact that the form Thyla- comys has been used. For my present purpose it is of no consequence whether the genus has been sufficiently diagnosed or not. The word has been used in scientific literature, and is therefore not again available in zoology. In place of Thylacomys, Waite, I propose the name Asco- pharyne. Australian Museum, Sydney. 16th November, 1899. * te the 1840 edition the name is given as Thalacomys, Owen.—Eps. ] + So far as the form to be used is concerned [ should do this, calling the Rabbit-Bandicoot Thalacomys lagotis, 224 Mr. G. Lewis on XXIX.—On new Species of Histeridse and Notices of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. List of Species. Placodes opacus. Hister meridanus. Platylister mirabilis. leevimargo. Platysoma sulcisternum. —— planimargo. Phelister illustris. cinctipygus. —— festivus, Lew. terreemotus. chapade. sessilis, Lew. Omalodes felix. —— pinnule. striatipectus. vacillans. sinuaticollis, Mars. Kpierus foederatus. Hister congonis. Tribalus amnicola. —— Holuhi, Sch. Sternoccelis ovalis. sinuosus. Saprinus amethystinus. —— gibberosus. Placodes opacus, sp. n. Oblongus, convexiusculus, opacus, niger, rugoso-punctissimus ; fronte stria biarcuata ; pronoto stria marginali obsoleta, laterali in angulo desinente, interstitio 4-punctato; elytris striis indis- tinctis; propygidio pygidioque grosse et dense punctatis ; pro- sterno haud striato; mesosterno profunde inciso, antice immar- ginato. L. 152 mill. Oblong, somewhat convex, opaque, black ; the head, frontal stria complete and biarcuate, but somewhat obscured by the rough sculpture behind the stria, on either side is a coarse dense punctuation, which does not, however, close in at the base; the thorax is wholly punctured, punctures coarse at the side, marginal stria scarcely noticeable, lateral stria ceases behind the eye and is not conspicuously deep, the interstice has four rather small punctures set at equal distances along it; the elytra densely rugose and the striz obscurely marked, two humeral and six dorsal, all apparently complete, but only just traceable along the punctate surface, 3, 4, 5, and sutural punctiform ; the propygidium and pygidium are very coarsely and densely punctate; the prosternum, keel without strie, rather densely punctate at the base and between the coxa, anterior lobe somewhat similarly punctured, intervening area with sparser punctures, on either edge of the keel before the coxe is a small but distinct fovea; the mesosternum is deeply incised anteriorly and faintly marginate at the sides only; the anterior tibia have two broad teeth, intermediate widely emarginate on the outer edge at the tarsal end and terminating in a rather acute tooth. new Species of Histeride. 225 This species in its opacity and surface-sculpture is similar to Psiloscelis Harrisit, Lec.; it is rather more oblong than. Placodes caffer, Er. Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (Mocguerys, 1892). One example. Platylister mirabilis, sp. n. Oblongus, subdepressus, niger, nitidus; fronte coneava, stria bi- sinuata utrinque interrupta; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-3 in- tegris, 4 in medio subinterrupta, 5-6 apicalibus ; pygidio dense ocellato-punctato ; mesosterno stria late interrupta; tibiis inter- mediis in medio bispinosis, posticis unispinosis. L. 11 mill. (absque mandibulis). Oblong, somewhat depressed, black and shining; the head finely punctured, anteriorly with the epistoma concave, trans- verse stria not deeply impressed, bisinuous, and not reaching the edge on either side; mandibles robust, each with two teeth on the inner edge, left mandible concave at the base; the thorax transverse, marginal stria very fine and sinuous behind the middle, lateral stria deep at the sides, especially behind the anterior angle, complete behind the head and at the base it is continued round the angle to a point opposite the base of the third dorsal stria, scutellar fovea small but very distinct ; the elytra, lateral margin with two fine and com- plete striz, both strongly and similarly sinuous in the middle ; dorsal strize, 1-3 complete, rather wide but shallow, 2 bent at the base towards 3, 4 less marked than the third and evan- escent before the middle, 5 apical and not reaching the middle, 6 shorter and partly punctiform, the only humeral stria visible is an oblique stria at the base which is very fine; the pro- pygidium has shallow ocellate punctures, somewhat irregular and rather closely set, the posterior margin is smooth; the pygidium has similar punctures, but they are more evenly and more closely set, and the posterior margin is slightly raised and smooth; the prosternum is finely punctulate and its anterior lobe is margined by a semicircular well-marked stria; the mesosternum is emarginate and the strie are lateral only and not close to the edge; the anterior tibie are 4-den- tate, intermediate with two teeth close to the tarsi and two very distinct near the middle on the outer edge, posterior has two tarsal teeth and one acute spine behind the middle on the outer edge. Except the large size of this species and its peculiar tibial spines, I cannot find any characters to separate it generically from Platylister ovatus, Kr. Hab. Khasia Hills. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 15 226 Mr. G. Lewis on Platysoma sulcisternum, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatum, depressiusculum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte punctu- lata, stria utrinque semicirculari; pronoto stria integra; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 vix dimidiata ; pygidio convexo, punctulato ; prosterno lobo anteriori utrinque sulcato; mesosterno mar- ginato ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis. L, 34-43 mill. Oblong-oval, rather depressed, black and shining; the head is impressed in the middle behind the clypeus, labrum narrowly transverse, with the suture angulate in the middle, surface punctulate, stria sometimes broken (when complete it is transversely bent towards the neck) and is semicircular over the eyes; the thorax is also punctulate, arched at the sides, stria complete and formed laterally like that of P. con- fucit, Mars., but the margin is less broad ; the elytra, oblique humeral stria very fine, humeral and subhumeral wanting, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 apical, straight, and nearly reaching the middle, the rest wanting; the propygidium and pygidium are distinctly but not very densely punctulate, the latter is convex and without a rim; the prosternum, anterior lobe punctulate, with a well-marked rather deep stria or sulcus on either side, leaving a fairly wide margin (fig. 1); the keel Platysoma sulcisternum, Lew. appears impunctate except under the microscope ; the meso- sternum is sinuous behind the keel, with a sinuous stria which at the lateral angles is somewhat distant from the edge; the anterior tibiee are 5-dentate. In its general outline this species agrees best with P. com- pletum, Mars., especially in the shape of the thorax, but it is more oblong and less convex. Hab. Sydney, Australia (A. MZ. Lea). Six examples. Phelister tllustris, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, subtus cyaneo-niger, nitidus; fronte leviter exca- vata, stria late interrupta; pronoto stria marginali integra, new Species of Histeride. 227 lateribus punctatis ; elytris violaceis vel purpureis, striis dorsalibus 1 et 4 parum abbreviatis, 2-3 suturalique integris; prosterno bistriato ; mesosterno marginato, stria transversa nulla; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 22 mill. Oval, convex, body and legs blue-black; head cyaneous ; thorax and elytra rich dark violet, changing to purple in certain lights; the head moderately excavated, striate over the eyes only, punctuation much scattered ; the thorax with a distinct impression behind the anterior angle, stria com- plete, punctate on the lateral border, with finer points ex- tending towards the disk and gradually becoming less dense, scutellar puncture minute; the elytra, strie, outer humeral wanting, inner very short, basal, but clear, 1 shortened well before the apex, 2-3 complete and almost joining apically, 4 a little longer than the first, 5 wanting, sutural complete and parallel to the suture, apical border sparsely punctured; the propygidium is clearly but sparsely punctured, the punctures are chiefly at the base; the pygidium is very minutely punc- tured and the points are more evenly scattered; the pro- sternum is rather wide, keel impunctate, anterior lobe with a few scattered punctures, bistriate, strie diverging at either end, but widening out most anteriorly ; the mesosternum, marginal stria rather fine, posterior suture visible, but there is no transverse stria; the first abdominal segment has a conspicuous bent stria on either side; the tarsi are dull brown and the anterior tibie are 4-dentate, the two central teeth are widest apart. Most of the brightly coloured species of this genus are not convex ; but this and P. varicolor, Mars., are the two excep- tions known at present. Hab. Brazil (ex coll, Barton). Phelister festivus. Epierus festivus, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. il. p. 171 (1898). By an oversight I omitted in my description to refer to the tibize of this species. ‘The anterior tibie are 3-dentate, the two nearest to the tarsi are somewhat close together, the third is further apart; this form of the tibia and the some- - what curved tarsal grooves show that it belongs to the genus Fhelister. Phelister chapade, sp. nu. Orbicularis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus, supra punctulatus; an- tennis pedibusque rufis; fronte impressa stria late interrupta ; ta 228 Mr. G. Lewis on pronoto lateribus punctato, stria marginali integra; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-3 integris, 4-5 apicalibus, suturali obliqua basi abbreviata ; prosterno haud striato ; mesosterno bistriato ; tibiis anticis 4—5-dentatis. L. 33 mill. Orbicular, somewhat convex, black and shining, surface above finely punctulate; the head is similar in form and sculpture to that of P. 4-punctulus, Mars., but the epistoma and mandibles are longer; the thorax is transverse, more than twice as broad as long, marginal stria fine and com- plete, the lateral border is distinctly punctured, scutellar puncture well-marked, basal edge irregularly punctured ; the elytra, striw, subhumeral absent, inner humeral very fine and oblique, dorsal 1-3 strong and complete, 4-5 apical, coequal, and not quite reaching the middle, sutural shortened anteriorly for about a quarter of the elytral length, somewhat oblique and gradually becoming closer to the suture towards the apex; the propygidium is punctured like the thoracic border and is faintly impressed on either side behind; the pygidium, the basal half is punctured and the apical half is smooth ; the prosternum is without strie and widens out very sharply at the base; the mesosternum, anterior stria marginal and parallel to the edge, second stria transversely arched and it is clearly anterior to the meso-metasternal suture, and it continues laterally (irregularly crenulate) to the base of the metasternum; the anterior tibis are 4-5- dentate. The above belongs to the same section of the genus as P. 4-punctulus, Mars., and others, but its stature and rela- tively greater breadth render it conspicuously different. Hab. Chapada, Matto Grosso (H. H. Smith). One example. Omalodes felix, sp. n. Ovatus, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte clypeoque dense punctatis, illo in medio profunde sulcata ; pronoto leviter 4-foveo- lato, lateribus dense punctatis ; elytris striis 1-2 integris, 3 in medio interrupta et postice punctis formata ; propygidio pygidioque dense punctatis; prosterno haud striato; mesosterno stria mar- ginali late interrupta ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis. L, 94 mill. Oval, slightly convex, black and shining; the head with the clypeus and mandibles densely but not very coarsely punctured, stria complete, the median sulcus similar but wider than that figured for O. angulatus, Mars. (Mon. 1853, new Species of Histeride. 229 t. xv. fig. 3¢); the thorax laterally is densely, not coarsely punctured, with two shallow fovez on either side well behind the anterior border, innermost fovea is ina line behind the eye, the smaller and outer is between it and the lateral margin, there is a fine marginal stria which ceases behind the eye and posteriorly is not visible from above on the basal half of the thoracic length, the lateral stria is well-marked and anteriorly is bent on either side behind the eyes and is slightly angulate behind the middle of the neck, the scutellar puncture is minute and surrounded by a shallow depression ; the scutellum is small and has a median puncture; the elytra, strie, outer humeral is faintly seen before the middle, inner is broken in the middle and somewhat irregular in its course, 1-2 dorsal rather deep and complete, 3 broken in the middle and then continued to the apex by a line of punctures; the propygidium and pygidium are coarsely punctate, the first with two posterior impressions; tle prosternum and meso- sternum are minutely punctured, the second has a short bent stria on either side; the anterior tibiae are 5-dentate, the apical tooth being bifid at the apex. The outline of this species agrees with that of Psdloscelis Hlarrist, Lec., a form not seen in any other species known to me. Hab. Central Argentina. Omalodes striatipectus, sp. n. Ovatus, latus, subconvexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctata in medio foveolata; pronoto lateribus punctato; elytris striis 1-2 in- tegris, 3 abbreviata; pygidio profunde punctato; prosterno punctato et distincte bistriato. L. 93 mill. Oval, rather broad, somewhat convex, black and shining; the head distinctly and rather closely punctured, also the clypeus and the labrum, stria complete but a little irregular, vertex with a well-defined fovea; the thorax has a lateral band of punctures, lateral stria rather strong, especially at the anterior angles, and continued behind the head, anterior angles rather pointed; the elytra, dorsal striz, 1-2 complete but punctiform at the apex, 3 extremely fine, basal and dimidiate ; the propygidium bitoveolate, somewhat sparsely punctate, especially on the disk ; the pygidium very evenly and wholly punctate, punctures very clear and larger than those of the propygidium and fairly closely set ; the prosternum is evenly, not densely nor coarsely punctured, keel clearly bistriate, strie widening out at the coxe but not continuing round the 230 Mr. G. Lewis on base ; the mesosternum is emarginate, with a curved stria on either side, and the spaces before and behind the stria are punctate ; the anterior tibie 5-dentate. The striz on the prosternal keel are well-marked and com- plete and are a good distinguishing character for the species, which in outline corresponds with O. grossus, Mars. ITab. Rio Cachiyaeu, Iquitos (Stuart, 1893). Omalodes sinuaticollis, Mars. This species has two conspicuous fovew in the elytra at the base of the third dorsal stria. I believe the type of this species came to me in the Chevrolat collection ; in it the pin pierces the fovea on one side, and probably Marseul thought the fovea on the other accidental. I have received fresh specimens lately from Mr. H. H. Smith taken at Rio Janeiro. Hister congonis, sp. n. Breviter ovalis, depressiusculus, niger, nitidus ; fronte punctulata, antice foveolata, stria transversa utrinque deflexa tenuiter im- pressa ; thorace stria externa abbreviata, interna integra ; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4 basi evanescenti, suturali basi abbreviata ; pygidio vix dense punctato, postice marginato; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. vix 6 mill. Shortly oval (elytra wider than the thorax and widest behind the shoulder), somewhat depressed, black and shining ; the head punctulate and foveolate anteriorly, stria fine and nearly straight across the fovea, and then it is markedly deflected on either side, in front of each eye there is a remark- able obtuse projection, mandibles are concave above, with a very robust tooth on the inner edge, labrum is transverse and semicircular on the anterior edge; the thorax is transverse, widest at the base, marginal stria ceasing behind the eye, outer Jateral is somewhat hamate at the anterior angle and posteriorly it reaches a little beyond the middle, inner lateral is strong at the sides, slightly sinuons, and it is much nearer the edge behind the neck than behind the angles; the elytra, strize, inner humeral is deep and apical and reaches beyond the middle, apically it nearly joins the first dorsal, dorsal 1-3 complete, 4 evanescent at the base and rather fine, 5 dimidiate, sutural well shortened at the base and bending away from the suture before and behind; the propygidium is not closely punctured and the points vary in size, those on either side are the largest, some are very minute; the new Species of Histeride. 231 pygidium is evenly, almost densely, set with larger punctures, and there is a granulate surface between the punctures which may be seen under the microscope, posteriorly there is a smooth narrow rim; the prosternum is narrow, anterior lobe punctulate and bordered laterally with two striz#; the meso- sternum is almost truncate, with a marginal stria which con- tinues along the sides of the metasternum ; the anterior tibia are 4-dentate. Hister circulus, Sch., and H. circularis, Lew., somewhat resemble this species in general facies. The ocular projec- tions resemble those of certain Hololepte, and they are seen but are very minute in HZ. circularis. flab. Lokolela, Congo River (J. A. Clark). Hister Holubi, Sch. Fister Holubi, Sch. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. p. 153 (1889). Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall has sent me a series of this species found at Salisbury in Mashonaland among rotten horns and hoofs. Mr. Marshall says:—‘“ I was pleased in being able to ascertain the reason of its presence there; I find that it lives on the larve of the large horn-destroying ‘ micro’ Tinea vestella, L., for on several occasions I captured the beetles in the act of devouring the larve, and they are, as a rule, chiefly found in the larval cases.” Hister Holubi is somewhat like a species of Pachycrerus in outline, and I give a figure (fig. 2) to show the strie of the prosternal lobe. In several African species the lobe is similarly bistriate. Fig. 2. Hister Holubi, Sch. Hisier sinuosus, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte minutissime punctulata, stria irregulariter impressa ; pronoto stria interna valida sinuata, margine laterali elevato, post angulos sinuato; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 et suturali abbreviatis ; propygidio pygidioque leviter, haud dense, punctulatis; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis. L. 42 mill. 232 Mr. G. Lewis on Oval, convex, black and shining, with a very minute and sparse punctuation; the head, frontal stria somewhat irre- gular but complete; the thorax is thickened laterally between the marginal and inner stria, and the edge is distinctly sinuous behind the anterior angle, marginal stria fine and only seen from above at and near the anterior angle, inner lateral is strong and rather widely sinuous in the middle, and continues behind the head, where it is somewhat crenulate and fine, the scutellar puncture is small but clear; the elytra, strie, outer humeral is faintly crenulate, bending inward towards the apex, inclining outward anteriorly, and shortened before the base, inner humeral wanting, but there is a short basal oblique stria joined to the first dorsal, 1-3 dorsal complete, 4 finer and reaching just beyond the middle, 5 shorter, sutural nearly as long as the fourth; the propygidium and the pygidium are clearly, rather finely, and not closely punctured; the pro- sternum is without strie, the surface (and that of the meso- sternum) is microscopically strigose, and the anterior lobe is conspicuously margined with a strong stria or sulcus, which is nearest the edge at the apex; the mesosternum is widely sinuous, with the marginal stria complete; anterior tibic 5-dentate. Hister relictus, Mars., which has been likened to the European corvinus, Germ., and H. cognatus, Lec., and H. mar- ginicollis, Lec., all somewhat resemble the above species, but the pygidia of these species are densely punctate. Hab. Texas. Taken by the late Mr. Julius Flohr in the winter of 1893. Ihave only one example, but it is probable there are more in the museum in Berlin, to which institution Mr. Flohr left his collections. Hister gibberosus, sp. n. Ovalis, convexiusculus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria valida, supra oculos angulata ; elytris striis 1-3 validis integris, 4 leviter im- pressa completa, 5 et suturali apicalibus ; propygidio bi-impresso, grosse et dense punctato ; pyyidio bilobo, necnon grosse punctato ; prosterno bistriato, striis antice et postice junctis ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 54 mill. Oval, somewhat convex, black and shining; the head is feebly bi-impressed behind the frontal stria, striastrong, sinuous behind the mandibles, deep and angulate over the eyes, and continues transversely along the base of the head ; the thorax, the marginal stria is fine and most conspicuous at the anterior angle, lateral stria ceases anteriorly behind the eye, imner new Species of Histeride. 233 stria complete and the interstice between it and the lateral stria is rather broad, only narrowing at the base ; the elytra, strie 1-4 complete, 1-3 strong and rather wide, 4 finer, 5 and sutural apical, short and broken, humeral stri# absent; the propygidium is coarsely and thickly punctate, with a rather wide impression on either side; the pygidium is also coarsely punctate, with a gibbosity on either side near the base (re- sembling HH. coronatus, Mars., in this character) ; the pro- sternum, anterior lobe with scattered shallow punctures, keel bistriate, striz joining before and behind, are rather fine and before the cox sinuous ; the mesosternum is slightly sinuous behind the keel of the prosternum, marginal stria rather fine and crenulate; the metasternum has a similar stria which follows the sutural line and widens out laterally behind ; anterior tibia 4-dentate, apical tooth bifid. This species must be placed in the American series close to H. nodatus and bullatus, Lew., and near to A. coronatus, Mars., which it resembles in the form of its pygidium. Hab. Mexico (J. Flohr). One example. Hister meridanus, sp. n. Breviter ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria valida ; pro- noto stria externa dimidiata, interna integra; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 brevissima, suturali utrinque abbreviata ; propygidio pygidioque dense et grosse punctatis, hoc leviter bilobo; pro- sterno bistriato, striis postice et antice conjunctis ; tibiis anticis 5-6-dentatis. L. 43 mill. Rather shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head very finely, not densely punctulate, stria rather strong, arched anteriorly, angulate above the eyes, and joining a transverse stria before the neck; the thorax, marginal stria very fine, visible above at the anterior angles, outer lateral stria ceases behind the eye and continues halfway down the lateral edge, inner is complete and slightly crenulate, especially behind the anterior angles, the basal edge is punctate, but the points do not reach the scutellar region; the elytra, dorsal strie, 1-4 complete, 5 apical and very short, sutural much shortened in front and a little shortened behind; the propygidium and pygidium are densely and coarsely punctate, the former is impressed on either side behind, the latter is slightly bi- lobed; the prosternum, anterior lobe margined with a fine stria and has large shallow conspicuous punctures, keel bistriate, strize clearly joined before and behind and are widely sinuous in the middle; the mesosternum is feebly sinuous in 234 M. E. Bordage on the Absence of Regeneration front, with a complete marginal stria; the metasternum also has a somewhat similar and independent stria, but the stria is without the sinuosity; the first abdominal segment has a well-marked lateral stria; the anterior tibiz are armed with two strong teeth, the apical one bifid, and three small ones behind. Hister meridanus may be associated with H. nodatus and Hi. gibberosus, Lew. Hab. Yucatan (Donckier). Two examples. [To be continued. } XXX.—On the Absence of Regeneration in the Posterior Limbs of the Orthoptera saltatoria and its probable Causes. By Epmonp BorpaGe*. Up to the present opinions have been divided with regard to the regeneration of the posterior limbs of the Orthoptera saltatoria. Among naturalists denying the possibility of such regeneration I may mention Heineken, Graber, Durieu, Frédéricg, Contejean, Werner, and Peyerimhoff. Among those who admit it I may mention Professor Griffini (of Turin). In the attempt to settle this debated question I undertook a very large series of experiments upon representatives of three familics of Orthoptera saltatoria, choosing for my subjects Phylloptera laurifolia and Conocephalus differens among the Locustide, Acridium rubellum among the Acridide, and Gryllus capensis among the Gryllide. ‘The experiments in question have led me to the conclusion that regeneration of the jumping-legs does not take place. I have, in fact, not been able to find the least trace of regene- rative power. Here is a fact which at first sight seems to be contrary to the Jaw of Lessona, for the jumping-legs are those which are most exposed to injury by enemies, and can be detached from the body by self-mutilation as a means of escape, as well as in casting the skin [exuvial self-mutilation]. We shall see, however, that this case by no means forms an exception to the law of the celebrated Italian biologist. I have in fact been able to note with regard to larve kept in captivity how difficult the moults became after the loss of * Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ exxix. (July 10, 1899) pp. 120- 1238, by Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. From a separate impression communicated by the Author. tn the Posterior Limbs of the Orthoptera saltatoria. 235 jumping-legs. Difficulties presented themselves especially at the last moult, when the Orthopteron must free his wings from their covering. His big hind legs would have allowed him to brace himself up to his work more effectively, giving him a valuable means of support at the time when he had to make his laborious efforts to free himself from his chitinous envelope. Almost all die before having rid themselves of this wrapper. Among the rare survivors, with one or two excep- tions, I have only seen completely disabled insects with wings all crumpled, and sometimes even atrophied, creeping along with difficulty. These points were specially striking in Phylloptera laurifolia. Supposing for a moment that instead of being safe from their numerous enemies, as they were in the cages where I had reared them, these damaged Orthoptera had been left to them- selves. It now becomes evident that the few examples which had managed to survive the dangers presented by the process of moulting would have, in spite of this fact, but little chance of reaching the perfect state. Let us admit even that some among them, having escaped all their enemies, had attained their complete development after having undergone the last and most formidable moult. It still seems impossible to me that these insects would be able to pair. In the first place, whatever their sex, the absence of their big legs would completely prohibit it; in the second place, granting once more that it was not found to be an insurmountable obstacle, it is only right to admit that the mutilated insects in question would be left on one side by reason of the sexual selection which appears to have been clearly proved among Orthoptera saltatoria*. Finally, among certain of the Orthoptera with fighting tendencies, such as the crickets, which not only quarrel over the females, but engage in mortal combats for the possession of the hole which serves them for a dwelling, * See Charles Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man and Sexual Selection ’ (French edition, 1591, pp. 811-818). Among the most interesting cases quoted in this book occurs that of Pachytylus migratorius. Korte has pointed out the choice exercised by the female with respect to the male. The male of this species when paired with a female shows his anger by stridulations when another male comes near. If the musical apparatus plays a part in sexual selection, Orthoptera saltatoria deprived of their jumping-legs, and which in spite of this have reached the perfect state, must be in a condition of great inferiority when compared with their rivals, for, as I have already remarked, their wings being quite bruised and sometimes even atrophied, their musical apparatus is incapable of acting. In the Acrididaw especially the emission of musical notes is rendered quite impossible, as the femora of the jumping-legs take part in their production. 236 On Regeneration of Limbs in Orthoptera saltatoria. the absence of hind legs would put them to a very great disadvantage. There is then every reason to allow that these various causes prevent mutilated individuals among the Orthoptera saltatoria from taking part in the reproduction of the species. This evidently explains the absence of the power of regene- ration. In several species of Orthoptera saltatoria the trochanter of the hind limbs is quite withdrawn (telescoped, to use the picturesque expression of Messrs. Sharp and Brindley) into the interior of the coxa. I thought at first that this arrange- ment might perhaps prevent regeneration. I found after- wards that this could not be, for there is the same absence of regeneration in insects which do not show it. The cases of inequality in the size of the jumping-legs recorded by Griffint in Pristes tuberosus and in species belonging to the genera Gidipoda and Gomphocerus appear to me to be due to atrophy and not to regeneration *. I have been able to find analogous peculiarities in Phylloptera lauri- folia, Sometimes immediately after a moult an arrest of the growth takes place with regard to one of the two jumping- legs, which up to that time had been perfectly equal. I have even noticed the same thing in the case of the wings in the same species of locust. When this insect undergoes its last moult, the wings on one side of the body develop completely, while those on the opposite side remain rudimentary, their size not exceeding that of the wing-coverings of the nymph. I am, however, constrained to add that there is good reason for Protessor Griffini’s belief that regeneration of the two anterior pairs of limbs may take place in Orthoptera saltatoria, judging trom an observation made on Platyphyllum Regimbarti. In a forthcoming communication I propose to show the truth of Griffini’s hypothesis and to prove the possibility of the regeneration of the limbs in question as well as the regene- ration of the tarsi in the three pairs of limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria. The determination of the phenomenon of exuvial self- mutilation furnishes a complete explanation of the facts in accordance with the law of Lessona. _ * Griffini states elsewhere that he never found any traces of regene- ration in the insects which he reared in captivity. Regeneration of Tarsus &e. in Orthoptera saltatoria. 237 XX XI1.—Regeneration of the Tarsus and of the Two Anterior Pairs of Limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria. By KpMoND BorDAGE *. ].—Ir would be useless to try and provoke self-mutilation of the first two pairs of limbs in the Orthoptera saltatoria. By giving, however, a strong pull to the legs, they may be sepa- rated from the body. Such separation rarely takes place at the joint between the femur and trochanter T, but much more often at that between the latter and the coxa. The injury thus inflicted upon the insect is generally fatal ; the muscles break irregularly, making a ragged tuft, while bleeding is copious. When the Orthopteron survives, if it still be in the larval state, regeneration can act and produce either a perfect limb when separation has taken place at the joint between femur and trochanter, or a more or less rudimentary stump when the trochanter has been severed from the coxa. These facts seem in a twofold manner to invalidate the law of Lessona:—lIstly, because there is regeneration at points where mutilations do not appear to be normally produced ; 2ndly, because regenerations at the two places are most frequent in the one where pulling more rarely leads to the separation of the limb, and because they are without any comparison more complete in the same region. If we notice what happens during the changes of skin, we shall see that this double paradox breaks down before an examination of the normal facts. In point of fact, it is by no means rare during moulting for one of the limbs to be detached from the body by exuvial self-mutilation. Contrary to what we found before, separation takes place almost always at the joint between the femur and the trochanter, and very rarely at that between the latter and the coxa. In the first of these cases bleeding is compara- tively insignificant, while in the second it may be fatal. Mutilation in such a way is much less severe and less fre- quently followed by deith than if it had been produced experimentally. The power of regeneration often acts in the first case, and may sometimes produce a perfect limbt. When * Translated from ‘Comptes Rendus,’ exxix. (July 17, 1899) pp. 169- 171, by Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. From a separate impression communicated by the Author. + It is impossible sometimes even to separate it at this point by pulling. In Gryllus campestris, for instance, I have to make use of scissors to effect the removal. { Among the Orthoptera saltatoria the parts in process of regeneration grow slowly, from which the experimenter may be at first tempted to believe that such regeneration does not exist. Also a reproduced limb 238 Regeneration of Tursus &e, in Orthoptera saltatoria. regeneration occurs in the second case, a jointless stump is formed hardly 2 or 3 millim. in length. The facts described explain themselves completely. On the other hand, however, it may seem inexplicable that exuvial self-mutilation should show itself in the case of limbs which it appears & priort ought to experience no difficulty in withdrawing from their old chitinous covering, such limbs being of sufficiently restricted dimensions. I should, however, call attention to the fact that among the Arthropoda when moulting there is not a single appendage (leg, antenna, palp), however modest its dimensions may be, in which there may not at the particular moment happen to be accidental adhesions between the new chitinous covering and the old. The Arthropod which cannot when moulting overcome these difficulties is infallibly doomed to die. ‘This furnishes the explanation why in moulting Arthropoda there ought to be but very.few appendages in which one cannot find traces of more or less marked exuvial self-mutilation *, either complete or partial, and at the same time of regenerative power. It may even sometimes be possible to discover regeneration in certain parts belonging to limbs specially modified for quite particular functions. ‘This is the case with the tarsi of the preying-legs of the Mantide and those of the digging-legs in the mole-crickets. Further mutilation of these limbs would end in death either indirectly or after a brief delay and by bleeding. IJ.—In the Orthoptera saltatoria regeneration of the tarsi in the three pairs of limbs takes place with ease ; this is to be expected, seeing that the tarsi are frequently damaged as a result of the struggles made by the insect to free itself when moulting, It is particularly well marked in the elongated tarsi of the jumping-legs. Regeneration here takes place even after artificial cuts removing the tarsus, and even a little piece of the terminal portion of the tibia, which is reproduced as well. ‘The presence of the regenerative power in the last- mentioned region is easily explained when it is taken into consideration that its muscular fibres are often damaged when the tarsus is torn off either during moulting or, more rarely, by the unsuccessful attack of some natural enemy. I1I.—In Phylloptera laurifolia and Conocephalus differens regeneration gives a tetramerous tarsus (tetramery is the rule never reaches the length of the corresponding one that remains in place, and it is often incapable of rendering any real service. It is probably this slowness of growth that led Graber to conclude too hastily that regeneration of the tarsus did not take place. * The greater perfection of exuvial self-mutilation is properly directed to the difficulties which appendages, owing to their shape or size, expe- rience in disengaging themselves from their old chitinous coat. Bibliographical Notice. 239 in Locustide). In Gryllus capensis regenerated tarsi still show three joints, but the new tarsus in this case is in some respects more massive than the normal one. The third joint is nearly equal to the first, while in the normal tarsus it is considerably longer than the latter. Finally, the second joint, which in the ordinary tarsus is very small and almost entirely hidden, is quite visible in the regenerated one. This difference is particularly noticeable in the case of the posterior limbs *, So far as the nature of the tarsal regenerations is con- cerned in Acridium rubellum I cannot at present speak, my experiments with this species not being yet completed f. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. Die Fledermause des Berliner Museums fur Naturkunde.—Neunzig, unter Leitung von Prof. W. Peters und Paul Matschie, gezeichnete und lithographirte Tafeln. Bearbeitet und durch Verbreitungs- karten und Bestimmungstabellen fiir alle bekannten Arten erganzt. Von Pavt Mauscatr, Kustos am Museum fiir Naturkunde zu Berlin. Berlin: Georg Reimer. Erste Lieferung. Megachiroptera. Pp. 103, pls. ii—xiv., 1899. 24 Marks. For many years every student of the Chiroptera has known of, and hoped for the publication of, the magnificent series of plates to illustrate this group of animals drawn by the famous draughtsman J. D. L. Franz Wagner under the direction of the late Prof. Peters. A foretaste of their quality was given by the publication of a few of them in illustration of some of Prof. Peters’s papers, but other- wise, although many of them are now more than 30 years old, no one had been able to see them except at Berlin or at Genoa, to whose Museum Prof. Peters had given a set. Now at last an instalment of them is published in illustration of a general work on Bats by Dr. Paul Matschie, accompanied by further plates drawn by that author’s deceased wife. This work will be of the greatest utility to all students of Bats, and abounds with evidences of the author’s care and of the richness of the materials on which it is based. Synoptical tables are given of all the genera, subgenera, and species ; and although some of those we have tried have not quite responded to the call made upon them, yet they give a most useful index to the characters mainly relied upon by the author in distinguishing the various forms, * It should be stated that the regenerated tarsus represents one of the organic positions of stability intermediate between the actual normal form and an ancestral one. + In Locustide and Gryllide the tibia of regenerated anterior limbs does not possess the tympanic apparatus which exists on the original - limb. 240 Bibliographical Notice. The author’s great interest in geography has, we think, led him to divide up some of the genera rather on geographical than zoological grounds, and on this account to “split” too liberally : the genera Hpomophorus and Macroglossus are examples of this tendency. On the other hand (presumably through want of material), some forms are lumped which seem scarcely to deserve it. Thus to find Pteralopex reduced to a subgenus of Pteropus, on the same level as such scarcely definable subgeneric groups as Sericonycteris, Acerodon, or Spectrum, while Pteropus Wallace: is made the type of a new genus, shows to our mind rather a want in the power of balancing the value of zoological characters. The mere number of the teeth is of but little importance compared with their structure, and the absence of an incisor in Pteropus Wallacei is surely of less importance than the marked differentiation of nearly the whole dentition of Pteralopex. = In giving his lists of specimens in the collection at Berlin, Dr. Matschie prefaces them by the letters B.M.: a rather unfortunate choice, for “‘ B.M.” has been used for more than 60 years by a multitude of authors to indicate the British Museum ; and as the two Museums, of Berlin and London, possess two of the four greatest collections of Bats, it seems a pity that initials which have always been used for the one should now be most confusingly dragged in for the other. Prof. Peters himself again and again used M.B., standing of course for Museum Berolinense, Some indication of the condition of the specimens, whether in spirit or in skin, would also have been of service to other workers. Dr. Matschie is exceedingly fond of subgenera, subdividing many genera on rather slight grounds, and adding a scrious number of technical names to our already overburdened lists. The synopses of species are placed under the respective subgenera, an arrangement which does not appear to increase the facility with which specimens can be determined, as compared with the more usual arrangement of placing the whole synopsis of a genus together. The author omits to explain, nor is it possible to guess, why he shifts Linnzeus’s name ‘‘vampyrus” from what Dobson calls Pteropus edulis to P. vulgaris. Shiftings of names are always unfortunate, but a shifting without explanation cannot be too strongly protested against. We heartily commend the care Dr. Matschie has taken with the nomenclature and his rigid adherence to the rules. Had Dr. Dobson been equally particular, the nomenclature of Bats might have been settled 30 yearsago. Only we should prefer to accept Mr. Palmer’s ruling in the difficult case of ‘‘ Cephalotes,” on the ground that the name itself is a sufficiently clear indication of the species Geoffroy had in mind when founding the genus. The restoration of the familiar terms Macroglossus and Megaloglossus is a good result of the newly accepted principle of the rigid adherence to the original spelling of generic names in all cases. Altogether Dr. Matschie may be sincerely congratulated on the excellent way he has risen to the great opportunity which the publication of Wagner’s beautiful plates has given him. O. T. THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [SEVENTH SERIES. } No. 27. MARCH 1900. XXXII.—A New-Zealand Species of the Amphipodan Genus Cyproidia. By CuHArites CuiLton, M.A., D.Sc., M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Research Fellow, University of Edinburgh. [Plate V.] A FEW specimens of the species described in this paper have been in my possession for a considerable time, and were obtained some years ago by surface-netting in Otago Harbour, New Zealand. I have hitherto refrained from publishing the species, owing to uncertainty as to its generic position; but as that difficulty appears likely to increase as time goes on, I have decided to describe the species now under the genus Cyproidia, Haswell. This genus was instituted by Haswell in 1880 for two Australian species *, and the description was afterwards given with some slight additions and corrections in his Catalogue of the Australian Crustacea in 18827. In 1885 a British species was described by Stebbing }, who pointed out the close resemblance between the genus Cyprotdia and another genus Stegoplax, founded by Sars in 1882. Another British species * Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. vol. iv. pp. 320-321. + ‘Catalogue of the Stalk- and Sessile-eyed Crustacea of Australia,’ . 229. { Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. 1885, p. 59, pl. ii. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 16 242 Dr. C. Chilton on a New-Zealand was described by Thomas Scott in 1893, but was referred to the genus with some doubt, as it possessed several characters that seemed rather to indicate that it should be placed under Stegoplax*. Some confusion already seems to have crept into the discussion, for while Haswell’s description in his Catalogue says that the superior antennze are without a secon- dary flagellum, and this description is quoted in full by Stebbing, yet the latter describes his species Cyprotdia dam- noniensis as having a minute one-jointed secondary flagellum on the superior antenne, without indicating in any way, so far as I can find, that in this respect his species differs from the generic description given by Haswell. It was apparently this that led Scott to say that Cyproidia and Stegoplaw differ in “the apparent presence (Cyproidia) or absence (Stegoplax) of a minute secondary appendage to the superior antenne ”’ t, though a few lines further on he recognizes that in possessing no secondary appendage to the superior antenne his species, ? Cyprotdia brevirostris, “agrees better with Haswell’s amended description than with that of the Rev. Mr. Stebbing, as well as exhibits a close affinity with Stegoplaw.” Whatever the author of Cyproidia may have intended, it appears that his genus is fated to be considered as having the possession of a minute secondary appendage to the upper antenne for one of its characters, for Sars, in his recent work, in comparing the genus with his Stegoplax, speaks of Cyprordia, “ as recently redescribed by Mr. Stebbing,” as possessing a secondary appendage, though he also points out other differences, as, indeed, previous authors had also done f. Della Valle places both Cyproddia and Stegoplaz as syno- nyms of Peltocowa, Catta §, as had been previously suggested by Stebbing ||; but with the discovery of new species it is hardly likely that these genera will be ‘allowed to drop, and, on the other hand, Stebbing has quite recently established a new genus Laracyproidea, differing from Cyproddia in several small points, for the species Cyprotdia lineata, Haswell {]. At the same time he also established the new genus Tetra- deion for the species Cyproidia? crassa that I provisionally referred to Cyproidia in 1882 **, but though both genera belong to the Amphilochide, Tetradeion is very different trom the true Cyproidia. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xii. 1893, p. 244, pl. xiii. + ZL. c. p. 246. t ‘Crustacea of Norway,’ i. p. 232. § ‘Fauna und Flora des Golfes Neapel,’ Monograph 20, p. 647. || ‘ Report on the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda,’ p. 441. 4] Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 207. ** “Transactions New Zealand Institute,’ xv. p. 80, pl. iii. fig. L. Species of the Amphipodan Genus Cyproidia. 243 Cyproidia otakensis, sp. n. (Pl. V.) Specific description.—Cephalon with a very small blunt rostral projection ; first two segments of pereion short, third and fourth much longer, fourth longer than the third; last three segments of pereion and first three segments of pleon subequal in length; fourth segment of pleon fully as long as the third, but much narrower, it bears throughout its length a distinct dorsal crest, which widens posteriorly and projects beyond the end of the following segment, ending acutely ; fifth segment very short, only about one fifth the length of the fourth, sixth segment longer than the fifth ; telson reaching to the extremity of the peduncle of the terminal uropods. Gnathopoda subequal; carpus of the second longer than that of the first, and in both produced distally along the underside of the propodos; propodos of the second rather the stouter, palm not well defined in either. Basa of first and second pereiopoda narrow, not expanded; those of third, fourth, and fifth all expanded in a thin flat plate with rounded posterior margin. Rami of terminal uropoda unequal, upper margins fringed with fine sete and a few stouter spinules at intervals. Colour light brown. ze. Length of body about 3 millim. flab, Otago Harbour, New Zealand. A tew specimens obtained by surface-netting. In addition to the above brief diagnosis, I give here the following additional details :— The general shape of the body will be best seen from the figure ; the s¢de-plates of the first and second pereiopoda are enormously developed, and the antenne, appendages, and pleon can nearly all be concealed and protected by them. The side-plate of the first pereiopod extends forwards past the first two short segments of the pereion and fits closely along to the lower margin of the cephalon ; its junction with the side-plate of the second pereiopod is sinuous, the two are accurately and closely fitted, but are not actually cemented together, and can be readily separated by dissection. The side-plate of the second pereiopod is slightly deeper and con- siderably broader than that of the first; its margin is regu- larly convex below and behind, but is excavated at the upper posterior corner for the reception of the fairly well developed side-plate of the third pereiopod. The cephalon is rather longer than the first segment of the pereion, the rostrum small and indistinct. The eye is large iG 244. Dr. C. Chilton on a New-Zealand and conspicuous, of many facets, round in outline, and red in colour. The upper antenna are stout and rather short ; first joint of the peduncle longer than the second, and second considerably longer than the third, though they are all of nearly the same breadth; the margins are nearly or quite free from sete: the flagellum contains three or four joints ; the first joint is much the largest, about as long as the third segment of the peduncle, it is broad and bears on its margin about sixteen long non- tapering sete, rather longer than the joint from which they spring ; they are arranged somewhat irregularly in pairs, each pair springing from a small papilla; a similar arrangement is described by Scott in ? Cyproidia brevirostris, and from the figure given by Stebbing it is evident that it is also present in C. damnoniensis ; it probably indicates that the first joint of the flagellum, though apparently singte, is really formed by the coalescence of several separate joints, each with a pair of “ olfactory sete,” for that is what the long sete appear from their structure to be. ‘The second joint of the flagellum is small and bears two long sete, and is followed by a very slender but longer terminal joint with one or two setee at its extremity ; in the antenna on the other side of the specimen examined the flagellum was composed of four joints, there being two short joints before the slender terminal one. The secondary appendage is small and one-jointed and partially concealed by the broad first joint of the flagellum. The lower antenne are slightly longer than the upper and much more slender; the ‘ gland-cone” arising from the second joint extends about halfway along the short third joint of the peduncle ; fourth joint rather more than twice as long as the third, fifth rather shorter than the fourth, all with margins free from setee; the flagellum is about half as long again as the fourth joint of the peduncle and is composed of four joints, each much shorter and narrower than the pre- ceding, and bearing at the terminal extremity two or three fine sete. The mouth-parts I have not been able to examine in much detail, but they appear to closely resemble those of C. dam- noniensis, Stebbing. The mandibles have a fairly well- developed molar ; the apex of the inner plates in the maxilli- peds is transversely truncate, with its outer angle rounded off. The first gnathopod is rather slender; carpus shorter than propodos, bearing distally a projection which reaches about one third the length of the propodos and bears on its under surface about ten sete; propodos only very slightly ex- panded, palm not well detined, but bearing six pairs of sete Species of the Amphipodan Genus Cyproidia. 245 at regular intervals; dactylos long, more than half as long as the propodos, a few fine sete on both margins, the terminal claw long and ending very acutely. The second gnathopod very similar to the first, but rather stouter; the meros bears four or five sete on its truncate distal margin ; the carpus is slightly longer than the pro- podos and its distal process reaches halfway along the propodos, and, in addition to the sete on its lower margin and extremity, has an irregular row of smaller sete along the margin that is in contact with the propodos; palm of propodos not well defined, convex, bearing six stout plumose sete, with shorter sete at their bases; dactylos as in first gnathopod, but slightly shorter. The side-plates of the first and second pereiopoda have been already described ; the basa are narrow and the remaining parts of these appendages call for no special notice. In the third peretopod the side-plate is of moderate size, its margin smooth and convex; the basos is produced poste- riorly into a thin flat plate, very delicate and transparent, its margin slightly concave posteriorly, the postero-distal corner rounded; the meros is produced distally and posteriorly into a process which reaches as far as the end of the carpus and ends acutely. The fourth and fifth peretopoda are similar to the third, but the side-plates are smaller, while the expansions of the basa are broader and less delicate ; the postero-distal angles are rounded as in the third pereiopoda, not acutely pointed as in ? Cyproidia brevirostris, Scott. In the pleon the first three segments are subequal in length, their pleural projections not greatly developed, the infero- posterior angles rounded and not produced backward. ‘The appearance of the terminal portion of the pleon, with its Jong dorsally crested fourth joint, followed by the very short fifth joint, is very characteristic. The first two pairs of wropods are slender, subequal, with slender subequal rami. The peduncle of the third uropods is stout, its upper distal angle acute; rami unequal, the outer shorter one being as long as the peduncle. ‘The te/son does not appear to be laterally compressed, but is somewhat boat-shaped, concave above, and reaches as far as the end of the peduncle of the third uropods. The first uropods appear to reach a little beyond the extre~ mity of the second, and these a little beyond that of the third; but in this, as in so many other characters, there is evidently considerable variation. While this species closely resembles the other species referred to the genus in most respects, it can be at once 246 Mr. G. Lewis on recognized by the characteristic formation of the terminal portion of the pleon; it differs from C. damnoniensis, Stebbing, in having a flat expansion to the basos of the third pereiopod and in having the apex of the inner plates of the maxillipeds truncate; in the latter point and in some others it agrees with the new genus Paracyproidea, Stebbing, but it appears to differ from this genus in the form and size of the telson. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. Fig. 1. Cyproidia otakensis. X 24. Fig. 1 a. s. Superior antenna. Fig. 1 a.t. Inferior antenna. Fig. 1gn. 1. First gnathopod. Fig. 1 gn. 2. Second gnathopod. Fig. 1 prp. 1-5. First to fifth pereiopods. Fig. Lur.3 & T. Third uropod and telson, side view. (All the details highly magnified.) ee XXXIII.—On new Species of Histeridee and Notices of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S. [Concluded from p. 254. ] Hister levimargo, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra, supra oculos angulata; thorace stria interna basi vix abbreviata; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali apicalibus, suturali longiore ; propygidio postice dense punctato, basi margineque laterali late levibus; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno leviter emarginato, stria marginali integra; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. L, 43 mill. Oval, rather convex, black and shining ; the head, frontal stria well-marked, sinuous behind the mandibles, angulate above the eyes; the thorax, marginal stria very fine, con- spicuous at the anterior angles only, ceasing behind the eyes lateral stria almost complete, but a little shortened before the base, feebly bisinuous behind the neck ; the elytra, strize 1-4 complete, 5 apical, sutural dimidiate and apically turning slightly away from the suture, the humeral striz are absent except a very fine oblique stria joined to the first dorsal stria at its base; the propygidium is densely punctured trans- versely behind, the punctures leave a broad smooth margin at the base and sides, the sides being clearly elevated ; the new Species of Histeride. 247 pygidium is similarly punctured, margined externally with a smooth somewhat elevated rim; the ‘prosternum is bistriate, strize evanescent anteriorly before the suture, the anterior lobe is margined with a deep stria which, being oblique laterally, leaves a wide margin, the surface of ‘the lobe and the keel is sparsely punctulate and microscopically strigose ; the meso- sternum is feebly sinuous and margined with a well-marked stria ; the metasternum has a lateral stria only ; the anterior tibize are 3- dentate, but the apical tooth is bifid. The smooth margin of the propygidium in this species agrees somewhat with that of H. latimargo, Sch. The species belongs, like L/. gibberosus, to an American section of the genus with a striate prosternum. Hab. Costa Rica. “Barba Esmeralda, May 1890” (P. Biolley). Hister planimargo, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte punctulata, stria antice recta; thorace stria marginali interrupta, interna integra ; elytra striis 1—4 integris, 5 brevi, suturali dimidiata ; propygidio postico transversim punctato, margine laterali anticoque levi ; pygidio punctato, margine extus levi ; prosterno bistriato, striis posticis conjunctis. L, 43 mill. Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, surface punctu- late, frontal stria nearly straight anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria interrupted behind the neck, lateral stria com- plete, parallel to the sides and somewhat strong laterally ; the elytra with a fine oblique humeral stria only, dorsal striz 1-4 complete and rather deep, 5 apical, short and punctiform, sutural apical and dimidiate, turning away from the suture posteriorly ; the propygidium is transversely densely punc- tate, with the base and sides rather broadly smooth; the pygidium also densely punctate, with an outside smooth margin; the prosternum, anterior lobe marginate, keel bi- stri iate, strive joining behind, surface of lobe microscopically strigose ; the mesosternum feebly sinuous in front, marginal stria complete; the anterior tibia with an apical bifid tooth and two simple teeth behind it. In the American series this species may be placed next to the last and near HZ. latémargo, Sch. Hab. Costa Rica (Donckier). Hister cinctipygus, sp. n. Breviter ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte antice depressa, stria integra; thorace antice bisinuato, stria marginali ad oculos 248 Mr. G. Lewis on desinente, laterali basi abbreviata, pone oculos interrupta; elytris striis dorsalibus 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali apicalibus; propygidio postico transversim punctato, margine laterali anticoque levi; pygidio punctato, margine postice leevi. L. 3} mill, Shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head, stria strong and straight behind the mandibles, sinuous on either side, with a median depression behind the stria; the thorax bisinuous on the anterior edge, marginal stria fine laterally, but deeper from the anterior angle until it terminates behind the eye, internal stria shortened at the base, feebly sinuous at the sides, bent and interrupted near the anterior angle ; the elytra, humeral stria wanting, except the oblique basal, which is very fine, dorsal striae 1-4 complete, 8-4 somewhat bent, 5 apical, nearly dimidiate, and parallel to the fourth, 5 shortened by one third of its length and posteriorly widens from the suture; the propygidium has a rather wide smooth margin at its base and sides, with a transverse thickly and rather coarsely punctured surface behind; the pygidium is similarly punctate, with a smooth posterior margin; the prosternum with large shallow punctures, anterior lobe clearly marginate, keel narrow, smooth, and triangular at the base ; the mesosternum, anterior edge nearly straight, with a com- plete marginal rather deep stria and a short stria at either angle; the anterior tibia has a strong apical tooth, obscurely bifid, with 3 or 4 obtuse inconspicuous teeth behind it. The thoracic striz and the marginate propygidium of this species agree with those of /7/. Gestrot, Sch.; but H. cincti- pygus is smaller and relatively broader, and has a very distinct frontal depression. In H. latimargo, Sch., levimargo, Lew., and planimargo, Lew., the propygidia are similarly margined, but in all the American species the prosternum is bistriate. Hab. Siam. Fister terremotus, sp. n. Breviter ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte minute punctu- lata ; thorace stria interna integra; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali abbreviatis ; pygidio densissime et minutissime punc- tato; prosterno lobo antico conspicue prominulo; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis, dente apicali bifido. L. 33-32 mill. Shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head very minutely punctulate, stria well-marked and nearly straight anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria ceases behind the eye, inner lateral complete, deepest behind the anterior angle, not sinuous laterally; the elytra, except the fine oblique basal there is no humeral stria dorsal 1-4 complete and parallel to new Species of Histeridee. 249 each other, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural ceases just beyond the middle and for two thirds of its length turns slightly away from the suture ; the propygidium has scattered punc- tures, with the surface between them microscopically strigous and finely punctulate ; the pygidium is very densely and simi- larly sculptured, but except at the base it is free of the larger punctures, the dense strigosity gives an appearance of opacity ; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is strongly punctate, with a cariniform lateral stria, and the apex is obtusely produced like the mesosternum of a Cetonia (fig. 3); the mesosternum is widely arched anteriorly, with a complete marginal stria ; the anterior tibiz are 5-dentate, apical tooth bifid. Fig. 3. aX Hister terremotus, Lew. Hister philippinensis, Mars., superficially is very similar to this species, but the sculpture of the pygidium and the curious prolongation of the prosternal lobe will at once distin- guish it. HH. philippinensis usually has the fourth dorsal stria complete, but Marseul’s original specimen had but three, and the first abdominal segment has a bowed lateral stria; in H. terremotus it is oblique. It also resembles H. myrmidon, Mars. Hab. “ Java occident. Mons Gede, alt. 4000 feet, Aug. 1892,” and “Sukabumi, 2000 feet” (H. Fruhstorfer). ‘Ten examples. Fister sessilis, Lew. Hister sessilis, Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 18 (1899). Figure 4, introduced here, will show how differently the anterior lobe of this species is formed to that of the preceding species. Hister sessil’s, Lew. 250 Mr. G. Lewis on Hister pinnule, sp. n. Suborbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte valide striata; thorace stria marginali integra, interna unica basi multo abbre- viata, antice post angulos terminata; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali medium superante; pygidio levi; tibiis anticis intus et extus dilatatis. L. 33 mill. Nearly orbicular, convex, black and shining; the head, vertex slightly convex, stria complete and strong, straight behind the clypeus ; the thorax, marginal stria fine and com- plete, feebly crenulate behind the neck, inner stria rather deep, much shortened at the base, arched, and terminating behind the anterior angle, surface (and that of the head) microscopically punctured; the elytra, outer humeral stria well-marked but very short, and posteriorly only just reaching the middle, dorsal strie 1-4 complete, 1-3 parallel to each other, 4 bent, 5 straight, rather fine, apical and dimidiate, sutural apical and passing beyond the middle, and it is parallel to the suture; the propygidium is punctulate, but not very conspicuously ; the pygidium is smooth; the prosternum, the anterior lobe has a sinuous immarginate apex, keel not acute, rather short and triangular at the base; the mesosternum is nearly straight anteriorly, marginal stria rather fine, close to the edge, and complete; the anterior tibiee are dilated at the tarsal end on both edges, the dilatation on the inner edge is obtusely angulate, on the outer edge there are 4 or 5 small teeth. The thoracic striae in H. pinnule resemble those of LZ. tor- quatus, Mars., except that in the first the inner stria is more shortened behind and less hamate in front. Hab. 8.E. Borneo (Doherty). Hister vacillans, sp. n. Suborbicularis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte minute punctulata, stria integra; thorace stria marginali interrupta, interna unica pone oculos utrinque deflexa, basi paululum abbreviata ; elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 et suturali abbreviatis; tibiis anticis extus dilatatis. L, 34 mill. Nearly orbicular, convex, black and shining; the head, surface finely punctulate, stria complete and very feebly bi- sinuous in front; the thorax is more clearly punctulate than the forehead, marginal stria fine and terminating behind the eye, internal strong laterally, feebly sinuous and shortened new Species of Histeride. 251 before the base, anteriorly it is fine and crenulate and deflected behind the point where the marginal stria terminates, lateral interstice rather wide ; the elytra, outer subhumeral stria short, deep, and well behind the humerus, dorsal striaz 1-4 com- plete, with crenulate edges, the interstices at the bases between the first and second and between the third and fourth are the widest, 5 is apical, dimidiate, sutural apical and equal to two thirds of the elytral length, and it turns a little away from the suture near the apex ; the propygidium and the pygidium are somewhat closely punctured, the punctures on the first are rather the larger; the prosternum, anterior lobe sparingly punctate, with a lateral deep stria, not close to the edge nor meeting at the apex, keel not acute but triangular at its base ; the mesosternum, anterior edge is feebly arched, stria and that of the metasternum complete; the anterior tibia is dilated on its outer edge, the dilatation being surrounded by small teeth, and there are a few irregular teeth behind them. This species, like the last, belongs to an Indian group of the genus which has dilated fore tibie. Hab, Tenasserim (Doherty). Epierus federatus, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, brunneus, nitidus, supra sparsim punctu- latus; fronte concava; pronoto prescutellari impresso ; elytris striis dorsalibus crenulatis, 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali basi abbreviata ; prosterno bistriato, basi late inciso, marginato ; mesosterno in medio angulariter producto; tibiis anticis multi- spinulosis. hh, 1 mill: Oval, somewhat convex, brown and shining; the head concave anteriorly, finely and sparsely punctured, with a very small fovea on the vertex, epistoma rather broad; the thorax is punctured like the head, except before the scutellum, in front of the scutellum there is a semicircular impression and round its limits the punctuation is larger, marginal stria fine and complete; the elytra, all the dorsal striae are fine and crenulate, 1-4 complete, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural also apical and a little longer, there is a faint trace of an inner subhumeral stria ; the propygidium and pygidium are finely and sparsely punctured and the first is microscopically trans- versely strigose at the base; the prosternum is broad and bistriate, the strize are fine and feebly turned outwards at either end, surface of the keel, sternal plates, and first seg- ment of the abdomen with fine evenly scattered punctures ; the mesosternum widely and angularly projects to fit the base 252 Mr. G. Lewis on of the prosternum, there is an extremely fine marginal stria which does not quite reach the base, the transverse stria is very distinct, widely arched, and crenulate, and is joined to the metasternal lateral stria ; the anterior tibie are minutely multispinulose. In New Zealand there are two species of Hpierus known to me with projecting mesosterna, viz. 1. sylvanus, Lew., and E. purus, Broun, but in both of these the anterior outline of the mesosternum is bisinuous. Hab, Forest Keep, Tamworth, Australia (A. M. Lea, Note-book, 1272). Tribalus amnicola, sp. n. Ovalis, parum convexus, piceus, nitidus, supra vix dense sed per- spicue punctulatus; fronte impressa; pronoto angulis anticis impressis, stria marginali integra ; elytris, striis dorsalibus brevi- bus obsoletis, postice partim rufis; prosterno striis utrinque divergentibus ; mesosterno transverso, stria perspicue integra, punctulato ; pedibus brunneis, tibiis anticis spinulosis. L. vix 2 mill. This species is very similar to 7. rubriculus, Sch., but it is more perfectly oval, less convex, and the punctuation (espe- cially on the head and thorax) is much more dense. The thoracic stria behind the neck is also much less conspicuous and less crenulate; the under surface is more distinctly punc- tulate and the mesosternal stria is less arched and more distinct anteriorly and the mesosternum is relatively narrower than that of 7. rubriculus. Herr Schmidt describes the meso- sternal stria of J. rubriculus as “antice obsoleta,” but, although fine, it is complete throughout and evenly arched. I fortunately possess a typical example of Z. rubriculus received from the author. flab. Salisbury, Mashonaland. “ Under dried leaves in November 1898, and in flood-rubbish in April 1899” (Guy A, K. Marshall). Sternocelis ovalis, sp. n. Ovalis, convexus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus ; capite punctato, punctis minime profundis, utrinque carinato; thorace lateribus punc- tato ; elytris striis 1-3 dorsalibus leviter impressis; propygidio conspicue punctato; tibiis mediis et posticis valide triangulariter dilatatis. L. vix 2 mill. Oval, convex, darkish brown, shining ; the head, surface with shallow punctures, rather closely set, carinate laterally, carine pass anteriorly along the clypeus, but do not apparently new Species of Histeride. 253 join in front; the thorax has a fine lateral marginal stria, with a fovea at the base on either side well within the angle, and behind the anterior angles there is a rather wide area with rather large shallow punctures, but on the scutellar and discal regions the punctures are sparse and almost wanting; the elytra, strie, outer humeral somewhat well-marked, basal and dimidiate, inner humeral almost complete, also the first dorsal stria, 2-3 less marked and shortened apically ; the propygidium is very clearly, evenly, not coarsely, but rather densely punctured; the pygidium is less densely and less distinctly punctured ; the prosternum, the keel is truncate anteriorly at the suture, surface flat and less punctured at the base than on the fore part, base lightly impressed on either side of the mesosternal projection, and it is margined laterally with a fine widely sinuous stria, the anterior lobe is on a lower plane than the keel and widens out anteriorly and is closely covered with large shallow punctures; the mesosternum is bisinuous anteriorly ; the metasternum is bistriate on either side; the anterior tibize are dilated and rounded off on the outer edge, the median and posterior tibize are more dilated and angular in the middle of the outer edge. This is the only species of the genus described which is oval in outline. Hab. Yakouren, Algeria (MZ, Pic). Saprinus amethystinus, sp. n. Oblongo-ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte clypeoque punc- tatis ; thorace obscure eeneo, lateribus grosse punctatis ; elytris violaceis, striis dorsalibus 1-3 abbreviatis, 4 arcuata brevissima, suturali antice abbreviata ; prosterno carinato-striato, striis an- ticis conjunctis; mesosterno marginato, punctato; metasterno subleevi, antice in medio impresso ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. L. 4 mill. Oblong-oval, convex, black and shining, with the thorax obscurely coppery and the elytra rich violet-blue. The fore- head and clypeus are somewhat coarsely punctured, stria ante- riorly is bisinuous and somewhat indistinct, but it is carinate over the eyes; the thorax, marginal stria complete, with a broad lateral margin of coarse punctures which are continued along the basal edge and less strongly behind the neck, disk impunctate; the elytra, strie, external humeral complete, inner shortened apically and scarcely reaching the base, 1 dorsal touches the base and posteriorly it is a little shorter than the inner humeral, 2 is a little shorter than the first, 3 is as long as the inner humeral, 1-2 are markedly incurved 254 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the at the base, 4 basal, very short and arched, sutural well shortened before the base, the surface, except in the scutellar region, is punctured, punctures not close nor so large as those of the thorax; the propygidium is evenly and rather closely punctured ; the pygidium is more clearly punctured and the punctures are larger, and there is a narrow longitudinal space in the middle of the base smooth; the prosternum, keel slightly depressed in the middle, stria cariniform, joining anteriorly, and it widens out at the base; the mesosternum is truncate anteriorly and the marginal stria complete, surface punctate ; the metasternum is smooth in the middle, with a few punctures near the edges, and on the anterior margin is a small round impression ; the anterior tibia are 4-dentate, The peculiar oblong form of this species is unlike any other that I know, but it must be placed near S. detus, Kr. Hab. Taylor Range, Queensland. XXXI1V.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Ans drews.—No. XX. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &e. [Plates VII. & VIII.] 1. On the Reproduction and Development of Pholoé minuta, O. Fabr. 2. On the British Nephthydidee. 3. On Nephthys (Aglaophanus) mernus, Ehlers, from the ‘ Porcupine.’ 4, On the Nephthydide of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, 1. On the Reproduction and Development of Pholoé minuta, O. Fabr. At St. Andrews ripe males are common at the end of June, so that the breeding-season would seem to be in July and perhaps also in August. On the west coast, at Lochmaddy, specimens in similar condition were found in August. No ripe females have been captured at St. Andrews, but examples from Greenland present well-developed ova in July. Trochophores apparently of this species occur at the bottom in the second week of September, presenting only four crena- tions posteriorly to indicate the segments. The next stage has a bluntly conical prostomial region which occupies about half the bulk of the animal. ‘Two small black specks are situated posteriorly. At each side are the short tentacular cirri, Four bristled feet follow, each having stout bristles of the typical structure. ‘Two spines occur on the dilated end of the shaft in each, the longest being inferior, In addition Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 255 there are two much more slender bristles with long, tapering, diaphanous, terminal pieces, apparently larval ventral bristles. The dorsal have the adult structure, being slender, tapering, hair-like, serrated bristles. The dorsal cirrus is much en- larged at the base, but with a slightly tapered tip. Viewed from below the ventral cirrus shows a similar dilatation (ceratophore) at the base and a two-jointed cirrus, a globular papilla occurring some distance inwards. The body, which is marked by transverse lines, terminates posteriorly at this stage in a broad pygidium. The three pairs of scales of a globular outline are borne on pedicles, the outer edge of each having several large truncate papille which greatly exceed the proportions in the adult. In the next stages, found on the same date, the snout is truncated and the caudal process has a dimple in the middle. Then the head becomes defined as an oblong mass, rounded in front, and flanked on each side by the tentacular cirri, which are now directed forward. ‘here are still only four bristled feet. The cilia on the scales are larger, and two short broad caudal cirri have appeared under the pygidium. Fig. 1. Anterior end of young Pholoé, X 100. 4th February, 1899. The bottom tow-net again procured, on the 4th February, in 5 fathoms, a young Pholoé having thirteen bristled feet on each side. The head bears in front two closely approximated median eyes (fig. 1) and two are more widely situated towards 256 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the the posterior border. Both pairs have a rounded lens-like differentiation. ‘The median tentacle is prominent, while two shorter tentacular cirri occur on each side. These are sparsely covered with minute papilla. The palpi have enlarged basal regions and taper to a blunt point. The body is flattened and of nearly uniform diameter, though slightly tapered in front and more distinctly posteriorly, where it terminates in a rounded “ boss” on each side of the vent (fig. 2), the globular Posterior end of young Pholvé, x 100. cirri of the last pair of feet projecting a little in front. The proboscis is furnished with well-marked teeth. The number of scales is uncertain, though four pairs remained. Most had five cilia on the outer border, though one, probably the first, had seven. Lines radiating from the centre of the scale to the base of the cilia probably indicated nerve-strands. The feet show dorsal and ventral divisions each with a spine and the characteristic bristles. The life-history of this form thus corresponds with that of its allies, the larval stage being pelagic, the young by-and-by settling on the bottom like their parents. A wide distribution is thus attained. 2. On the British Nephthydide. In the ‘Catalogue of the British Museum,’ published in 1865, three species of Nephthys are mentioned, viz. N. ceca, Fabr., NV. longisetosa, Cirst. (?),and N. Hombergii, Aud. & Ed. Dr. Johnston, however, had not seen an example of the latter, which had been mentioned by Dr. Williams, and the precise Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 257 relationships of N. longisetosa are doubtful—indeed, in all probability it may refer to the long- bristled form of N. ceca. The dredgings of the ‘ Porcupine’ and ‘ Knight Hrrant,’ of Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys in Shetland, those of Ganon Norman in the same region and in Norway, and of the Royal Irish Academy under Prof. Haddon and Dr. Scharff, have consider- ably extended the species, so that there are at least double, and perhaps treble, the number now known as British. The characters by which the species of Nephthys are distin- guished from each other are less evident than in many other families of Polycheta, and the observer is at first dissatisfied, especially in regard to the structure of the bristles, with the essential features diagnostic of each. A careful consideration of the form of the head, the structure of the feet, and the bristles, which are borne on the anterior face of each foot, with other features, however, shows that, so far as known, the distinctions are reliable, though it must be remembered that further information in regard ‘to sexual variation is needed. Accordingly the following nine species are found to be natives of Britain :— The most abundant as well as the largest form is Neptthys ceca, Fabr., in which the wedge- shaped head is rounded in front, with two seusory papilles posteriorly, The body is moderately elongate and of considerable thickness. Poste- riorly it terminates in an anus with a median tapering cirrus ventrally. The proboscis has twenty-two rows of papille, five (or occasionally six) being in each row, The dorsal lamella of the foot is fan- shaped and prominent, its deepest part being external; dorsal cirrus short and tapering; bran- chial process of considerable length, coiled externally, and with a semicircular flap of the spinigerous lobe at its base anteriorly. The ventral division of the foot has a large, broadly lanceolate, and pointed lamella continuous with the fleshy lobes of the region. ‘I'he ventral cirrus is of moderate size, slightly flattened and conical. In front of the dorsal lamella is a row of pale, elongate, serrate bristles which ex- tend outwards fully three times the diameter of the lamella. The serrated edge, forming a simple saw-like arrangement in lateral view, Is really composed of a close series of Gramererse spikes in each division. ‘The bristle extends distally as an extremely attenuate process, aud tapers to a fine point devoid of serrations. A narrow fleshy ridge, with the tip of the spine projecting externally, comes next the foregoing bristles, and then a series of the pale barred or camerated bristles in front. No free flap guarding these bristles in front is present in this Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 17 258 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the species. ‘The foregoing, constituting the dorsal division, is separated by a considerable interval from the ventral division of the foot, the intermediate region being occupied by the branchial process. The inferior lamella is broadly lanceolate, pointed, and with the longer edge inferior. It is continuous with the fleshy lobe of the foot, the tip of which slopes from below upward and outward—the reverse of the arrangement in the upper lobe. The fleshy part terminates superiorly ina thickened adherent point. ‘The long pale capillary bristles pass out, similarly to the dorsal, close to the lamella, and extend outwards about the same distance, and have the same structure. A narrow fleshy ridge, corresponding to the foot proper, separates the capillary from the row of barred bristles in tront. The conical ventral cirrus is slightly flattened and of moderate size. Common everywhere round the shores of Britain. The next species, Nephthys scolopendroides, Delle Chiaje, is perhaps more generally known by other names, such as N. Hombergiit, Aud. & Kd., and N. assimilis, Girsted. It extends from Shetland to the Channel Islands, along both shores, as well as to Ireland. The rectangular head is more elongated than in JV. c@ca, and the tentacles are more slender, the posterior pair, as usual, being larger than the anterior. The wide base of the inferior tentacular cirrus (Ehlers) merges into the anterior lips. ‘The body asa rule is smaller than that of N. ceca. Proboscis with a slightly longer terminal papilla in the mid-dorsal line. The dorsal lamella of the foot is broad and low, projecting beyond the tip of the foot ; dorsal cirrus short. Branchie large, often curved inwards, and with a process at the base, commencing on the fifth foot. A tongue- shaped inner flap guards the base of the bristles, and another (somewhat pointed) occurs at the tip of the foot. The lamella of the ventral division is large, directed upwards and outwards, and is broad and truncated at the tip. Ventral cirrus short and broadly lanceolate. The serrate bristles are shorter than in N. ceca, have long shafts and an expanded blade bent downwards at an angle and tapering somewhat quickly to a delicate point. ‘The barred bristles (anterior) approach those of N. ceca, the tips perhaps being shorter. The third form is Nephthys ciliata, O. F. Miiller, a species chiefly Zetlandic, though it stretches both to the American and Kuropean shores of the North Atlantic. The head is longer than broad, with a wide anterior border and more slender tentacles than in V. ceca. Jn extrusion the proboscis Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 259 J YJ) is generally papillose, with distal rows (twenty-two in number) of slender elongated papillw, of which each row has from 5-7, A median cirrus in front of the rows in the mid-dorsal line. The body has from 90-152 segments or more. Foot with the dorsal lamella rounded, its oreatest vertical diameter being median and its axis directed upwards. At the outer edge of the foot is a smaller rounded lamella. Dorsal cirrus slender and long. Branchial process of moderate length. Inferior lobe sinuous below the small terminal lamella, with a small papilla at the inner border of the latter superiorly. Ventral cirrus large and conical. Bristles brownish, comparatively short, the serrated forms having a distinct curvature of the dilated region beyond the shaft and a serrated edge. The barred forms are finely tapered. The fourth species, Nephthys hystricis, Sp. n., comes from Berehaven (Royal Irish Academy’s Expedition), from various stations in the Mediterranean during the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870, and a closely allied, if not identical, form was obtained by Canon Norman off Bergen. The head is elongated from before backward, with rather pointed subulate tentacles anteriorly, the broader second pair following after an interval. Peristomial segment ventrally with two broad flaps and a symmetrical series of furrows. Body resembling that of N. ciliata. Proboscis comparatively short, with slender papille in twenty-two rows. The mid- dorsal. pair converge on the long tentacle immediately in front, and the rows on each side of the mid-ventral line converge in a more marked manner; but there is no median filament. As a rule four papilla occur in each row, but in some there are traces of a fifth, and in the ventral pair (on each side of the median line) six short papille. Foot with a long, little elevated, dorsal Jamella, which does not extend so far outward or droop at the tip as in N. scolopendroides. It approaches in form the foot ot N. ctléata, but differs in the shape of the dorsal lamella and in the fact that in front of the capillary bristles the spinigerous region forms a low cone with the spine at the apex, the barred bristles arising in the fissure between it and a large flap or lamella formed by the fillet guarding the bristles, whereas in N. ciliata the spiigerous region itself forms the tree flap. The dorsal cirrus is somewhat thick, separated only by a shallow notch from the branchia, which is of moderate size, has a papilla at its outer base, and is curved outward. _Bristles similar to those of N. scolopendroides, but thinner. Inferior division of the foot with a small lamella posteriorly, another nearly as prominent formed by the fillet for the barred bristles, LG* 260 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the the conical spinigerous lobe lying between. In several views therefore the tip is trifid. A fifth British example is N. longisetosa, Girsted (1843), a very different species from the N. dongisetosa (Csrst.) of Dr. Johnston, which may have been the long-bristled form of NV. ceca, though Malmgren found the examples in the Pritish Museum to comprise NY. scolopendroides and another species. In this the head is somewhat shield-shaped ; the anterior tentacles marked by a translucent stripe in front, long and slender; second pair also long and lanceolate. Proboscis distinguished by fifteen rows of 11-15 papille *. Dorsal lamella of the foot elevated and prominent, with an accessory rounded process. Dorsal cirrus large and lanceo- late, closely connected with the base of the branchia, only a shallow notch intervening, and the branchia is often curved inward. Ventral division with a tongue-shaped lamella above the dorsal edge at the tip, and only a narrow lamella beyond the foot. Both barred and serrated (capillary) bristles are yellow or brownish, with a metallic sheen, and largely deve- loped, the latter presenting a gentle curve from base to apex, the minute spines being traceable from the short shaft to the tip. Another species, somewhat allied to the foregoing, is Nephthys Grubei tT, sp. n., which was dredged at station 8 on board the ‘ Knight Errant,’ 17th August, 1880, in 540 fathoms in the Atlantic. The head is elongated from before back- wards, with a straight anterior edge, which is somewhat narrower than in N. longisetosa. ‘The tentacles at the outer angles are conical, tapering, and have a translucent area at the inner border. The second pair follow close on the first and have the form of an acuminate leaf, whereas in N. longi- setosa they are more widely separated from the first, are proportionally longer and more pointed. At each angle of the head posteriorly is a papilla, probably sensory, the corre- sponding organ in N. longisetosa being inconspicuous. The proboscis is included, but the arrangement of the parts around the mouth is similar. he first foot differs from that in N. longisetosa, for it has a well-marked subulate dorsal process or cirrus, besides the lanceolate ventral one, whereas in N. longisetosa only a small papilla occurs dorsally and the ventral cirrus is much longer. In the typicai foot the dorsal * Malmeren gives 14. + Named after the late Prof. Edouard Grube, of Breslau, a distin- guished investigator of the Annelids. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 261 lamella is narrowed at its attachment, broader and somewhat truncated distally, the reverse being the case in N. longisetosa. Instead of a distinct flap externally only a trace in the shape of a fillet occurs. he dorsal cirrus is less, while the branchia is longer, though it is likewise curved inward. The spini- gerous lobe is produced further outwards as a pointed process and has a different angle. Moreover, the fillet guarding the barred bristles is convex upwards. In the inferior division the posterior lamella is considerably smaller, the spinigerous lobe is longer and more acute, whilst anteriorly the upper fillet is smaller. The ventral cirrus is smaller and less tapered than in WV. longisetosa. Both barred and slender bristles are more slender than in the latter species, though in both the transverse bars of the camerated bristles extend downward till the full diameter of the shaft is reached. The seventh form is Nephthys Johnstont, Ehlers, which has a shield-shaped head, a broad and somewhat convex anterior border, a slender tapering tentacle at each angle, and an oblique translucent patch at its base internally. The second pair occur after a considerable interval. The proboscis has rather long rows of papille distally and a median cirrus dorsally and ventrally. Between the rows at the aperture is a simple papilla dorsally and ventrally. ‘The anterior folds or lips in front of the mouth are large. ‘The dorsal lamella has a similar curvature to that of N. ciliata, but it extends further outward, and only a trace of the rounded terminal lobe appears. ‘lhe setigerous region stands up prominently and is smoothly rounded externally. No free flap to the anterior fillet guards the barred bristles. ‘lhe dorsal cirrus is a variable filiform process. The branchia is not large and is coiled externally. ‘The ventral lamella is large and ovato- lanceolate, and the ventral cirrus is lanceolate, larger than in NV. ciliata, considerably less than in WV. longisetosa. The capillary bristles are longer and less rigid than in the latter, and the serrations are very fine, the long distal region being smooth. ‘The barred region in the anterior bristles is long and slightly fusiform. Nephthys cirrosa, Ehlers (1868), is the eighth British species, characterized by a seven-sided head, longer than broad, with a pair of conical tentacles in front and a longer Jatero-ventral pair after a considerable interval. A small papilla (sensory) lies on each side of the head posteriorly. Proboscis with the normal rows (twenty-two) of rather long papille, each row having six or more papille. Shorter 262 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the papilla are scattered over the general surface of the organ. A single slender median dorsal cirrus is present. oot with a rather long low dorsal lamella, deepest in the middle. No other flap. Dorsal cirrus of average length, subulate and rather slender. Branchia of moderate size, slightly coiled outward. The ventral division has a posterior lamella of moderate size directed upwards and with a small flap supe- riorly over the base of the bristles. The ventral cirrus is prominent and somewhat conical. Bristles rather long and curved, pale golden; longer (capillary) forms with a marked curve of the blade and a finely serrated edge. Barred forms with a spindle-shaped camerated region. The ninth and last British species is one near Nephthys incisa, Malmgren, which was procured on the shores of Connemara, Galway, by the late Mr. A. G. Moore. In this the head is somewhat shield-shaped, slightly wider in the middle, and marked by two pale lateral areas which map out the surface. Anterior and ventro-lateral tentacles smail and conical. The proboscis has rows of minute papillae and a short dorsal cirrus (Malmgren). The foot has a rounded dorsal lamella extending nearly to the tip of the organ, and somewhat like that of WV. longisetosa, Cirst., though differing both from that and N. ciliata. The small dorsal cirrus is leaf-like and pointed, separated by a shallow notch from the rather massive though short branchia, which has the tip bent outward and forward. ‘The branchia diminishes and dis- appears posteriorly. Spinigerous lobe small, hidden between the rows of bristles. Fillet guarding the base of the barred bristles developed into a free flap posteriorly and inferiorly. Inferior division of the foot trifid, the anterior fillet pro- jecting most superiorly. Neither flap is much developed, and the spinigerous lobe is conical. The bristles are’ dark brown, the anterior having the barred region beyond the widest part, and the capillary forms being curved and minutely serrated. ‘he most marked features of the species are the dark brownish bristles, the slight development of the lamellee, and the wide space between the divisions of the foot. 3. On Nephthys (Aglaophanus) inermis, Ehlers, from the * Porcupine.’ Though not falling within the British area, another species, dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870 off Cape Finisterre, in 81 fathoms, may be alluded to, viz. Nephthys Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 263 (Aglaophanus, Kbg.) tnermis, Ehlers *. It was first ob- tained in the American expedition in the ‘ Blake,’ under Count Pourtalés, in 1869, off Alligator Reef, at a depth of 53 fathoms; but the description was twenty years later in being published. ‘The head is somewhat pentagonal, nearly straight or slightly convex in front, and devoid of the tentacles at each angle. ‘The ventral tentacles are small and subulate, but occupy the usual position, though they do not project laterally. The buccal region considerably diverges, for there are no folds in front of it and only a median and two lateral grooves behind it. The body somewhat resembles that of a Nereis, from the great length of the branchial processes, which project like cirri. The proboscis (Pl. VII. fig. 6) is perfectly smooth, though Kinberg f, in his original description, gave it two fusiform maxille. The typical foot in the anterior region (Pl. VIL. fig. 7) shows comparatively short and widely separated divisions. The dorsal lamella is of moderate height and extends far outward. ‘The dorsal cirrus is large, long, closely attached to the base of the branchia, which is long and coiled inwards and has a cylindrical papilla at its base externally. The bristles are dark and occur in a small and somewhat elliptical area, having the spine in the centre. The posterior tuft is composed of simple, rather stout and short, tapering bristles, with minute serrations on the edge of the blade (Pl, VIII. fig. 1), shorter lyrate forms (PI. VIII. fig. 2) being mingled with them. ‘The anterior tuft is also dark and has long and finely tapered bristles with indistinct transverse markings, which fade towards the tapering extremity (Pl. VIII. fig. 8). The inferior division of the foot has a large spathulate lamella superiorly, while the cirrus projects nearly as far, as a somewhat conical process. ‘The tip is thus bifid in lateral view. ‘The bristles form a loop closed superiorly and open inferiorly—that is, the anterior tuft touches the posterior superiorly but is separate inferiorly. ‘The rudimentary con- dition of the transverse markings in the anterior bristles, for they form closely arranged and somewhat indistinct granular bars, is interesting. A peculiarity of the ventral division of the foot is the presence of a fold of skin passing as a free flap backward and then slightly upward, so as to form a process between the feet. Viewed from the ventral surface each foot thus is ensheathed at the base. * Ehlers, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll. vol. xv. p. 125, Taf. xxxvill. tigs. 1-6 (1887). ; + “ Annul, Nova,” Cifversigt K, Vet.-Akad. Forhandl 1865, p. 229, 264 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the - Posteriorly the height of the dorsal lobe diminishes and it projects as an acute process. The length of the dorsal cirrus and branchia increases, and the lamella and cirrus in the inferior division are also considerably elongated, so that they form two slender processes. Just in front of the tail the branchia is reduced to a short process. Inferiorly the ventral cirrus is large, but the lamella above it has disappeared. In contrasting the foregoing with the descriptions and figures of Ehlers, the elongated upper lamella in the European form differs. Moreover, Ehlers states that the anterior tufts of bristles do not show the transverse markings, whereas, though less distinct than in the typical form, such are present in the European. The mode of preservation, however, may be connected with this difference. Ehlers refers to the scale- like ventral fold at the base of the foot. 4. On the Neplithydide of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada. These formed part of a very interesting collection of annelids made by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves (now of the Canadian Geological Survey) in 1871, 1872, and 1873, the result of several dredging expeditions in the Gulf. A previous paper on the subject will be found in the ‘ Annals’ for April 1876. An abundant form is Nephthys ciliata, O. F. M., a widely distributed species on European shores. One of the Canadian examples is large and another has a Crustacean parasite attached dorsally. Nephthys canadensis, sp. n. Dredged at Stat. A 1 and A 8, 1872, and no. 29, Bradelle Bank, 1873. Head clongated from before backward and with a pair of short conical anterior tentacles. ‘The second (ventral) pair are somewhat lanceolate and occur after an interval. ‘The cirri of the first foot are also short and lanceolate. Body of the typical form and attaining a considerable size, probably at least 6-7 inches. ‘he furrows of the middle region behind the mouth slant from the median line outward and backward, ‘The proboscis shows numerous small papille at its distal end in extrusion, the rest being smooth. No specimen, however, shows the organ completely extruded. The foot (Pl. VII. fig. 1) presents two widely divergent regions, as in JV, incisa. Anteriorly the dorsal division has a small rounded lamella at its base, the flattened dorsal cirrus Gatty Mayne Laboratory, St. Andrews. 265 is minute (in some jdistinguishable) and closely attached to the base of the sort and broad branchial process, which shows only a sligt concavity externally. In translucent preparations this amellar branchia shows a crenate mem- branous border aq] Jarge central trunks. The setigerous lobe 18 prominent antin side view forms a projecting lamella both above and belo‘ the spine. No fillet occurs at the base of the barred brisles, The bristles are of moderate length, with a curve bekward. Both the barred and the elongated kinds are some;hat slender, the former being marked by close transverse bat and tapering toa fine point (PI. VIII. fig. 4) ; the latter alscslender and tapering to a delicate tip, the blade with distine’ serrations (rows of spikes) on the expanded region abov the shaft (Pl. VIII. figs. 5 & 6), the tip appa- rently sm00)|, The serrations, however, are easily removed. The infeor division stands widely apart, without a lamella or occaslOh]ly only atrace. It has a blunt point and extends further OUward than the dorsal. The spinigerous lobe is flattened nd conical, with the spine at the apex. ‘The fillet ah the ba, of the barred bristles sends a process superiorly. The inféor cirrus is of moderate size and conical in shape. Poste,orly the dorsal and ventral lobes of the feet bzcom2 prolongd and acute. A trace of the dorsal lamella is still visible The branchia, however, has shrunk to a minute proces beneath the small cirrus. The inferior division has apprOched considerably nearer the upper and extends as a long ointed lobe halt’ its length beyond the upper, and the vent] cirrus is carried outward nearly in a vertical line with the ranchia. ‘he feet and bristles were studded with numerous examples of , whitish clavate ecto-parasite like Loxosoma, which, ho ever, had a series of spine-like processes, either lateral or teninal, ; Nephthys lawrencii, sp. n. Dredged on Bradelle Bank, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada, 873; at Stat. A 1, 1872; and off Port Hood, 1873. The head is somewhat longer than broad, though in extru- on of the proboscis it becomes shield-shaped. A short and mmewhat flattened conical teutacle comes from each angle of ve rather narrow and straight anterior margin. The second r ventral tentacles, which are separated from the first by a hort interval, are similar in shape but scarcely so large, (wo slight elevations occur on each side of the median line iosteriorly. In the ordinary position of the proboscis within he body the ventral cirrus of the first foot shows a somewhat orl 266 ~~ Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes fron. the expanded base, and thus an approach tothe NW. bucera of Ehlers is made; but this, at any rate, is dparently variable and much more marked, for instance, in Nea. Body of the normal shape, the folds of th triangular post- oral region slope from before backward and lightly outward on each side. The extruded proboscis is ¢omparatively smooth, for the papille in the rows of the 1st region are small. A long and strong cirrus, however,OCcUrs in the median line dorsally. The papillee around the, aperture distally are ten in number on each side and norlal in shape. The typical anterior foot (PI. VII. fig. 2) hast” elongated though not high lamella superiorly behind the prtles. Both inner and outer edges are somewhat abrupt. ‘Tishape thus differs from that of Nephthys long’setosa, CArst., 1 Which it bears some resemblance. The spinigerous lobe i¢onical in antero-posterior view. he fillet at the base of he barred bristles rises into a lamella superiorly and again éternally. The dorsal cirrus is thin and lanceolate, forming €0™para-~ tively large foliaceous expansion, sometimes with a rickened rib inferiorly. ‘The branchia is separated from it ely by a shallow notch, and is of considerable size. The tip is directed outwards. The barred bristles (Pl. VIII. fig 7) are finely marked, and the simple bristles (PI. VIII. fig) are rather short, with a distinct curve where the shaft jo'S the blade, which is but little expanded. From the curtture almost to the tip the edge is minutely serrated, Swilar bristles occur in the ventral division. All are dark, wh a fine metallic sheen. The inferior division has a sght lamella from the fold superiorly, passing outward and do? ward behind the bristles nearly to the ventral border of he foot. The spinigerous lobe is acutely conical and the fict guarding the bases of the barred bristles is distinct, foldis over superiorly to join the posterior lamella and inferior] ending in front of the ventral cirrus. It projects a lit? beyond the fleshy part of the foot. The flat and conic ventral cirrus is not much developed. The ventral edge o. the foot from the tip inwards seems to be thin, forming a translucent narrow belt inferiorly. i Certain features approach those of Nephthys scolopendrotdes but the form of the lamelle and fillets and the cirri distin- guish it. Nephthys picta, Ehlers. 1868. Nephthys bucera, Ehlers, Die Borst. ii. p. 617, Taf. xxiii. fig. 8. 1868. Nephthys picta, Ehlers, Die Borst. ii. p. 682, Taf. xxiii. figs, 9, 35. Dredged by Mr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawre:-e, Canada, no. 61, 1871, and at A 1, 1872. Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 267 Only fragmentary specimens were obtained. Head (Pl. VII. fig. 3) somewhat shield-shaped, widest in front, the anterior edge being convex. ‘The anterior tentacles are subulate and somewhat long, with a translucent space at the inner edge of the base. The second pair are represented only by a small process at the posterior part of the head ventrally. Ventral cirrus of the first foot longer than the tentacle, tapering from a broad base to the tip. The lips in front of the mouth (Pl. VII. fig. 4) ventrally are remarkably small, leaving the head in front entirely clear, as well as the ventral cirrus of the first foot, whereas in such as Nephthys ceca the oral fold on each side is confluent with and even passes slightly in front of this structure. The trian- gular area behind the mouth has the furrows with a gentle slope from within outward. Proboscis—The extruded organ (Pl. VII. fig. 8) shows rows of rather long papille distally, apparently about four in each row, and dorsally a single slender cirrus. The bifid papille surrounding the aperture have a long slender external limb. Their number seems to agree with that in allied forms. The first foot bears a small tuft of forwardly-directed, simple, and apparently smooth bristles, with a distinct curva- ture, passing close to the margin of the head, and a more erect papilla with a series of transversely barred bristles of minute size. ‘The ventral cirrus is conspicuous and subulate, tapering from a flattened expansion at the base. The typical foot (PI. VII. fig. 5) has a dorsal lamella which projects as a somewhat fan-shaped process outward as far as the tip, and having its greatest vertical diameter about the middle. It is slightly bent in the figure. The dorsal cirrus has a curiously enlarged and flattened base superiorly and is subulate. ‘he branchia is comparatively short and with a slight curve outward. An external basal process is present, the incurvation between this and the dorsal cirrus being short. The lamella of the inferior division is moderately developed, with an obliquity at its inferior margin. It is largest supe- norly. ‘The ventral cirrus is flattened and lanceolate, though, as usually seen, the narrow edge only is visible. ‘'wo kinds of long posterior curved bristles occur on each foot, viz. those without evident serrations and those which have the convex edge of the long flattened blade minutely serrated, and at the convexity of the curve beyond the short shaft present about five or six larger hooks (PI. VIII. figs. 9 & 10), which show a process or spike at the base in each case. Whether the smooth forms are younger or precede the barbed bristles is unknown, but those emerging from the surface and 268 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. the shorter forms are smooth. The barred bristles (Pl. VIII. fig. 11) offer no diagnostic feature. The specimen seems to agree with the description given by Prof. Ehlers of the head and anterior end of Nephthys bucera, but the structure of the foot diverges, since he states that the dorsal lamella has its long diameter perpendicular to the foot (forming an oval membranous plate), whereas the long diameter here is horizontal. Moreover, the capillary bristles have the larger spikes at the flattened region beyond the shaft characteristic of N. picta, though they are not so pronounced as in Ehlers’s figure. ‘lhe dorsal lamella of the latter (foot) would appear to be scarcely so long as the division aud uniformly rounded. The dorsal cirrus in the Canadian form has a flat enlargement at its base superiorly. Unfortu- nately Ihlers gives no figure of the foot, so that some doubt remains. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES, PuaTe VII. Fig. 1, Typical foot of Nephthys canadensis, with peculiar parasitic bodies attached, Enlarged. Fig. 2. Foot of Nephthys lawrencit. Enlarged. Fig. 3. Head and anterior segment of Nephthys picta, Ehlers, from the dorsum. Enlarged. Fig. 4. Ventral aspect of the same region, Enlarged. Fig. 5. Foot of the same species. Enlarged. Ig. 6. Partly extruded proboscis of Nephthys (Aglaophanus) inermis, Ehlers. Enlarged. Fig. 7. Foot (about the 90th) of the foregoing. Enlarged. Fig. 8, Proboscis of Nephthys picta, Enlarged. PuatTe VIII. Fig. 1. Barred or camerated bristle of Nephthys (Aglaophanus) inermis, Ehlers. Magnified. tg. 2. Lyrate bristle of the same species. Magnified. Fig. 3. Simple bristle of the same form. Magnified. Fig. 4. Barred bristle of Nephthys canadensis, sp.n. Magnified. Figs. 5, 6. Simple serrated bristles of the foregoing. Magnified. Fig. 7. Barred bristle of Nephthys lawrencii, sp. n. Mugnified, Fig. 8. Simple finely serrated bristle of the same. Magnified, Fig. 9. Serrated bristle of Nephthys picta, Ehlers. Fig. 10. Inferior region of the blade of the foregoing, more highly magnified, Fig. 11, Barred bristle of the same species. Magnified. On new Neotropical Mammals. 269 XXXV.—Descriptions of new Neotropical Mammals, By OLpFrieLp THOMAS. Vampyrops dorsalis, sp. n. Like V. cinfuscus in size and dentition, but with a marked dorsal line. Size intermediate between the large V. vittatus and the much smaller V. /éneatus, apparently about as in V. ¢nfuscus. General colour above dark smoky brown or blackish through- out; facial lines almost obsolete, a faint indication of the supraorbital ones perceptible. Dorsal line white, prominent, running from the nape to the rump. Under surface dull grey, paler than the back. Skull shaped as in the allied species. Incisors 3, molars 3. Penultimate upper molars square or slightly concave behind, last molars minute. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 83 millim.; forearm 49; ear (dry) 16. Skull: extreme length 27°5; basal length 22°7; greatest breadth 16; interorbital breadth 6°3; palate length from gnathion 15; breadth outside m.* 11:8; front of canine to back of m.* 10°2; front of lower canine to back of m.3 11°9. flab. Paramba, N. Ecuador. Alt. 1100 m. Type. B.M. no. 99. 12. 5. 1. Collected 14th April, 1899, by R. Miketta. In the synopsis of the species of Vampyrops that I gave in 1889 * this bat would be placed with the Peruvian V. ¢nfuscus, Peters f, but differs from that species by the presence of a distinct dorsal white line, as in the much smaller V. éneatus. Although I still think that in the present group the number of the molars is not a character of generic importance, the increase in the number of species known renders it not inad- visable that the genus Vampyrops, as with Artibeus and Stenoderma, should be arranged in subgeneric groups in accordance with the dental formula. This might be done as follows ;— A. Molars 3. Subgenus Vampyrops (s. s.). Type V. linea- tus, Geoff. Other species: vittatus, Pet., tnfuscus, Pet., zarhinus, H. All., dorsalis, Thos. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) iv. p. 170 (1889). ~ MB. Ak, Berl. 1880, p. 259. 270 Mr. O. Thomas on 2 9 B. Molars 2. Incisors 3. Subgenus Vampyrodes*, Type V. Caraccioli, Thos. ©. Molars 2. Incisors 7. Subgenus Vampyriscus*. Type V. bidens, Dobs. D. Molars 3. Subgenus Vampyressa*. Type V. pusillus, Wagn. Rhipidomys Goodfellow?, sp. n. General external appearance almost precisely as in R. Cowesi. Fur unusually short, close and straight, only about 6 millim. long on the back. Colour above of the’same brownish-fawn tone found in the browner examples of 2. Coues?, perhaps rather darker mesially. Sides clearer greyish fawn. Under surface very short-haired, dull greyish with a buffy tinge, the bases ot the hairs slaty, the tips dull buffy ; line of demar- cation on sides quite indistinct. Hind limbs and outer sides of fore limbs like body; inner sides of fore limbs whitish, whiter than the belly. Ankles and upperside of hind feet brown, the hairs at bases of claws white. ‘Tail with nearly an inch of its base covered with the grey hairs of the body, the remainder uniformly blackish, the terminal half more bushy than in the allied species, the scales being practically hidden. Mamme 1—2=6. Skull rather smaller and more delicate than that of R. Coues¢ (comparing old specimens of each species), with a lighter narrower muzzle ; nasals extending rather further back. Interorbital region smooth, flat, sharp-edged, evenly broaden- ing backwards. Palatal foramina rather smaller. End of palate level with hinder edge of m.*. Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :— Head and body 186 millim. ; tail 191; hind foot (wet) 29; ear (wet) 14. Skull: extreme length 39; basilar length 31°6; greatest breadth 20; nasals 14°6x4°6; interorbital breadth 6:1; palate length from henselion 17; diastema 11; palatal foramina 8:1 x 3°3; length of upper molar series 6. flab. Upper Rio Napo, at mouth of Rio Coca. Type. Female. Collected in June 1899, and presented to the British Museum, by Walter Goodfellow, Isq., in whose honour it is named. This Upper-Amazonian species is most nearly allied to the Trinidadian &. Coues?, All., and the Peruvian &. leucodactylus, T'sch., but may be distinguished from either by its much shorter fur, duller-coloured under surface, bushier tail, and * Nomina nova. new Neotropical Mammals. ATi} more delicate skull. The other members of the genus are all considerably smaller. Rhipidomys venezuele cumananus, subsp. n. Similar to the typical form in colour and other characters but rather larger and more heavily built; the feet broader and stouter. General colour above dull greyish fulvous, as in the majority of specimens of F&. v. typicus, but the latter is very variable in the exact tone of colour, some specimens from Merida being quite greyish and others deep fulvous. Belly of type dull whitish, the hairs white to their roots; in the second specimen they are slightly grey basally. Tail rather more heavily furred and pencilled than in the typical form, blackish brown throughout. Skull with its brain-case larger than in the typical form, but its muzzle is of much the same proportions, very different to the long heavy muzzle of F. Couesi, the ‘Trinidad species. Interorbital region broad and flat. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 150 millim.; tail 176; hind foot 29; ear 21. Skull: basilar length 29°5; greatest breadth 20; nasals 12°5 x 4°3; interorbital breadth 5°3; breadth of brain-case 15; palate length 15°2; diastema 9°7; palatal foramina 8 x 3°6; length of upper molar series 6:0. Hab. Cumana. Type from Ipure, altitude 700 m.; a second example from Quebrada Secca. Type. Female. Original number 314. Collected 22nd March, 1899, by HK. André. Rhipidomys dryas, sp. n. Size small. Fur fairly straight and crisp, not woolly ; hairs of back about 7 millim. in length. General colour above bright fulvous, about as in Oryzomys flavicans, 'Thos., finely lined with black. Head rather greyer. Lars of medium size, thinly haired, pale brown. Cheeks, sides of neck, and flanks more fawn-coloured, a distinct fulvous line edging the belly-colour. Lips, whole of under surface, and inner sides of limbs pure sharply defined white. Outer sides of arms and legs and upper surface of hands and feet fulvous, a faint metapodial darkening present. Iifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the second phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail rather longer than the head and body, its basal half-inch furry like the body, the remainder thinly haired, slightly pencilled, uniformly brown throughout. 272 Mr. O. Thomas on Skull of the shape typical of the genus, but distinguished from that of most of the species by its small size. Nasals narrow, just surpassing the premaxille posteriorly. Inter- orbital space flat, its edges with well-developed divergent ridges which can be traced backward across the parietals to the outer corners of the interparietal. Brain-case broad and rounded. Palatal foramina short, barely reaching backward to the level of the front of m.*. Molars very small, smaller in proportion than in other species. Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in the flesh by collector) :— Head and body 100 millim.; tail 120; hind foot 22; ear 14. Skull: extreme length 27; basilar length 20°3; greatest breadth 15; nasals 9°3x3°1; interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth of brain-case 12°2; palate length from henselion 11 ; diastema 7; palatal foramina 4°6x2:2; length of upper molar series 3°8. Hab. Paramba, N. Ecuador. Alt. 1100 m. Type. B.M. no, 99. 12. 5.4. Original number 12. Col- lected 11th May, 1899, by R. Miketta. ‘Two specimens examined, This striking little species, one of the smallest of the genus, has a certain resemblance to &, microtis, Thos., from the neighbourhood of Bogota, but is readily distinguished by its brighter colour, pure white belly, and much smaller palatal foramina and molars. Its nearest ally is probably Tomes’s ‘ Hesperomys bicolor” *, collected by Fraser in the Ecuadorean Oriente at Gualaquiza ; but that animal is said to have a ‘ darkish cinnamon-brown ”’ general colour, and its under surface is yellowish white. ‘The tail is also shorter than the head and body. Oryzomys sylvaticus, sp. n. General appearance very much that of a large specimen of the European Mus sylvaticus, Fur straight, close and rather crisp, about 8-9 millim. long on the back. General colour above dull fulvous, much darkened with black on the middle line of the back, clearer on the sides. Head decidedly greyer than body. Under surface soiled whitish, the bases of the hairs slaty, the tips dull white; line of demarcation on sides rather sharply defined. ars large, finely haired, dull brown. Outer sides of limbs greyish, inner sides like belly; hands and feet dull white above, wrists and ankles browner ; feet * P, Z. 8. 1860, p. 217. new Neotropical Mammals. 273 long and slender, fifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the basal phalanx of the fourth. Tail slender, naked, finely scaled, brown above, scarcely paler below. Skull very similar in its general shape and delicate build to that of O. gracilis, but much larger. Nasals and pre- maxillz about level posteriorly. Supraorbital edges evenly divergent, finely beaded, the beading extending backward “nearly half across the parietals. Palatal foramina small and narrow. ‘Teeth of normal proportions. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col- lector) :— Head and body 112 millim.; tail 118; hind foot 29; ear 21. Skull: extreme length 30°5; basilar length 22°8; greatest breadth 15; nasals, length 12; interorbital breadth 4:9; palate length from henselion 13; diastema 7:8; palatal foramina 4°5; length of upper molar series 4°5. Hab. Santa Rosa, Southern Ecuador. Altitude 10 m. Type. B.M. no. 0. 1. 1. 21. Original number 440. Col- lected 30th June, 1899, by Perry O. Simons. This species 1s exactly intermediate in size between the large O. lativeps and the small O. gracilis, and may therefore be readily distinguished by size from either of them, to which alone it has any resemblance in general characters. Probably it is most nearly allied to O. gracilis. Oryzomys balneator, sp. n. General appearance that of a dark-coloured member of the O. longicaudatus group, but really more allied to O. beops. Size small, rather less than in O. gracilis. Fur tairly straight, not so woolly as in O. beops. Colour above dark greyish brown, heavily lined with black, the general effect not far from the “ bistre” of Ridgway. Rump’ with a suffu- sion of reddish fawn. Face like back. Cheeks and flanks dull fawn; outer side of hips deeper fawn. Under surface dark soiled greyish, the hairs slaty grey basally, dull whitish terminally ; the line of demarcation little defined. ars small, finely haired, black. Limbs coloured on outer sides like back, on inner sides like belly ; upper surface of hands and feet greyish brown; hairs at base of claws white; feet long and slender ; fifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the basal phalanx of the fourth. ‘Tail slender, almost naked except towards the end, dark brown above, rather lighter below ; extreme tip slightly pencilled, commonly (in four out of five examples) white. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 18 274 On new Neotropical Mammals. Skull showing a general resemblance to that of O. beops in its thin texture, rounded and unridged brain-case, small face, and narrow interorbital region. Nasals narrow, evenly tapering backward ; supraorbital edges square but not ridged. Palatal foramina short and narrow. Molars small and delicate. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col- lector) :— Head.and body 92 millim.; tail 117; hind foot (s. u.) 26; ear 16. Skull: greatest length 26; basilar length 19°4; greatest breadth 14; nasals 9°2x 3; interorbital breadth 4:3; brain- case 13x 12; palate length from henselion 10:5; diastema7 ; palatal foramina 4 x2; upper molar series 3°6. Hab. Mirador, 20 miles E. of Bafios, Oriente of Ecuador. Altitude 1500 m. Type. Male. B.M. no. 99. 9. 9. 34. Original number 237. Collected 8th February, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Five specimens. Despite its general resemblance to members of other groups, this species is probably most nearly related to O. beops and its allies, but is readily distinguishable by its smaller size, longer feet, much smaller teeth, and less woolly fur. Zygodontomys brevicauda tobagi, subsp. n. Closely allied in size and all other essential characters to Z. b. typicus, but of a more dirty brownish hue, the face and fore-quarters especially browner, and without the rufous tone which characterizes the Trinidad form. On the rump alone does the colour attain to nearly the reddish tone which is spread equally over the whole of the head and back in typicus. Under surface as in typicus, dull soiled buffy, without line of demarcation. * Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— ee and body 146 millim. ; tail 100; hind foot (s. u.) 30; ear 18. Skull: greatest length 35; greatest breadth 19; length of upper molar series 4°6. Hab. Island of Tobago, W. Indies. Type from Richmond. Type. Male. B.M.no. 97. 6.7.47. Collected lst March, 1897, by Dr. Perey Rendall. Three specimens examined. This is evidently a darkened insular race of the ‘Trinidad Z. brevicauda, of which the British Museum possesses six skins, obtained by Messrs. Caracciolo, Chapman, and Rendall. On Two new Sciuropteri from Borneo. 275 XXXVI.—Descriptions of Two new Sciuropteri discovered by Mr. Charles Hose in Borneo. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Sciuropterus Thomsont, sp. n. Similar in size and essential characters to S. Horsfield’, but with the general colour of the head and upper surface dark smoky brown, finely grizzled with dull buffy white, this latter colour replacing the bright fulvous or rufous found in the allied species. Underside whitish or pale fulvous. Ears, hands, feet, and tail as in S. Horsfield’, or, at least, as in “8. Davisoni” *, for the type of S. Horsfieldi is so faded that the colours’ cannot be determined with certainty. Mamme 6. Skull and dentition as in the allied species. No upper p.° present. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by Mr. Hose) :— Head and body 231 millim. ; tail 199; hind foot 37, with claws 40°5; ear 22. Skull: greatest length 46°5; basilar length 37; greatest breadth 29°6; nasals 13x72; length of upper molar series 9°2. Hab. Baram District, Eastern Sarawak. Type from the Bakong River. Type. Female. B.M. no. 99.12. 9. 34. Collected August, 1897, and presented by Charles Hose, Esq. Three specimens examined. By the request of Mr. Hose I have named this very hand- some flying-squirrel, which is distinguished from its only near ally by its very different body-colour, after Mr. Thomson, the energetic Managing Director of the Borneo Company. Sciuropterus Hoset, sp. n. Size small, about as in S. setosus. Fur as usual very soft and fine. General colour above dark, the tips of the dorsal hairs washed with fawn or rufous fawn; flanks and top of parachute from wrists to ankles black, the lighter tips to the hairs disappearing laterally. No special tufts of bristles on cheeks or round ears. Centre of face like back; a darker line running through eye to base of ear; below this the cheeks are pale rufous white ; behind posterior base of ear a prominent white patch. Kars very long and narrow, nearly twice the length of those of S. setosus. Under surface dull white, with a slight rufous tinge, but how much of this is * Described and figured P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 74, pl. vi. L8* 276 On Two new Sciuropteri from Borneo. due to the action of spirit it is impossible to say; hairs of chin, chest, and middle line of belly whitish to their roots, those of sides of belly and under surface of parachute slaty black. Mamme 4. Upper surface of hands brown, some lighter hairs present on the wrist; feet also brown, but the ends of the digits white. ‘Tail markedly distichous, its middle line brown above nearly to the end, its long lateral hairs brownish fawn proximally, gradually darkening to black till within half an inch of the tip, when the whole end of the tail abruptly changes to white. Skull short, broad, with a curious short conical muzzle, in this way somewhat similar to Dr. Jentink’s figure of the skull of S. setosus, but the shortness of the muzzle even more marked. Brain-case broad and rounded. Bullee of normal size. Incisors strong, deep antero-posteriorly, rather more thrown forward than usual. Cheek-teeth rather small; pre- . molars not disproportionally different in size, the three ante- rior teeth increasing quite equally from the small p.* to m.’. Molars smooth and rounded, their crests low and scarcely wrinkled. Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in spirit) :— He and body 87 millim.; tail 98; hind foot 20, with claws 21°5; ear 175x9. Skull: greatest length 28; basilar length 21:4; greatest breadth 18°8; nasals 8°2x 4; interorbital breadth 7; palate length from henselion 11°5; diastema (to front of p.*) 6°3; length of upper tooth series (from front of p.*) 3°8. Hab. Baram District, Eastern Sarawak. ‘Type from the Toyut River; a second specimen from Lobok Nibong. Type. Female. Skinned from spirit. B.M.no.99.12.9.85. Collected and presented by Charles Hose, Esq. This striking little species, unique in the possession of a white-tipped tail, was first found by Mr. Hose many years ago, but it could not then be described owing to a doubt as to whether it might not be the Sumatran S. platyurus, Jentink, a species with the ordinary dark tail. Now, however, not only has Mr. Hose sent two and seen two more Baram speci- mens, all alike with white-tipped tails, but the Museum owes to the kindness of the late Mr. Theo. C. Barclay a topotype of S. platyurus, and this shows that the two are really quite distinct. The second specimen sent by Mr. Hose, also an adult female, is rather smaller than the type, but shares all its essential characters. The type was enceinte, containing two embryos, one in each uterus. On a Collection of African Blattide. 277 XXXVII.—Notes on a Collectionof African Blattide, chiefly Jrom the Transvaal, formed by Mr. W. L. Distant. By Wa. Krepy, PEs. bn. ae. DurinG his residence in the Transvaal Mr. Distant paid particular attention to the Blattide, and obtained a series of very interesting species. ‘There are a considerable number of remarkable forms in Southern and Eastern Africa, and an examination of this collection has enabled me to record several genera previously known only from Madagascar as occurring also on the African continent, to clear up severa! doubtful points of synonymy, and to place together the sexes of various species. A large proportion of African species belong to genera in which the females are very different from the males, and mostly apterous ; and we require a much larger series of specimens of both sexes than have yet been brought together to enable them to be worked out in anything like a satisfactory manner. The species of Blattidee enumerated below, and mostly represented in Mr. Distant’s collection, are as follows :— ORTHOPTERA-BLATTIDA. Ectobiide. Periplaneta, Burm. ; : americana, Linn. Ectobia, a Eurycotis, Stal. Agi en ee ; @thiopica, Sauss. P Se a See ita Deropeltis, Burm. iy Cie a eid a ae erythrocephala, Fabr. LEON SE atra, Brunn. 5 melanophila, Walk. Phyllodromiide. brevicollis, Serv. Phyllodromia, Serv. similis, Sauss. bivittata, Serv. capensis, Sauss, delta, sp. 0. Distanti, sp. n. ruficeps, sp. Nn. Ischnoptera, Burm. Panchloridz. Dy Schaum. 3 Te strigosa, Schaum Rhyparobia, Krauss. : ; madere, Fabr. Epilampride. Gyna, Brunn, Epilampra, Burm. caffrorum, Stal. pardalina, Walk. Naupheta, Burm. aspersatad, sp. 2. Blattide. : Perispheriide. Apotrogia, gen, Nov. angolensis, Sp. 0. Eustegasta, Gerst. Dorylea, Stal. pecila, Schaum. rhombifolia, Stoll. obsoleta, sp. n. 278 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a Gynopeltis, Gerst. Derocalymma discoidalis, Brunn. linearis, Walk. (?). eryptospila, Walk. punctata, Sauss. Elliptoblatta, Sauss. bipapilia, sp. 0. untformts, Sp. T. entermedia, sp. 0. Pronaonota, Sauss. granulata, Sauss. cribrosa, Sauss. pallipes, sp. 1. Pilema, Sauss. clavigera, sp. 0. thoracica, Walk. Flostilia, Stal. Saussuret. sp. 0. proterva, Stal. Stenoprilema, Sauss. cylindrica, Walk. (?). Heterogamiide. palhcornis, sp. 0. Cyrtotria, Stal. scabra, Walk. Derocalymma, Burm. Heterogamia, Burm, ursina, Burm. elateroides, Walk. Chorisoneurids, versicolor. Burm. Oxyhaloa, Brunn. porcellio, Gerst. deusta, Thunb. Kctobiide. Ectobia ertcetorum. Blatta ericetorum, Wesm. Bull. Acad. Brux. v. p. 587 (1838). Ectobia ericetorum, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 58 (1865) ; Prodr. Eur. Orth. p. 34 (1882). 1, Pretoria (Distant). A common British and European species. Probably an introduced species in the Transvaal. Aphlebia transvaaliensis, sp. n. Long. corp. 10 millim. Male.—Varied with black and testaceous. Head black ; front, between the antenne, with a testaceous spot, below which are three connected markings increasing in breadth downwards, the first transverse, the second rhomboidal, the third a smaller rhomboid, with a lateral projection on each side turning upward ata right angle ; antenne black, testa- ceous at the base. Pronotum black, bordered with testaceous, and with an irregularly transverse mark on its lower half. Wings about four-fifths as long as the abdomen, costa edged by a ferruginous line; baso-costal area testaceous, connected at the extremity with a testaceous band running across the tegmen as far as the internal area; internal area testaceous at the base. Abdomen black, with large testaceous marginal markings. Cerci black above, testaceous below, as is most of the under surface except the tip of the abdomen, some lateral marks on the pectus and abdomen, and some dots at Collection of African Blattidee. 279 the base of the spines on the outer edge of the hind tibia, which are black or blackish. 1, Pretoria (Distant). Closely allied to Temnopteryx variegata, Schulthess, from Delagoa Bay, of which it may be a variety. This genus is well represented in North Africa, as in the Mediterranean region generally, and one species has been described from Madagascar. I add the description of an allied species in the Natural History Museum from Port Elizabeth. Aphlebia bicolor, sp. n. Long. corp. 8-10 millim. Female.—Varied with black and testaceous. Head black, with a transverse testaceous stripe on the vertex, and the space round the base of the antennz and sometimes the mouth- parts more or less testaceous; antenne black, testaceous towards the base. Pronotum nearly as in A. transvaaliensis, but the central pale mark is longitudinal. Meso- and meta- notum testaceous, with a black band behind; tegmina as long as the mesonotum, testaceous, with a longitudinal blackish central stripe; abdomen black, with about five rows of testa- ceous spots or dashes on each side of the median line, the middle ones more linear and the marginal ones larger and more irregular in shape than the others; the last two abdominal segments are bordered behind with testaceous, and from this streak testaceous lines run obliquely upwards and outwards; terminal plate black, spotted with testaceous. Pectus testaceous, with blackish markings towards the margins ; legs testaceous, femora lined on both edges with black, and tibize dotted with black. Cerci testaceous, with a black spot in the middle above, and several transverse blackish markings below. Described from three specimens. It is perhaps an immature insect, and has some resemblance to the larva of Hctobia ericetorum (vide supra). Phyllodromiide. Phyllodromia bivittata. Blatta bwittata, Serv. Orth. p. 108 (1839). Phyllodromia bivittata, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 92 (1865). 1, Pretoria (Déstant); 1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). : ; Found in South Africa, and in various parts of Tropical America. Evidently liable to be distributed by shipping, like its close ally P. germanica, L. 280 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a Phyllodromia delta, sp. n. Long. corp. cum tegm. 20 millim. Head testaceous, vertex brown, tip of mandibles reddish brown. Pronotum with adark brown centre, broadest behind, and with sinuated margins, beyond which the pronotum is hyaline. On the lower part of this dark space stands an equilateral yellowish triangle, with the apex pointed down- wards. Scutellum very pale testaceous. Tegmina with a great part of the costal area hyaline, the rest rufo-testaceous, paler at the extreme base, and with a pale oblique band at two-thirds of the length, and paler towards the extremity. Underside and legs testaceous, the legs dotted with brown or reddish brown above, above and below the knees, and on the upper surface of the tibiz. 1, Barberton (Rendall). Described from a single specimen in too poor condition to allow of a complete description. It resembles P. supellec- tilium, Serv., but is much larger, and the pale triangle on the dark centre of the thorax will serve to distinguish it. Phyllodromia ruficeps, sp. u. Long. corp. cum elytris 18-15 millim. Male.—Black, vertex and face dark red, trochanters and a narrow border to the abdomen beneath testaceous, legs and spines inclining to reddish. Pronotum subhyaline, the middle filled up with a large black mark, not extending to the front margin, and broadest behind, where it is narrowly bordered with pale; tegmina dark blackish brown, inclining to reddish towards the sides and extremity of the dark portion, and with the costal area broadly subhyaline for four fifths of its length. 2, Fort Johnston ; 1, Zomba (Rendall), Differs from P. vinula, Stal (amaena, Walker), by its larger size and 1ed head. Ischnoptera strigosa. Blatta strigosa, Schaum, Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb. p. 108 (1862). Ischnoptera strigosa, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 138 (1865). Ischnoptera natalensis, Walk, Cat. Blatt. p. 127, n. 80 (1868). 4, Pretoria; 1, Pemba Island; 1, Pienaars River (Distant) ; 1, Barberton (Lendall). Mozambique (Schaum) ; Natal, Zomba (Nat. Hist. Mus.). Collection of African Blattide. 281 Epilampride. Epilampra pardalina. Epilampra pardalina, Walk, Cat. Blatt. p. 68. n. 6 (1868). 2, Barberton (Rendall) ; Lake N’Gami (Nat. Hist. Mus.). A rather small but very conspicuous and easily recognizable species, which does not seem to have been described by any author but Walker. Blattide. Genus APOTROGIA, nov. Very broadly oval; smooth and polished. Head com- pletely concealed under the pronotum ; eyes placed widely apart ; pronotum depressed at the sides and in front; meso- notum and metanotum with the sides broadly deflexed back- wards ; abdomen depressed, acutely angled on the lateral extremities, and forming a projecting tooth on the last, and one less prominent on the penultimate segment ; cerci broad, not longer than the subgenital plate, which is nearly twice as broad as long, slightly rounded off at the lateral angles, and curved inwards in the middle. Front femora with several short spines on the outer carina, but only the terminal spine on the inner carina, the rest unarmed. ‘Tibia broad, with a single row of spines on the inner edge above, and a double row on the outer edge above; tarsi moderately stout, metatarsus rather longer than the three middle joints together, which collectively are slightly longer than the terminal joint. Embolium well marked. This genus is based on six specimens (including both sexes), which may be immature; but I have no winged specimens which can be referred to them, They are not unlike immature specimens of the American genus Blaberus, Serv., which belongs to another family. But it winged specimens of the present genus are met with, they can easily be identified as belonging to it. At present I am inclined to place Apotrogia near the Australian genus Polyzosteria, Burm. Apotrogia angolensis, sp. u. Long. corp. 24-28 millim, ; lat. corp. 17-21 millim, Head testaceous, face ferruginous or blackish below the vertex, except a narrow testaceous border within the antenne ; antenne ferruginous, more or less blackish above scape, paler 282 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a beneath. Pronotum transversely striated, somewhat rugose behind, tawny, with a large trapezoid ferruginous or blackish blotch resting on the base; this blotch is shaped nearly as in Blaberus, but reversed, being broadest behind, where it is sometimes marked with three tawny dots in a transverse line ; in front this patch throws off two broad parallel brown bands, separated by a tawny line broadest behind, nearly to the front edge. There are also brown bands thrown out obliquely forward to the margins from the front anglesof the main blotch, and the pronotum behind is edged with brown along its lateral and hinder margin; the hinder margin, however, is narrowly bordered by a yellow line, and the dark edging ceases before reaching the dark blotch. The mesonotum and metanotum are ferruginous, sometimes edged behind by a narrow yellow line, and more or Jess varied with reddish; the middle of the mesonotum is tawny, with a black spot on the front edge in the middle. Abdomen ferruginous, with seven more or less complete rows of tawny spots and most of the sixth segment tawny ; towards the margins the dark markings are blackish. Cerci ferruginous, tipped with tawny. Legs above mostly ferruginous, below mostly tawny. Abdomen beneath tawny, with about five rows of darker markings more or less visible in some of the specimens. 6, Angola (Monteiro). Two in Mr. Distant’s collection and four in the Natural History Museum. Easily recognizable by the peculiar pattern of the pronotum. The sexes differ little. Dorylea rhombifolia. Blatta rhominfolia, Stoll, Blatt. p. 5, pl. iii. d, fig. 13. Periplaneta rhombifolia, Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xx. p. 260 (1869). Periplaneta histrio, Sauss. Rey. Zool. 1864, p. 318; Mém. Mex. Blatt. p. 73 (1864); Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 130. n. 20 (1868). Pertplaneta decorata, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 224 (1865). Pertplaneta heterospila, Walk. Cat. Blatt., Suppl. p. 35 (1871). 5, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; 1, Pemba Island (Distant). First described from China. Common in the warmer parts of Asia, Africa, and America. Periplaneta americana. Blatta americana, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. x.) i. p. 424. n. 4 (1758). Pertplaneta americana, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 232 (1865). 1, Barberton ; 38, Pemba Island (Distant) ; 1, Fort John- ston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Collection of African Blattide. 283 A cosmopolitan species, carried everywhere by shipping and commerce. Eurycotis ethiopica. Periplaneta ethiopica, Sauss. Rey. Zool. 1864, p. 317; Mém. Soc. Genéve, xx. p. 260 (1869). Periplaneta tetra, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 138. n. 42 (1868). 11, Pretoria and Masil Nek (Distant). Gaboon (Saussure), Cape Town, Port Elizabeth, British Hast Africa (Nat. Hist. Mus.). If the West-African form proves to be distinct, Walker’s name will be available for the southern and eastern form. I have no West-African specimens to compare. Deropeltis erythrocephala. Blatta erythrocephala, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. p. 342. n. 7 (1761). Deropeltis erythrocephala, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 242 (1865). 1, Cape Town (Becker). Port Elizabeth, Durban (Nat. Hist. Mus.). An immature specimen from Zomba (Rendal/) and another from Blantyre (//son) in Mr. Distant’s collection appear to belong to this species. Deropeltis atra. Deropeltis atra, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. ae (1865); De Borm. Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 207 (1881). 2, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; Shoa (de Bormans). Zomba, Ruwenzori, Port Elizabeth (Nat. Hist. Mus.). A widely distributed species in Kast Africa. The antenne are more or less tipped with reddish in both sexes, which is not mentioned by Brunner in his description. Deropeltis melanophila. Ischnoptera melanophila, Walk. Cat. Blatt., Suppl. p. 146 (1869). 1, Pemba Island (Distant). Zanzibar, Mombasa, British East Africa (Nat. Hist. Mus.). Perhaps a large form of D. atra, Burm. Deropeltis brevicollis. Kakerlac brevicollis, Serv. Ins. Orth. p. 70 (1889). Deropeltis (?) brevicollis, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 246 (1865). Deropeltis juncea, var., Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxiii. p. 117 (1874). 4, Pretoria (Distant) ; 2, Barberton (Kendall). Cape (Ser ville) ; Lagos, Zomba (Nat. Hist. Mus.). 284 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a The type of D. juncea, Sauss. (Rev. Zool. 1864, p. 314), appears to represent a dark form of this species. Deropeltis similis. Ischnoptera similis, Sauss. Rev. Zool. xvi. p. 814 (1864). Naupheeta foveolata, Walker, Cat. Blatt. p. 42. n. 16 (1868). 3, Pretoria; 1, Port Elizabeth (Distant); 1, Barberton ; 1, Zomba (Rendall). East London (Nat. Hist. Mus.). The legs and pronotum vary somewhat in colour in different specimens. ‘lhe specimens from Barberton and one of those from Pretoria represent a form of the insect which stands in the same relation to typical D. similis that D. brevicollis occupies towards D. juncea. J). foveolatu is a dark form with the pronotum alone uniform black. Deropeltis capensis. Polyzosteria capensis, Sauss. Rev. Zool. 1864, p. 307. Deropeltis flavomarginata, Bruun. Syst. Nat. p. 247 (1865). Periplaneta collaris, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 142. n. 51 (1868). Periplaneta decorata, Walk. J, c. n, 52 (1868). 1, Teatontein, Cape Colony ; Cape (Brunner); Natal, Port Elizabeth (Nat. Hist. Mus.). A conspicuous species with a yellow border to the pronotum. Deropeltis Distanti, sp. n. Long. corp. L7 millim. Female. — Black, shining, especially the head; lower mouth-parts yellow; a small yellow dot above the base of each antenna; antenne dark chestnut-brown, shading into rufo-testaceous beyond the middle; pronotum finely cribrate- punctate, the rest of the upper surface nearly smooth ; pro- notum with rather broad lateral orange borders, not extending to the hind border; mesonotum with the lateral carina reddish ; metanotum with a rufo-testaceous spot at the base, on each lateral margin, and a similar spot on the sides of the second abdominal segment (the first segment being covered at the sides by the metanotum); cerci dark rufo-testaceous, set with long fine hairs; legs rufo-testaceous and middle of abdomen beneath reddish. 1, Pretoria (Distant). Allied to D. meridionalis, Sauss., but larger and differently coloured. Until the sexes of Deropeltis are better known, it is almost impossible to unite them in our collections with anything approaching certainty. Collection of African Blattide. 285 Panchloride. Rhyparobia madere. Blatta madere, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 341. n. 2 (1781). Panchlora madere, Brunn, Syst. Blatt. p. 282 (1865). 1, Angola (Afontetro) ; 1, KE. Africa (Distant). A cosmopolitan species. Gyna caffrorum. Panchlora caffrorum, Stal, dify. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 167 (1856) ; Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 268 (18%5). Epilampra conspicua, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 67. n. 2 (1869). Panchlora scripta, Walk. 1. ¢. p. 183. || Gyna fervida, De Borm. (nec Sauss.), Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xxv. p. 21, pl. i. B (1881). 1, Warm Baths, Waterberg (Distant); 1, Rustenberg (Ayres); 2, Barberton (Rendall). Natal (Sral); N’Gami, Delagoa Bay (Nat. Hist. Mus.). In unset specimens the red blotches are hardly visible, and such specimens agree very well with Stal’s description. [In Waterberg I found this species on the leaves of trees. LW. jis} Naupheta aspersata, sp. n. Long. corp. cum tegm. 20 millim. ‘Testaceous; head reddish above, with a brown band between the eyes, divided by yellowish spaces into three square spots; then follows a broader yellowish band between the antenne, below which the face is about equally divided into a blackish upper space and a yellowish lower space. Pronotum brownish in the middle and testaceous on the sides, irregularly dotted with black ; towards the middle these dots tend to form longitudinal lines here and there, but there is no trace of the conspicuous black lateral stripes of P. cinerea, Oliv., to which this species is most nearly allied. On the outside of the eyes a black band runs backward and is con- tinued beneath the wings and above the upper part of the coxe. Wings, legs, and under surfaee mostly brown; costal area and legs more or less dotted with brown. Upperside of tibisee brownish. 1, Pretoria (Distant). A single specimen, which has lost the abdomen. It is labelled N. ctreumvagans, Burm., which species, however, belongs to the genus Phetalia. N. aspersata might, however, be the same as N. grisea, Burm., the type of Naupheta, 286 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a according to Stal; but N. grisea was described from the East Indies, and the legs are not said to be mottled. Perispheriida. This family seems to be pre-eminently an African group, but it is at present very imperfectly known. The females of many species are apterous, and there are many genera of which only males or females respectively are at present known, and comparatively few species belonging to genera which are apterous, at least in the females, are satisfactorily known in both sexes. Eustegasta pecila. Panchlora pecila, Schaum, Ber. Akad. Berlin, 1853, p. 777 ; Peters’s Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. v. p. 109, pl. vii. fig. 2 (1862) ; Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 281 (1865). A very pretty species and extremely variable. A descrip- tion of Mr. Distant’s specimens is given below. The variations are combined in so many different ways that I cannot venture to regard them as representing more than one species. Schaum’s figure is greatly enlarged and badly coloured, which rendered it no easy matter to identify the species. Long. corp. cum tegm, 14-15 millim. Head rufo-testaceous, generally with a black transverse band in front just below the antennz, or this forms the upper part of a longitudinal band filling the whole centre of the face, or the band may be broken in two or reduced to a narrow perpendicular stripe, or the occiput may be black, or the whole head may be black except a reddish transverse band above the antennze, or red with no black markings. An- tenne black, with a broad reddish band before the extremity. Pronotum black, shining, broadly bordered on the sides with ruto-testaceous and more narrowly before and behind; the hind border is sometimes interrupted in the middle. Abdomen rufo-testaceous, sometimes with a broad longitudinal black central band. Tegmina dark metallic green, more or less varied with chestnut-red; the costa is usually edged with this colour nearly to the extremity and marked with a trian- gular spot beyond the middle. Below the costal area is a chestnut-red line, expanding into a broad blotch at about two thirds of the wing ; sometimes the whole costal area is of this colour except a short basal streak, and coalesces with this blotch ; and in some specimens the inner margin of the basal area is of the same colour; and there may be a similarly Collection of African Blattide. 287 coloured spot towards the inner margin opposite the triangular spot on the costa. Wings smoky hyaline, with rufo-testa- ceous nervures towards the costa and brown ones elsewhere ; the transverse nervures are whitish: or the wings are frequently pale subhyaline, with brown borders. Legs black, with black or red spines; coxe often bordered by a pale line. In some varieties the legs are red, or the whole under surface of the body is black, or the under surface of the abdomen is transversely banded with black, or the red markings of the tegmina are reduced to a streak at the base of the costa, a streak or spot below the subcostal area oppo- site the end of the basal area, and a spot on the lower part of the costal area at three-fifths of its length. Nothing seems constant but the colour of the antenne and pronotum, and even the reddish hind border of the pronotum is interrupted behind in some specimens. But all these variations grade into each other too much to allow of their being regarded as distinct species. 4, Zomba ; 3, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; Mo- zambique (Schaum). Eustegasta obsoleta. Size and appearance of the last species, of which it may ossibly be an extreme variety. Head dull red above, black below; antenne black, with a broad pale band before the extremity. Pronotum black, the lateral borders with or without a faint chestnut shade. Tegmina dark metallic green, tinged with chestnut on the outer half and with a dull reddish expanding line from the base below the costal area for two-fifths of the length of the wing. Wings smoky hyaline. Abdomen black. Under surtace black ; coxe bordered with a pale line; tibie and tarsi reddish. 1, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall); 1, Zomba (Nat. Hist. Mus.). Gynopeltis discotdalis. Perispheria discoidalis, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 310 (1865) ; Sauss. Mém. Soc. Genéve, xx. p. 276 (1869). 5, Zomba; 3, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall). Cape (Brunner) ; Somali, Mombasa, Zanzibar, Udara, British East Africa (Nat. Hist. Mus.). 288 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a Gynopeltis cryptospila. Polyphaga cryptospila, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 15. n. 6 (1868). Gynopeltis picta (Q only ?), Gerst. Arch, f. Nat. xxxv. p. 208 (1869) ; Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. (2) p. 9, pl. i. figs. 1 (?), 2 (1873). 3, Zomba; 2, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; En- dara, Mozambique (Gerstaecker). Fwambo (Nat. Hist. Mus.). This species curiously resembles the female of Polyphaga egyptiaca, but is not pubescent and the subgenital plate is not indented. De Saussure doubts if the male associated with it by Gerstaecker really belongs to the same genus. Elliptoblatta uniformis, sp. n. Long. corp. 18-22 millim.; lat. pron. 13 millim. Female.—Black, smooth, shining, very finely, closely, and uniformly punctured ; eyes separated by a short space, lower mouth-parts testaceous; antennz ferruginous towards the base; legs more or less ferruginous; terminal plate transverse, rounded ; cerci yellow; angles of pronotum not produced behind. 3, Blantyre (Elson). ‘The first continental representative of this Madagascar genus. Pronaonota cribrosa. Pronaonota cribrosa, Sauss. Rey. Suisse Zool. iii, p. 21, pl’ i. fig. 1 (1895) ; Sauss. & Zehntn. Grandid. Hist. Madag., Orth. i. p. 128, pl. v. fig. 62 (1896). Long. corp. 30 millim., cum tegm. 38 millim. Male.—Head black above; labrum red; lower mouth- parts and antennal pits testaceous; antenne testaceous at the base and reddish brown beyond. Pronotum less arched than in the female, thickly punctured, yellowish testaceous, inclining to reddish in the middle, and with some detached black marks on each side of the subcarinated median line, representing the lyrate pattern so common among the Blattide. Abdomen very long, testaceous; cerci long, thick, slightly ineurved. ‘legmina longer than the abdomen, testa- ceous, paler along the costa. Wings longer than the tegmina and paler, with brown longitudinal and whitish transverse nervures. The female has the base of the abdominal segments reddish above, but otherwise agrees with Saussure’s description. 2, Pretoria (Distant). Collection of African Blattide. 289 This is one of the most interesting species in Mr, Distant’s collection. The male of the genus was previously unknown. It is not unlike a large ZYermes, and is so similar to the description and figure of Derocalymma clypeata, Sauss. (Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxiii. p. 142, pl. x. fig. 52), said to be from Java (?), that I should not be surprised if it eventually proves to be the same species. Pilema thoracica. Perispheria thoracica, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 174. n. 20 (1868). Pilema hebetata, Sauss. Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 24, pl. i. figs. 2, 2a, b (1895). (?) Blatta fusca, Q, Oliv. Enc. Méth., Ins, iv. p. 315. n. 9 (1789). 1, Pretoria (Distant). his species agrees with Olivier’s description of the insect he considered to be the female of Blatia fusca, Thunb., so far as it goes; but he did not mention the peculiar form of the thorax, and I believe that the true B. fusca, Thunb. (a male insect), has not yet been satisfactorily identified. Pilema Saussure?, sp. n. Long. corp. 15 millim.; long. et lat. pron. 6 millim. Female.—Head and thorax dark red; vertex with four black lines between the eyes; the carine of the overlapping sides of the pronotum meeting at an acute angle in front and projecting in a point behind; sides of pronotum broadly and shallowly guttered on the sides ; a well-marked carina on the median line in front. Pronotum and first segment of abdomen moderately closely and finely punctured; pronotum mottled with black in the middle ; the three thoracic segments with an interrupted black stripe towards the hind border; abdominal segments bordered with black behind. Antenne black, reddish towards the base. Legs and abdomen beneath testaceous yellow, shining. 1, Pretoria (Distant). The head is marked like that of Pronaonota fornicata, Sauss., but the generic characters prevent me from regarding it as an immature form of that species. Stenopilema cylindrica (?). Perispheria cylindrica, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 176, n, 23 (1868). 1, Barberton (Rendall). An immature specimen, probably belonging to this species, but coloured like Pilema Saussuret (supra). It belongs to the group of S. capuctna, Gerst. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 19 290 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a Stenopilema pallicornis, sp. n. Long. corp. 13-14 millim., lat. 6 millim. Female.—Black, thickly and finely punctured, more finely on the hinder segments of the abdomen. Head black ; an- tenne, antennal cavities, sides and lower part of face, legs, a narrow line extending round the whole thorax and abdomen, cerci, and more or less of the face and subterminal plate below rufo-testaceous or reddish; rim of pronotum upcurved, hinder angles produced backwards into a tooth; meso- and metanotum with the hinder angles slightly recurved. Hyes rather wide apart. 2, Pretoria (Distant). One of these specimens is labelled S. capucina, Gerst.; but capucina is a much larger species, with the head redder and the antenne darker, besides other slight differences which may be noticed in the description. There appear to be many closely allied species of this genus. Cyrtotria scabra. Perispheria scabra, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 172. n. 17 (1868). 1, Pretoria (Distant). Walker’s type is said to come from South Africa, near the ‘Tropic of Capricorn. Derocalymma (?) elateroides. Perispheria elateroides, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 176. n. 24 (1868). 1, Barberton (Rendall); Natal (Guweinztus) (Nat. Hist. Mus.). The hood of this species is interrupted in the middle, the carine being complete ; but I prefer to place doubtful forms in Derocalymma till they are better known. The short stout form of the insect resembles that of Pronaonota. Derocalymma versicolor. Derocalymma versicolor, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 487, n. 9 (1838) ; Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 317 (1865). 1, Blantyre (Elson); 1, Delagoa Bay (Junod). Two female specimens, which I refer to this species with some doubt. Collection of African Blattide. 291 Derocalymma porcellio. Derocalymma porcellio, Gerst. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 207 (1869); Von der Decken’s Reisen, ii. (2) p. 7, pl. i. figs. 3, 3 @ (1873). 1, Zomba; 2, Fort Johnston, Nyasaland (Rendall) ; Lake Jipe, Uru (Gerstaecker). I am not sure that Gerstaecker has correctly identified the female of this species. I should not be surprised to tind that it was a broad oval insect allied to D. ¢ntermedia. Derocalymma linearis (?). Perispheria linearis, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 176. n. 25 (1868). 1, Pretoria (Distant). An immature specimen, apparently belonging to this species. Derocalymma punctata. Derocalymma punctata, Sauss. Rev. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 29 (1895); Sauss. & Zehntn. Grandid. Madag., Orth. p. 131 (1896). 2, Pretoria (Distant). The only locality given by Saussure is South Africa. Derocalymma bipapiilla, sp. n. Long. corp. 20-22 millim.; lat. pron. 13 millim. Female.—Black ; head small, punctured ; eyes moderately approximating ; pronotum broad, the lateral lamelle longi- tudinally convex both above and below; a broad gutter on the inner side of the rim above, extending to the front margin, where the approximating ends are separated by a short longi- tudinal carina. ‘The pronotum is thickly punctured, and about the middle of the gutter is a large raised tubercle on each side. ‘The back of the pronotum is raised into a crescent directed forwards; the front of this is less thickly punctured, but the enclosed segment of a circle behind very thickly. Here, and on the remaining segments of the thorax and abdomen, we find interrupted traces of a central carina, The sides of the meso- and metanotum are flattened and re- curved, and the segments of the abdomen are subdentate on the lateral edges. ‘The abdomen is thickly cribrate-punctate, and there is a row of large granules on each side of the meta- notum and of all the segments of the abdomen except the last, before the extremity. Cerci black; terminal plate obtusely angulated. 6, Blantyre (H/son). 19* 292 Mr. W. F. Kirby on a This species differs from D. punctata, Sauss., in its larger size, black cerci and tarsi, and in having only one tubercle on each side in the gutter instead of two. It differs from D. granulata, Sauss., in being broader in proportion, less strongly granulated, and in the broader rims and sulci of the pronotum. Derocalymma intermedia, sp. n. Long. corp. 18 millim. ; lat. pron. 10 millim. Female.—Blackish brown, thickly covered with a greyish pile, especially above. Sides of the pronotum flattened, back slightly convex ; a central carina in front, but the sulci obso- lete; a raised tubercle on each side. The whole upper surface finely punctured and granulated. Cerci black; legs black or slightly inclining to reddish. 2, Barberton (Rendall). Resembles P. granulata, Sauss., in general structure, but is much broader in proportion. Derocalymma granulata. Derocalymma granulata, Sauss. Rey. Suisse Zool. iii. p. 29 (1895) ; Sauss. & Zehntn, Grandid. Madag., Orth. p. 131, pl. v. fig. 65 (1896). 1, Blantyre (Hlson). This specimen is considerably smaller than the dimensions given by Saussure. It measures 17 millim. in length and 9 in breadth. Derocalymma pallipes, sp. n. Long. corp. cum tegm. 20 millim.; long. et lat. pron. 5 millim. Male.—Head black ; antennal pits, palpi, and lower mouth- parts testaceous; antenne reddish brown, paler towards the base. Pronotum black, slightly reddish on the narrow, flattened, hardly recurved carina; very rugose and cut off almost straight behind. Lateral carine complete, uniting in an angle before the arch over the head. Legs rufo-testaceous, coxe more or less black at the base; abdomen blackish, varied with reddish towards the base of the segments and on the sides; terminal plate and cerci reddish; tegmina rufo- testaceous, blackish at the base below the costal area. 1, Grahamstown (Schonland). Appears to resemble D. analis, Sauss. Collection of African Blattide. 293 Derocalymma clavigera, sp. n. Long. corp. 15 millim.; long. pron. 9 millim. (jun.), 10 millim. ; lat. pron. 6 millim. Female.—Clay-coloured. Eyes rather wide apart. Sides of the pronotum slightly raised, not sulcated ; a median carina in front. Pronotum, except at the sides, with numerous longitudinal rugosities and granules ; two transverse rows of large granules, the first interrupted in the middle before the extremity. Meso- and metanotum with three rather irregular rows of large granules, the largest at the extremity. The extremity of each of the abdominal segments bears, except on the edges, a row of very large granules, not very close together, as if studded with nails. ‘This is preceded on each segment by one or two rows of smaller and closer ones. Even the rounded terminal plate bears two short rows of large tubercles. Under surface dark brown, with greyish tomentum, but without tubercles. The smaller specimen is more reddish, especially beneath. 2, Barberton (Rendall). Allied to D, Bottegotana, Sauss., but much smaller and with much larger tubercles. Hlostilis proterva. Blatta proterva, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xiii. p. 166 (1853), Phyjllodromia proterva, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 111 (1865). 1, Delagoa Bay (Junod). Natal (Brunner). Heterogamiida. Heterogamia ursina. Heterogamia ursina, Burm, Handb. Ent. ii. p. 489 (1839) ; Sauss, Rev. Suisse Zool. i. p. 3818 (1893), Heterogamia africana, Brunn, (¢, nec 9; nec Linn.), Syst. Blatt. p- 357 (1865) ; Krauss, Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xl. p. 251 (1890). Heterogamia conspersa, Brunn. (2, nec 3), Z. c. p. 358 (1865). Heterogamia syriaca, Krauss, l. ¢, p. 241 (1890). Heterogamia maris-mortui, Jans., Hart, Faun. & Flor. Sinai, p. 182 (1891). 1, Fort Johnston ; 1, Zomba, Nyasaland (Rendall). Egypt, Syria (Burmetster) ; Mombasa (Nat. Hist. Mus.). The above synonymy is taken from Saussure, Chorisoneurid2. Oxyhaloa deusta. Blatta deusta, Thunb. Hem, Max. Cap. p. 8 (1822). Proscratea deusta, Stil, Gify. Vet.-Akad, Forh. xiii. p. 167 (1856). 294 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or Proscratea fulviceps, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 509 (1889). Oxryhaloa fulviceps, Brunn. Syst. Blatt. p. 255 (1865). Naupheta ruficeps, Walk. Cat. Blatt. p. 39. n. 11 (1868). Ischnoptera ruficeps, Walk. J. c. p. 123. n. 64 (1868). Naupheeta signifrons, Walk. 1. c. p. 40. n. 12. 2, Pretoria, Nov. 1894 (Distant) ; 7, Barberton (Rendall) ; 1, Blantyre (Elson). Cape (Thunberg) ; Pirie Bush, Delagoa Bay, Machakos, Durban, Natal (Nat. Hist. Mus.). Varies in colour from ferruginous to nearly black, but may always be known by the red head, with a large square blotch in front. XXXVIII.—Some new or little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. By R. I. Pocock. Family Thelyphonide. Genus Hypocronus, Thorell. Hypoctonus granosus, sp.n. (Fig. 4.) Colour. Upperside of trunk blackish, lower side casta- neous ; chelz black ; legs of first pair reddish brown ; femora and patelle of second, third, and fourth legs blackish, re- maining segments reddish brown. Trunk sculptured and granular above as in H. formosus ; abdominal sterna sparsely punctured and weakly striate ; first sternal plate (genital operculum) with the middle of its posterior border convexly produced and detined by a transverse depression ; the anterior part of the plate marked on each side with a deep transversely oval pit, behind these in the middle line there is also a median longitudinal depres- sion, deeper in front than behind. Chele resembling those of IT. formosus in form and spine- armature, but differing in having the upper as well as the underside of the trochanter, femur, tibia, and hand studded with coarse round granules. Legs of third and fourth pairs with tibial spur, apical tarsal segment of first longer than the seventh and eighth. Ommatoids fairly large, separated by a space which is about equal to a diameter and a half. Total length 33 millim. Loc. Yunnan. A single female example. Recognizable from all the known species by the coarse granulation of the upperside of the chele. + little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 295 Genus LABOCHIRUS, Poc. In the last number of the ‘Journal of the Bombay Nat. Hist. Society,’ vol. xii. p. 745 (1899), two species of this genus are described by myself; but by an unfortunate error of the printer they appear under the same name, cervinus. For the second species, namely the one from Kanara, I here propose the new name tauricornis. Genus THELYPHONUS, Latr. Thelyphonus Wayt, sp.n. (Figs. 3-3 d.) Colour nearly black ; legs reddish brown. Upperside of trunk rugose, densely punctured; carapace sparsely granular posteriorly and on the lateral slope of its postocular portion ; terga also granular. Sterna smooth and polished, minutely punctulate, and beset with a few scattered punctures, the first with its posterior border produced and acutely emarginate in the middle. Chele with coxe nearly smooth; trochanters weakly granular above, armed below with 2 teeth, above with 5, the anterior and the angular large ; femur weakly granular below; rest of the segments smooth, sparsely punctured ; femur armed internally with 2 small denticles above and 1 below; tibia also with 2 small denticles on its inner side; apophysis with 1 distal tooth on its posterior side, its anterior side and inner side of hand denticulate. First leg with second, third, and fourth segments of tarsus longer than wide, about twice as long as wide; fifth and sixth a little shorter, but distinctly longer than wide; seventh about as long as the sixth, longer than the eighth; ninth about twice as long as the eighth, but not so long as the seventh and eighth ; the sixth, seventh, and eighth modified, the sixth with a small nodular prominence at its distal end below ; the seventh with nodular prominence much larger and tipped with a small spinule, the outer side of the segment strongly convex 3 eighth with nodular prominence similar to that of seventh, but smaller ; ninth segment unmodified. Legs of second, third, and fourth segments with tibial spur. Ommatoids large, round, about a diameter and a half apart. Total length 34 millim. Loc. Battambang in Siam. A single female specimen, collected and kindly presented to the British Museum by Mr. Herbert W. L. Way. At once recognizable from all the species that have been 296 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or hitherto established by the combination of the following characters :—(1) The third segment of the tarsus of the first leg is twice as long as wide and subequal to the second ; (2) the second, third, and fourth legs are furnished with a tibial spur; (8) there are five spines on the upperside of the trochanter of the chela. Judged by these features, 7. Wayi ranges itself alongside of 7’. manzllanus under section 25 of the table given by Kraepelin (Das Tierr., Scorp. &c. p. 216), but certainly differs from that species in having the sixth, seventh, and eighth tarsal segments of the first leg modified, the ommatoids large, and the genital operculum angularly emarginate in the middle of its posterior border. Fig. 1.—Typopeltis Dalyi, sp.n., 3. Extremity of chela. Fig. 1 a.—Ditto. Tibial apophysis. Fig. 1 6.—Ditto. Trochanter of chela, from above. Fig. 1e.—Ditto, 9. First abdominal sternum. Fig. 2.—Typopeltis Stimpson, Wood, 3. Extremity of chela. Fig. 2a.—Ditto. Trochanter of chela from above, Fig. 3.— Thelyphonus Way, sp.n., 2. Base of tarsus of first leg. Fig. 3a.—Ditto. Apex of tarsus of first leg. (These figures not drawn to quite the same scale.) Fig. 36.—Ditto. Apex of first abdominal sternum. Fig. 4— Hypoctonus granosus, sp. u.. Q. First abdominal sternum. Genus TYPOPELTIS, Poc. Typopeltis Stimpsonit (Wood). (Figs. 2, 2a.) A specimen of what is very likely the hitherto unknown male of this species has been recently kindly presented to the British Museum by Prof. d’Arcy Thompson, C.B. The specimen was collected in Yokohama. little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 297 In the subjoined table of the species of the genus, based upon the male sex, some of the distinguishing features of this species are set forth, to show its affinity to those that have been already described. Typopeltis Dalyt, sp.n. (Figs. 1-1 ¢.) 3 .—Colour. Deep reddish black, chele darker; legs, especially towards the extremities, clearer red; coxe and genital operculum castaneous, shining; upperside of trunk densely punctulate and uniformly but not very closely granular. Chele with coxe punctured and densely punctulate, granular laterally ; trochanter granular, armed with two small teeth below on the lower half of its anterior edge, the upper of the two nearly obsolete ; its upperside almost unarmed in front, only furnished with one or two obsolete teeth, the angle with two or three small teeth, the inner edge untoothed ; femur granular, armed with a single inferior tooth ; tibia granular and punctate, the apophysis long, its distal end bent down- wards almost at right angles, with a large apical expansion ; the convex upper rim of this expansion armed with a series of 9-10 teeth, its inferior angle running out into a sub- cylindrical prominence; base of apophysis on inner side weakly denticulate; inner edge of hand lightly convex, armed with a row of sharp denticles ; upperside of hand with a few granules, the rest punctured ; tip of movable finger sharp and closing against the truncate area of the tibial apophysis close to the subcylindrical prominence. Legs 2-4 with tibial spine. Genital operculum nearly smooth, swollen, obsoletely grooved and rugose in the middle, depressed posteriorly in the middle line. ? .—Resembles the male in colour. Chela with trochanter armed below with two subequal separated teeth; armed above normally with five teeth, three inner smaller, one anterior and one angular much larger ; femur with an upper and a lower spine; apophysis thick, abruptly narrowed at the apex, its anterior edge convex, closely dentate, posterior border straight, armed with one long distal and two smaller teeth. Tarsi of first leg different on the two sides ; second, third, and fourth segments longish, subequal; fifth and sixth a little shorter, subequal, seventh and eighth still shorter, sub- equal; fifth to eighth black and thickened below; ninth sometimes with an inferior apical notch, sometimes without it, 298 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or sometimes also there is a notch or depression at the distal end of the lower side of the fifth. Genital operculum with its posterior border transversely emarginate in its middle third, marked on each side with a pair of posteriorly converging groove-like depressions ; middle of anterior portion lightly depressed on each side, the de- pression emphasizing a low tuberculiform eminence. Total length 45 millim. Loc. Lacan, via Raheng in Siam. T'wo adult males and two females sent with an example of Thelyphonus Schimkewitschit by Mr. Mahon Daly, to whom I have great pleasure in dedicating this fine new species. Allied to 7’. niger (‘Tarn.) from China, but at once recog- nizable by the very weak spine-armature of the trochanter of the chela and the greater number of spines on the clubbed tip of the tibial apophysis in the male. The female of 7. niger is unknown; that of 7. Daly differs from that of J. Stimpsoni?, Wood, in having the teeth on the trochanter of the chela smaller, the apophysis much thicker, and the genital operculum without a median impression. Kraepelin’s table of the males of this genus may be now supplemented as follows :— a. Tibial apophysis straight, attenuate, apex not expanded ; inner edge of hand and immovable ALOR ISLY RIE oat encase tom tlas ote pe hinge Slap eee amurensis. 6. Tibial apophysis bent, apex clubbed ; inner edge of hand and immovable finger sinuous. a‘. Anterior border of upperside of trochanter at most armed with a small denticle, inner edge of hand without an internal basal prominence. a’, Tibial apophysis armed apically with a series of about 10 small and 1 [ieee inferior teeth ; inner angle of trochanter armed with 3 smiall dentacles sn io ceeee att. eae mew eens Daly?. 6?. Tibial apophysis only armed with 3 apical teeth ; trochanter armed on its inner angle with 1 large and 2 smaller teeth ........ niger. 6‘. Anterior border of upperside of trochanter armed with a large tooth, longer than the angular tooth ; inner edge of hand with strong basal prominence. a®, Anterior vertical edge of trochanter armed with a series of 3 small subsimilar teeth below the large superior tooth .......... crucifer, Poe. >°. Anterior vertical crest of trochanter armed with only 2 teeth below the superior large tooth, the upper of the two large, quadrate, BUC DG) ie. vn cc moe cee ee Ene eee ene Stimpsonit, Wood. little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 299 - Genus Masticorroctus, Poc. Mastigoproctus liochirus, sp. n. Colour. Upperside of trunk black; chele and legs deep brown, much redder towards the distal extremities ; lower side of abdomen reddish brown, black marginally and on the eighth sternite. Upperside of trunk sculptured with dense punctuation and sparsely granular ; fore part of carapace smooth. Sterna smooth and shining, sparsely punctured ; the first with the posterior border widely rounded, black in the middle, with a shallow impression on each side of the median black area, and a shallow impression near the middle of the plate. Chele with coxe sparsely punctured; trochanter armed with 2 teeth below and 6 teeth above, the one on the angle the longest, the outer of the two teeth on the anterior border much smaller than. the inner; femur and tibia granular below; upperside of all the segments very smooth and shining, only sparsely punctured; femur only minutely toothed on inner side above ; tibia with a single tooth on inner side near base of apophysis; apophysis with one tooth on posterior side at distal end; hand shaped much like that of female M/, geganteus, but thicker; immovable finger thicker than in that species. Movable fang of mandible without basal angle or process on the outer side. Maxillary process of coxa armed above with a single row of about 7 spiniform teeth. Tarsus of first leg with second and third segments sub- equal ; second and third legs without tibial spur, fourth with tibial spur. Ommatoids long and elliptical, less than their long diameter apart. Total length 37 millim. Loc. Guatemala (Sarg coll.). A single subadult male example. At once recognizable from the rest of the species of the genus Maustigoproctus, as diagnosed by Kraepelin, by the presence of tibial spurs only on the fourth leg, the smoothness of the chele, &e. Order SOLIFUG&. Genus Sotpuaa, Licht. Solpuga sagittaria, sp.n. (Figs. 5, 5a.) g .—Colour of head, mandibles, and limbs a pale ochre- yellow ; the femora and patella of the posterior two pairs 300 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or tinted with pale reddish brown; abdomen greyish black on tergal plates, paler at the sides. Head-plate considerably more in width than half the length of the patella of the palp (8:12°5), a little less than tibia of fourth leg (8: 10°5); palp longer than third leg, its tarsus and tibia almost equal to its tibia. Upper fang of mandible strongly toothed, rather strongly curved at the apex; the teeth arising some distance behind the tip, the first and second teeth large and subequal, the third minute, fourth only a little larger, the fifth large. Basal membranous part of flagellum not strongly elevated, its border with almost an even semicircular curvature ; flagel- lum bent abruptly backwards from a point on a level with the second tooth, shortish, not reaching the middle of the upperside of the mandible, its distal third with a strong out- ward curvature, the terminal portion straight and armed at its base with two strong serrate teeth, an external and an in- ferior ; the apex pointed and barbed somewhat like an arrow- head. Lower jaw of mandible armed with three teeth, two large and one small, the latter attached to the base of the first large tooth. ? .—-Resembling the female of S. Darlingii in dentition of mandibles and most structural features, but with the legs distinctly shorter. For example, in S. Darlingit the width of the head is shorter than the patella and only equal to the length of the tibia of the palp (head 11 millim., tibia 12-5), whereas in S. sagittaria the head exceeds the patella and is almost equal to the tibia and tarsus of the palp (head 11 millim., patella 10°5, tibia 9). So, too, in the case of the fourth legs, in S. Darlingii the head is less than the length of the patella and tibia (11:11°5), whereas in S. sagittaria the head exceeds these segments (11 :9°5). The head, mandibles, and legs, too, are of a ruddier hue in S. sagittarta, and not clouded with greyish black, as is the case in S. Darlingit, where, apart from the blackish tint, the jaws and legs are a paler yellow. Measurements in millimetres.— 8. Total length 41; width of head 8; length of mandible to tip of upper fang 10:5 ; length of palp 39; patella of palp 12°5; tibia and tarsus 12°5; fourth leg 57-5, its patella and tibia 11:2. 2. Total length 54; width of head 11; length of man- dible 15; length of palp 37, of fourth leg 50 * (for the separate segments see above). Loc. Mashonaland: Mazoé (J. ff Darling). * The measurements of the limbs are taken along the external side and include the trochanters, but not the coxz, which constitute the sternal area of the cephalothorax. little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 301 The female of this species may be readily distinguished from that of S. Darlingit, the larger of the two known species from the Umfuli River, by the characters mentioned in the diagnosis ; the male differs sharply from that of Darlingit in the structure of the flagellum, this organ being shorter, straighter, unarmed, and with a lower basal membranous portion. Of this species Mr. Darling writes :— I often heard them stridulate, and one of the large specimens made a noise like a policeman’s rattle when put into a match-box. They hang on like bull-dogs, and often when caught with my hand- kerchief I found quite a difficulty in making them let go their hold, they grip with such tenacity.” Genus RHAGODES, Poe. Rhagodes anthracinus, sp. n. ? .—Colour. Carapace black, with antero-lateral edge pale ; mandibles black, redder towards base of fingers; abdomen black above and below ; coxal area of cephalothorax blackish ; palpi with femur black ; patella yellow ; protarsus and tarsus black ; first and second legs mostly yellow, infuscate at base, tarsus of first reddish brown ; third leg mostly yellow, with a broad black ring round femur and patella, the ring on the latter incomplete above; fourth leg with femur infuscate below. Total length 17 millim. Loc. Somaliland (Miss Gillett). Resembling R. melanus in the uniform blackness of the head, mandibles, and abdomen, but differing in the colour of the legs. Recognizable from A. Phillipsit and R. ornatus by the uniform blackness of body and mandibles and blackness of femur of palp. Genus Bossa, Simon. Blossia setifera, sp.n. (Figs. 6, 6a.) Colour a tolerably uniform dark greyish or reddish brown above, the underside and the bases of the appendages pale; tarsi of legs also pale ; femur of fourth leg reddish in its basal half. Sides of head, thoracic and abdominal éerga, and mandibles beset with long cylindrical setiform spines and studded with short, erect, thinner bristles. Ocular tubercle with two long sete in front and two rows of shorter bristles behind between the eyes. Mandibles with first and second teeth of upper jaw large, subequal, third tooth quite small, fourth larger than third but smaller than second: lower jaw armed with four 302 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or teeth, two principal and two minor, as shown in fig. 6a; the two minor teeth situated between the others, widely separated and very small—the anterior on the base of the first major tooth, which is large, nearly horizontal along the summit, and apically subbifid; the posterior close to the base in front of the posterior major tooth, which is conical : flagellum rising on a level with the second tooth of the upper jaw, directed backwards, long, horny, with a membranous inferior edge ; the distal end long, attenuate, and apically hooked. Fig. 5.—Solpuga sagittaria, sp.n., 6. Upper jaw. 5a.—Ditto. Apex of flagellum. Fig. Pes oe setifera, sp. n., ¢. Upper jaw and flagellum, from inner side. Fig. 6 a.—Ditto. Upper and lower jaw, from outer side. Fig. 7.—Ceroma pallidum, sp. 0., 3. Jaws, from inner side. Fig. 8.—Pseudocleobis alticola, sp. n. Upper jaw and flagellum. Fig. 8 «a.—Pseudocleobis andinus, Poc. Upper jaw and flagellum. Palpi without spines, except for a row of three short spines on the outer side of the under surface of the patella and tibia; all the segments covered thickly with erect hairs and bearing some long bristles; the patella more than twice as long as the width of the head. Tibiz : second and third legs with 3 spines on the poste- rior side. Votal length 10 millim. little-known Thelyphonide and Solifuge. 303 Loc. Mashonaland: Salisbury (@. A. KX. Marshall). Only one species of the genus B/ossta is up to the present time known, namely B. spinosa of Simon (Ann. Soe. Mint. Fr. 1880, p. 400), from Lower Egypt and Algeria. The genus, however, has been recorded from 8. Africa by Kraepelin, who mentions but refrains from naming, except as doubtfully spinosa, some females procured at Moritzburg (? Pieter- maritzburg). More probably these females belong to the species here described, which at least differs from 5. spinosa in the dentition of the jaws of the mandible. In B, spinosa the fourth tooth of the upper jaw is a little larger than the first and second, and in the lower jaw there is only one intermediate minor tooth. Genus GLuviopsis, Kraep. Gluviopsis atratus, sp. n. ?.—Colour mostly a tolerably uniform deep blackish brown, relieved by the pale-coloured bristles and hairs; lower surface and base of appendages flavous; legs of first and second pairs mostly pale, tarsus and apex of tibia of third and fourth legs pale. Width of head about equal to length of patella and to tibia and tarsus of palp, shorter than patella and longer than tibia of fourth leg; mandibles beset above with slender erect cylindrical bristles ; upper jaw strong, convex above, slender and depressed apically, the first and second teeth large. Palpus about three times as long as width of head; patella armed below with 4-5 pairs of short slender spines; tibia with 6 pairs of stouter shorter spines; tarsus also furnished below with bristles and spines on inner side. Tarsi of second and third legs hairy beneath, armed apically with 4 pairs of spines and with 1 anterior basal spine; tarsus of fourth armed with 6 pairs of spines. ¢-—Much more coarsely and thickly spined than female. Terminal fang of jaws long and slender, the upper nearly straight, bent slightly downwards. Palpi long; patella and also tibia and tarsus about once and a half times the width of the head ; patella of fourth leg nearly twice as long and tibia about one fifth longer than width of head. Moditied bristles of second abdominal sternum long, slender, incrassate, then apically acuminate, three in number on each side. Measurements in millimetres.— Tibia and Total Width of Length of Length of Patella tarsus length. head, palpus. first leg. of palp. of palp. Gan at 35 115 175 3°6 3°6 On ees 3 13 20 48 48 304 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some new or Loc. Western India, Poona and Khandeish (Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.). The male of this species may be at once recognized from that of G. rufescens, Pocock (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 271 (1897), sub Blossia), from. 8. Arabia, by the lonver terminal fang of the upper jaw, the small size of the first two teeth, the shorter palpi and legs, and the different form of the modified hairs on the second abdominal sternum. In G. ru- fescens the palpi are about seven times as long as the width of the head (21:3), and the fourth leg more than eight times as long (26:3), and the modified bristles on the abdomen are short and strongly clavate. The species described by me as Paracleobis Balfourt and Paracleolis nigripalpis fall into the genus Gluviopsis, as Kraepelin has already suggested. Genus PSEUDOCLEOBIS, nov. Differing from Cleobis, Sim., as recently restricted and defined by Kraepelin (Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xvi. pp. 223- 227, 1899) in the following particulars :— The tibia and protarsus of the palp are furnished below with short paired spines in bothsexes. In the male the third tooth of the upper jaw is larger than the first and much larger than the second, which is minute and lodged in between the other two. In the female the third tooth is also larger than the first and second, but its basal width is less than that of these two teeth taken together. Also allied to Mummucia, but having die fourth tarsus distinctly trisegmented. Type P. andinus, Pocock *. Pseudocleobis alticola, sp.n. (Figs. 8, 8a.) ¢.—Closely resembling P. andinus in colour, but rather more deeply infuscate. Differing from that species in having no crest on the superior side of the upper jaw of the mandible and in the shortness of the palpi. In P. andinus the patella of the palp and of fourth leg are a little more than twice as long as the width of the head; in P. altzcola these segments are barely twice the width of the head. ? .—Tarsi of second and third legs with 4 pairs of spines and 1 basal anterior spine ; of fourth with 6 pairs of spines, 2 pairs on the basal, 1 pair on the median segment, and three at the apex of the third segment; tibia of these legs with 3 posterior and 2 anterior spines, without superior spines as in P. andinus. * In Fitzgerald’s ‘The Highest Andes,’ p. 359 (1899). little-known Thelyphonidex and Solituge. 309 Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length 10; width of head 2°6; length of palpus 14°5, its patella 5; fourth leg 18, its patella 4°5. (In P. andinus g the head is 2°8; the palpus 19, its patella 7; fourth leg 25 from base, its patella 7.) Loc. Bolivian Andes, Mount Sorata (¢ type) (Sir Martin Conway). Genus Creroma, Karsch. Ceroma pallidum, sp.n. (Fig. 7.) 3b .—Colour a tolerably uniform ochre-yellow; ocular tubercle black ; abdominal terga greyish or subolivaceous, with a large clear yellow patch at the posterior end of the abdomen, involving the ninth, tenth, and part of the eighth somites. Width of head about two thirds the length of the patella of the palp, less than two thirds length of tibia and tarsus of palp, only a little more than half the length of the patella of the fourth leg. Mandibles but little modified: first and second teeth of upper jaw large, subequal, and sharp; third small, fourth larger than third but not so large as second: lower jaw armed with three normal sharp and conical teeth, the median the smallest: flagellum very short, the apex filiform, but not ex- tending back beyond the middle of the upperside of the mandible, the basal expanded portion protected on the inner side by one strong spine, and beneath it two bristles, stout at the base and filiform at the apex. Legs and palpi long; palpus about four and a half times and fourth leg about seven times as long as width of head, Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 10; width of head 2:5; length of palpus 11°5, of fourth leg 18. Loc. Garies, Little Namaqualand (Vr. Broom). At once recognizable from C. Johnstont, Pocock (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xx. p. 253, figs. 1, 1a), from Nyasaland, and from C. ornatum, Karsch (= C. variatum, Pocock, Proce. Zool. Soc. 1898, p. 523, pl. xl. fig. 16, ¢), from Masailand, by the shortness of the flagellum, the nearly uniform pale colouring, greater length of appendages, &c.* * In Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anst. xvi. p. 247 (1899), Kraepelin cites amongst the recognized species of Ceroma two forms named Ceroma Sclatert and Ceroma capense, both purporting to be described by Dr. Purcell, of the South African Museum, Cape Town, I cannot discover that the descriptions of these species have yet been published. It is a thousand pities that nomina nuda should make their appearance in literature in this way. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 20 306 Mr. G, A. Boulenger on new N.B.—Since writing this note I have learnt that pt. iii. of the ‘Annals of the South African Museum,’ containing the descriptions of these and many other new species of Solifuoz:, not to mention other Arthropods, has been issued, bearing the date December 1899, although it does not appear to have been published before February 1900. XXXIX.—Deseriptions of new Reptiles from Perak, Malay Peninsula. By G. A. BouLENGER, FURS. THE reptiles here described form part of a collection sub- mitted to me for identification by Mr. L. Wray, Curator of the Perak Museum, to which they belong. Lygosoma larutense. Section Lygosoma. Body much elongate; limbs minute, didactyle. Snout short, obtuse. Lower eyelid scaly. Nostril pierced in the anterior part of the nasal; no supranasal ; frontonasal twice as broad as long, forming sutures with the rostral and with the frontal; prefrontals small; frontal slightly longer than broad, broader than the supraocularregion, in contact with the first and second supraoculars ; four supra- oculars ; seven supraciliaries ; trontoparietals distinct ; inter- parietal a little longer than the frontoparietals; parietals forming a suture behind the interparietal; fourth upper labial entering the orbit, second and third smaller than first and fourth. Har completely hidden, 26 smooth scales round the middle of the body, equal. Hab. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 3, to the west of Valentia, Tre land, lat. 5° 38’ iN; long. M3 50! WV in 722 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Distrib. Hardanger Fiord, Norway, in several places; Varanger Fiord, Kast Finmark, in 125-150 fathoms (A. MN.) ; Bejan, near entrance of ‘Trondhjem Fiord (G. O. Sars) : Mus. Nor. he only other locality in which Sars has taken it is off Mageré, West Norway. Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda, 345 Genus 8. Hapioops, Lilljeborg. 79. Haploops tubicola, Lilljeborg. 1855, eTonlocas tubicola, Lilljeborg, ifvers. af K, Vet.-Akad. Forhand. . 184, 9. 1855, Baplabpe cartnata, id. ibid. p. 89, 3. 1868. Haploops tubicola, Norman, “ Crustacea Amphipoda new to Science or to Britain,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 4, vol. ii. p. 411, pl. xxi. figs, 1-8 (and references). 1869. Haploops tubicola, Bate & Westwood, (1) vol. ii. p. 505. 1876. Haploops tubicola, Boeck, (138) p. 537, pl. xxx. fig. 5. 1876. Haploops carinata, id. ibid. p. 539, pl. xxx. fig. 6, ¢. 1892. Haploops tubicola, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 192, pl. Ixvil. Hab. Off Berwick-on-Tweed and near Holy Island, North- umberland ; Shetland ; Isle of Skye; several places in Firth of Clyde (A. M. N.): Mus. Nor. Off Durham coast and 7 miles off T'ynemouth, Northumberland (A. Jf. N.) ; between Isle of Man and Great Ormes Head, 20-30 fathoms (A. O.W.); near Bass Rock and other parts of the Firth of Forth (7. S.) ; Loch Linnhe, W. Scotland (G. Brook). Distrib. ‘ Porcupine,’ 1869, Stat. 36, outside the entrance to the British Channel, in 725 fathoms; Godhavn Harbour, Greenland, in 5-20 fathoms, ‘ Valorous,’ 1875; Bay of Fundy, N.E. America (S. I. Smith); Bog and Varanger Fiords, East Finmark (4. M. N.); Bohuslin, Sweden (Lovén) ; Naples (Della Valle): Mus. Nor. Whole coast of Norway, Arctic Ocean generally to Siberian Polar Sea; the Baltic (G. O. Sars); Denmark (Aecnert) ; Western France (Chevreuz). In my Shetland Report this species was twice recorded by myself as Haploops tubicola, and also on Mr. Spence Bate’s authority under the name ‘ Pontoporeda affinis”’ by mistake. The species forms for itself a very thick tube of mud, in which it makes its home. 80. Haploops setosa, Boeck. 1870, Haploops setosa, Boeck, (137) p. 148. 1876. Haploops setosa, Boeck, (188) p. 541, pl. xxx. fig. 7. 1888. Haploops setosa, D. Robertson, Contrib. to Cat. Amphip. and Isop. Firth of Clyde, p. 28. 1892. Haploops setosa, G. O. Sars, (142) p. 194, pl. Ixviii. fig. 1. Hab. Dredged off Skate Island, Loch Fyne, in 100 fathoms, mud (D. &.) : Mus. Nor. ‘There are, I believe, only three spots in our seas between our islands in which a depth of 100 fathoms can be found. The others are near Cronlin Island in the Sound of Skye and between the islands of Cumbrae and Arran in the Firth of Clyde. The immediate 346 Canon A. M. Norman on British Amphipoda. neighbourhood of these deep spots is the habitat of certain Mollusca and other animals not found, or scarcely to be found, elsewhere between our islands. Thus, Loch Fyne is the well- known locality of the shells Cusp¢daria costellata, Deshayes, Cuspidaria abbreviata, Forbes, and Alvania subsoluta, Aradas, var. abyssicola, Forbes; here, too, are found the Crustacea Nyctiphanes norvegica, Sars, and Eucheta norvegica, Boeck, in the greatest profusion (two Crustacea to which the Loch Fyne herrings seem to owe their large size and fine flavour), Bythocypris complanata, G. 8. Brady, and other deep-water forms not so restricted in their distribution. In the Sound of Skye and neighbourhood are Poromya granulata, Nyst & Westend., Cuspidaria abbreviata, Forbes, and costellata, Desh., Cryptodon ferruginosus, Forbes, Portlandia tenuis, Phil., Arca pectunculordes, Scacchi, &c. Of the inhabitants of the deep hole between Cumbrae and Arran we know less, but Sir J. Murray procured Myctiphanes norvegica there in great abun- dance. These northern deep-water forms probably made their way to these localities at a geological period when the British Islands were more submerged than they are now, and the depths therefore were greater. It is remarkable that in our times the depths of many of the Scotch lakes far exceed the depth of any part of the sea at all near to our coasts. By the ‘ Porcupine’ Exped. it was taken at Stat. 3, off the south-west of Ireland, in 722 fathoms, and at Stats. 74 and 88, west of the Shetland Islands, in 203 and 290 fathoms: Mus. Nor. Iistrib. « Lightning,’ 1868, Stats. 3 and 6, Faroe Channel, in 229 and 510 fathoms; ‘ Knight Errant,’ Faroe Channel, Stat. 8, in 540 fathoms; ‘ Porcupine,’ 1870, Stat. 56, near the island Pantellaria, in the Mediterranean, 390 fathoms; Varanger Fiord, E. Finmark, 125-150 fathoms; Réodberg, Trondhjem Fiord, Norway, 250-300 fathoms, and Hardanger Fiord, 150-180 fathoms (A. M. V.): Mus. Nor. Greenland, 48-183 fathoms (7. J. Hansen) ; Arctic Ocean generally. I have received specimens under this name from Prof. 8. I. Smith, which were taken in the Bay of Fundy, N.E. America. I am inclined, however, to think that they should be referred to Haploops robusta, G. O. Sars. They are the largest examples | have seen, and in most points, such as the form of the cephalon and of the third segment of the metasome, they agree with Sars’s species; but the proportionate lengths of the joints of the peduncles of the two pairs of antenne are different. Longicorn Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. 347 XLVII.—On some Longicorn Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. By C. J. GAHAN, M.A. THIS paper contains an account of the Longicorn beetles collected in Hainan by the late Mr. J. Whitehead. Twenty- four species are enumerated, of which six are described as new. It will be seen from the distribution given for the various species named that the Longicorn fauna of Hainan is, on the whole, very like that of Siam, Burma, N. India, and South China. 1. digosoma hainanensis, sp. n. S$. 4. ornaticoll: (White) affine; nigro-fuscum, supra pube brevi fulvo-flavescente fere omnino obtectum; antennis articulo 5° scabroso, quam 6° duplo longiore. Long. 38 mm. Hab. Hainan (Whitehead). Closely allied to 4. ornaticolle, White, and agreeing with it in most of its characters, the chief difference being that in the new form almost the whole upper surface is covered with a short, dense, yellowish-tawny pubescence, somewhat similar to that forming the four prothoracic spots of ornaticolle. The fifth joint of the antennz in the male is twice as long as the sixth, and is scabrous throughout its entire length. As only one example of this species was obtained, it may be doubted whether the differences indicated will prove to be constant when a larger series of specimens is examined. But out of a number of specimens of ornaticolle and of the very closely allied species 47. s’ntcum, White, I have not found one at all approaching the present form in the amount of pubescence covering its upper surface. 2. Aigosoma marginale, Fabr. A few examples of this species were obtained in Hainan. The species is distributed from China to the Malay Archi- pelago. 3. Philus antennatus, Saund. This species has hitherto been recorded only from China, though a very closely allied species—P. rufescens, Pasc.— has been described from Penang. It may be interesting tonote here that both of these species of Philus have a double stridulating area on the mesonotum, 348 Mr. C. J. Gahan on some Longicorn and in this respect differ from the other species placed in the genus, and, in fact, from all other known Prionide. 4. Dialeges undulatus, Gahan. Three or four examples. This species was described from examples from Ceylon, Burma, and Siam. 5. Cerestum sinicum, White. One example of this common Chinese species was obtained at Hainan. 6. Eurybatus 10-punctatus, Westw. One male example. This species has been hitherto re- corded only from N.-India, Burma, Java, and Borneo, the last-named locality being very doubtful. Two specimens from Sarawak which Pascoe referred to the species are distinct from the N. Indian and Burmese forms, and probably belong to the Javan species L. lata, Lameere. 7. Clytanthus Douet, Chevr., var. Three examples. 8. Chlorophorus annularis, Fabr. This is a very widely distributed Oriental species. 9. Xylotrechus quadripes, Chevr., var. One example. The postmedian cinereous band of the elytra is broader than in the typical form occurring in India, Burma, and Siam. 10. Monohammus bimaculatus, Gahan. One example. The species was previously known only from N. India, Burma, and Siam. 11. Pelargoderus apicalis, sp. n. Fuscus, supra tenuiter griseo-pubescens ; prothorace lateraliter ob- solete tuberculato, fere mutico, disco subrugoso; scutello pube fulva dense obtecto; elytris basi granulosis, deinde sat dense fortiterque punctatis, versus basin sparsissime, sed in partem tertiam apicalem dense, fulvo-maculatis; corpore inferiore cum capite femoribusque maculatim fulvo-pubescentibus; antennis griseo-fulvis, articulis 3° ad 10"™ apice fuscis, articulis 3° ad 5"™ vel 6"™ subtus sat dense ciliatis. Long. 20, lat. 6 mm. Hab. Hainan (Whitehead). Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. 349 Dark brown, with a faint greyish pubescence covering the greater part of the pronotum and elytra, anda yellowish tawny pubescence, broken up into small spots, spread over the head, underside, legs, and the posterior two fifths or so of the elytra, a few spots of the same colour being very sparsely scattered over the anterior three fifths of the elytra, while four obsolete bands—two dorsal and two lateral—made up of the same tawny pubescence are present on the prothorax. Antenne greyish tawny, except at the apex of the third and following joints, those of the female nearly twice as long as the body, with the first six or seven joints rather densely ciliate under- neath; the scape rugosely punctured and less than half the length of the third joint, the latter being slightly thickened and somewhat rugose towards the base. Prothorax nearly cylindrical, the sides being but feebly rounded and the tubercles so small as to be almost quite obsolete; the disk somewhat rugose. Scutellum entirely fulvous pubescent. Klytra granulate at the base and rather thickly and strongly punctured from thence up to the thickly spotted posterior area. Prosternal process scarcely dilated near the middle of its length ; the mesosternal process with a feeble cariniform tubercle along the middle. This species, being founded upon a female specimen, is only provisionally placed in the genus Pelargoderus. In general structure it approaches closely enough to P. vtttatus, Serv., the type of the genus, the chief points of difference being that in the latter the antenne are not ciliate under- neath, the scape is relatively longer, and the prosternal process is distinctly enough dilated at about the middle of its length. 12. Melanauster macrospilus, sp. n. Niger, nitidus; antennis albo-annulatis; elytris basi haud granu- latis, utrisque maculis 11 aut 12 albis, ornatis ; pectore abdo- mineque utrinqne luteo-albo-plagiatis ; processu mesosterni valde tuberculato. Long. 28-38, lat. 11-14 mm. Hab. Hainan ( Whitehead). Black and glossy. Prothorax with an acute conical tubercle on each side, below which there is a rather large luteous white spot; the disk with a somewhat raised or tuberculate area across the middle, the raised part consisting of two oblique tubercles towards each side and a postero-median longitudinally impressed tubercle which lies just in front of the deeper and more anterior of the two basal transverse 350 Mr. C. J. Gahan on some Longicorn grooves. Scutellum luteous white. Elytra almost impunc- tate and altogether without granules, each with eleven or twelve whitish or luteous-white spots differing somewhat in size and form, the smallest being placed near the scutellum ; four of the spots are placed close to the outer margin, one (rather large) at the apex, another in the basal depression above the shoulder, and the remaining four or five on the disk in such a position that the whole of the spots on the elytra, excluding the two large apical ones, form four some- what irregular transverse series. On the underside a spot on each side of the mesosternum, an oblique patch on each side of the metasternum, and a row of five spots on each side of the abdomen are of a luteous-white colour, the rest of the ventral surface except along the middle having a faint greyish pubescence ; the legs are also faintly grey, with a dorsal spot near the apex of each femur, the proximal half of the tibiee, and the upperside of the tarsi luteous white. Antenne of the male more than half as long again as the body; each of the joints narrowly ringed with luteous white both at the base and apex, except the first, which has a spot only near the apex, and the last three or four, which are almost entirely luteous white. Mesosternal process with a prominent tubercle, the anterior face of which is almost perpendicular, while the ventral face slopes downward in front. 13. Melanauster similis, sp. n. Niger, nitidus; antennis albo-annulatis; prothorace supra vittis duabus luteo-albis, interruptis, notato; elytris albo-maculatis, basi sparse sed distincte granulatis ; corpore subtus pedibusque griseo leviter pubescente ; processu mesosterni modice prominente. Long. 42, lat. 20 mm. Hab. Hainan (Whitehead). This species somewhat resembles the preceding one, but is readily to be distinguished by the following characters :—The prothorax has two interrupted luteous-white bands on the disk and the postmedian tubercle on the disk is rather strongly raised and shows no trace of a notch or impression. The elytra are sparsely but distinctly granulate on the basal sixth ; each is marked with about nine or ten larger and twelve to fourteen smaller luteous-white spots, all of which are more or less rounded in outline and arranged without any definite order. The underside of the body is covered with a rather faint bluish-grey pubescence, and there is a patch on each side of the prothorax and a spot on each cheek of a somewhat more distinctly bluish tint. The rings of pubescence on the Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. 351 antenne are of the same luteous-white colour as in the pre- ceding species, and each ring embraces the apex of one joint and the base of the next, beginning from the apex of the third joint; but there is a ring also near the middle of the eleventh joint. The mesosternal process is not very promi- nent, its anterior face being perpendicular and the lower face almost horizontal, so that the angle between these two faces is very nearly a right angle. This species and the preceding one seem to be most nearly allied to J. ¢mitator, White, from Shanghai; but the latter differs from them not only in the size, number, and colour of the elytral spots, but also in having a much more feebly developed mesosternal tubercle. 14. Melanauster chinensis, Forst. One example. 15. Coptops polyspila, Pase. One example. ‘he pubescence in this example has a slightly reddish tint resembling that of C. rufa, Thoms., from the Andaman Islands, but in other respects it resembles the type of C. polyspila. Coptops petechialis, Pascoe, from Cambodia, and C. lacertosa, Pasc., from Penang, seem to he specifically identical with C. polyspila, the type of which came from Penang; and these three forms are probably only varieties of the Indian species Coptops leucostictica, White. 16. Olenecamptus bilobus, Fabr. Four or five examples of this widely distributed species. 17. Niphona Hookert, sp. n. NV. furcate (Bates) sat similis et affinis, sed postice minus attenuata ; elytris apice transverse truncatis, angulis externis haud productis ; cristis basalibus magis elongatis; tibiis intermediis maris intus ad apicem dente sat magna sed obtusa armatis, Long. 18-28, lat. 6-93 mm. Hab. Hainan (Whitehead); N. India, Darjeeling and Sikkim (Dr. Hovker); Andaman Islands (Atkinson coll.) ; and China (Bowring). Almost entirely covered with a dense yellowish tawny pubescence. yes rather large and coarsely granulate. Antenne a little longer than the body in the male, shorter in the female, ciliated underneath, the cilia being denser and 352 Mr. C. J. Gahan on some Longicorn somewhat longer on the last few joints. Prothorax unarmed at the sides, longitudinally rugose above, with the median ridge distinct and the others more or less broken, so that the disk presents towards the sides a somewhat roughly granu- late appearance. lytra narrowed behind and _ sinuately truncate in a transverse direction at the apex, the outer angles not being produced as in some of the allied species; each with a rather prominent ridge placed not far from the suture along the basal fourth and a second very much smaller ridge in the depression between this and the humeral prominence. Pubes- cence covering the middle of the abdomen and sometimes that on the breast of an ashy-white colour, the rest of the pubescence on the underside and legs being of the same colour as on the upperside. , One male specimen of this species was obtained at Hainan. ‘Two female specimens from N. India, in the British Museum collection, undoubtedly belong to the same species, the only differences noticeable being of a sexual character. In the male, each of the middle tibie is armed on the inner side just before the apex with a large blunt tooth, which stands out almost at right angles. This character is present also in two other male specimens in the Museum collection—one from the Andaman Islands, the other being labelled as from China ; and as these specimens only differ in being whiter underneath and along the margins and on the disk of the elytra, they may safely be referred to the same species. 18. Pterolophia annulata, Chevr. One example. 19. Zotale lineatus, Gahan. Mycerinopsis lineatus, Gahan, Ann. Mus, Civ. Genov. (2) xiv. p. 75. One example, agreeing very well with typical specimens from Burma. Since I described this species I have been able to examine the type of the genus Zotale, Pase. Z. lineatus is very closely allied to Z. unicolor, Pasc., and is certainly congeneric with it. 20. Sybra posticata, Gahan. Sybra posticata, Gahan, J. c. p. 77. One example. The species occurs also in Burma, Siam, and N. India. Coleoptera from the Island of Hainan. 353 21. Serixia sedata, Pase. Four examples. Occurs also in Siam and Burma. 22. Serixia, sp. One example, apparently belonging to a new species, but not in sufficiently good condition to be satisfactorily described. 23. Astathes cyanoptera, sp. n. A. episcopali (Chevr.) affinis ; flavo-testacea ; elytris cyaneis, utris- que obsolete bicarinatis; antennarum scapo subtus testacco, articulis 3°-5"™ fere omnino testaceis; ceteris plus minusve infus- catis ; pedibus testaceis, tibiis versus apicem tarsisque nigro-fuscis, Long. 12-15, lat. 43-6 mm. Hab. Hainan (Whitehead). Head (with the exception of the labrum), prothorax, and underside of the body yellowish testaceous in colour. Head rather strongly and thickly punctured in front and very sparingly on the vertex, slightly concave between the an- tennal tubercles, and marked with an impressed line along the middle. Antenne with the first joint testaceous under- neath and dark brown above; the joints from the third to the fifth almost wholly testaceous, and the remaining joints more or less deeply infuscate. Prothorax with a rather large but not abruptly raised umbone on the middle of the disk, this umbone, like the rest of the disk, being but very sparsely punctured. Elytra of a bright metallic-blue colour, dis- tinctly punctured, and each bearing two very slightly raised lines or carine along the inner half, the sutural margin also being raised into asomewhat sharper and more distinct carina. Distal half of the tibize and the tarsi blackish brown, the rest of the legs having the same colour as the underside of the body. ; : This species is very closely allied to A. episcopalis, Chevr., and I was at first inclined to regard it as a variety of the latter. A. episcopalis differs, however, not only by the violaceous colour of its elytra, but also by the more thickly placed punctures on the umbone of the prothorax and on the vertex of the head; the third joint of its antenne is entirely dark brown and the fourth to sixth joints are fuscous at the apex ; the tibiae are almost entirely brown, though this colour is somewhat hidden by the dense covering of fulvous setae. A. episcopalis, Clevr., is found in China, Hong Kong, and Formosa. It is the true viéolaceipennis of Dejean’s Catalogue, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 23 hy ox, 354 Mr. O. Thomas on but not the species described under that name by Thomson, which is very distinct and occurs in India, Burma, &c., and not, so far as I know, in China. 24. Oberea, sp. One example. In addition to the species enumerated above the collection contains one example referable to a new genus allied to Merioneda. XLVIII.—Deseriptions of Two new Murines from Peru and a new Hare from Venezuela. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. Oryzomys preetor, sp. n. Allied most nearly by proportions and skull-characters to O. aureus, Tomes, and O. princeps, Thos., but wholly different in colour. General appearance somewhat that of a small Neotoma. Size large. Fur long, soft, close, and thick ; hairs of back 13-15 millim. in length. General colour olivaceous fawn- grey, much darkened on the middle and posterior back by the numerous black ends to the longer hairs. Head, cheeks, shoulders, and flanks clearer yellowish grey. Under surface buffy white, quite without line of demarcation; slaty bases of hairs showing through; groins with a fulvous suffusion. Kars of medium size, blackish brown, much darker than the general colour. Outer sides of limbs like sides, inner like belly ; upper surface of hands and feet uniform silvery white. Tail slightly longer than head and body, thinly haired, not pencilled, very finely scaled, the rings running about sixteen to the centimetre ; its colour uniformly brown above, rather paler below. Skull on the whole very similar to that of O. princeps, but with rather a broader and flatter brain-case and narrower and more parallel-sided interorbital region. Nasals rather broader. Outer plate of zygoma-root more projecting, so that the ante- orbital notch is better defined. Interorbital region narrow, parallel-sided, flat above; its edges square but not sharply so, traceable across the parietals to the outer corners of the inter- parietal, but not forming sharp ridges or beads. Interparietal Two new Murines from Peru. 355 broad, strap-like, short antero-posteriorly. Palatal foramina large and open. Bulle small. Molars broad and heavy. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col- lector) :— Head and body 168 millim.; tail 180; hind foot 35; ear 25. Skull: greatest length 40; basilar length 32:2; greatest breadth 22°3; nasals 15°65; interorbital breadth 4-2" interparietal 3°8 x 11-2; palatal length from henselion 17-4; diastema 11-1; palatal foramina 9-2 x 3-2; length of upper molar series 7'6. Hab. Eastern slope of Paramo between San Pablo and Cajamarca, Peru. Alt. 4000 metres. Type. Female. B.M.no.0. 3.15.3. Original number 719. Collected by Mr. Perry O. Simons, 10th November, 1899. One specimen only. This fine species is no doubt most nearly allied to the Keuadorean 0. aureus and the Bogotan O. princeps, forming with these a small section of the genus, characterized by large size, soft fur, obsolete supraorbital ridges, large open palatal foramina, and a mountain habitat. Asa species O. pretor is distinguished from the other two by many characters, of which the most obvious are its non-rufous colour and white feet. At the same place as the type of O. pretor Mr. Simons obtained two rats referable to the interesting “‘ Thomasomys” cinereus, first discovered by Dr. Stolzmann at Cutervo. Phyllotis amicus, sp. n. Intermediate both in size and colour between Ph. Haggardi and the peculiar little desert species Ph. gerbillus, whose reference to this group it satisfactorily confirms. Fur fine, soft and sleek; the hairs on the back about 8-9 millim. in length. General colour above fawn-grey, finely lined with black. Face and crown quite like back. A line along cheeks, sides of neck, and flanks bright sandy yellow, dividing the dorsal colour from that of the belly. Under surface white, the bases of the hairs slaty. ars very large, finely haired, their outer surface greyish brown, their inner fawn-grey. Upper surface of hands and feet pure white. Tail long, well-haired, and slightly pencilled ter- minally, brown above, white below. Skull in general form quite like those of the two species above named, but its bulls, in correlation with the external ears, are unusually large, being larger than in the decidedly bi species Ph. Haggardt. 1gger sp g ae 396 Ona new Hare from Venezuela. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh by col- lector) :— Head and body 82 millim.; tail105; hind foot 23; ear 23. Skull: greatest length 24:4; basilar length 18:1; greatest breadth 12°7; nasals, length 9°8; interorbital breadth 4; palate length 10; diastema 6; palatal foramina 5 x 1-7; length of upper molar series 3°8. Hab. Tolon, coast district, Province Cajamarca, N.W. Peru. Altitude 100 m. Other specimens from Eten, on the coast, and from Reque, in its near neighbourhood. Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 3.1.94. Original number 685. Collected 2nd November, 1899, by Mr. Perry O. Simons. Fourteen specimens examined. This species is interesting as forming the connecting-link between the ordinary members of the genus and the aberrant Ph. gerbillus found in the deserts to the north-west. Occa- sional specimens of the latter are nearly as dark in colour, but even from these Ph. amicus may always be readily distin- guished by its larger size, much larger ears, longer tail, slate- mixed belly, and yellowish lateral line. From bh. Haggardi, ou the other hand, it is separable by its smaller size aud paler colour. Sylvilagus * orinoct, sp. n. General appearance much asin S. Gabbi, All., but probably really most nearly allied to S. cumanicus, 'Thos. Colour above coarsely grizzled buffy and black, the marbling not so coarse as in S. cumanicus and the tone not unlike that of S. Gabbi. Underfur pale plumbeous basally, black ter- minally. Outer fur with a subterminal band of buffy, much darker than in S. cwmanicus-and with a black tip. Forehead dark buffy rufous. Cheeks greyish, area round eye whitish and that between eye and ear darker, all as in S. cumanicus, but the contrasts not nearly so marked. Nape-patch clear rufous, ars shorter than in the allied species, their anterior backs greyish, gradually darkening at the terminal edges to black ; their fringes, posterior backs, and whole inner surface silvery grey. Chin and throat white, a faint line along centre of chin brown. Pectoral collar deep buffy. Belly whitish, not sharply defined, mixed laterally with buffy, which latter colour also invades the white on each side in the ante-inguinal region. Outer sides of limbs buffy, inner whitish, the latter continued on to the tops of the hands and feet. ‘Tail quite short and stumpy, indistinctly brown above, pale buffy below. * See Major, Trans. Linn. Soc. (2) Zool. vii. p. 514 (1899). On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul. 357 Skull, as compared to that of S. cwmanicus, smaller and more delicate ; muzzle narrower anteriorly; frontal processes of premaxille terminating about one tenth of an inch in front of the end of the nasals ; palatal foramina narrower; bulle larger in proportion, especially anteriorly. Incisors with the same deep simple notch in front as in S. cumanicus. A Dimensions of the type (taken by the collector in the esh) :— Head and body 355 millim.; tail 27; hind foot 70 (c. u. 75) ; ear from notch 55. Skull: greatest length 70; basilar length 55; greatest breadth 34; nasals 31°2 x 13°5; interorbital breadth 16°6; intertemporal breadth 13°8; palatal foramina 19:5 x 6:2; length of upper tooth-row (alveoli) 14. Hab. Maipures, Upper Orinoco. Type. Female. B.M. no. 99. 9.11.49. Collected 22nd January, 1899, by Geo. K. and Stella M. Cherrie. Two specimens examined. This species is more or less intermediate in size, as in geographical position, between the comparatively large S. cumanicus (and its ally S. Margarite, Miller) and the little S. brasiliensis. XLIX.—On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul and an apparently new Species of Cyornis. By Col. C. T. BincuaM, F.Z.S. DuRING a recent two months’ tour in the Southern Shan States, Upper Burma, I had opportunities for making a small collection of the birds frequenting the high plateau-lands in those States. I was fortunate also in being able to spend three or four days on Loi-San-Pa, a mountain nearly 8000 feet in height, situated in the Méng Kong State. Among the birds procured, | find after careful comparison with published descriptions and with the series of birds con- tained in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, that the following species, descriptions of which are given below, have appa- rently not been previously described. One of these birds is a Bulbul closely resembling in habits the species belonging to the genus Hypsipetes, Vigors, but differing so markedly trom them in certain points of structure and in colour, and also from all known Bulbuls, that I have no hesitation in proposing a new genus for its reception. 358 On a new Genus and Species of Bulbul. CERASOPHILA *, gen. nov. Like Hypsipetes, possesses short legs, with a non-scutellated tarsus and a forked tail, but differs in having a more curved culmen, a bare unfeathered patch of skin round the eye, and the under tail-coverts of a colour different from that of the rest of the underparts, as in Molpastes, Otocompsa, &c. Cerasophila Thompsont, sp. un. The whole head and neck snow-white, the white of these parts abruptly defined from the colour of the back and breast, and extending further down on the upper back than on the sides of the neck and breast; the back, rump, upper tail- coverts, wing-coverts, scapulars, the outer webs of the two inner tertiaries, the breast, sides, and stomach a clear ash- grey; the primary wing-feathers, the secondaries, the tertiaries, with the exception noted above, and the tail hair-brown ; vent and under tail-coverts light bright chestnut ; the under wing-coverts and axillaries, the lower portion of the stomach, and some of the lower feathers on the thighs pale grey with a wash of light chestnut. Bill, legs, and feet coral-red, claws horny ; a bare patch of skin round the eyes, conspicuously wider below the eye than above it, greyish tinged with yellow, the eyelids with a rim of bright vermilion-red. Iris whitish yellow to pale yellow. _ The sexes are alike in plumage and differ only very slightly in size. 6. Length 7:8 inches, wing 3°8, tail 3°8, tarsus 0°7, bill from gape 0°85. 9. Length 7°8 inches, wing 3:7, tail 3°85, tarsus 0°7, bill from gape 0°85. ‘These measurements were taken in the flesh. Hab, Loi-San-Pa, 6500 feet, Méng Kong State, Southern Shan States, Upper Burma. I know of only one Hypsipetes that approaches the above species in coloration, that is H. leucocephalus, Gmelin, from China, which also has a white head as its name implies, but then, apart from the structural differences pointed out above, Gmelin’s species is a much larger bird. A skin in the Indian Museum collection measures:—Length 9:5 inches, wing 4°8, tail 4, tarsus 0°7, bill from gape 1:1. Also, except the white head and neck, its plumage is black and the under tail-coverts are concolorous with the stomach, as in all known species of Ilypstpetes. Cerasophila Thompsoni bears a superficial * Kxépacas=a cherry-tree. On an apparently new Species of Cyornis. 359 resemblance to some of the Grey Starlings (Sturnia); the grey plumage, white head, and above all the bare eye-patch contributing not a little to this likeness. It seems clear, however, that its short tarsi, forked tail, and above all its habit of keeping in small parties to the tops of trees, and rarely, if ever, descending to the ground, point to a close affinity with Hypszpetes. On my visit to Loi-San-Pa the wild cherry-trees were in full bloom, and all day long were visited by numbers of Hypsipetes concolor, Chloropsis Hardwickti, Lioptila melano- leuca, and other birds. Among these the above-described species was most conspicuous with its white head and grey plumage. Its call, so far as I could catch the note amid the babel of sound made by all the birds on the trees, was very similar to that of Hypsipetes. I have named the species after Mr. H. N. Thompson, of the Indian Forest Department, a keen observer and field- naturalist, who was with me on Loi-San-Pa, and was the first to discriminate as new and procure specimens of this beautiful Bulbul. : Cyornis brevirostris, sp. n. Forehead, sides of the head and neck, crown, occiput, nape, back, scapulars, the greater wing-coverts, and the sides of the body under the wings uniform dark slaty blue (the colour of a dark rock-pigeon) ; rump and upper tail-coverts paler blue ; lesser wing-coverts and the wings dark brown; tail black, the base narrowly on the two central feathers and broadly on the remainder white; chin, throat, breast, and the upper half of the stomach bright orange ; lower portion of stomach, the thighs, and under tail-coverts white, faintly washed with olive-brown ; under wing-coverts and axillaries pale orange- yellow. Bill, legs, and feet black ; iris dark brown. 3. Length 4°8 inches, wing 2°9, tail 1°8, tarsus 0°6; bill from gape 0°4, from front 0°24. Hab. Kalaw, 4000 feet, Myilat State, Southern Shan States, Upper Burma. The dimensions given above are from the dry skin, as unfortunately when procured I did not discriminate it from C. sapphira. It is a Cyornis in colouring, and seems nearest to C. Tickelli, Blyth, but very much smaller and very much duller in colour, entirely wanting the glistening blue feathers on the forehead, bend of the wing, &c. Its extremely short bill also serves to distinguish it from that and all other species of Cyornis. The types of both the above-described species are in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. 360 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on L.—Note on the Common Hedgehog (Erinaceus europeus, Linneus) and its Subspecies or Local Variations. By G. EK. H. Barrert-I]AMILtTon. A COLLECTION of small mammals recently made by the late Mr. W. Dodson in Roumania included two hedgehogs which differ considerably from ordinary British and Continental animals in their coloration. In naming them I have been obliged to overhaul the whole series in the collection of the British Museum, and it may be well to here summarize the result of my work. The colours of the hedgehog are so dull that they do not at first sight seem to afford much scope for extensive local variations as compared with those of other mammals. So far as the specimens of the common species at my disposal go, this is borne out only to a certain extent—that is to say, while | know of no brilliant local developments, there are yet wide differences in colour between the hedgehogs, say, of Mcunt Lebanon, of South Spain, and of Great Britain. But those who wish to see for themselves what striking develop- ments may, under the influence of natural selection, be evolved from so apparently poor material should look at the specimens of other genera and species from the Ethiopian and Oriental Regions. In some of these blacks and whites are used with very conspicuous effect; but the brightest form of which I have seen a specimen is Z. frontal’s, Smith, of South Africa, with its almost orange frontal patch and _ brilliantly tinted spines. The colour of the underside and other haired surfaces of eur common British hedgehog is due to a mixture in variable proportions of dirty brown and dirty white hairs. Some specimens are altogether brown, but in others there is a con- siderable quantity of the dirty white hairs, which do not, however, assume any particular discernible pattern or arrange- ment. ‘The lightest skins which I have seen are those of two guite small individuals collected by Mr. W. R. Ogilvie Grant in Elgin, Scotland. They have the underside and the nose - nearly white, but possess a dark not very well-defined breast- spot and traces of a dark median ventral area. The spines of the upper surface are marked with an alter- nation of black or dark brown and dirty white annulations, usually in three bands, of which the central is dark, while the two extremities of the spines are light. A small dark tip may or may not be present. the Common Hedgehog. 361 I find that apparently the coloration tends to become lighter as the animal ranges southward, until Spanish specimens are almost white. This is effected by a lightening not only of the hairs but also of the spines. These appear to become whiter along their whole length, so that while in one spine the dirty is Tepresented by a purer white and the brown band has little intensity, in another the brown band may have entirely disappeared and the colour is white throughout the whole length of the spine. In its extreme form this becomes a very well-marked subspecies, which I accordingly here take the opportunity to describe. Another phase of the animal is represented in Italy, where, as regards colour, the hedgehogs are slightly paler than those of Western Europe. In Sicily there is a subspecies of which the longer, thicker bristles have broader white and more strongly contrasted deeper black annulations. The Roumanian hedgehogs are distinguishable by the fact that the dirty-white hairs of the under surface are arranged in a defined breast-spot, thus approximating (in this respect only) very closely to E. con- color, Martin, of which the Museum possesses the type specimen from Trebizond. In other respects the type of &. e. concolor is of highly remarkable appearance, and differs in its dark burnt-umber coloration from specimens from Mount Lebanon, which, although similar to £. e. concolor in size and propor- tions, possess “the white tips to the spines which characterize our own hedgehog. I suspect, however, that the colour of the former is due to the process of preservation to which it was subjected, and hence I refer the Lebanon specimens to E.e.concolor. Lastly, two specimens from Pekin and Chefoo show that there occurs at the extreme eastern limit of the great Palearctic Region a hedgehog which, although paler, is yet not very widely different from our own. One or two points of general interest deserve a brief notice before I pass on to enumerate the various subspecies; and, firstly, it is interesting to find Eastern European mammals approaching or intergrading with those of Western Asia. Several] similar instances have recently been brought before our notice. Thus we have Ovis ophion urmiana* of the islands of Lake Urmi, intermediate between QO. ophion of Cyprusand O. orientalisof Asia; Microtus Musignani illyricusT of Bosnia, intermediate between W/. Musignanit of Spain and — M. persicus of Kurdistan and Persia; Meles meles mediter- raneus { of Crete, intermediate between M. m. typicus of * A. Ginther, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 374. + Barrett-Hamilton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., March 1899, p. 228: } Id. op. cit, Nov. 1899, p. 383. 362 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on Europe and M. m. canescens of Persia; and Mustela fotna mediterranca *, occurring in South Spain and Asia Minor, and at Kandahar. Secondly, it is curious to find that, whereas in the case of the weasel t there is a tendency for the white belly of northern specimens to become yellow in the south, in the hedgehog the process would seem to be reversed; but it is just possible that we may find a parallel in the light EHddomys pallidus of Sicily, in Mustela foina mediterranea, in Microtus Musignani illyricus, and in Meles meles mediterraneus. As regards cranial differences, I find that I can distinguish between, on the one hand, the similarly coloured Roumanian and the true concolor, and there are also characters whereby the hedgehogs of different parts of Europe may be separated, as, for instance, the British and the Italian. It is noticeable that the sagittal crest may be developed in quite young speci- mens, as in one from South Germany, in which the teeth of the permanent dentition are only just making their appear- ance. ‘The sizeof certain of the teeth is subject to some varia- tion in different individuals. This is, I think, especially the case as regards i*?, a tooth the size and position of which is relied upon in part by my friend Mr. W. E. de Winton ¢ as a distinguishing characteristic between Z. algirus, Duvernoy, and H. europeus. This tooth is usually far larger in the latter than in the former species; but I find it quite small in some individuals, as in a (perhaps not quite) adult from Cardiff, and intermediate in size in a large male from Hadding- tonshire, Scotland. The shape of the frontal process of the premaxilla seems to be a quite reliable subspecific character. The following subspecies are recognizable :— (1) Erinaceus europeus occidentalis, subsp. n. Type from Haddingtonshire, Scotland; presented by Mr. W. Eagle Clarke (for particulars see below). Distinguishing characteristics. Colour of underside a mixture of dirty white and dirty brown without definable pattern. Spines with at least three bands as above described. Skull with conspicuous frontal processes to the premaxilla, with a blunt or nearly square posterior termination, and seldom showing a sharply defined point or angle ; these processes usually extend backward for more than half the length of the nasals. Dimensions (in millim.) of four selected specimens : — * Barrett-Hamilton, op. cit. June 1898, pp. 441-2. } Id. op. ett. Jan. 1900, p. 41. t “On a Collection of Mammals from Morocco,” P.Z.5, 1897, pp. 955-6. the Common Hedyehog. 363 Skull. “~~ = Breadth Head and Hind Basal at body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma. 4+, Cardiff, Wales, 26th May, NGS CR DF AMO) se aie shar ccarars- « 263 20 43 22 53 36 3, Innerwick, Haddingtonshire, Scotland, 8th April, 1899 (W. Eagle Clarke). Type of subspecies. (Mamme 8.) The skull is the largest I ANE ISCEI. «sta craasate a palate 218 17 42 28 57 34 No. 93. 10. 80. 2. 6, Ennis, Co. Clare, Ireland, 21st Sept., 1893 (J. W. Scott) ........ 959° - 80 40 9 juv., Hardington, Gloucester- shire (R. Hooper), 15th Nov., OY ares Ae Cen Se 179 23 3d 21 damaged. Distribution. The British Isles and probably parts of median Western Europe. Since all the British skulls can be distinguished from those of continental hedgehogs, I have no alternative but to separate the Western hedgehogs. (2) Erinaceus europeus typicus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 52 (1766). Type locality Upsala, Sweden. Distinguishing characteristics. In size and colour similar to E. e. occidentalis, but the skull may be distinguished by the frontal processes of the premaxille, which, although extending backward half the length of the nasals, end in a sharply defined point. A specimen (no. 93. 3.1.7) from Aker Island, Roms Island, Norway (62° N. lat.), 28th May, 1890, has the dimensions of the skull 55°5 x 36. A skull from Switzerland is also of this form. Distribution. Scandinavia and central continental Europe. Most German animals which I have seen are intermediate in their characters, and their exact identification must await the arrival of Eastern European specimens. (3) Hrinaceus europeus hispanicus, subsp. n. Type No. 95. 3. 8. 2 (unsexed) of the British Museum collection, from Seville, Spain (for particulars see below). Distinguishing characteristics. General size perhaps a little smaller than that of #. e. typtcus and feet and legs more slender. Coloration markedly paler, being almost white in the extreme form. The bristles in many cases lack the black 364 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett- Hamilton on central band altogether ; the underside is white and the hairs of the legs and head are paler than in £. e. typicus. The skull differs from that of L. e. typicus or occidentalis in that the frontal processes of the premaxille are incon- spicuous and extend backward not further than, sometimes less than half the length of, the nasals. The following are the dimensions (in millim.) of four speci- mens, as taken from the labels, and to which I have added details for the skulls :— Skull. - i, —~ Breadth Head and Basal at body. Tail. length. zygoma. No. 95. 8. 3. 1. 6, Seville, Spain, 26th Jan., 1895 (collected for the late Lord Lilford by A. Ruiz) ........ 210 15 53 (damaged) 386 No. 95. 3. 3. 2. Unsexed, ditto. (Type of subspecies.) 14th Oct., 1894 .... 280 20 56 88 No. 95. 3.3.3. Q, ditto, 30th Dec., PSO rs rovaieide ated toe wishin eee ele 210 No. 95. 3.3.4. 9, ditto, 14th Oct., TSO 3s octaie Ca teieoic pitied wa i seen swe 210 15 64 (damaged) 36 Distribution. At present only known from Seville, but this is probably the hedgehog of South Spain, having a distribu- tion perhaps corresponding to Lepus Lilfordi, de Winton. (4) Hrinaceus europeus ttalicus, subsp. n. Type No. 98. 10. 2.5 of the British Museum collection, from Niena, Italy (for particulars see below). Distinguishing characteristics. Size perhaps a little smaller than that of Z. e. typicus and colour slightly paler. The skull is similar to that of . e. typicus. The following are the dimensions (in millim.) of four specimens :— Skull. (a Breadth Head and Hind Basal at body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma. No. 98. 10. 2. 5. o, Siena, Italy, 30th March, 1898 (the late Signor S. Brogi). (Type of subspecies.)\ 2... se ees 220 28 42 25 61:5 84°5 No. 98. 10. 2.6. 6, ditto, 2end Aucust, ©1808 225 <1. 210 30 40 30 52 84°5 No. 98. 105 °2,°7%. (Qj ditto; 80th March, 1898.......... 200 23 43 27 50 86 No. 98. 10.2.8. 2 juv., ditto, Lat Sept. 1808 eeejesem ser 208 32 38 29 48 315 Original no.126. 9, Crauves- Sales, Haute-Savoie, 1600 metres, 5th Dec., 1899 (4. TROOETE) evis cc eee ares 222 19 4] 26 50 32 the Common Hedgehog. | 365 Distribution. Italy (besides the above I have seen also a specimen, no. 97. 3. 7.1, from Calapiano *, Empoli, Florence, collected by Mr. A. H. Savage Landor), reaching at least northwards to Switzerland. (5) Erinaceus europeus roumanicus, subsp. n. Type original no. 50, from Gageni, Roumania (for particulars see below). Distinguishing characteristics. In size, proportions, and coloration of the upperside agrees with Z. e. typicus, but in coloration of the underside with H. e. concolor, Martin, having like that subspecies a dirty white spot on the breast. Two skulls at my disposal are distinguishable from five of E. e. concolor by their greater size, including that of the teeth, especially of P™°. They agree, however, with E. e. concolor in the inconspicuous posteriorly squared frontal processes of the premaxille, which thus end far more bluntly even than the corresponding processes of Z. e. europceus, and fail to reach backward to half the length of the nasals; ante- riorly the nasals are broader than in other subspecies. Dimensions (in millim.) of two specimens :— Skull. soe Breadth Head and Hind Basal at body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma. ¢ (immature), Gageni, Rou- mania, 28th April, 1899 (the late W. Dodson) .... 170(about) 28 4] 24 50 82 Original no. 50. Q (adult), ditto, 19th April, 1899. (Mammez 8.) (Type of BWDSPECIOSs) «0.20 a. ane 506 24 43 28 54:5 = 86 Distribution. At present known only from the type speci- mens, but this form probably ranges eastwards until it meets and perhaps intergrades with Z.e. concolor. It was discovered by the late Mr. W. Dodson. (6) Hrinaceus europeus concolor. Erinaceus concolor, W. Martin, P. Z. 8. 1837, pp. 102, 103. Type No. 55. 12. 24. 83, from the Museum of the Zoolo- gical Society of London, collected by Mr. Keith Abbott at Trebizond. * This, although a young specimen, bears the date of 19th February, 1897, 366 Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton on Distinguishing characteristics. Size smaller than that of E. e. europeus and tarsi proportionately longer; annulations of the spines very indistinct, being almost absent in the type specimen, in which the colour (both of the spines and of most of the hairs) is an almost uniform vandyke-brown or burnt umber (Ridgway’s nomenclature) ; the chest is, as in H. e. rou- manicus, dirty white, and there is a spot of the same colour on the forehead and before each ear. ‘The spines reach further forward on the head than in #, e. europeus. I prefer to regard the remarkable coloration of the type as having been artificially produced, and to identify with this subspecies four specimens (nos. 94. 5. 7. 7 to 10) collected by Mr. Saleem Baroody on Mount Lebanon. In these the general size and proportions are as in &. e. concolor, but the white tips to the spines are present, although the annulations of their basal parts are less distinct than in those of other known subspecies. Skull with the frontal processes of the premaxille re- sembling those of EL. e. roumanicus, but with the teeth, and especially 2@-8, smaller than in that subspecies. All the skulls are imperfect, but the palatal length both of the type and of two of the Mount Lebanon skulls reaches only 31, as against 33 millim. in /. e. rowmanicus, and thus indicates a smaller animal. Distribution. At present known only from Trebizond and Mount Lebanon. (7) Erinaceus europeus Console, subsp. nov. Type No. 98. 10. 6. 1, from near Palermo, Sicily (Mr. J. I. S. Whitaker). Distinguishing characteristics, Spines longer and thicker than in continental subspecies, and with the subterminal white bands much broader and often obliterating the small dark tips ; the median dark band is also blacker and more sharply ~ contrasted with the white bands. Colour of underside lighter than in £. e. europeus. Skull with premaxille moderately short and resembling those of H. e. hispanicus. In the type the frontal processes do not quite reach backward as far as the centre of the nasals. Dimensions (in millim.) of the type :— Skull. = ———__-, Breadth Head and Hind Palatal at body. Tail. foot. Ear. length. zygoma., 252 50 40 23 33 (damaged) 36 the Common Hedgehog. 367 Distribution. At present known only from the type, which is from Sicily, and certainly represents an interesting local development of the hedgehog, for the opportunity of describing which we are indebted to Mr. J. I. S. Whitaker. At his suggestion I have pleasure in connecting it with the name of Signor Console, his museum curator, to whose energy the British Museum is indebted for a long series of Sicilian mammals, including the types of my Hliomys pallidus and Glis insularis, (8) Hrinaceus europeus sibiricus. Erinaceus sibiricus, Erxleben, Syst. Régn. An, 1777, p. 172. Type unknown. Description. “‘ #. europceus, noteo ex rufo-fusco et flavido variegato ; gastreo dilute cinereo, flavido-lavato” (L. J. Fitzinger, Sitzb. d. k. Akad. d. Wiss. I. Abth., Nov.-Heft, Jahrg. 1867, p. 9). Distribution. Siberia. I have never seen a specimen of this form. (9) Erinaceus europeus dealbatus. Erinaceus dealbatus, R. Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 450. Type No. 61. 6. 2. 5, from Peking. Collected by R. Swinhoe. Distinguishing characteristics. A pale form of E. europeus of which we know very little, Swinhoe’s description having been taken from a quite young individual, and hence being not very reliable. The only adult skull which is available for comparison is that of no. 74. 1. 24. 23, collected by Swinhoe at Chefoo, China, and in which the frontal processes of the premaxillz are inconspicuous and terminate posteriorly in a sinuous line with no sharply defined point. ‘The dimensions reach 54 x 35. Distribution. At present only known from Chefoo and Pekin, China. (10) Hrinaceus europeus amurensis. Erinaceus europeus, L., var. amurensis, L. v. Schrenck, Reisen und Forschungen im Amur-Lande in den Jahren 1854-1856, Bd.i. pp. 100- 105, pl. iv. fig. 2 (1858). Typical locality Amurland. ‘The Museum possesses no specimen of this subspecies, so that I cannot compare it with others. 368 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. In Morocco, Algeria, Tripoli, and Tunis Z. europaeus is represented by the distinct £. algerus, the distinguishing characteristics of which have been so well pointed out by my friend Mr. W. E. de Winton (op. et loc. cit.). Mr. de Winton has identified with this hedgehog a single specimen from Andalucia, and regards its occurrence in Spain (should there have been no mistake as to the labelling and origin of the specimen) as an interesting extension of the range of a North- African mammal to Europe. I have recorded * the existence of a similar doubtful skull of another North-African mammal, Eliomys mumbyanus (Pomel), from North-west Spain. LI.—Astatic Torrricipz. By the Rt. Hon. Lorp WatsincuaM, M.A., LL.D., F.R'S. THE Tortricide of Asia present several points of interest to the students of European TJineina through the great resem- blance exhibited by many of their number to species with which we are already well acquainted. Although at present the amount of material available is scarcely sufficient to justify any general conclusions, it is apparent that there is in this case, as in parallel instances on both sides of the Equator, a strong tendency to what may be called bands of alliance running east and west within the range of certain degrees of latitude; and that although these bands throw out some few projections to north or south in exceptional instances, such projections are more intimately connected with the question of elevation and temperature than with that of mere geographical distribution, Through the very generous help of my friend Mr. J. H. Leech, I am in possession of valuable series of many Chinese, Japanese, Corean, and Himalayan species collected by himself and hitherto undescribed, ‘These series he has most kindly supplemented by collections made by Mr. and Mrs. Pratt in Central China, by Mr. Pratt in Asiatic Turkey, by Mr. Man- ley in Japan, and by natives in China, Japan, and Asiatic Turkey. The acquisition of the collection of Tinetna and Pterophoride made by the late Mr. H. J. S. Pryer has afforded me some insight into the extension of Kuropean and North-American as well as Asiatic continental and Malaysian forms into the Islands of Japan. The alliance of the Zor- tricide of Japan with those of Western Europe is perhaps even more strongly marked than that of the intermediate Asiatic species, but perhaps the larger proportion received * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1899, p. 227 (footnote). Lord Walsingham on As/?atic Tortricide. 369 from the smaller area of Japan may in some degree accoun for an impression which further research may prove erroneous A curious instance of structural divergence, scarcely amount- ing to special difference, occurs in the familiar Olethreutes arcuella, Clerck. The late Dr. Clemens founded the North- American genus Hxartema on the strength of a lobe depending from the limbus in the hind wings, a character not occur- ring in the genus Penthina, Tr. (Stgr. Cat.). The Japanese specimens of arcuel/a, although identical with British examples in colour and markings, have a short lobe in the position occupied by that of Kwartema, and a careful examination of English specimens reveals the fact that the same excrescence exists here in an aborted (or undeveloped) form: thus the Japanese Olethreutes closely approaches Hwartema and tends to connect our arcuel/a with the species of that genus existing in the Western and Eastern States of America, some of which occur also in Japan. In sending for publication a few descriptions of new Asiatic Tortricide, | renew the expression of my grateful thanks to my numerous correspondents. In all cases where specimens have been purchased from Dr. Staudinger, I have adopted his or Herr Bang Haas’s MS. names with a view to facilitate identification, although I had previously named the species differently in my own MS. descriptions from specimens already in my collection. OxycGraPHa, Hb. n, syn. = Ruacop1a, Hb § Peronea, Crt., =} Oxrerarns, Hb. {OxyGrapHa, Wilk.,.=RHAacopta, ~ Hb.,= Vers, Tr.,.=* Texas, Hein.,=*Acazza, Meyr. In the European lists the emargination of the costa in the fore wings is relied upon as a generic character for separating Rhacodia, Hb. (=Teras, Tr.) from *Teras, Hein., &c. Prof. Fernald in his Catalogue of North-American Tortri- cide (1882) included both forms in Teras, Tr., evidently regarding the amount of excavation as only a special character. If any doubt existed as to the correctness of Prof. Fernald’s action, full justification will be found among the species now described, some of which are intermediate between Lhacodia, Hb., and Zeras, Hein., and might be referred to either. 649 (1). Oxygrapha quadridentana, sp. n. Antenne dull fawn-grey. [Palpi missing.] Head pale fawn-colour. Thora reddish fawn-colour, posteriorly paler. Fore wings reddish green; the convexity on the costa adorned with four conspicuous teeth or tufts of scales, the first and Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. v. 24 370 Lord Walsingham on As?atie Tortricide. largest immediately before the middle of the costa, the second and smallest immediately after the middle, the third on vein 10, and the fourth at the end of vein 9 where the wing is bent down to the pointed and depressed apex; the spaces between these teeth, especially on each side of the second tooth, are narrowly clear white, which is also indi- cated on the underside; the whole surface of the wing is striated with narrow lines of slightly raised fuscous scales, of which the most conspicuous are four—the first from the costa at one-fifth from the base running obliquely outwards to the fold, the second at two-fifths from the base bulging obliquely outwards and reaching the dorsum a little beyond the middle, the third from the second tooth to the tornus, the fourth a short one enclosing the angular apex, these are all more or less interrupted and irregular; cilia reddish fawn, tipped with whitish ochreous above and below the apex, and slightly shaded with ochreous along the tornus. Hap. al. 20 mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia the same colour, but paler at their ends and having a narrow subochreous line running along their base. Abdomen grey. Legs pale whitish ochreous. Type, ¢ (60192) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Cutina—Chang Yang (Ichang), 4000-6000 feet (Pratt). Unique. 649 (2). Oxygrapha cerulescens, sp. n. Antenne pale cinereous. Palpi greyish brown externally, pale cinereous internally. Head pale cinereous. Thorax bluish grey. Fore wings shining blue-grey, with four trans- verse lines of greyish brown, containing a few raised brown scales distributed along them ; the costa is marked at the depression with a conspicuous creamy white patch preceded and followed by chestnut-brown, and a little beyond it isa second smaller patch of creamy white ; the four greyish brown bands are situated thus :—one from near the base running obliquely to the fold and crossing it to the dorsum, this band contains a strong spot of raised chestnut-brown scales below the fold ; the second from the anterior margin of the first costal patch, curving obliquely outwards and reaching the dorsum beyond the middle, contains three spots of raised chestnut-brown scales above the fold; the third, from the chestnut patch between the two pale costal patches, runs to the dorsum before the tornus and contains some raised chestnut-brown scales above the middle of the wing; the fourth before the termen, approaches it about the middle but runs parallel to it towards the tornus; cilia pale cinereous beyond the brown Lord Walsingham on Astatic Tortricida. B71 line along their base except at the tornus. The pale costal patches are both visible on the underside. Hyp. a/. 24 mm. Flind wings greyish brown; cilia slightly paler. Addomen greyish brown. Legs pale cinereous. Type, 2 (70290) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Unique. If held in certain lights the shining blue-grey of the fore wings can be made to appear entirely greyish brown. 649 (3). Oxygrapha paradiseana, sp. n. [ Zeras paradiseana, Ster. List, XXXVI. (1892-3) MS. ] Antenne cinereous. Palpi, head, and thorax pale yellowish green; the last with a greyish sheen. Fore wings with the costa abruptly rounded at the base, thence sinuate nearly to the apex, termen excavate beneath the falcate apex ; with oblique alternate bands of pale yellowish green and pale shining leaden grey (giving a general pale olive appearance) ; a large bright golden yellow tornal patch, slightly reticulated with reddish fuscous, 1s diffused inwardly along the dorsum, where it blends with and almost obliterates the green bands, this contains a large triangular purplish fuscous blotch at about three-fourths from the base; the base is pale grey ; the first green band from near the base crosses the fold obliquely outwards; the second, from before the depression of the costa, is dilated obliquely as far as the apex of the purplish fuscous triangle; the third and fourth green bands go to the upper edge of the bright golden yellow patch, the upper margin of which is straightly bounded by vein 6; the extreme apex of the wing is shining leaden grey, having a dark fuscous reflection in certain lights ; the cilia, which are well developed on the costa before the depression are up to that point greyish brown, for the remainder of the costa creamy whitish, at the apex bright chestnut, and below the apex along the termen nearly to the tornus white, with a strong bright ferruginous line along their base, at and about the tornus they are bright golden yellow with a ferruginous tinge. On the underside the costa is whitish and the ter- minal cilia distinctly white. Hap. al. 22-23 mm. Hind wings reddish brown ; cilia pale cinereous, inclining to whitish along the termen, a greyish brown shade near their base. Abdomen reddish brown, anal tuft paler. Legs shining creamy white. Type, 9 (60193); g (5067) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Japan (Pryer, 1886) ; Yxsso—Hakodate, VIII. 1886 (Leech). AMUR (one specimen received from Staud- inger). Five specimens. ger) P oe 372 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 649 (4). Oxygrapha delicatana, Chr. Teras delicatana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 60-1. No. 96 (1881): sep. 148-9 (1882) }, Hab. AMUR—Wladiwostok*, VIL-VIUI.’ Japan—Howpo —Oiwake (Pryer, 1885). / 650. Oxygrapha cristana, Schiff. Teras cristana, Star. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 232. No. 650 (1871). Hab, Kurope. JAPAN—Howvo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885). 650 (1). Owygrapha tunicatana, sp. n. Antenne greyish cinerous, paler beneath. Pa/p7? greyish fuscous, very pale ochreous beneath. Head and thorax dark purplish fuscous. ore wings rather narrow; dark purple, or purplish fuscous, with scattered groups of raised scales, the largest and most conspicuous crossing the middle of the fold, with a few greyish cinereous scales at its outer end and a small group of detached similar scales above it ; the costa strongly fringed before the middle with mixed purplish fuscous and greyish cinereous scales, giving it a more than naturally depressed appearance; at and beyond the middle of the costa are some groups of greyish cinereous scales, and from the tornus to the apex a large patch of greyish cinereous extends widely to above the middle of the wing and narrowly to the costa before the apex, this patch is strongly mixed with rich brown scales, the lines of the veins running through it being slightly indicated ; cilia chestnut-brown, tipped with pale cinereous, a reduplicated pale cinereous line along their basal half, a small purplish grey dot at the tip of the apical cilia, with a slightly paler one below it. Underside with the costa streaked obliquely with pale cinereous and fuscous alter- nately. Hap. al.22mm. find wings pale, shining, whitish grey, tinged with very pale cinereous towards the apex ; cilia very pale cinereous. Abdomen pale cinereous. Legs whitish ochreous, hind tarsal joints shaded above with bands of grey. Type, 3 (60195) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN—Ikao (Leech, 1886) ; Honwpo—Oiwake, X. 1886 (Leech). Two specimens. This is probably a variable species: the specimen from Oiwake is almost certainly a variety in which the dark purplish fuscous colour is confined to a dark basal patch, and having a roseate suffusion over the middle of the wing extend- ing to the tornus; the raised tufts are in the same position as in the type. Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide, 373 653 (1). Oxygrapha hispidana, Chr. Teras hispidana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 61-2. No. 97 (1881) ': sep. 149-50 (1882) 1. Hab. AMuR—Radeffka', Nikolsk*, Wladiwostok', [V.-V.' JAPAN— Yusso (Pryer, 1882) ; Howno—Yokohama (Manley, 1888). The characters by which Christoph distinguishes this species from abietana, Hb., and hastiana, L., are certainly recognizable ; the species is, however, extremely variable, and had it not been for the careful manner in which the differences are described I should have hesitated to separate it from abietana. 660 (1). Oxygrapha japonica, sp. n. Antenne cinereous. Palpi, head, and thoraa white, the last with a strong conical crest above posteriorly. Fore wings very clear white to beyond the middle, with two small greyish spots on the costa; three strong raised tufts of clear white raised scales about the fold, two before the middle, on each side of it, and one on the fold beyond the middle; a minute coal-black spot near the base of the dorsum; the outer edge of the white part of the wing runs obliquely outwards from the costa to the dorsum, and beyond it the apical portion of the wing is bright ferruginous mixed with chocolate-brown and fuscous scales, with some spots and streaks of shining metallic leaden grey and some raised tufts of brown scales; a whitish spot on the costa before the apex; cilia cinereous, tinged with brown, especially towards the apex, and with a slender pale line along their base. Lzp. al. 15-16 mm. Hind wings pale cinereous ; cilia slightly paler, with a slender subochreous line running along their base. Abdomen cine- reous. Legs very pale cinereous, hind tarsal joints faintly spotted. Type, ¢ (70301); g (70302) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN—Honvo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885). Five speci- mens. This species is allied to Boscana, F., variegana, Schiff., &c., &e., but it has the thoracic tuft and raised scales more con- spicuous. 660 (2). Oxygrapha undulana, sp. n. =Teras undulana, Bang Haas, in Stgr. List, XLII. 23 (1898-9) MS.} a. undulana + undulana, n. var. Antenne: greyish fuscous. Palpi short, the terminal joint 374 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidae. almost concealed; pale cinereous, shaded with fuscous ex- ternally. Head pale cinereous. Thorax pale greyish cine- reous. Lore wings pale greyish cinereous, with greyish fuscous transverse shading; several spots of raised scales accompany a faint ill-defined shade at about one-fourth, being conspicuous immediately above and below the fold, other groups accompanying a rather more visible oblique shade about the middle, of these the strongest are on the cell and just below the fold; the shading on the terminal and apical area converges on the termen above the tornus (in some specimens there are short blackish dashes, one below the costa before the middle, one above the fold before its middle, and another from the cell to the middle of the termen) ; cilia pale greyish fuscous, with tawny reflections, a darker shade running along their base. Hxp. al. 12-14 mm. Lind wings brownish grey, darkening towards the apex and termen; a dark dividing line near the base of the brownish grey cilia. Abdomen pale cinereous, with some pale fuscous shading. Legs pale cinereous, the tarsi spotted with fuscous. Type, & (7281) Mus. Wlsm. fab. Asiatic TurKEY—Hazres—Shar Devesy (Native Coll. 1893); Zeitun (received from Staudinger). Six specimens. 6. undulana + coprana, n. var. In one variety a large snow-white basal patch appears, reaching further along the costa than along the dorsum, its outer extremity marked by a patch of raised black scales on the cell. The tegule of this specimen are also snow-white ; in other respects it presents no appreciable difference from the typical form, indeed on the outer two-thirds of the wing, with the exception of a few scattered white scales, the position and extent of the shading is precisely similar to that of the others. xp. al. 14 mm. Type, 3 (61557) Mus. Wlsm. flab. Asiatic TurKEY—Harzezs—Shar Devesy (Native Coll. 1893). Unique. 662 (=663). Oxygrapha Boscana, F.* I. Teras Boscana, Steyr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 233, No. 662 (1871). I]. eras parisiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 233. No. 663 (1871). Teras scabrana, Fern. Tr. Am, Ent. Soc, X. 5, No. 5 (1882). Hab. Evrore. UNITep States. JAPAN—Hownpo—Oi- wake (Fryer, 1885). * In deference to the wishes of the Editors I have not objected to the use of capital initials for special names derived from persons, although my preference is strongly opposed to a practice involving inconsistencies almost unavoidable.— Wrsm. Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 375 A single specimen of brood |. from Oiwake. Prof. Fernald records brood II. from New York and Penn- sylvania, and suggests that tr’signana, Rbsn., may be identical with brood I. In Staudinger and Wocke’s ‘ Catalog’ the name parisiana, Gn., is adopted for brood II., while Prof. Fernald designates this brood scabrana, Crt. Curtis referred Fabricius’s Pyralis scabrana to the genus Leptogramma, and Stephens referred the same name to the genus Aeleris. Neither of these authors published a new species as scabrana, and as their names are now regarded as ‘ erroneous in adop- tion,” they cannot be accepted as valid. Leptogramma parisiana, Gn. (1845), must sink as a syno- nym of Glyphiptera ulmana, Dp. (1834), the validity of which is in no way affected by the earlier Tortrix (Hudemis) ulmana, Hb. Should it be desirable to refer to the second brood under a varietal name it should be called Boscana, F. (Il. wlmana, Dp.]. (663). Oxygrapha nivisellana, Wism. Teras nivisellana, Wism. Ml. Lp. Het. B. M. TV. 2, Pl. LXI.3 (1879) ' ; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X. 8. No. 16 (1882) *. Hab. United StatesS—Maine*, New York®, California’, Oregon’, V.’, VIIL.' Japan — Krusrv (two specimens received from Mr. J. H. Leech). 664. Oxygrapha literana, L. Teras literana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Hur, 233-4, No. 664 (1871). y. literana, L.+squamana, F. Hab. Eurorr. Asiatic TuRKEY—Hazrze—Shar Devesy (Native Coll.). 670 (1). Oxygrapha albiscapulana, Chr. Teras albiscapulana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI, 63-4, No. 98 (1881) ': sep. 151-2 (1882) *. Hab. AMUR—Wladiwostok', V... CoreEA—Gensan (Leech, 1886). A single specimen, which appears to be a dark variety of this species, distinguished from others of the genus by the distinct division of the tegule into a dark anterior and a pale posterior half; in the specimen before me the paler portion cannot be called clear white, as in the original description, but I am not acquainted with any other species possessing the same peculiarity, and in a genus so variable I cannot venture to describe it as distinct without access to the type or some further reliable evidence. 376 Lord Walsingham on As?atic Tortricide. 676 (2). Oxygrapha Pryerana, sp. n. Antenne, palpi, and head varying from greyish brown to pale ochreous; palpi short, with the terminal joint scarcely exposed. Thorax pale brownish grey or whitish ochreous. Fore wings pale brownish grey or whitish ochreous, with a red-brown or grey-brown triangular costal patch, on which the costa is perceptibly depressed; this patch is often mottled with fuscous, the pale ground-colour of the wing sometimes showing on its upperside; several small flecks of slightly raised blackish scales are scattered about the wing- surface, especially at the basal fourth and about the apex of the costal triangle, and there are also some blackish dots on the apical fourth ; the costal patch is generally mottled with greyish fuscous; cilia pale reddish brown, ochreous, or whitish ochreous, sometimes with a slight shade along their middle. ‘The underside shows some mottling on the costa. Exp. al. 17-18 mm. lind wings very pale brownish grey ; cilia shining white, with a grey line running through them near their base. Underside freely reticulated along the costa and towards the apex. Abdomen dark grey; anal tuft whitish ochreous. Legs whitish ochreous, hind tarsal joints slightly spotted above. Type, @ (70328); g (703829) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886); Howpo—Yokohama (Man- ley, 1888). Twenty-two specimens. A variable species nearly allied to ferrugana, Tr., but differing chiefly in the perceptibly depressed costa, which in the western species is straight; the raised scales are also more perceptible in Pryerana. 679 (1). Oxygrapha platynotana, sp. n. Antenne greyish cinereous, basal joint chestnut. Palpi short, terminal joint scarcely showing beyond the densely clothed median joint; chestnut. Head and thorax chestnut. Fore wings shining chestnut, inconspicuously spotted and striated with slender lines of pale whitish ochreous, enclosing pale streaks and spots of the ground-colour; these are espe- cially visible along the dorsum and on the basal third about the middle of the wing ; two distinct, straight, slender, oblique lines cross the wing, pointing outwards trom the costa to the dorsum ; the first leaving the costa at one-third from the base reaches the dorsum at nearly two-thirds from the base, and is very slightly sinuated outwards at about its middle; the second trom the costa at nearly two-thirds from the base, Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricidee. 377 runs straight to the tornus; these lines are pale whitish ochreous, and the chestnut ground-colour of the wing is slightly intensified immediately adjacent to their outer margins ; cilia chestnut, with a slender whitish-ochreous line along their base and another before their middle, they are also tipped with whitish ochreous. Hap. al. 22 mm. Hind wings grey ; cilia scarcely paler. Abdomen grey; anal tuft very pale brownish. Legs pale whitish ochreous. Type, & (60196) Mus. WIsm. Hab, JAPAN—Ikao (Leech, 1886). Unique. A peculiar and distinct species, in which the two transverse lines, shaded on their outer margins, present the appearance of raised streaks and at first sight recall to mind the American genus Platynota, Clem., which, however, differs in neuration. 680 (1). Oxygrapha affinitana, Snell. Teras affinitana, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. XXVI. 185-7, Pl. XI. 2, 2a (1883) 4 Antenne greyish fawn. Palpi short, terminal joint pro- jecting but little beyond the densely clothed median joint ; brownish ochreous, slightly paler than the head. Head and thorax brownish ochreous; face slightly paler. Fore wings bright brownish ochreous, with a faint roseate sheen, inter- rupted by straggling lines of raised brownish ochreous scale- spots (to the number of 12 or 13), the majority of these are on the apical half of the wing; cilia pale brownish ochreous. Exp. al. 15 mm. Hind wings brownish grey; cilia pale cinereous, with a slender ochreous line at their base, followed by a narrow brownish grey shade. Abdomen brownish ochreous. Legs very pale whitish ochreous. Hab. N. Asta—Chingan-gebergte', VIL... Japan (Pryer, 5 1886); Krvszv—Nagasaki, VI. 1886 (Leech). 683 (1). Owygrapha fuscotogata, sp. n. Antenne cinereous. Palpi short, terminal joint exposed ; reddish ochreous. Head pale yellowish ochreous above, tinged with reddish brown at the sides. Thorax mixed yellowish ochreous and reddish brown. Sore wings bright yellow-ochreous on the basal half, reddish brown beyond, much reticulated and striated throughout ; on the pale basal portion of the wing is a brown patch at the base of the costa, showing a dark leaden grey sheen in some lights ; a reddish brown angulated slender line runs from the end of this patch obliquely outwards nearly to the fold, whence it is bent back 378 Lord Walsingham on As?atic Tortricide. to the dorsum, the reticulations on this part of the wing are reddish brown; from the apical half of the wing the darker colouring encroaches upon the basal half along the costa, and from its origin a slender line of mixed blackish and reddish scales divides the darker from the paler half; beyond this line a dark leaden grey suffusion extends from near the costa to the dorsum, a narrower suffused fasciaform band running parallel to it after a second line of blackish scales on the brown ground-colour; again beyond this on the brown ground-colour is a third line of blackish scales running from the costa at two-thirds obliquely outwards and bent down to the tornus; a third curved dark leaden grey band crosses the wing before the apex, and the apex itself is of the same colour preceded by reddish brown ; the extreme costa on the outer half is narrowly pale ochreous ; cilia dark leaden grey tipped with whitish ochreous, except at the tornus; the leaden-grey bands are slightly glossy in certain lights. Underside pale brownish fuscous, the costa and outer half of the cilia on the termen very pale ochreous. ap. al. 14-15 mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous ; cilia very pale cinereous, with a darker shade running through them before 'their middle. Abdomen brownish fuscous. Legs ochreous, smeared and barred with fuscous. Type, & (70305) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Two specimens. This species is allied to reticulata, Strém, but is somewhat smaller and more distinctly divided into two colours on the fore wing, and, moreover, the hind wings are very decidedly darker than in that species. ARCHIPS, Hb. =Cucacrs, Hb.,= Prrenoroma, Stph.,=Lozorznza, Stph. 684 (1). Archips ? longicellanus, sp. n. Antenne, 6 slightly pubescent; brownish cinereous. Palpi rather slender, closely appressed to the face, terminal joint short, exposed; cinereous brown. Head cinereous brown, rather densely clothed above. Zhorax rather robust ; cinereous brown, clouded with greyish fuscous posteriorly. Fore wings, & with a long costal fold, abruptly terminated at some distance from the base; cinereous brown; a large basal patch, enclosed on its outer edge by a slender greyish ochreous line, is wider on the dorsum than on the costa, and is mottled with reddish brown, it has also a strong patch of greyish fuscous scales on the dorsum near the tornus; a Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 379 transverse fascia from the middle of the costa to the tornus is bounded on its inner edge by a narrow greyish ochreous line, and is much mottled with reddish brown, it has also a few fuscous scales at its upper end about the edge of the costal fold, and others at its lower extremity adjacent to the tornus ; a subapical patch of the same colour is diffused with some slender streaks along the termen; between the basal patch and the central fascia the wing is much shaded with greyish fuscous scales, and the outer edge of the fascia itself is scarcely defined, almost blending with the general colour of the wing- surface ; indeed, the markings throughout are not very con- spicuous; cilia pale shining cinereous, tinged with brownish towards the apex. ap. al. § 22-25, 9 23-29 mm. Hind wings brownish fuscous; cilia shining whitish. Abdomen rather robust, brownish fuscous. Legs whitish ochreous. Type, & (70384); 2 (70885) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Honpo—Yokohama (MMan- ley, 1888). CHiInA—Chang Yang, 4000-6000 feet (Pratt, 1886). ‘Twenty specimens. The female has the wings much more elongate than the male, the apex produced, the termen concave below the apex and bulging in the middle ; the costa is much arched as in the usual forms of Archips, which the male also strongly re- sembles. The neuration agrees with that of Archips in having all the veins separate in the fore wings; the neuration of the hind wings is also similar; but it differs from all species with which I am acquainted in its unusually long discal cell in the fore wings, which reaches to four-fifths the wing-length; the discal veins are therefore very short, vein 3 from near the lower angle of the cell being much recurved, a difference which might well be regarded of generic value. ‘The cell in the female is scarcely, if at all, longer than in the ordinary forms of Archips, but vein 3 arises rather nearer to vein 4 than is usual, 685 (1). Archips similis, Btl. Cacecia similis, Btl. I. Typ. Lp. Het. B. M. III. 79, Pl. LX. 4 (1879) '. Hab. CorEA—Fusan, 24. VI. 1886 (Leech). JAPAN— Howpo—Yokohama’; Oiwake, VI.-VII. 1887 (Pryer). Extremely nearly allied to, if not identical with, piceanus, L.; it is distinguished only by its larger size and brighter coloration. This is probably the species recorded in Staud- inger and Wocke’s ‘ Catalog’ (285. No. 685) as piceana, L., from East Siberia. 380 Lord Walsingham on Aséatic Tortricide. 685 (2). Archips ingentanus, Chr. n. syn.=subrufana, Snell. Tortrix ingentana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 64-6. No. 99 (1881)!: sep. 152-4 (1882)". Tortriv subrufana, Snell, Tijd. v. Ent. XXVI. 187-9, Pl. XI. 3, 3 a (1888) ”. Hab. AmMur—Askold’?; Suifun*; Wladiwostok, VII.' CorrA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). CHiInA—Chang Yang (Pratt); Che-tou; Omei-shan, VI.-VII.; Pantze Fang, VI-VII:. Japan—Yesso (Pryer, 1882); Hakodate, VIII. 1886 (Leech). -Honwno—Fushiki, VII. 1887 (Leech) ; Oiwake (Pryer, 1885); Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech); Yokohama (Manley, 1888). KAsHmirn—Scinde Valley, 7000 feet, VI. 1887 (Leech). This species appears to vary considerably in size and in the extension of the markings, as also in the amount of shading and of yellowish colouring in the hind wings, but it never possesses a tuft of darkened scales on the costa before the apex of the hind wings in the female; thus it is allied to podanus, Se., rather than to decretanus, Tr. 686 (1). Archips asiaticus, sp. u. Antenne smoky greyish. Palpi short, closely appressed to the face; greyish ferruginous. ead and thorax smoky greyish, Fore wings, g with the costal fold somewhat wider and more strongly developed than in the European podanus, Se.; tawny reddish, with a triangular streak from the base of the dorsum pointing obliquely outwards and terminating in a patch of blackish scales on the upper edge of the fold, the base of the triangle being developed into a projecting tuft on the flexus; a large costal patch of a darker shade than the ground-colour, and having a somewhat purplish hue, spreads downward to the fold, covering almost the entire middle third of the wing, its inner edge narrowly pale-margined at the apex (which is somewhat more strongly falcate than in podanus), the costa being much depressed before it; a streak of blackish scales runs downward along the upper third of the termen, and within it is a second group of similar scales blending with a tawny shade which is continued along the lower half of the termen to the tornus ; cilia tawny reddish, tipped at the apex with black, paler at the tornus. Under- side brownish ferruginous on the costal fold, with a greyish shade along the dorsum, the apical third of the wing bright orange-ochreous, without reticulations. ¢ with the costa deeply impressed on the outer half, the termen strongly sinuate beneath the produced apex; tawny, with a strong Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 381 vinous or purplish tinge, with three or more oblique trans- verse lines, the first two running outward from the costa before the middle, the first evenly convex, the second almost straight as far as the fold, thence bent back to the dorsum; another before the apex reaches the termen above the tornus ; an elon- gate ferruginous costal patch lies along the depressed portion of the costa, a purplish fuscous patch on the dorsum, within the first transverse line, and an apical streak of mixed blackish and ferruginous scales from the apex reaches halfway down the termen ; cilia tawny, blackish at the apex, touched with ferruginous below it, paler at the tornus. Underside pale ochreous, shading to rich orange-ochreous on the apical third, without reticulations. zp. al. g 20-2 26 mm. Lind wings, & reddish ochreous on the upper half, smoky greyish on the lower half, the cilia corresponding in colour: under- side corresponding to the fore wings in its different shades of colouring, but without the brown streak at the base of the costa, also without reticulations. 2 orange-ochreous, the costa whitish ochreous, without a projecting tuft of scales, within vein le shaded with greyish, cilia corresponding: underside pale ochreous, shading to rich orange-ochreous on the apical third, without reticulations. Abdomen, g smoky greyish, anal tuft with an ochreous tinge; ? greyish at the base, touched with orange-ochreous posteriorly. Legs ochreous, Type, & (60403); 2 (60404) Mus. Wlsm. Hab, CorrA—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech), VII-IX. 1887 (Ito). Hight specimens. This species differs from podanus, Sc., in the male having a larger costal fold, in the absence of reticulation, and in the much brighter orange-ochreous colour of the wing; also on the upperside in the somewhat more diffused and tll-defined pattern of the markings. 689. Archips crateganus, Hb. Tortrix (Caceecia) erategana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp, Eur. 235. No. 689 (1871). Hab. Evrove. JAPAN—Hoypo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885) ; Yokohama (Manley, 1888). W. CHINA—Omei Shan, VI-VII. One specimen from Oiwake (¢, 70398 Mus. Wlsm.) has the neuration abnormal. In the lett fore wing veins 7 and 8 are stalked and 6 separate, while in the right wing 6 and 7 are stalked and 8 is separate. 382 Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 691 (1). Archips breviplicanus, sp. n. Antenne cinereous. Palpishort; reddish ochreous. Head dull reddish ochreous. Thorax greyish fuscous above, touched with reddish at the sides. ore wings rather straight, with a very short costal fold at the base, termen straight, slightly coneave below the apex, tornus rounded; reddish ochreous, with a reddish fuscous patch near the base of the dorsum, a large reddish fuscous patch from beneath the costa at one- third, widened and diffused outwards on the middle of the wing, and thence more or less connected with a paler reddish fuscous patch beyond the middle of the costa, which does not reach the dorsum, except by a narrow line at its inner edge ; the pale ground-colour of the wing is reticulated with irre- gular waved reddish fuscous striae; a small reddish brown spot at the extreme apex, and the costal fold is also reddish brown; cilia reddish brown, pale cinereous at the tornus. Exp. al. 17 mm. Hind wings yellowish ochreous, shaded with greyish fuscous on their inner half and having a bright red-brown gloss at the apex ; cilia pale cinereous. Abdomen pale cinereous, with a slight ochreous tinge. Legs whitish ochreous. Type, & (60426) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. CorrA—Gensan (Jto, 1887). Unique. This species is distinguished by its short costal fold and narrower wings from ingentanus, Chr., some varieties of which it slightly resembles in general appearance. 692. Archips sorbianus, Hb. Tortrix (Cacecia) sorbiana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. No, 692 (1871). Hab. Europe—Asiatic TurKEY—/Hazez—Shar Devesy 13-14, VI. 1890 (Native Coll). 692 (1). Archips adumbratanus, sp. n. Antenne brownish fuscous. Pa/pi recurved, not closely appressed to the head, somewhat roughly clothed on the median joint, terminal joint exposed ; brownish fuscous externally, pale cinereous on their inner sides. Tead brownish cinereous. Thorax dark greyish brown. Fore wings, g with a rather long and very narrow costal fold, scarcely reaching to the base; greyish brown, with a slight rufous tinge in some lights; a basal patch, central fascia, and apical patch dark greyish brown, inclining to reddish brown, and more or less defined by reddish brown streaks along their Lord Walsingham on Asiatic Tortricide. 383 margins; the basal patch is wider on the dorsum than on the costa, the central fascia is oblique from the middle of the costa to the dorsum before the tornus, the apical patch, beginning on the costa at two-thirds from the base, is diffused along the termen and is accompanied by some dark brown streaks nearly to the tornus; between these markings the wings have a decidedly greyish tinge accompanied by a slight reddish or vinous gloss; cilia greyish brown. Exp. al. 3 26, ? 84mm. lind wings brownish fuscous; cilia pale cine- reous. Abdomen brownish fuscous, anal tuft cinereous. Legs pale cinereous. Type, 3 (70396); 2 (70893) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). ‘Two specimens. The female is much larger than the male, it has a rather more ochreous tinge, and there is some reddish ochreous about the apex of the hind wings. 692 (2). Archips Lafauryanus, Rag. Tortric Lafauryana, Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent, Fr, 1875, Ixxii; Ann. Soe. Ent, Fr. XLV. (5 s. VE: 1876) 403-5 (1876), pl. VL 2 (1877). Hab, Kurorpe—France, England. Corea—Gensan (Ito, 1889). Eleven specimens, which I cannot separate from this species, have the same characteristic costal fold, and the somewhat faintly indicated markings are placed in precisely similar positions to those of the Kuropean species. The Corean specimens are somewhat larger, and of a generally lighter colour, but I see no sufficient distinction to justify me in describing it as a separate species. 692 (3). Archips liratanus, Chr. Tortrix liratana, Chr. Bull. Soe. Imp. Nat. Mose, LVI. 68-9. No, 102 (1881)': sep. 156-7 (1882) ' Hab. AMur—Askold*. CoreA—Fusan, 24, VI. 1886 (Leech) ; Gensan (to, 1887). JAPAN (Pryer, 1886). Howpo —Tsuruga, VII. 1886 (Leech). AKivstvu—Satsuma, YV. 1886 (Leech). 693. Archips semialbanus, Gn. Tortriz (Cacecia) semialbana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 236. No, 693 1871). Cacecia semialbana, Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind, 695, No. 4740 (1889) ?, Hab. Europe’. Corea—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). 384 Lord Walsingham on Asvatic Tortricida. CutInA—Chang Yang (Pratt). Kasamrr—Dras Ladak, 7000 feet, 20 VI. 1887 (Leech) ; Scinde Valley, 7000 feet, VI. 1887 (Leech) ; Goorais Valley, 7000 feet, VIII. 1887 (Leech). | PunyAB—Dharmsala (Hocking). Nepat—Dana, VI. 1888 (McArthur). SoLun?. SiKKIM*. 703 (1). Archips circumclusanus, Chr. Tortrix circumelusana, Chr. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose. LVI. 66-7. No. 100 (1881) ': sep. 154-5 (1882) ?, Hab. AMUR—Wladiwostok, VI. JAPAN—Yasso (Pryer, 1882). 704 (2). Archips fuscocupreanus, sp. n. Antenne dark brown. Palpi ochreous brown. Lead umber-brown. Thorax dark umber-brown, with a slight purplish tinge. Fore wings dark umber-brown, with a cupreous gloss between the dark reddish brown basal patch and the oblique central fascia, of the same colour, which runs from before the middle of the costa to near the tornus ; the basal patch is rounded on the termen about the middle of the wing and dilated outwards on the dorsum, it is partly overspread with purplish and is margined externally by a slender brownish ochreous line; the central fascia is also dilated outwardly below the middle and is margined on its inner side by a narrow waved pale brownish ochreous line ; before the apex of the wing is a third fasciaform patch of dark brown; cilia purplish cinereous. Hep. al. g 18, 2? 20mm. Hind wings dark brown; cilia shading to pale brownish cinereous. Abdomen umber-brown, anal tuft brownish cinereous. Legs whitish ochreous. Type, & (60178); 2 (60086) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN—Kivsto—Satsuma, V. 1886 (Leech). Six specimens. The female is paler than the male, the ground-colour in- clining to cinereous, but with a reddish gloss, decidedly paler than the purplish tint of the male. 705 (2). Archips imitator, sp. n. Antenne, & ciliated; reddish brown. alpi very short, not reaching to the front of the head, terminal joint almost con- cealed; reddish brown. Head reddish brown. Thorax reddish brown, mixed with yellowish ochreous. ore wings, § with a long narrow costal fold from the base ; shining pale canary- Lord Walsingham on Astatéc Tortricide. 385 yellow reticulated with golden red, with two red-brown (or purplish brown) narrow fascie—the first from about the middle of the costal fold to the middle of the dorsum, adjacent to which it is considerably widened, the second from the outer end of the costal fold to the tornus widened at each extremity ; a reddish brown streak along the termen to the apex ; the costal fold is reddish brown, transversely striated with darker reddish brown ; cilia shining pale yellow, clouded with brownish fuscous at the tornus. Hxp.al.25mm. Hind wings brownish grey ; cilia shining whitish cinereous. Under- side paler than the fore wings. Abdomen greenish grey. Legs pale ochreous. Type, & (70422); 2 (70424) Mus. Wlsm. Hab. JAPAN—Yesso (Pryer, 1882). Honpno—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885). Four specimens. Had I not fortunately possessed a male of Pandemis sinapina, Btl., I should have regarded this as Butler’s species, but it differs in its much stouter palpi and in the male having a costal fold; these characters would place zmitator in the genus Archips, Hb., but it very strongly resembles sinapina, Btl., and quercifoliana, Fitch (an American species). 706. Archips eriferanus, H.-S. Tortrix (Piycholoma) ervferana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 286, No. 706 (1871). Hab, Europe. JAeaN—Honvo—Oiwake (Pryer, 1885), 714. Archips striganus, Ub. trix z ia) strigana, Stgr. & Wk. Lp. Eur. 2387. No. 714 atta Tortie rene Chr. Hor. Soe. mnt, Ross. XJ. 224 (1876) *. Hab. Evrore’. Corea—Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech); Fusan, 9 VI. 1886 (Leech). JAPAN—Krvsiv (Leech). PERSIA —Kasumkent’. In one strongly marked variety the oblique line of spots which crosses the fold coalesce to form a fascia reaching three parts across the wing, all the markings being of a rich red chestnut-brown, and the hind wings also are somewhat darker than in the ordinary forms; but I cannot regard this as more than a local variety, since in the Corean specimens the markings tend to be more pronounced and browner than in European specimens. Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. ¥. | 25 386 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. Panvemis, Hb. 698. Pandemis ribeana, Hb. Tortrix (Pandemis) ribeana, Ster. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 286, No. 698 (1871). Tortrix (Pandemis) cerasana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur. 236, No, 699 (1871). B. ribeana, Hb.+cerasana, Hb. Hab. Europe. Kasumir—Scinde Valley, 7000 feet, VI. 1887 (Leech). 701. Pandemis heparana, Schiff. Tortrix (Pandemis) heparana, Stgr. & Wk. Cat. Lp. Eur, 236, No. 701 (1871). Hab, Evrorr. Corea— Gensan, VI. 1886 (Leech). Cuina—Omei Shan, VI.-VII.; Che-tou, 12,000 feet, VI- VII. Japan (Pryer, 1886). [To be continued. | LII.—Rhynchotal Notes—1V. Heteroptera: Penta- tomine (part.). By W. L. Disrant. THE present contribution extends to the completion of the subfamily Pentatomine as contained in the British Museum, descriptions of more undescribed species forming the material of another paper elsewhere. Several references refer to Westwood’s species described in the Hope Catalogues ; all these types are now in my hands for revision, and the syno- nymic notes relating to them are only reserved for completion. Genus OCHROPHARA. Ochrophara corinna. Pentatoma(?) certnna, Kirby, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool, xxiy. p. 84, pl. iv. fig. 12 (1891). Genus BRACHYMNA. Brachymna, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 142 (1861). Balsa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 410 (1867). Brachymna tenuis. Brachymna tenuis, Stal, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 142 (1861). Balsa extenuata, Waik, Cat. Het. ii. p. 410. n. 1 (1867). Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 387 Genus T'HOLOSANUS. Tholosanus ? colligata. Pentatoma colligata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 310, n. 149 (1867). I have placed this species doubtfully, or, rather, provision- ally, in my genus Tholosanus, from which it differs by the broad and less attenuated scutellum. The type and only specimen has the antenne mutilated, and thus exact generic identification is impossible. Genus PLEXIPPUS. Plexippus fulvescens. Rhaphigaster fulvescens, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 238. n. 27 (1851). Dallas’s type and only representative was unlocalized; in Dr. Atkinson’s Indian collection, now in the British Museum, are specimens from Mungphuand Utakamand. Sikkim (Coll. Dist.). Plexippus affinis, sp. u. Dull ochraceous, thickly and darkly punctate, the coloration distinctly darker on the head and anterior half of pronotum ; body beneath and legs very pale ochraceous; abdominal stigmatal spots black, a castaneous spot on apical segment. Abdomen above reddish ochraceous, the apical area violaceous ; connexivum darkly punctate, with small black marginal spots at incisures, Antenne fuscous, apical joint ochraceous, apices of fourth and fifth joints piceous, second joint much shorter than the third, third and fourth joints subequal in length; pronotum with the lateral margins distinctly piceous, the anterior-lateral and anterior margins narrowly ochraceous. Rostrum reaching the posterior coxe. Long. 11 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 63 millim. Hab. Continental India, Sikkim (Atkinson Coll.: Brit. Mus.). Naga Hills, W. Yunan (Coll. Dist.). The greater length of the rostrum and the shorter second joint of the antenne are not congeneric characters, but scarcely warrant at present the formation of a new genus. 25% 388 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. Genus Dicryorus. Dictyotus equalis. Pentatoma equalis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 310. n. 150 (1867). Dictyotus Roei, Dall. (nec Westw.) List Hem. i. p. 140, pl. iii. fig. 4 (1851); Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 434 (1899). Since publishing my note on this species (supra) I have examined Westwood’s type, and find it is quite distinct from the species identified by Dallas in the British Museum collec- tion as D. Roei. Walker’s name therefore now stands, though he described the species in a wrong genus and irre- spective of it being represented by a series in Westwood’s name and under the genus Jictyotus. Dictyotus detersus. Mormidea detersa, Walk, Cat. Het. iii. p. 554 (1868). Somewhat the shape and form of D. similis, Dall. Diety- otus requires revision ; all the species which Dallas included in his genus do not appear to be congeneric. Genus EURINOME. Eurinome inconspicua. Pentatoma inconspicua, Montrouz. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (2) v. p. 249 (1858). Pentatoma circumdata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 307. n. 137 (1867), Eurinome marginalis. Pentatoma marginalis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 306, n, 136 (1867). Pentatoma submarginalis, Tryon, Ann, Queensl, Mus, ii. p. 16 (1892), Mr. Tryon’s description exactly represents Walker’s type. Walker’s description of this species is more than usually careless and incomplete. Genus PERIBALUS. Peribalus dubius. Pentatoma? dubia, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 237. n. 10 (1851), Peribalus abbreviatus. Holcostethus abbreviatus, Uhler, U.S. Geol. Sury, Montana, 1872, p. 397, Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatominz. 389 Genus T'oOLUMNIA, Tolumnia cola. Pentatoma eola, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 248. n. 38 (1851). Second joint of antenne slightly longer than the third, apical margin of corium slightly concave. Other characters generally as in Tolumnia. Genus TIBRACA. Tibraca limbativentris. Tibraca limbativentris, Stal, Bidy. till Rio-Jan. i. p. 19 (1858). Mormidea basalis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 553 (1868). Mormidea Watkeri, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p- 124 (1898). Tibraca basalis, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p- 438 (1899). Since placing Walker’s species in the genus Tibraca (supra) I have examined Stal’s type of 7. limbativentris, and find them both conspecific. Genus EYSARCORIS. Eysarcorts subarmata. Hoplstodera armata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 266. n. 7 (1867). Closely allied to L. guttigera, Thunb. Scutellum a little longer, pronotal angles very slightly more produced. Eysarcoris ? insurgens. Hoplistodera insurgens, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p. 265, n. 5 (1867), This species has the pronotal angles prominently and acutely produced and directed slightly forward. Excluding this character it is allied to #. guttigera, Thunb. Eysarcoris ? cenescens. Hoplistodera enescens, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 266. n. 6 (1867). Very closely allied to the preceding species, but differing by having the apices of the pronotal angles slightly recurved. Eysarcoris alienus, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p. 275. n. 15 (1867). This species is founded on a single specimen without abdo- men. Walker describes the sternal process, which “is forked hindward,”’ but proceeds to remark that 2 it differs somewhat from the typical form of Hysarcoris, but hardly sufficient to 390 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. constitute a new genus.” As far as can be predicated in its mutilated condition, it seems to be very closely allied to the genus Brachystethus. Genus BRACHYNEMA. Brachynema biplaga. Rhaphigaster biplaga, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 373. n. 94 (1867). Pentatoma? tetrastigma, Walk. (nec Herr.-Schaff.) Joc. cit. p. 311. n, 154, Walker’s type, and also the second specimen he identified as P. tetrastigma, Herr.-Schiff., were unlocalized. The British Museum now possesses specimens from the Atkinson collection which are labelled ‘‘ Gulistan,” Afghanistan. Genus THYANTA. Thyanta parvula. Rhaphigaster parvulus, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 279. n. 16 (1851). The type and sole representative of this species is un- localized, but seems clearly to belong to the genus Thyanta, Genus AFRANIA. . Afrania, Stl, Hem. Afr. i. p. 180 (1864). Sala, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 404 (1867). Afrania Wahlbergi. Strachia Wahlberg?, Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1853, p, 220, Sala colorata, Walk. Cat. Het, ii. p. 405. n. 1 (1867). Afrania exigua. Sala exigua, Walk, Cat. Het. iii. p. 575 (1868), Genus EURYDEMA. Eurydema rugosa. Eurydema rugosa, Motsch. Etud. x. p. 22 (1861); Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) viii. p. 28 (1881). Tropicoris rugosus, Leth. & Sev, Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 183 (1898) (nec Dist.). Genus STENOZYGUM. Stenozygum gemmea. Strachia gemmea, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 346. n. 93 (1867). Strachia lepida, Walk. loc. cit. p. 347. n. 94. ates sanguineguitatum, Voll. Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii p: 185 (1868). Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 391° Stenozygum speciosum. Strachia speciosa, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 261. n. 10 (1851). Strachia inornata, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 331. n. 66 (1867). Genus AROCERA. Arocera placens. Strachia placens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 316. n. 21 (1867). Genus VULSIREA. Vulsirea violacea. Cimex violaceus, Fabr. Syst. Rhynch. p. 167, n, 63 (1803); Herr.- Schaff. Wanz. Ins. iv. p. 89, fig. 425 (1839). Vulsirea superba, Walk. Cat, Het. ii. p. 354, n. 9 (1867). Genus ANAXILAUS. Anaaztlaus camatulus. Pentatoma camatula, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 237 (1851). Anavilaus vesiculosus. Cimex vesiculosus, Herr.-Schitf. Wanz. Ins. v. p. 65, fig. 509 (1839). Australia, Adelaide. (Three specimens, Brit. Mus.) This is not synonymous with the above as catalogued by Lethierry and Severin, but quite distinct (cf Bergroth, Rev. d’Ent. t. x. pp. 206-7, 1891). Genus NOVATILLA. Novatilla, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond. 1888, p. 479. Dr. Bergroth (Rev. d’Ent. t. x. p. 206, 1891) has stated that Novatilla ‘est identique au genre Anavilaus, Stal.” The two genera have, however, little in common, and the structure of the head is alone sufficient to separate them. Stal founded his genus Anawilaus on the Pentatoma camatula, Dall. This statement by Bergroth has been accepted by Lethierry and Severin in their ‘ Cat. Gén. Hémiptéres.’ Novatilla fasciata. Novatilla fasciata, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 480, pl. xiii. Sites Boisitasnpacite. Berger. Rev. d’Ent. t. x. p. 206 (1891); Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. i. p. 164 (1893), 392 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. Novaitilla virgata. Pentatomz virgata, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 249 (1851), Novatilla virgata, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1888, p. 480. Anavilaus virgata, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 164 (1893). ? Novatilla Barnard. Anacilaus Barnardi, Bergr. Rev. d’Ent. t. x. p. 205 (1891). This species probably belongs to Novatilla, as Dr. Bergroth describes it as ‘‘ A. fasctato, Dist., affine, sed notis allatis facile distinctum.”’ Genus NEZARA. Nezara Dallasi. Rhaphigaster marginatus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 277. n. 8 (1851) (nom. preeoce.). as : Nezara naspirus. Rhaphigaster naspirus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 276. n. 6 (1851). Nezara rinapsus. Rhaphigaster rinapsus, Dall. List Hem. i. p, 277. n. 7 (1551). Menida rinapsus, Leth. & Sey. Cat. Gén. Hém, t. i. p. 175 (1893), Nezara stictica. Rhaphigaster sticticus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 281. n, 22 (1851). Pentatoma aspersa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 292. n. 53 (1867). Nezara viridula. Cimex viridulus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 444 (1758). Cimex torquatus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 710 (1775). Pentatoma vicaria, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 803. n, 122 (1867). Nezara parnisus. Rhaphigaster parnisus, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 279. n, 14 (1851). Nezara prunasis. Rhaphigaster prunasis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 279. n. 15 (1851). Nezara marginalis. Pentatoma marginale, Herr.-Schaff. Wanz. Ins. iii. p. 95, t. civ. fig. 320 (1836). Strachia olivacea, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 322. n. 40 (1867). Arocera olivacea, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. i. p. 159 (1893), Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 393 Nezara gravis. Strachia gravis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 322. n. 39 (1867). Allied to N. marginals, H.-Sch. Nezara chloris. Pentatoma chiloris, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 38 (1837). Pentatoma mentiens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 296, n, 92 (1867). (renus BANASA. Buanasa varians. Rhaphigaster dimidiatus, Stal, Bidr. till Rio-Jan. i. p. 22 (1858), Banasa varians, Stal, Enum. Hem. ii. p. 43 (1872). Pentatoma subrufescens, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 290. n. 50 (1867). Banasa tnopinata. Rhaphigaster inopinatus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 358. n. 18 (1867). Lethierry and Severin (Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 166) have queried this species as a synonym of Nezara sparnia, Dall., probably misled by Walker having differentially referred to that species, with which, however, it has nothing in common. Genus PALLANTIA. Pallantia macula. Rhaphigaster macula, Dall. List Hem, i. p. 284. n ( Pentatoma diffusa, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 290, n. 49 (1867), . . Genus SABAXUS. Sabeus spinosus. Rhaphigaster spinosus, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 278. n, 10 (1851). Sabeus spinosus (part.}), Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 168 (1893). Mormidea ductor, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 264. n. 64 (1867). Sabeus humeralis. Rhaphigaster humeralis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 278. n. 11 1851). Sabeus spinosus (part.), Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 168 (1893), Ouspicona smaragdina, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 380. n. 7 (1867). Lethierry and Severin (supra) have regarded these two species as being synonymic. In S. spinosus the pronotal spines are slightly recurved backward ; in S. humeralis they are directed moderately forward and somewhat upward. In all the specimens of this species which I have examined the reddish spot is present at the base of these spines, 394 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. Genus HYLUUS. Hyllus fasciatus, sp. n. Olivaceous green; head and a broad fascia between and occupying the humeral angles of the pronotum dark ochra- ceous ; a pale greenish rounded spot at apex of scutellum ; body beneath and legs greenish; pronotal angles beneath reddish ochraceous, with their margins and apex black ; disk of abdomen ochraceous. Antenne greenish ochraceous, second joint shorter than the third, fourth and fifth joints sub- equal in length. Pronotal angles robust, slightly recurved, their apices and lateral margins black. Long. 94 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 8 millim. Hab, Ceylon (Green: Brit. Mus.). Allied to H. florens, Walk., differing by the more robust and recurved pronotal spines, fasciate pronotum, &c. Genus PLAUTIA. Plautia prolata. Pentatoma prolata, Walk, Cat. Het. 11. p. 306. n, 135 (1867). Plautia discolor. Pentatoma discolor, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 305. n, 154 (1867). Plautia fimbriata. Cimex fimbriatus, Faby. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 121. n. 159 (1794). Rhaphigaster rufoviridis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 364. n. 57 (1867). Plautia grossepunctata. Pentatoma grossepunctata, Kirby, in Andrews, Monogr. Christmas Isld. p. 128, pl. xv. fig. 2 (1900). Genus ZANGIS. Zangis impar. Rhaphigaster impar, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 374, n. 96 (1867). Rhaphgaster Ludekingii, Voll. Versl. Ak. Amst, Nat. (2) 11. p. 187 (1868). Walker’s type was unlocalized. I possess a specimen from Sumatra collected by Mr. Forbes, and this habitat agrees with that of Vollenhoven’s typical specimens. Zangis varicornis. Rhaphigaster varicornis, Dall, List Hem. i. p. 281. n, 20 (1851). Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. 395 Zangis subpunctata. Pentatoma subpunctata, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p. 307. n. 133 (1887). Rhaphigaster melanostictus, Voll. Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii. p. 187 (1868). Walker, in his description, has made no mention of a small black spot on each lateral margin of the scutellum a little before its apex. Genus ASTYANAX. Astyanax subactus. Hoplistodera subacta, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 267. n. 8 (1837) Genus ANTESTIA. Antestia anchora. Cimex anchora, Thunb. Nov. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 47, pl. ii. fig. 60 (1733), Strachia pardalis, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 330. n. 64 (1867). Strachia platyspila, Walk. loc, ett. p. 337. n. 78. Antestia pulchra. Pentatoma pulchra, Dall. List Hem. 1. p. 258 (1851). Strachia heterospila, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 331. n. 65 (1867). Antestia partita. Strachia partita, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 354. n, 74 (1867), Strachia subcostalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 335. n. 76. Strachia semiviridis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 356. n. 76. Pentatoma plebeja, Voll. Versl. Ak. Amst. Nat. (2) ii. p. 185 (1868). Apparently a variable and widely spread species throughout the Malay Archipelago. I possess examples from. Port Moresby which cannot be distinguished from typical Javan forms described by Vollenhoven as P. plebeja. Antestia polyspila. Strachia polyspila, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 336. n. 77 (1867). Allied to A. securtgera, Walk. Antestia degenera. Pentatoma degenera, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 3804. n, 132 (1867). Pentatoma punctatissima, Kirby, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 83 (1891). Antestia variegata. Cimex variegatus, Thunb. Noy. Ins. Sp. ii. p. 48, pl. ii. fig. 62 (1788), ~ Var. Cimex olivaceus, Thunb, Hem. rostr. Cap. ii. p. 2 (1822). Strachia pentatomoides, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 825. n. 51 (1867). 396 Mr. W. L. Distant on Pentatomine. Genus MENIDA. Menida histrio. Cimex histrio, Faby. Mant. ii. p. 296. n. 176 (1787). Rhaphigaster strachioides, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 365. n. 63 (1867). Menida apicalis. Rhaphigaster apicalis, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 285 (1851). - Menida megaspila. Antestia megaspila, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 559 (1868). Scutellum very broad—Menida ? Menida labecula, sp. n. Ochraceous, thickly, coarsely, brownly punctate. Head with the lateral and basal margins and the margins of the central lobe piceous. Pronotum with two transverse foveate spots on anterior area. Scutellum with a large discal casta- neous spot near base and two smaller spots of the same colour near apex, behind which is a smaller linear spot ; apex paler and less punctate. Connexivum ochraceous, spotted with castaneous. Body beneath and legs ochraceous, lateral margins and apical segment of abdomen castaneous ; a cluster of black punctures near anterior coxe and some silky piceous transverse patches on lateral areas of meso- and metasternum. Antenne ochraceous, second joint a little shorter than third, apical joints sometimes castaneous. Long. 5 millim. Hab. Ceylon (Green: Brit. Mus. Lewis: Coll. Dist.). A short and broad species allied to M. distincta, Dist. Menida pecila. Rhaphigaster pecilus, Dall. List Hem, i. p. 287. n. 88 (1851); Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. i. p. 200 (18938). Closely allied to M. lythrodes, Germ. Menida pallipes. Rhaphigaster pallipes, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 287, n. 39 (1851); Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. i. p. 200 (1893). Lethierry and Severin, in their most useful catalogue, remark (Antestia, sec. Distant). Some confusion must have arisen. The Antestia pallipes, Dall.,=Pentatoma pallipes, Dall. List Hem. 1. p. 239. n. 17 (1851). On a new Cetoniid Beetle from Kast Africa. 397 Menida bisignata. Rhaphigaster bisignatus, Walk. Cat, Het. ii. p. 366 (1867). Menida discoidalis. Rhaphigaster discoidalis, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 568 (1868). Menida indecora. Rhaphigaster indecorus, Walk. Cat. Het. iii. p. 568 (1868). Menida continuus. Rhaphigaster continuus, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 868. n. 76 (1867). Var. Rhaphigaster interruptus, Walk, loc, cit. p. 369. n. 77. Menida rubriplaga. Rhaphigaster rubriplaga, Walk, Cat. Het. ii. p, 365. n. 64 (1867). Menida leucophea. Antestia leucophea, Walk. Cat. Het. ii. p. 281. n. 19 (1867). | To be continued. ] LIUII.—Deseription of a new Cetoniid Beetle from East Ajrica, ay i. Nonna TE ND), PLS. Golianthus (Sphyrorrhina) Wise. Shining black. Thorax septangular in shape and very coarsely and thickly punctured, with three narrow ochraceous longitudinal lines, the central line being faintly continued through the scutellum. The anterior part of pronotum is slightly raised to a point, on each side of which are two small ochraceous spots, one at base of head, the other on disk a little before centre. The head is anteriorly prolonged into a square frontal horn-like process 5 lines in width and 4 lines from front to base, its anterior angles terminating in a spine. The anterior horn is about 9 lines in length and granularly rugose, broad at its base (about 33 lines). It is triangular in shape, rising abruptly from the head to a height of about 3 lines, then convexly depressed to its apex for 6 lines. It gradually lessens in size to the apex, which is terminated by a cruciform process with its angles curved backward, the horn forming a bridge-like structure over the horn-like clypeus. 398 On a new Cetoniid Beetle from Hast Africa. The elytra are much more finely punctured, and are covered with irregular rows of small spots and blotches of the same colour as the lines on the thorax; they have also two short elongate ochraceous spots, one above the other, at the base two similar spots on each margin just above the middle, and two small blotches at the end, one on each side of the suture. The pygidium is rough, with long black hairs at the vent; there is a fringe of black hairs at the sides of the abdomen, which is also shining black, punctured, and more or less covered with black hairs. The anterior femora are hairy, the anterior tibie: are more sparingly so and have one inner spine near the apex and three outer spines. ‘The inter- mediate legs have black hairs on the femora and a thick fringe of black hair on the inner side of the tibia, with three terminal spines. The posterior legs have the femora less hairy, but have the same fringe of black hairs on the inner side of the tibie. All the legs are thickly punctured. Bibliographical Notice. 399 Long. from head to apex of elytra 20 lines; max. lat. 12 lines. fab. British East Africa. Allied to Golianthus Fornassinii, Westw., from which it differs by the much more produced head, the bridge-like horn, with its broad and triangular base, the longer and more attenuated scutellum, and the three spines to the lateral margin of the anterior femora, &c. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. The Students’ Flora of New Zealand and the outlying Islands. By Tuomas Krrx, F.L.S. Wellington, N.Z.: J. Mackay, Govern- ment Printer. 1899. Super Royal 8vo, pp. vi, 408. We have in this fragment the last work on which the late Pro- fessor Kirk was engaged at the time of his lamented death in March 1898, being the whole of the material he had put into the hands of the printer. It is well known that he had been occupied on an account of the flora of his adopted country for many years, and no better man could have undertaken it. The hope is expressed in the Introduction that the completion may be entrusted to other hands, and if the author’s notes are sufficiently brought together it may be accomplished by his son. The Government printers have done their part well, sundry small typographical errors being no doubt due to the fact that the author could not correct the proof himself. Besides the Errata set out on p. 384 (which may be considered as corrected), the most important error noted by us in glancing through the volume is on page 72, where the reference to Gayia Lyalli, “J. EK. Baker . . . 37,” should read “ E. G. Baker . . . 187,” while on page 379, in the sixth line, the first two letters have droppedout from DICOTYLEDONS. Again, under the genera Te iol ; " teeter een | ms \ XLY. On a new Specimen of, the Cinpeatd Fish aa has - from the English Chalk. By A. Suir Msaiesd F. L. 8. ate Dh a XLVI. ‘Britigh Amphipods : ‘Bailes cosa: to Ampeliide, By Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., LL.D., F.BS., bo. Dept tree XLVIL On some tee Coleoptera fiom ies Island of Hainan. nt By .C.'5. Capa, MA. Sis ani eaten Bt sete tee Sean B XLVIII. Dcsnivtions of Two new Mii frota Peru baa a on Hare from Venezuela. By OLpFIELD Taomas reer tte rere ee oe XLIX, On a new Gensk and Species of Bulbul. id an » amare : ake * - a new Species of Cyornis. By Col. C. T. Bivewan, ne 8 . Sd L. Note on the Common Hedgehog ( Hitnisposcla europe, ikea: and its Subspecies or Local Variations. cde G. EL » Baxnerr-— ae HAMILTON .).0. 60d. enon c cna nec Cee Sei he Z 00 AER every LI. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. Tor “Warstwomat, th M.A., LLD., E.B:S. es oseeenrervre Pe ee ee eee ee ner ea rk LII, Rhynchotal Notes.—IV. Heteroptera: Pentatomine a (ont de By W.L, Disthae 0 S25 ene ae iets thre apa ark as ec if Aa Deastiahod of a new hawontitabe Bectle from ‘Bast ce et ae. A. Hearn, M.D., B.LS. Bea RANT a aia ae a tw ocprate ray BIBLIOGRAPHICAL L NOTICH. Ne a MISCRLLANEOUS. ae rbisand Neveu or Paracantha ? By T. D. A. CocmeRELy.. Red Liss Cai, Fleet Street, ‘London, es es SEVENTH ‘SERIES. 3 No.29. No. XXIX. “MAY 1900. AND “WILLIAM FRANCIS, JUN., ay Ls. _ BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH : “WITH TWO PLATES. — ve of Dr. A. S. Woodward’s Papers on a new SOntransdaere ‘from Canada and a new Species of Deltodus from ares ead Mr. G. ‘&B. haciteligie, s new. meerice of Mollusca. Nt eee ate i, LONDON: Sim bid: Marshall, Hamiléon, ‘Kent, & Oo. Ld. ; ‘Whittaker & Onis bos Bailliere, | atts is oes and Stewart, rset ha tee cece te = Dublin: and Asher, Edited by F.D.GODMAN. SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. : ZOOLOGY. oe VD am Aves. Vol. I. By 0. Satvin and F. D.Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls.ii-xxxv., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi.—lx., Temporary Title- page.) Vol. III, (Pp. 1-56, pls. 1xi., Ixii.) song Cates i hae Reptilia and Batrachia. By A. Ginruer. (Pp. 1-220, pls.i-lxvi.) Ba! | BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-620, pls. i.-kxxXv.) acs f pee keene UF PRONE Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O. Pickanp CAMBRIDGE, (Pp. 1-304, pls. i-xxxili.) — ath Sie) aa arena OO Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.Il. By F.0.Prcxarp CamBriner, (Pp. » ae 128, pls. i—viil.) Hits Seth at ue hah agro Vk Chilopoda. By R. I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pl. iii.) Coleoptera. Vol. IJ. part 1 (Psmiarnipa &c.). . By D. SHarp, A. — ~ Marruews, and G, Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. 1.-xvili.) OCT AT ynte Belgeaey Coleoptera. Vol. 1V. part 3 (RuyncworHora). By D. Smarp. (Pp.l- — 168, pls. i.—vi.) sail eeacl ae ah pe eos Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 6 (RHyNCHOPHORA, continued). By D.Smarp and W. KF. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i-vi.) Cin Ah Uae ean Hymenoptera. Vol. I. By P. Cammron. (Pp. 1-474, pls. i.-xx., Tem- porary Titlepage.) Vol. Il. (Pp. 1-404, pls. i-xiv., Temporary Titlepage.) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. t By F. D. Gopman and O. SaLvin. — tat (Pp. 1-487, pls. i—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. IL. (Pp. 1-460, pls. xlviii.- x ? : 3 fly ci.) : ; Mens eae Ls Me Sine Rhynchota Heteroptera. Vol. Il. By G. C. Caampion. | (Pp. 1-336, pls. i,-xviii.) i ga haat Ls eee ae a Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. 1. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls.i-v.) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W.. W. Fowrer. (Pp. 1-264, pls. i—xvi.) Ng. +; CY IAN es Sea aie anes ee Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. part 2, By T. D. A. CockerELn. (Pp: 1-83.) : mi Seem aia Ne Se a SU gi Diptera. Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osten SacKEN. ( Diptera. Vol. Il. By F. M. van per Wor. (Pp. 1-428, pls. i—xii.), Diptera. Vol. I. By S. W. Wixrisron. Aa Re) Dis My. Oe ae Neuroptera. By A. E. Haron. (Pp. 1-16,- GS Week omens tari aaet The Price of each Zoological Partis 21s. ARCH MOLOGY. eee By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. 1. pp, 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. IL pp. gS Sea pls. i._xxiy. Vol. III. pp. 1-24, pls. i.-xxv. Vol. IV. pp. 1-38, pls. i-—xciii.) By J.T. GooDMAN, (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp,i-xit, 1-150.) ied ae MeRie GRRE Cat SR Ce E re London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish $q., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sa MNS uh fee cine is -p. 1-216, pls. iii.) bet aye Price 2s. each. : poe Siam rica Appenpices 6 to 9 to the Second Edition of the DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF THE = PATHOLOGICAL SPECIMENS fea CONTADNED UN ETE OR. Vii Pe eee a MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND. By diH TARGRUR re ee rs < Ms vi; Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, B.C. Oy a oe - WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. Fg ‘The London, Edinburgh, an es Monihly. ees & co Dublin Philosophical Magazine, The Annals and Magazine of Natural Hist 2s. 6d, The Observatory, Monthly Review of adiouele ys ee x ig! Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. is ee. Brewer and Alexander. 6s. erson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vo ee ens (Major) Manual heehee Greene is 3 a ee es Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s. Blakesley’ ' oor ed Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines, 1s. - Chimmo’s apt atural History of Euplecte -Daubeny | on Volcanos. 21s. Z ee ee 6s, ia - Davis's (J. B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum 20s. - Denning's Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s. - Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d. . ‘English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s, 6d. a _ Examination Papers set by Examining Board of [Se and ES ton ‘Surgeons. 6d. Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. a eta has S Experimental Researches in Chemisty and ‘Buivsies 1s. Bet _ Fauna of British India. Edited by W. 1. Buanrorp, F RS, Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each. Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. IL, IiL., and IV. 15s. each. ai Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s. - Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. Hymenoptera. Vol.I. Waspsand Bees. 20s. -Bailliére, | Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co. Dublin: and iA shey, Berlin. ; O BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA. Edited by F. D. GODMAN. SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS. ZOOLOGY. Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satviy andF. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.-xxxv., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. Il. (Pp. 1-598, pls, xxxvi.-lx., Temporary Title- page.) Vol. ILI. (Pp. 1-56, pls. 1xi., Lxii.) Keptilia and Batrachia. By A. GinruEr, (Pp. 1-220, pls. i—Ixvi.) Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca. By E. von Martens. (Pp. 1-520, pls. 1.-xxXv.) Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.PickarpCamBrinGe. (Pp. 1-304, pls. 1.-xxxili. ) Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Pickarp CamBrinGe. (Pp. l- 128, pls. i—vill.) Chilopoda. By KR. I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i—iii.) Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsELapHipa &c.). By D. Suarp, A. Marrurws, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i-xvili.) ~ Coleoptera. Vol. 1V. part 3 (RuyNcHopHoRA). By D. Suarp. (Pp. 1- 1638, pls. i.—vi.) Galeanten: Vol. LV. part 6 (RHYNCHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHarp and W. f. H. BLanprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. ivi.) Hymenoptera. Vol. I. By P. Cameron. (Pp. 1-474, pls. i.-xx., Tem- porary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-404, pls. i—xiv., Temporary Titlepage. ) Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol.1. By F. D. GopMan and O. Savin. (Pp. 1-487, pls. i-xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol+II. (Pp. 1-460, pls. xlviii.- xci.) Khynchota Heteroptera. Vol. Il. By G. C. Cuampion. (Pp. 1-336, ols. i-xviil.) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. I. By W. L. Distant. (Pp. 1-40, pls. i.-v.) Khynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowzter. (Pp. 1-264, ols. 1.-XvV1. ) Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. CockrrE Lu. (Pp. 1-33.) piers: Vol. I. By Baron C, R. Osten Sacken. (Pp. 1-216, pls. i-iii.) Diptera. Vol. II. By F. M. van per Wouup. (Pp. 1-428, pls. 1.-xii.) Diptera. Vol. Ill. By S. W. Wivuisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.) Keuroptera. By A. k. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.) The Price of each Zoological Part is 21s. ARCHAOLOGY. sv A. P. Mavpsray. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i-xcix. Vol. II. pp. 1-16, pls. i-xxiv. Vol. L11. pp. 1-24, pls. i-xxv. Vol. IV. pp. 1-38, pls. i—xciii.) By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. i-xii, 1-150.) ]London: Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrsr, 7 Princes Street, Cavendish Sq., W., and DuLau & Co., Soho Sq., W. i ane Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s. THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES OF ST. ASD RED Ws. By W. C. M‘INTOSH; M.D.) FURS.EL, FES. ee. Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS, CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following prices :— The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only on hand, wanting some plates—price on application. The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832, Price £2 4s. The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. eer The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. Ppt oy15) TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY: INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d. Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following - prices :— The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847, Price £10, The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. Sa Hi The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. Peet 3 2 The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Peni 2 $2: The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. Pen 5 ‘TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court. Fleet Street. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 30.—Sewcnth Series. Page LXIII. Asiatic Tortricide. By the Rt. Hon. ams Wazsiomany MAL LED TR Bil eo chy ote tate wns is SG Wyaie iG Ie A ak Siero Co AO é aa LXIV. On the Squirrels of the Ratufa (Scturus) bicolor Groupe) "1 Boyd 2 Tee ws, Byer eam oi) oo ee alate wa iS oy fc Rea ae 490 LXV. A new Skunk from Peru. By O1priztp Tuomas ........ 499 LXVI. On the Special Protection of Appendages in Process of Regeneration after Artificial Mutilation among Insects. By Epmonp ROMA OMENS dw sone Nar: 9 AMMO Ie Os ts SRR ENC TE Soa RING MAN Ie dank San eear a 501 LXVII. New Species of the Coleopterous Genus Prionocalus from Ecuador and Peru. By Cuas. O. Warernouse, V.P.E.S........... 503 LXVIII. Descriptions of some new Genera and Species of Hete- rocera from Tropical South America. By Hurserr Druce, F.L.S. &e. 507 LXIX. Further Note on the Harvest-Monse (Mus minutus, Pallas) and its Geographical Variations. By G. E. H. Barrerr-Hamitron.. 527 LXX. On a Small Collection of Odonata (Dragonflies) from Hainan, collected by the late John Whitehead. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., RM ., Be. UPTA te RT aie. aes Seba iy bi ey nd OS aa 530 LXXI. On. the Species which have been included in Zygonyzx, Hagen and De Selys. By W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.ES., &. 22... 539 eh LXXII. Note on the Individual Variation of the Common Hedge- hog (Hrinaccus europeus, Linn.). By Dr. Ernarn Loynpere ...... 542 PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOOIETIES. Geolopioal: Society, -:'--05 cles aise sysdoo races Oho Mae bese Ta ope Nile eee a D441 MISCELLANEOUS. ‘ Golianthinus (Sphyrorrhina) Wise. By E. A. Hesta, M.D., F.LS, 54 On the Skeleton of the Snout and Os caruncule of the Mammary Foetus of Monotremes. By Prof. J. T. Witson, M.B.,Ch.M... «5 g ne C *,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be audressec post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, ae Offic: Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. i) uy fl i ny Wi Wy i F ‘ iM AO Se hy "7 mc ‘ ) at x | Vr iF i n rik ie ae ye phe! Shem tenet ot ot PY cou aie tph ine nels om Naas) tim adhe ele mi na yah ene err thie! pet ify nesenee) Bot Dave ROBT sare fi thar Pie eoe Sousa! heh py! a ranean rh Sat ; heed oh b hatte Wi styneld! Setpetiene RORY e Li pri Lied pity eigrarnetie etna! 9 bephpverat brs beg UST OEE eS heats ct bata fab tae manent oe pyatene® ype Pipnb rs i Pay bte hye Dat REDE LET OD AM Sik prey ap’ ene) Depa x obs spite ety Mats Ua {i it Tone? bed ir ene at Le it Pt en te ne pney pies bheyrpel: Aidan re) i aenbrsi Het Pt dudes tae Paetpreltel reign obese en? he ie jhge le iat) «34 pyrpenbe byes Puree bplereer ery it bhegbar let * + igivepetstitenar Le dagage iene a i ria ea a Gps hgeuesenbut HS (ing thie pasa hod Hy He bbe b pie ert Papenend elie! erat ype iete Abt atin ie bLenene he byet ry a3 t SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 3 9088 01 31 4 0363 | he . wre ey Pheasant et bat pBe dy ay ay RhPNEY Seg pet he Ap th Alene he Wo hevieh py bet Plt poppe pty tea ey arr yiate St an) pig tity een ol tas ae hae halt Rivbsriemactst ain PERE SD ehbr pt ti “4 bikie Rigtesmiaiele stm WEDD MERE Ne t i Nberetent >it tpeh iar bi ehe prota * pisnpescmt sie! Nipheet ib by f b Pewee ese py be SS hidisestiguenete tty . i ? | shape in Lehi char etme ise (ks , ! TPLb DPE TEneLODEDE PLD : plieetip hh i et ht teeteh pm Dephwr bib! paatphl AY wre! st rites PT ist ithe oe ehipet = RG piped |b) Oi +9) Pe pet oe) bbe Apel enebmbe lm) * y aaa bier pos et thee Spree: RLe eer! URS bor ay ABA SL Aa} Al Mee utbanent wpitems ob nh iet pa nhse at Sitebbce Ul st mw wp Prtbeibenarces sph "be yehelivdebr: arte St hbase 5 bse! bythe b> fase ‘ ; ate dhe Se bs bite HORE Ly abies ee, | ote cet Hiptipe:t a pepe SMe ent ety br exphine it? » pp ate ole ) ' het et ea Habe tend avi f et bheyent HACE #0) eu ae Vibe pitty pies aris ehueue heey 4 af ‘ Pub PEEL ab if * Pinney Behe ae Le ee) By ita} ebegist , oe Beurnk ‘6 Oh Duta hie hy +i : rei ats pears AVMGHCEUR BAR EES D Ke \) Bieber het #iet pee Phebe yan : Hearn a ti Ha pepe ile " peste rret thee See t diphpiryer eu guert Una } epepemratee ‘ay iHivaben.sptant b+ ‘ ae bt i a rere reMpI Ela ater ety Pars 4 Pils its Yao} 4 mph feta fi Hite elie te st we ‘fee vee Asa ta} bing bolls tisha + ' ants Fete ey ANAS ae shgy ‘yt bidet: tue Adi f} Leib iitat abate pea eu aN Hage Patan ye PLP LP ue a 1) bag 9 ie Uae BUTE LF habits bia pebe BISPRMAAUIALBRE SMTP REE bret dee eel Pak +. M4! i He ei tecanceniten geen eat Pret ntutent phiteelee Biaicibiin byte A yet AUSIM OR GE Ube huibea ds DeDA DEH babmet oe , Gitte [loaing a Ure) are re heey APPEL EMA envkeulnele Tetyiiamat orn pape eaee® Does iaheie Wieaealenmah se pe Fee SUbHeh ey eb RL ¥ omer etd) 5 eA V a tn yt hess Diep eet Devebe burial! aie hy bat PR e jepeue PQ LEER IES aye be asian Pidireby at esl sdone UA et babe ote bie stieMneenr i Pheer bet hie UR ERROR arr et ata , abileterea vain at . Db st by Reet hyp lea teh atieePt bene Ane Phd beeen hher ee Hess hiewvor ped ; P pibeebariencet Bae blll De ur ied bebe ube Oy ibe TRATGE OR HPL NEL tomr Pred usuivstey yon anne FE} vibe tay Pe bac Shine ae me [edd wane tt RTE rewury tao enh abe | neve bile be PUREE hh) ines ft ene “ori indica pacarreatrats Fravsatyut ha ated ad eae ciosk ye + beh shah sue yen tbl ps ert eric tea rf eign es byt Ley Biewede nthe ti iby na APA anaes 19 Finn bie anaare nisin Phtheneuey aphieee| + pepentyrne erehe pialiel eae Q eeiiial elena thee e hy tipret PEP ‘ Gb yiere id PP thm har erorabiaut 1 gpa neh Th ee Hae itee Aeiantl jie ya marry Nee a hata hate etl aw ee hienee pieevre oP Maia bar aaas patee® Aiaaddaat4 Lon oe phir the 2 AL Slsnsineatae pane be [Uinbe we be i've 8 Deb or whe lent ae FINE HE Menr eA sor ose ehnnbie pheieiea bine DEEL AL BE Wena eiky = beet beeen ieee Spblipie Meh esP ie deel pr phe hrisysee jeaby hotly etrertny aby pe ela ue teh ebe VE htretaee Pitre as AL iebeinel bb 44